Page 1

New Books

ovember December January February March April May


Issue 1

Taylor & Francis Routledge CRC Press Psychology Press Garland Science

About this Catalogue


Nursing and Allied Health

Humanities Philosophy Religion History Archaeology and Museum Studies Classical Studies Media, Communication and Cultural Studies Literature English Language & Linguistics Language Learning Theatre and Performance Studies Music

2 7 9 15 16 18 28 34 40 45 48

Education Early Years & Childhood Studies Teaching and Learning Special Needs Post-Compulsory and Higher Education Research Methods Education Theory

50 52 64 66 69 70

Social Sciences Politics Military and Strategic Studies Asian Studies Middle East Studies Law Criminology (Willan) Business & Management Economics Geography and GIS Anthropology Sociology Sports Science, Leisure Studies, and Culture

83 98 104 114 118 129 145 163 171 176 177 188

Behavioural Sciences Psychology Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry Psychotherapy and Counselling Couples & Family Therapy Psychoanalysis Jung/Analytical Psychology Child & Adolescent Mental Health Creative Arts Therapies


192 199 201 205 206 209 210 213

Nursing Medical Sociology & Health Studies Alternative Medicine Social Work & Social Policy

215 217 219 219



Life Sciences Biological Sciences Biotechnology Pharmaceutical Sciences Neuroscience Forensic Science Food Science

222 226 231 233 233 238

Built Environment Architecture Planning Civil Engineering Building Environmental Engineering

244 248 251 253 256

Science and Technology Ergonomics and Human Factors Environmental Science GIS & Remote Sensing Electrical, Chemical, and Mechanical Engineering Industrial Engineering, and Management Mathematics and Statistics Computer Science and Computer Engineering Information Technology Geotechnology, Mining, and Petroleum Engineering Physics, Chemistry and Materials Science Water Management and Technology

259 260 262

Library Reference


263 274 277 289 293 298 300 314

Routledge Trade/General Interest 356 Routledge Paperbacks Direct


Index Agents and Distribution

374 398

Front Cover Photograph: taken from The Continental Aesthetics Reader

Welcome to the Taylor & Francis New Titles catalogue Our catalogue Our New Titles catalogue is designed to bring you the most current and accurate information about our new books. It covers a range of subject groups including: • Humanities • Education • Social Sciences • Psychology • Nursing • Architecture & Engineering • Science & Technology • Library Reference • Routledge Paperbacks Direct programme. If you require any further information, please contact your local sales representative who will be happy to assist you (details to be found at the end of this catalogue).

Our history Over two centuries ago, the foundations of the company were laid in pioneering fashion when in 1798 Richard Taylor launched the Philosophical Magazine, one of the first scientific journals produced by an independent company. It was the start of much close collaboration with scholarly societies. Dr William Francis, a chemist, joined Richard Taylor in 1852 and continued the tradition of the close links between the academic community and the company. Today, we continue to be fully committed to the publication of academic and scholarly information of the highest quality and this remains our primary goal. Taylor & Francis has grown rapidly to become a leading international, academic publisher. With offices across the globe, the Taylor & Francis Group now publishes more than 1,500 journals and 3,200 new books each year; with a books backlist in excess of 50,000 specialist titles. * denotes a previously announced title. Prices featured are correct at time of going to press but are subject to change without notice.

Book orders should be addressed to the Taylor & Francis Customer Services Department at Bookpoint, or the appropriate overseas agent. UK/RoW


Bookpoint Ltd 130 Milton Park Abingdon OX14 4SB Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400525 e-mail:

7625 Empire Dr. Florence KY 41042 Tel: 800-634-7064 email:

If you would like to receive books on our pre-selective standing order system, please contact your local sales representative or our Customer Services Department: Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 e-mail: Further information about Taylor & Francis and our products can be found at: for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


çè eBooks are only available to order online



Contemporary French Philosophy Iris Murdoch, Gender A Study in Norms and Values and Philosophy Colin Smith

Sabina Lovibond, University of Oxford, UK

Series: Routledge Revivals First published in 1964, this is not just a chronicle or encyclopaedia, but deals thoroughly in turn with meaning, view about reason, and views about values, particularly moral values. The author’s knowledge of French literature is extensive and thorough, and a feature of the book is his analysis of the philosophical implications of literary works by Sartre, Paul Valery, Camus and others.

Routledge «Market: French Philosophy December 2010: 216x138: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-61070-4: £70.00/03

Iris Murdoch was one of the best-known philosophers and novelists of the post-war period. Her leanings towards feminism can be detected in her most famous novels, but her philosophy suggests an ambivalence about sexual equality. In this book, Sabina Lovibond explores the tangled and controversial issue of Murdoch’s stance towards gender and feminism. Lovibond analyses Murdoch’s most famous novels and her key philosophical works, exploring themes such as philosophy and literature; the Platonic struggle in much of her philosophy; theories of education; and the clash between religious and secular ethics. She argues that many of these issues need to be set against the greater context of a ‘social imaginary’ in which Murdoch’s work takes place. The first book to properly explore Murdoch and gender, Iris Murdoch, Gender and Philosophy is essential reading for anyone interested in Murdoch’s writing, and debates in feminist philosophy and gender studies. Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Literature March 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-42998-6: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-42999-3: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83001-7: £65.00/14


2nd Edition textbook

Critical Thinking *


An Appeal to Reason

A Contemporary Introduction

Peg Tittle

Harry Gensler, John Carroll University, USA

Routledge «Market: Critical Thinking / Philosophy March 2011: 254x203: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-99713-3: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99714-0: £33.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84161-7: £75.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Ethics introduces the issues and controversies of contemporary moral philosophy. It relates these to practical issues, especially racism, moral education, and abortion. It gives a practical method for thinking about moral issues, a method based largely on the golden rule. This second edition adds chapters on virtue ethics and natural law. It also updates the companion EthiCola instructional computer program.

Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Ethics / Moral Philosophy March 2011: 235x156 Hb: 978-0-415-80386-1: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80388-5: £18.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


In Critical Thinking: An Appeal to Reason, Peg Tittle empowers students with a solid grounding in the lifelong skills of considered analysis and argumentation – skills that should underpin every student’s education. Starting with the building blocks of a good argument rather than with the pitfalls to avoid, this comprehensive new textbook offers a full course in critical thinking. It includes chapters on the nature and structure of argument, truth, generalizations, the role of relevance, and the subtleties of verbal and visual language. Throughout the text there are extended sample arguments from books, journals, magazines, television, and the internet for students to analyze. With an interactive companion website and a comprehensive instructor’s manual, Critical Thinking is the ideal textbook for a course in the fundamentals of sound reasoning.


Lectures on Psychical Research

Self-Knowledge *

Incorporating the Perrott Lectures Given in Cambridge University in 1959 and 1960

Brie Gertler, University of Virginia, USA Series: New Problems of Philosophy

C.D. Broad

In this outstanding introduction Brie Gertler assesses the leading theoretical approaches to self-knowledge, explaining the work of many of the key figures in the field: from Descartes and Kant, through to Bertrand Russell and Gareth Evans, as well as recent work by Tyler Burge, David Chalmers, William Lycan and Sydney Shoemaker. Including helpful chapter summaries, annotated further reading and a glossary, Self-Knowledge is essential reading for students of philosophy of mind, epistemology, and metaphysics.

Series: Routledge Revivals This book, first published in 1962, is based on a series of lectures first given at Cambridge University in 1959 and 1960, dealing with ‘psychical research’ – i.e. the scientific investigation of ostensibly paranormal phenomena. Split into three sections, Professor Broad’s study examines numerous issues relating to psychical theory, including guessing, hallucinatory quasi-perception, and trance-mediumship.

Routledge «Market: Philosophy December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-40525-6: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-40526-3: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83567-8: £75.00/14

Routledge December 2010: 216x138: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-61072-8: £85.00/03

student reference


Metaphysics: The Key Concepts *

Philosophy of Probability: Contemporary Readings *

Helen Beebee and Nikk Effingham, both at University of Birmingham, UK and Philip Goff, University of Herfordshire, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides Ever wondered about Gunk, Brains in a Vat or Frankfurt’s Nefarious Neurosurgeon? With complete explanations of these terms and more Metaphysics: The Key Concepts is an engaging introduction to the most widely studied and challenging concepts in metaphysics. The authors define and discuss key terms and concepts under the themes of:

Edited by Antony Eagle, University of Oxford, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary Readings in Philosophy Philosophy of Probability: Contemporary Readings is the first anthology to collect the essential readings in this important area of philosophy. Featuring the work leading philosophers in the field such as Carnap, Hájek, Howson, Lewis, Loewer, Popper, Ramsey, Russell, Schaffer, von Mises and many others, the book looks in depth at the following key topics:

• Time

• Subjectivist views

• Particulars & Universals

• logical and classical probability

• Realism & Antirealism

• frequentist probability

• Free Will

• propensity and chance

• Personal Identity

• conditionalization and reflection

• Causation and Laws. Arranged in an easy to use A-Z format, each concept is explored and illustrated with engaging and memorable examples, and provides an up-to-date guide to further reading. Fully cross-referenced throughout, this remarkable reference guide is essential reading for students of philosophy.

for e-mail updates in your field


• confirmation theory • conditional probability • the theoretical role of chance: credence and determinism. Each section includes a helpful introduction by the editor, ensuring that this broad-ranging exploration of the subject is also highly accessible, making it ideal for any student of logic, philosophy of mathematics, or philosophy of science. Routledge «Market: Philosophy November 2010: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-48386-5: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48387-2: £24.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Philosophy November 2010: 216x138: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-55927-0: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55928-7: £16.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83525-8: £65.00/14

3 eBooks are only available to order online



2nd Edition reader

new in paperback

The Continental Aesthetics Reader *

The Routledge Companion to Epistemology

Edited by Clive Cazeaux, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff

Edited by Sven Bernecker and Duncan Pritchard, University of Edinburgh, UK

The Continental Aesthetics Reader collects together classic writings on art and aesthetics from the major figures in Continental thought. The second edition is clearly divided into seven sections:

Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions Epistemology, the philosophy of knowledge, is at the core of many of the central debates and issues in philosophy, interrogating the notions of truth, objectivity, trust, belief and perception. The Routledge Companion to Epistemology provides a comprehensive and the up-to-date survey of epistemology, charting its history, providing a thorough account of its key thinkers and movements, and addressing enduring questions and contemporary research in the field. Organized thematically, the Companion is divided into nine sections: Foundational Issues, The Analysis of Knowledge, The Structure of Knowledge, Kinds of Knowledge, Skepticism, Responses to Skepticism, Knowledge and Knowledge Attributions, Formal Epistemology, The History of Epistemology, and Metaepistemological Issues. Seventy-eight chapters, each between 5000 and 7000 words and written by the world’s leading epistemologists, provide students with an outstanding and accessible guide to the field.

• Nineteenth-Century German Aesthetics • Phenomenology and Hermeneutics • Marxism and Critical Theory • Embodiment and Technology • Excess and Affect • Poststructuralism and Postmodernism • Aesthetic Ontologies. Each section is placed in its historical and philosophical context with introductions by Clive Cazeaux. An updated list of readings for this edition includes selections from Rancière, Badiou, and Zizek. Ideal for introductory courses in aesthetics, Continental philosophy, art, and visual studies, The Continental Aesthetics Reader provides a thorough introduction to some of the most influential writings on art and aesthetics from Kant to Derrida. Routledge «Market: Philosophy Art / Visual Culture February 2011: 246x174: 672pp Pb: 978-0-415-48184-7: £24.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-20054-7

Routledge «Market: Philosophy February 2011: 246x174: 896pp Hb: 978-0-415-96219-3: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83906-5: £125.00/14


Semantic Externalism

Theories of Ethics *

Series: New Problems of Philosophy Semantic externalism is the view that the meaning of a term, and the understanding of a language in general, is relational; determined by factors external to the speaker and bound up with our environment. In this long-needed book, Jesper Kallestrup provides an invaluable map of the problem. Beginning with a thorough introduction to the theories of descriptivism and referentialism and the work of Frege and Kripke, Kallestrup moves on to analyse Putnam’s ‘Twin Earth’ argument. He also discusses how semantic externalism is at the heart of important topics such as narrow and wide content, self-knowledge, and mental causation. Including chapter summaries, a glossary of terms, and an annotated guide to further reading, Semantic Externalism an ideal guide for students studying philosophy of language and philosophy of mind. Routledge «Market: Philosophy March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44996-0: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-44997-7: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83002-4: £75.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

An Introduction to Moral Philosophy with a Selection of Classic Readings Gordon Graham, Princeton Theological Seminary, USA This book offers a comprehensive survey of the major schools and figures in moral philosophy, from Socrates to the present day. Written entirely in non-technical language, it aims to be introductory without being elementary, so that readers may quickly engage with selected readings from classic sources. The writings of major philosophers are explained in a structured exploration of recurrently important issues about right and wrong, good and evil, and social relations and religious meaning. Primary sources include those from Aristotle, Camus, Hume, Kant, Locke, Mill, Leopold, Lovelock, Nietzsche, Plato, Reid, and Sartre. Routledge «Market: Ethics / Moral Philosophy January 2011: 254x178: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-99946-5: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99947-2: £21.99/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83512-8: £65.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Jesper Kallestrup, University of Edinburgh, UK


The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Music

Edited by Paisley Livingston, Lingnan University, Hong Kong and Carl Plantinga, Calvin College, USA

Edited by Andrew Kania, Trinity University, USA and Theodore Gracyk, Minnesota State University, USA

Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions

Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions

‘A fascinating, rich volume offering dazzling insights and incisive commentary on every page, the book not only covers a wide range of concerns and concepts but is also organized and presented in a clear, straightforward manner. Every serious student of film will want this book, which could also serve as a text in advanced film-theory classes. Summing Up: Highly recommended.’ – CHOICE

Each chapter includes a section of annotated further reading and is cross-referenced to related entries. The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film is essential reading for anyone interested in philosophy of film, aesthetics, and cinema studies.


Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Film February 2011: 246x174: 704pp Pb: 978-0-415-49394-9: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87932-0: £125.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Music is an outstanding guide and reference source to the key topics, subjects, thinkers and debates in philosophy and music. Over fifty entries by an international team of contributors are organised into six clear sections: • general issues • emotion • history • figures • kinds of music • music, philosophy and related disciplines. The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Music is essential reading for anyone interested in philosophy, music and musicology. Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Music March 2011: 246x174: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-48603-3: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83037-6: £125.00/14

E-mail: for more information


The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film explores the main themes, topics, thinkers and issues in philosophy and film. Sixty specially commissioned chapters from international scholars are divided into four clear parts: issues and concepts; authors and trends; genres; and film as philosophy.

5 eBooks are only available to order online


Contrastivism in Philosophy * Edited by Martijn Blaauw, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy This volume brings together state-of-the-art research on the contrastive treatment of philosophical concepts and questions, including knowledge, belief, free will, moral luck, Bayesian confirmation theory, causation, and explanation. Routledge «Market: Philosophy February 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87860-9: £75.00/08

Dialectics, Politics, and the Contemporary Value of Hegel’s Practical Philosophy Andrew Buchwalter, University of North Florida, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Nineteenth Century Philosophy This book explores and details the actuality (Aktualität) of Hegel’s social and political philosophy – its relevance, topicality, presence, and contemporary validity. Routledge «Market: Philosophy February 2011: 229x152: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-80610-7: £75.00/08

Epistemology and the Regress Problem * Scott Aikin, Vanderbilt University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy In this new study, Aikin presents a full case for infinitism as a response to the issue of the regress of reasons. The most defensible form of infinitism, he argues, is that of a mixed theory – that is, epistemic infinitism must be consistent with and even rely on other solutions to the regress problem. Routledge «Market: Philosophy January 2011: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-87800-5: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83324-7: £75.00/14

Philosophical Delusion and its Therapy *

The Ethics of Forgiveness

Outline of a Philosophical Revolution

Series: Routledge Studies in Ethics and Moral Theory

Eugen Fischer, University of East Anglia, UK

We are often pressed to forgive or in need of forgiveness. Communicating about forgiveness is particularly urgent in cases of civil war and crimes against humanity inside a community. But who should forgive whom for what? The papers collected here explore answers to this question.

Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy This book provides new foundations and methods for the revolutionary project of philosophical therapy pioneered by Ludwig Wittgenstein. With the help of concepts adapted from different branches of cognitive science – cognitive linguistics, cognitive and clinical psychology – the book explains where and why therapy is called for in philosophy, and develops techniques to actually carry it out. Routledge «Market: Philosophy January 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-33179-1: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-39789-3: £80.00/08

Philosophy, Ethics and A Common Humanity Essays in Honour of Raimond Gaita Edited by Christopher Cordner, University of Melbourne, Australia The work of Raimond Gaita, in books such as Good and Evil: An Absolute Conception, A Common Humanity and The Philosopher’s Dog, has made an outstanding and controversial contribution to philosophy. In this superb collection an international team of contributors examine the full range of Gaita’s thought, including philosophy and biography, the unthinkable, Plato and ancient philosophy, animals, Wittgenstein, the religious dimensions of Gaita’s work, Aboriginal reconciliation in Australia, and psychology and ethics. Routledge «Market: Philosophy March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54638-6: £60.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83000-0: £60.00

The Assumption of Agency Theory Kate Forbes-Pitt Series: Ontological Explorations Routledge «Market: Philosophy March 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-78211-1: £85.00/03

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Edited by Christel Fricke, University of Oslo, Norway

Routledge «Market: Philosophy February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88543-0: £80.00/08

Vanishing Matter and the Laws of Nature * Descartes and Beyond Edited by Peter Anstey, University of Otago, New Zealand and Dana Jalobeanu, Western University ‘Vasile Goldis,’ Romania Series: Routledge Studies in Seventeenth Century Philosophy In the early modern period the nature of matter was a deeply vexing problem for philosophers. This volume examines various attempts by leading philosophers to come to terms with the nature of matter, with special, though not exclusive, attention given to Descartes, Newton and Leibniz. Routledge «Market: Philosophy January 2011: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-88266-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83338-4: £75.00/14

Causation and Modern Philosophy Edited by Keith Allen and Tom Stoneham, both at University of York, UK Series: Routledge Advances in the History of Philosophy This volume brings together a collection of new essays by leading scholars on the subject of causation in the early modern period, from Descartes to Lady Mary Shepherd. Routledge «Market: Philosophy January 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88355-9: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83011-6: £85.00/14



religion textbook

2nd Edition student reference

AQA Religious Ethics for AS and A2 *

Islam: The Basics

Jill Oliphant, Angley School, UK

Colin Turner, Durham University, UK Series: The Basics This book provides an introduction to the Islamic faith, examining the doctrines of the religion, the practises of Muslims and the history and significance of Islam in modern contexts. Key topics covered include:

Edited by Jon Mayled, Freelance Editor and Writer, UK and Anne Tunley, Gateways School, UK AQA Religious Ethics for AS and A2 is the definitive textbook for students of Advanced Subsidiary or Advanced Level courses, structured directly around the specification of the AQA. The book covers all the topics for Religious Ethics in an enjoyable student-friendly fashion. Each chapter includes:

• the Qur’an and its teachings • the life of the Prophet Muhammad • gender, women and Islam • Sufism and Shi’ism

• a list of key issues, to introduce students to the topic • an AQA specification checklist • explanations of key terminology • exam practice questions • self-test review questions • helpful summaries. To maximise students’ chances of exam success, the book includes a chapter dedicated to answering examination questions. The book comes complete with illustrations and diagrams, a comprehensive glossary, a full bibliography and a companion website.

• Islam and the western world • non-Muslim approaches to Islam. With updated further reading and an expanded chronology of turning points in the Islamic world, this book is essential reading for students of religious studies and all those new to the subject of Islam. Routledge «Market: Religion / Islam March 2011: 198x129: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-58491-3: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58492-0: £11.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-34106-6

Routledge «Market: Religious Studies / A Level March 2011: 246x189: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-54933-2: £21.99/04

Japanese Religions on the Internet Innovation, Representation, and Authority Edited by Erica Baffelli, University of Otago, New Zealand, Ian Reader, University of Lancaster, UK and Birgit Staemmler, University of Tübingen, Germany Series: Routledge Research in Religion, Media and Culture This book identifies and analyzes some of the contours of the ‘Japanese Internet’ in the context of religion and offers suggestions about wider issues related to religion and the Internet. In particular, the editors identify three key issues that are important in assessing the Internet in religious terms: innovation, representation, and authority. While examining various claims that have been made about the potential of the Internet in religious contexts and assessing the impact of the Internet in relation to other media forms, the essays in this volume explore the tensions that arise through the emergence of web developments and the different types of religious representation found within these developments, including personal blogs and sites run by individuals as well as those established and run by religious organizations.

for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Religion March 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88643-7: £70.00/08

7 eBooks are only available to order online

history 8




6. British Civilization

The European World 1500–1800

An Introduction

An Introduction to Early Modern History

John Oakland

Edited by Beat Kümin

2006: 246x174: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-36522-2: £17.99/04

2009: 246x174: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-43253-5: £19.99/04

6th Edition


7. 5th Edition

2nd Edition

American Civilization

The Oral History Reader

An Introduction

Edited by Robert Perks and Alistair Thomson

David C. Mauk and John Oakland

2006: 246x174: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-34303-9: £23.99/04

2009: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-48162-5: £17.99/04


8. 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond

Modern South Asia History, Culture, Political Economy 2003: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-30787-1: £19.99/04

Antony Best, Jussi M. Hanhimäki, Joseph A. Maiolo and Kirsten E. Schulze 2008: 246x189: 640pp Pb: 978-0-415-43896-4: £24.99/04


9. A History of Popular Culture

2nd Edition

Europe 1783–1914

Raymond F. Betts

2009: 246x189: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-47066-7: £22.99/04

2004: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-22128-3: £19.99/04


10. Introduction to Medieval Europe 300–1550

3rd Edition

Wim Blockmans and Peter Hoppenbrouwers

Edited by Mike Storry and Peter Childs

2007: 246x189: 392pp Pb: 978-0-415-34699-3: £23.99/04

2007: 246x174: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-42460-8: £19.99/04

( +44 (0)1235 400524

British Cultural Identities

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!

More of Everything, Faster and Brighter

William Simpson and Martin Jones


American History Goes to the Movies Hollywood and the American Experience W. Bryan Rommel Ruiz, The Colorado College in Colorado Springs, USA What should movies teach us about American history? A lesson about pristine American exceptionalism or a history that includes the tragedies as well as the triumphs that define the American experience? American History Goes to the Movies explores both of these questions to find the meaning of the American experience through the films that represent this history to a general audience such as JFK, The Exorcist, The Last of the Mohicans, The Crucible, Glory , and many more. Written in accessible language for students, scholars, and film history buffs, American History Goes to the Movies weaves historiography with cultural significance to show readers how historical narratives are built, and makes the perfect introduction to the study of American history on film. Routledge «Market: American History / Film Studies January 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-80219-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80220-8: £18.99/04


Calvin Michael Mullett, Lancaster University, UK Series: Routledge Historical Biographies John Calvin is one of the most important figures in religious history. Sitting at the cusp of the medieval and early modern world, he was centre stage during the huge schism that split the early modern church. This new biography not only ties his life together with that of Martin Luther, but also stresses his individual contribution and influence. In examining his life and work, Mullett also explores the many significant influences on Calvin and his work, and the relationships that he formed along his ‘reforming’ path. As well as exploring the impact of Calvin throughout the early modern period and the importance of his work to contemporaries, Mullett also assesses the impact that Calvin’s works have had in shaping the modern world, and the relevance that they still have today. Routledge «Market: European History / Religious Studies March 2011: 198x129: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47698-0: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47699-7: £14.99/04

7th Edition textbook

British Civilization * Chemical Warfare during the Vietnam War

An Introduction John Oakland The seventh edition of this highly-praised textbook has been substantially updated and revised to provide students of British Studies with the perfect introduction to Britain. It includes:

Riot Control Agents in Combat D. Hank Ellison, Cerberus & Associates, Grosse Ile, Michigan, USA


Routledge «Market: History / Military Studies November 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87644-5: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87645-2: £24.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


• discussion of recent developments and areas of topical interest in British society such as immigration, the recession, devolution and coverage of the 2010 election • new full colour illustrations • exercises and questions to stimulate class discussion • insights into the attitudes of British people today towards important issues • updated suggestions for further reading and useful websites • a fully updated companion website featuring quiz questions and links to video clips. British Civilization is a vital introduction to the crucial and complex identities of Britain. Routledge «Market: British Studies and History December 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-58327-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58328-2: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83581-4: £75.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-36522-2

E-mail: for more information


Chemical Warfare during the Vietnam War documents the use of antipersonnel chemical weapons throughout the Vietnam War, and explores their effectiveness under the wide variety of circumstances in which they were employed. The short, readable account follows the US program and also presents the efforts of the North Vietnamese to both counter US chemical operations and to develop a chemical capability of their own. This largely overlooked facet of the Vietnam War provides an opportunity for students and scholars to examine many of the potential issues surrounding the use of chemical agents in modern military operations, and serves as a backdrop to discussion of broader issues associated with chemical warfare, including the power of public perception. Chemical Warfare during the Vietnam War is a comprehensive and thoroughly fascinating examination of riot-control agents during the Vietnam War. eBooks are only available to order online

10 history

Converging Worlds

Crime and the Rise of Modern America

Communities and Cultures in Colonial America Edited by Louise A. Breen, Kansas State University, USA

A History from 1865–1941

Providing a survey of colonial American history both regionally broad and ‘Atlantic’ in coverage, Converging Worlds presents the most recent research in an accessible manner for undergraduate students.

Kristofer Allerfeldt, University of Exeter, UK Crime and the Rise of Modern America is a thematic history of crime in the USA from the time of Lee’s surrender at Appomattox to Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbor. Kristofer Allerfeldt takes the period of American history where the country was changing into a truly modern, unified nation, and examines the roles crime and criminality have played in the growth of the nation. He’s categorized crime into accessible, exciting, and concise chapters covering such topics as hate crime, crime in the American West, drink and drug related crimes, prostitution and sex crimes, political crime, business crime, and more. Crime and the Rise of Modern America provides a window into America’s past to show both how far the United States has come as a nation, and how some things never change.

With chapters written by top-notch scholars, Converging Worlds is unique in providing not only a comprehensive chronological approach to colonial history with attention to thematic details, but a window into the relevant historiography. Each historian also selected several documents to accompany their chapter, found in the companion primary source reader. With its synthesis of both broad time periods and specific themes, Converging Worlds is ideal for students of the colonial period, and provides a fascinating glimpse into the diverse foundations of America. For additional information and classroom resources please visit the Converging Worlds companion website at textbooks/ConvergingWorlds.

Routledge «Market: American History / Criminology April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-80044-0: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80045-7: £19.99/04

Routledge «Market: American History March 2011: 235x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-96498-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-96499-9: £21.99/04

textbook reader

2nd Edition

Converging Worlds

Childhood in World History *

Communities and Cultures in Colonial America, A Sourcebook

Peter N. Stearns, George Mason University, USA Series: Themes in World History

Edited by Louise A. Breen, Kansas State University, USA

Routledge «Market: American History March 2011: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-96496-8: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-96497-5: £24.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Now fully up to date, this second edition of Childhood in World History highlights the gains but also the divisions and losses for children across the millennia, providing an accessible and concise overview. Updates include: • an expanded discussion of the theory and methodology involved in a global history of childhood • expanded coverage of childhood in Africa and South Asia • extra material on religious change, including more discussion of Judaism and Islam • new material on the role of the state • a brand new comparative chapter on happiness and childhood. Routledge «Market: History / World History November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59808-8: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59809-5: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83975-1: £65.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35233-8

D +44 (0)1235 400525


The field of colonial American history is an incredibly exciting area of study, but one that is often difficult for undergraduates to grasp, as there is so much going on. Over the last 25 years, there have been increasingly specialized studies done on particular colonial regions or themes, but there is no consensus on the narrative of early America, which makes the study of the period seemingly disjointed for students. This book is the document sourcebook accompanying The Colonial American World course book. Each chapter author of the text has hand-picked five documents that go along with the chapter they’ve written for the text. However, it would be just as easy for an instructor to use the sourcebook on its own, since there will also be a general introduction and section introductions framing the documents.

history 11

International Economic Relations since 1945 Catherine Schenk Series: The Making of the Contemporary World The international economy since 1945 has endured dramatic changes in its balance of power, from the early period of prosperity for industrialised nations, to the 2008/9 global crisis. In this volume Catherine Schenk outlines these huge changes, examines how the world’s economic leaders have tried to organise and influence the international economy and presents the key frameworks in which international economic relations have developed. Routledge «Market: Economic History February 2011: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57076-3: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57078-7: £16.99/04

Modernity’s End Time and History in the Discursive Condition Elizabeth Deeds Ermarth, Trent University, Canada Elizabeth Deeds Ermarth’s bold new book argues that modernity had its roots in the Renaissance and traces the history of modernity and postmodernity in Western culture from that time. She provides a new, clear definition of modernity and a clear statement of the broadly established challenges to modernity, and the most important practical implications of those challenges for such basic things as individuality, political agency, creativity, the nature of time, the role of method. After decades of conflicting work on related issues, this succinct, lucid and wide-ranging discussion of what is at stake is much needed. Drawing on a wide range of intellectual history from Homer to Hayden White and from the arts to physics, philosophy and politics, this book defines a new stage in the history of ideas. Routledge «Market: History / Philosophy February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-78218-0: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78219-7: £22.99/04

3rd Edition textbook

Modern South Asia History, Culture, Political Economy Sugata Bose, Harvard University, USA and Ayesha Jalal, Tufts University, USA Drawing on the newest and most sophisticated historical research and scholarship in the field, Modern South Asia provides a challenging insight for those with an intellectual curiosity about the region. This third edition brings the coverage up to the present day, looking at the closer integration of South Asia with the global economy, the impact of developments in Afghanistan on the region as a whole, the large implications of Benazir Bhutto’s assassination and the fresh challenges to South Asia’s nation-states. for e-mail updates in your field


David Hipshon, St James Independent School, UK Series: Routledge Historical Biographies This new biography takes a nuanced view of the life and reign of one of England’s most controversial monarchs, placing the scandals and mysteries that are so readily associated with Richard III in the wider context of the period in which he lived, and of the ever growing debate over his character. Analysing the influences of those around him, his faith, literary interests and devotion to chivalric ideals, David Hipshon defines Richard’s character as being central to the analysis of his actions. Incorporating new research on the feud between the Stanley and the Harrington families and previously unpublished material from the Duchy of Lancaster archives, this biography sheds new light on a man who was very much a product of the time of change and complexity in which he lived. Routledge «Market: History / British History December 2010: 198x129: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-46280-8: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-46281-5: £15.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: History and Asian Studies January 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77942-5: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77943-2: £19.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30787-1

Richard III * eBooks are only available to order online

12 history

The British and the Grand Tour

The Historical Revolution *

Jeremy Black

English Historical Writing and Thought 1580–1640

Series: Routledge Revivals

Frank Smith Fussner First published in 1985, this is a history of the Grand Tour, undertaken by young men in the eighteenth century to complete their education – a tour usually to France, Italy and Switzerland, and sometimes encompassing Germany. Rather than being another popular treatment of the theme, this is a scholarly analysis of the motives, purposes, activities and achievements of those who made the Grand Tour.

The book considers to what extent the Grand Tour did fulfil its theoretical educational function, or whether travellers merely parroted the observations of their guidebooks. It also indicates the importance of the Grand Tour in introducing foreign customs into Britain and extending the cosmopolitanism of the European upper classes. Routledge «Market: History November 2010: 216x138: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-60976-0: £75.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83244-8: £75.00/14

Series: Routledge Revivals First published in 1962, Frank Smith Fussner’s introduction to the revolution in English historical writing and thought during the period of the renaissance and reformation (1580–1640) is an influential and thoroughly-researched work. It offers an introduction not only to the context of the period and the important English historians of the era, but also provides a thorough historiographical approach which deals with the purpose, method, content, style and significance of these historians within the framework of this ‘historical revolution’. Routledge «Market: History October 2010: 216x138: 370pp Hb: 978-0-415-60242-6: £80.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83554-8: £80.00/14


The English Press in the Eighteenth Century

The History of Sexuality in Europe *

Jeremy Black

A Sourcebook and Reader

Series: Routledge Revivals

Edited by Anna Clark, University of Minnesota, USA First published in 1987, this is a comprehensive analysis of the rise of the British Press in the eighteenth century, as a component of the understanding of eighteenth century political and social history. Professor Black considers the reasons for the growth of the ‘print culture’ and the relations of newspapers to magazines and pamphlets; the mechanics of circulation; and chronological developments.

Extensively illustrated with quotations from newspapers of the time, the book is a lively as well as original and informative treatment of a topic that must remain of first importance for the literate historian. Routledge «Market: History November 2010: 216x138: 340pp Hb: 978-0-415-60977-7: £75.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83243-1: £75.00/14

Series: Routledge Readers in History The History of Sexuality in Europe: A Sourcebook and Reader is a dynamic introduction to the latest debates in the history of Sexuality in Europe. It begins with an introduction that introduces the new concept of sexual grammar. The Reader focuses on the modern age, but has three chapters on the ancient and medieval world to demonstrate their very different cultures of sexuality. Each section of the Reader pairs the latest chapters and articles by experts with primary sources, addressing questions such as: • Were Victorians sexually repressed? • How did nonwestern cultures change some Europeans’ ideas about sex? • Does regulating prostitution protect or punish women who sell sex? • Were 60s feminists pro or anti sex? An essential collection for all students of the history of sexuality.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: History of Sexuality December 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-78139-8: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78140-4: £26.99/04

history 13

The Routledge History of the Holocaust *

Women in European Culture and Society *

Edited by Jonathan C. Friedman, West Chester University, USA

Gender, Skill and Identity from 1700

Series: Routledge Histories

Deborah Simonton, University of Southern Denmark

The genocide of Jewish and non-Jewish civilians perpetrated by the German regime during World War Two continues to confront scholars with elusive questions even after nearly seventy years and hundreds of studies. This multi-contributory work is a landmark publication that sees experts renowned in their field addressing these questions in light of current research. Serving as a comprehensive introduction to the history of the Holocaust, this volume also adds depth to current debate, both geographically and topically, assessing the Final Solution as the German occupation instituted it across Europe and covering issues which have previously been under-investigated, such as the problem of prosecuting war crimes, gender and Holocaust experience, the persecution of non-Jewish victims, and the Holocaust in post-war culture.

A new and major contribution to the field, Women in European Culture and Society is a transnational history of women in Europe that pushes women’s history beyond national studies to create an integrated view of three hundred years of women in Europe. Using a longue durée, the book disentangles the accounts of industrialisation and bourgeois femininity which tend to dominate women’s studies, and questions the dominant narratives of history. Drawing on women’s own writing and cultural production, it presents women as agents of change as well as exploring cultural perceptions of women and the ways in which women have been represented by these discourses. Women in European Culture and Society is an invaluable and essential guide to the conditions, circumstances and understandings of how women lived throughout Europe.

Routledge «Market: Jewish History / Modern History November 2010: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-77956-2: £120.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83744-3: £120.00/14

Routledge «Market: History / Women’s Studies December 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-21307-3: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-21308-0: £22.99/04

5th Edition student reference


The Routledge Atlas of British History

Work and Struggle

Martin Gilbert

Edited by Paul Le Blanc, La Roche College

Series: Routledge Historical Atlases

Work and Struggle: Voices from US Labor Radicalism focuses on the history of US labor with an emphasis on radical currents, which have been essential elements in the labor movements – particularly the working-class movement from the mid-19th century to the late 20th century. Showcasing some of labor’s most important leaders, Work and Struggle offers students and instuctors a variety of voices to learn from – each telling their story through their own words – through memoirs and speeches, transcribed and introduced here by Paul Le Blanc, for use in the classroom alongside or instead of a text.

This thoroughly updated Atlas charts the changing story of the British Isles from the eve of the Roman conquest to the aftermath of the 2010 general election. The key themes covered are: • Politics: from the Saxon kingdoms to the Jacobites, through to the political challenges of 2010 • War and Conflict – from Viking attacks to today’s Wars in Afghanistan and the War in Iraq • Trade and Industry – from the postNorman economy to the present day • Religion – from the Saxon Church to modern times • Society and Economics – from civilian life in Roman Britain to the General Strike, unemployment, homelessness, government expenditure and overseas aid

Voices from US Labor Radicalism

Routledge «Market: American History / Labor January 2011: 235x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87746-6: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87824-1: £24.99/04

• Immigration – the growth of immigrant communities; the wide range of countries from which immigrants came; how that is changing in contemporary Britain. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: History / British Politics January 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60875-6: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60876-3: £16.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-39551-9 eBooks are only available to order online

14 history Belonging in Europe – The African Diaspora and Work

Music and Globalization in History

Edited by Caroline Bressey and Hakim Adi, both at University College London, UK

This book contextualizes a globalization process that has since ancient times involved the creation, use, and world-wide movement of song, instrumental music, musical drama, music with dance, concert, secular, popular and religious music. Music and Globalization in History provides connectivity between the people and the activities and events in which music is used and the means by which it moves from one place to another.

Although often assumed to have begun with post-war immigration, the black presence in Europe in fact pre-dates the forced migrations of trans-Atlantic slavery. This volume seeks to not only mark these early histories, but to examine the lives of those who made their lives in Europe before 1945. This book was originally published as a special issue of Immigrants and Minorities . Routledge «Market: History / Migration / Black Studies November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48870-9: £80.00/08

Richard Wetzel, Ohio University, USA

Routledge «Market: History April 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87475-5: £70.00/08

The Politics and Memory of Democratic Transition The Spanish Model Edited by Diego Muro and Gregorio Alonso, both at University of London, UK Series: Routledge/Canada Blanch Studies on Contemporary Spain This collection of essays focuses on the social, political and cultural transformations witnessed in Spain in the late 1970s. By combining top-down and bottom-up approaches, the volume offers a renewed approach to the peaceful (re-)birth of Spanish democracy and to those actors and factors that made it possible. Routledge «Market: History December 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99720-1: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83483-1: £70.00/14

Foundations of Modernity

Statistics and the Public Sphere, 1750–2000

Human Agency and the Imperial State

Numbers and the People in Modern Britain

Isa Blumi, Georgia State University, USA

Edited by Thomas H. Crook, Memory Assessment Clinics and Glen O’Hara, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Women in the United States Military

Series: Routledge Studies in Modern British History

An Annotated Bibliography

Contemporary life in Britain would be unthinkable without statistics. Numbers attract criticism on the grounds of their veracity and utility. There are no works which aim to analyse the historical entanglement of the two; this book addresses this neglected area of historiography, and places the present in historical perspective.

Judith Bellafaire

Series: Routledge Studies in Modern History Investigating how a number of modern empires transform over the long 19th century (1789–1914) as a consequence of their struggle for ascendancy in the Eastern Mediterranean and Middle East, Foundations of Modernity: Human Agency and the Imperial State moves the study of the modern empire towards a comparative, trans-regional analysis of events along the Ottoman frontiers: the Balkans, the Persian Gulf, and the Red Sea. This inter-disciplinary approach of studying events at different ends of the Ottoman Empire challenges previous emphasis on Europe as the only source of change and highlights the progression of modern imperial states.

Routledge «Market: History February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87894-4: £70.00/08

Routledge «Market: History May 2011: 229x152: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-88464-8: £70.00/08

Series: Routledge Research Guides to American Military Studies Women’s participation in the U.S. Armed Forces has grown over time in response to the national need for their services. Throughout each era of American history, patriotic women volunteered to serve their country in a wide variety of official and unofficially sanctioned capacities. When there was a call to duty, the United States Armed Forces always relied upon women to be a part of the effort. Women in the United States Military: An Annotated Bibliography is the most complete and up to date listing of resources to help students and scholars understand the effect women have had on the wars that have shaped the United States. Covering everything from the American Revolution to Operations in Iraq, Women in the United States Military is essential for all academic and research libraries.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Military Studies / Reference November 2010: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-80146-1: £95.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83509-8: £95.00/14

archaeology and museum studies 15

Iron Age Myth and Materiality An Archaeology of Scandinavia AD 400–1000 Lotte Hedeager, University of Oslo, Norway Iron Age Myth and Materiality: an Archaeology of Scandinavia AD 400–1000 considers the relationship between myth and materiality in Scandinavia from the beginning of the post-Roman era and the European Migrations around AD 400 up until the coming of Christianity around AD 1000. It pursues an interdisciplinary interpretation of text and material culture and examines how the documentation of an oral past relates to its material embodiment. Old Norse myths are explored with particular attention to one of the central mythical narratives of the Old Norse canon, the mythic cycle of Odin, king of the Norse pantheon. No other study provides such a broad ranging and authoritative study of the relationship of myth to the archaeology of Scandinavia. Routledge «Market: Archaeology February 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-60602-8: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60604-2: £24.99/04

An Archaeology of Materials

Museum Gallery Interpretation and Material Culture

Representing Enslavement and Abolition in Museums

Chantal Conneller, University of Manchester, UK

Edited by Juliette Fritsch, Victoria and Albert Museum, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Archaeology

Series: Routledge Research in Museum Studies

Edited by Laurajane Smith, Geoff Cubitt, Kalliopi Fouseki and Ross Wilson, all at University of York, UK

This book challenges current understandings of materials and offers an alternative approach. Conneller argues that the properties of materials emerge through practice. Case studies from Early Prehistory are used to reveal that, rather than being a minor part of technical practice, materials tell us something more fundamental about past worlds.

Museum Gallery Interpretation and Material Culture will publish the proceedings of the first annual Sackler Centre for Arts Education conference at the Victoria and Albert Museum (V&A) in London. The conference launched the annual series by addressing the question of how gallery interpretation design and management can help museum visitors learn about art and material culture. The book will feature a range of papers by leading academics, museum learning professionals, graduate researchers and curators from Europe, the USA and Canada.

Substantial Transformations in Early Prehistoric Europe

Routledge «Market: Archaeology January 2011: 229x152: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-88130-2: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83372-8: £75.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Museum Studies April 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88575-1: £70.00/08

Series: Routledge Research in Museum Studies This book – which uniquely draws together contributions from academic commentators, museum professionals, community activists and artists who had an involvement with the bicentenary – reflects on the complexity and difficulty of museums’ experiences in presenting and interpreting the histories of slavery and abolition, and to place these experiences in the broader context of debates over the bicentenary’s significance and the lessons to be learnt from it. Routledge «Market: Museum Studies April 2011: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-88504-1: £70.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

16 classical studies 2nd Edition textbook

4th Edition textbook

Ancient Cities *

The Greek World 479–323 BC

The Archaeology of Urban Life in the Ancient Near East and Egypt, Greece and Rome

Simon Hornblower, University College London, UK

Charles Gates, Bilkent University, Turkey

The Greek World 479–323 BC has been the benchmark text for students of this important period of Greek history since its first publication. Simon Hornblower has brought the book up-to-date with modern scholarship to ensure that it retains that position. Now more than ever the book provides a holistic assessment of Greece and its neighbours in the fifth and fourth centuries BC. While there is close examination of Athens, Sparta and the other great city-states Greece, the broader Mediterranean from the beginning of the fifth century onwards is detailed from available sources such as Pindar and Bacchylides. The Greek World 479–323 BC is written in erudite yet lively prose and is organized to ensure ease of comprehension. Providing a rich range of sources material, it a necessity for those wishing to study this fascinating era of Greek history.

This brings to life the physical world of ancient city dwellers. The urban form of the cities, and the architecture and geography that created it are examined, as well as non-urban features such as religious sanctuaries and burial grounds – places and institutions that were a familiar part of the city dweller’s experience. It is unusual in presenting this wide range of Old World cultures in such detail, giving equal weight to the Preclassical and Classical periods, and in showing the links between these ancient cultures. Features include: • clear and accessible language, assuming no background knowledge • lavishly illustrated with nearly 300 line drawings, maps and photos • a companion website with extra images and material • summaries, further reading arranged by topic, a consolidated bibliography and comprehensive index. Routledge «Market: Classical Studies and Archaeology March 2011: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-49865-4: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49864-7: £22.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-12182-8

Classical Literature * An Introduction Edited by Neil Croally and Roy Hyde Series: Aspects of Classical Civilization Classical Literature: An Introduction provides an overview of the essential aspects of Greek and Latin literature. In conjunction with contextualising introductions the material is presented chronologically, by genre and where appropriate by author. The book ranges from Homer to the Roman Empire. Features include: • a chronology of ancient literature

Series: The Routledge History of the Ancient World

Routledge «Market: Classical Studies and Greek History February 2011: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-60291-4: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60292-1: £23.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-16326-2

Roman Urban Street Networks Alan Kaiser, University of Evansville, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Archaeology Roman Urban Street Networks is the first volume to sift through the ancient literature to determine how authors used the Latin vocabulary for streets, and determine what that tells us about how the Romans perceived their streets. Author Alan Kaiser offers a methodology for describing the role of a street within the broader urban transportation network in such a way that one can compare both individual streets and street networks from one site to another. Kaiser suggests that streets provided the organizing principle for ancient Roman cities, offering an exciting new way of describing and comparing Roman street networks. This book will certainly lead to an expanded discussion of approaches to and understandings of Roman streetscapes and urbanism. Routledge «Market: Archaeology March 2011: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-88657-4: £70.00/08

• maps • lists of Greek and Roman authors • suggestions for further reading.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Classical Studies / Literary Criticism March 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-46812-1: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-46813-8: £21.99/04

media, communication & cultural studies



6. Gender Trouble

3rd Edition

Cinema Studies: The Key Concepts

Feminism and the Subversion of Identity Judith Butler 2006: 198x129: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-38955-6: £13.99/04

Susan Hayward 2006: 216x138: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-36782-0: £15.99/04


7. 3rd Edition 2010 update

5th Edition

Media Today

The Media Student’s Book

An Introduction to Mass Communication

Gill Branston and Roy Stafford

Joseph Turow

2010: 246x189: 488pp Pb: 978-0-415-55842-6: £24.99/04

2010: 279x216: 712pp Pb: 978-0-415-87606-3: £52.50/04


8. 2nd Edition

4th Edition

New Media

The Dynamics of Persuasion

A Critical Introduction

Communication and Attitudes in the 21st Century

Martin Lister, Jon Dovey, Seth Giddings, Iain Grant and Kieran Kelly

Richard M. Perloff

2008: 246x189: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-43161-3: £21.99/04


2010: 235x187: 448pp Pb: 978-0-415-80568-1: £39.99/04

9. 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Strategic Planning for Public Relations

AS Film Studies

Ronald D. Smith

Sarah Casey Benyahia, Freddie Gaffney and John White

The Essential Introduction

2009: : 456pp Pb: 978-0-415-99422-4: £35.99/04


2008: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-45433-9: £18.99/04

10. Cases in Public Relations Management

4th Edition

Photography: A Critical Introduction

Patricia Swann 2010: 235x156: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-87893-7: £38.99/04

Edited by Liz Wells for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


2009: 246x189: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-46087-3: £24.99/04


classical studies 17 eBooks are only available to order online

18 media, communication & cultural studies

Cross-Cultural Issues in Art *

Fashion In Focus *

Frames for Understanding

Concepts, Practices and Politics

Steven Leuthold, Northern Michigan University, USA

Tim Edwards, University of Leicester, UK

This book provides an engaging introduction to aesthetic concepts, expanding the discussion beyond the usual Western theorists and Western examples. Steven Leuthold discusses both contemporary and historical issues and examples, incorporating a range of detailed case studies from African, Asian, European, Latin American, Middle Eastern and Native American art. Individual chapters address broad intercultural issues in art, considering certain themes as constructs that frame our understanding of art. This book draws upon ideas and case studies from cultural and critical studies, art history, ethno-aesthetics and area studies, visual anthropology, and philosophy, and will be useful for undergraduate and postgraduate courses in these fields.

The study of fashion has exploded in recent decades, yet quite what this all means, quite where it might take us, is not clear. This new book helps to bring fashion into focus, with a comprehensive guide to the key theories, perspectives and developments in the field. Tim Edwards includes coverage of all the major theories of fashion, including recent scholarship, alongside subcultural analysis and an in-depth look at production. Fashion in Focus is the ideal companion for students in the arts and social sciences, especially those studying issues such as fashion, gender, sexuality and consumer culture.

Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / Art November 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57799-1: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57800-4: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83516-6: £80.00/14

Routledge «Market: Fashion & Popular Culture November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44793-5: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-44794-2: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83688-0: £70.00/14


2nd Edition

A2 Media Studies *

Advertising and Public Relations Law *

Antony Bateman, Peter Bennett, University of Wolverhampton, UK, Sarah Casey Benyahia, Film and Media Studies and Peter Wall, Chair of Examiners for GCE Media Studies & Communication Studies Series: Essentials A2 Media Studies: The Essential Introduction for WJEC is the perfect guide for the new WJEC A2 Media Studies syllabus. Developing key topics in depth and introducing students to the notion of independent study, this full colour, highly illustrated textbook is designed to support students through the transition from AS to A2. Individual chapters cover the following key areas: Research and Production Skills; Passing MS3: Media Investigation and Production; Developing Textual Analysis; Issues and Debates; and Passing MS4: Media- Text, Industry and Audience. Specially designed to be user-friendly, A2 Media Studies: The Essential Introduction for WJEC includes activities, key terms, case studies and sample exam questions. Routledge «Market: Media Studies and Cultural Studies December 2010: 246x174: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-58659-7: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83566-1: £37.99/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Roy l. Moore, Middle Tennessee State University, USA, Carmen Maye and Erik L. Collins, both at University of South Carolina, USA Series: Routledge Communication Series Addressing a critical need, Advertising and Public Relations Law illustrates the variety of issues and ideas that affect the regulation of advertising and public relations speech, including the categorization of different kinds of speech afforded different levels of First Amendment protection; court-created tests for laws and regulations of speech; and non content-based restrictions on speech and expression. Selected Contents: Section 1: The Commercial Speech Doctrine Section 2: Governmental and Industry Regulation of Commercial Speech Section 3: Commercial Speech Torts Section 4: Intellectual Property Appendices A. Professional Codes B. The Judicial System (charts) C. The Judicial Process D. Arbitration, Mediation and Other Alternative Dispute Resolution Mechanisms (overview) E. Copyright Registration Forms F. Trademark Registration Forms G. Model Releases Routledge «Market: Media Law September 2010: 229x152: 480pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5346-9: £125.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-96548-4: £42.95/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84587-5: £125.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-1679-2

D +44 (0)1235 400525


The Essential Introduction for WJEC

media, communication & cultural studies 19

Changing the News

Global Design History

The Forces Shaping Journalism in Uncertain Times

Edited by Glenn Adamson, Victoria & Albert Museum, UK, Giorgio Riello, University of Warwick, UK and Sarah Teasley, Royal College of Art, UK

Edited by Wilson Lowrey, The University of Alabama, USA and Peter J. Gade, The University of Oklahoma Series: Routledge Communication Series Changing the News examines the difficulties in changing news processes and practices in response to the evolving circumstances and struggles of the journalism industry. The editors have put together this volume to demonstrate why the prescriptions employed to salvage the journalism industry to date haven’t worked, and to explain how constraints and pressures have influenced the field’s responses to challenges in an uncertain, changing environment. If journalism is to adjust and thrive, the following questions need answers: Why do journalists and news organizations respond to uncertainties in the ways they do? What forces and structures constrain these responses? What social and cultural contexts should we take into account when we judge whether or not journalism successfully responds and adapts? The book tackles these questions from varying perspectives and levels of analysis, through chapters by scholars of news sociology and media management. Changing the News details the forces that shape and challenge journalism and journalistic culture, and explains why journalists and their organizations respond to troubles, challenges and uncertainties in the way they do. Routledge «Market: Journalism May 2011: 229x152: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-87157-0: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87158-7: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86857-7: £80.00/14

Design history has evolved over recent decades through engagement with issues of gender and consumption; investigations of business practice; an extension of the field’s chronological coverage and theoretical engagements with a wide array of cognate disciplines such as art history, literary criticism, cultural history, sociology, anthropology and the history of science. Global Design History gathers together a number of leading design historians whose research points the way forward, aiming to address and promote changes to design history. It offers statements about specific contexts within the field of global design history, such as the influence of Ottoman art and architecture on Europe, Persia and India; the European adoption of Asian aesthetic forms; the Latin American adoption of Asian and European decorative solutions; and the role of capital cities in creating international design. Routledge «Market: Art & Visual Culture / Design History January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57285-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57287-3: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83197-7: £75.00/14


An Introduction to Nineteenth Century Art


Doing Ethics in Media

Michelle Facos, Indiana University, USA Using the tools of the ‘new’ art history (feminism, Marxism, social context, etc.) An Introduction to Nineteenth Century Art offers a richly textured, yet clear and logical introduction to 19th century art and culture. Key pedagogical features include:

Theories and Practical Applications Jay Black, University of South Florida and Chris Roberts


Routledge «Market: Media March 2011: 235x187: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-88150-0: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88154-8: £44.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


• Data Boxes provide statistics, timelines, charts and historical information about the period to further situate artworks • Text Boxes highlight extracts from original sources, citing the ideas of artists and their contemporaries, including historians, philosophers, critics and theorists • beautifully illustrated with over 250 colour images • Online Resources at with access to a wealth of information, including original source documents, contemporary criticism, timelines and maps. Routledge «Market: Art History April 2011: 254x190: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-78070-4: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78072-8: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83307-0: £80.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Providing an accessible examination of ethics, Doing Ethics in Media introduces students to ethical theory and provides a grounded discussion of ethics in the context of today’s media outlets. Emphasizing the understanding of ethics, the text will help readers ‘do ethics’ expeditiously, honestly, and efficiently when they enter the workplace and need to make critical ethical decisions on deadline. Organized around six decision-making questions, and cases demonstrate the application of these questions to real-world scenarios, each chapter focuses on a specific ethical theory or issue, with a thorough discussion of the key points accompanied by practical applications. Written for undergraduate and graduate students studying media ethics. eBooks are only available to order online

20 media, communication & cultural studies

Handbook of Comparative Communication Research

Journalism Studies A critical introduction Andrew Calcutt, University of East London, UK and Philip Hammond, London Southbank University, UK

Edited by Frank Esser and Thomas Hanitzsch Series: ICA Handbook Series The Handbook of Comparative Communication Research aims at providing a comprehensive understanding of comparative communication research. It fills an obvious gap in the literature and offers an extensive and interdisciplinary discussion of the general approach of comparative research, its prospect and problems as well as its applications in crucial sub-fields of communications. The first part of the volume charts the state of the art in the field; the second section introduces relevant areas of communication studies where the comparative approach has been successfully applied in recent years; the third part offers an analytical review of conceptual and methodological issues; and the last section proposes a roadmap for future research.

Journalism Studies is a polemical textbook, aiming to rethink the field of journalism studies for the contemporary era. Not only has journalism itself changed, but the broader world of politics and public affairs has been transformed beyond recognition in the past two decades. Yet the study of news and journalism often seems stuck with ideas and debates which have lost much of their critical purchase. This book offers a reassessment of conventional themes in the academic analysis of journalism, and sets out a positive proposal for what we should be studying. Organised into three sections – Ownership, Objectivity and The Public – it addresses the contexts in which journalism is produced, practised and disseminated. This is a concise and accessible introduction to contemporary journalism studies.

Routledge May 2011: 254x178: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-80271-0: £110.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80275-8: £40.00/04

Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Journalism January 2011: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-55430-5: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55431-2: £19.99/04


2nd Edition

Key Readings in Journalism

Interviewing for Radio

Edited by Elliot King and Jane Chapman, University of Lincoln, UK

Jim Beaman, University of Gloucestershire, UK

Key Readings in Journalism brings together the essential writings that every student of journalism should know. The volume presents forty of the most important works about journalism arranged thematically to enable students to think deeply and broadly about journalism – its social impact, its history, key individuals and institutions, its practice, and its future. Each reading is introduced with a headnote that provides context and points to key concepts discussed in the selection. Key Readings in Journalism is designed to be used as a primary text in undergraduate Introduction to Journalism and Journalism and Society courses, and the selections have been carefully chosen to reflect the needs of today’s journalism classroom.

Interviewing for Radio is a thorough introduction to the techniques and skills of the radio interview. It offers advice on how to ask the right question and elicit a response and guides the reader through the use of equipment, the mechanics of recording, the studio environment, live broadcasts, presentation and pronunciation, and editing material. Written by an experienced producer and instructor, Interviewing for Radio includes the history of the radio interview and the importance of its role today; practical exercises which introduce successful interview and technical skills; case studies and hypothetical scenarios to help you prepare for potential difficulties; and a discussion of ethics, risk assessment, codes of conduct and regulations.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Journalism and Media Studies March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56169-3: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56170-9: £17.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83452-7: £65.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-22910-4

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge February 2011: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-88027-5: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88028-2: £29.99/04

Series: Media Skills

media, communication & cultural studies 21

Horror Noire

Media Perspectives for the 21st Century

Blackness and Horror Films Robin R. Means Coleman The boundary-pushing genre of the horror film has always been a site for provocative explorations of race in American popular culture. Horror Noire presents a critical history of blackness and American horror, from early cinema to the present. Robin R. Means Coleman traces the history of notable characterizations of blackness in horror cinema, examines key levels of black paricipation on screen and behind the camera, and unpacks the genre’s racialized imagery and narratives that make up popular culture’s commentary on race. Routledge April 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88019-0: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88020-6: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84767-1: £80.00/14

An Introduction to Mass Communication Joseph Turow, University of Pennsylvania, USA Completely revised with updated examples, case studies, and media resources, the third edition of this innovative mass communication textbook is built upon a media systems approach that gives students an insider’s perspective on how mass media industries operate. By making students more knowledgeable about the influences that guide media organizations, Media Today builds media literacy skills to make students sensitive to ways of seeing media content as a means of learning about culture. Joseph Turow emphasizes throughout the many ways in which media convergence has blurred distinctions between and among various media. Each chapter guides students through the essential history of media industries; examines the current forces shaping their creation, distribution and exhibition; and explores the impact of emerging trends in media and society from globalization to social networking to video games. Routledge «Market: Mass Communication / Media Studies February 2011: 279x216: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-87607-0: £110.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87608-7: £52.50/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83651-4: £110.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-96059-5


Series: Communication and Society This book brings together key international scholars to explore concepts, topics and issues concerning the communication environment in contemporary democratic societies. It combines qualitative and quantitative approaches to provide an interdisciplinary and truly global perspective that reflects the trends, theories and issues in current media and communication research. The collection raises significant questions about the study of the media by challenging approaches to major media and societal issues, and analyses in more depth the range of concerns that shape both the present and the future media landscape and the issues these can create for communication. Chapters deal with various dimensions of media from a number of different perspectives and socio-political contexts, covering a wide range of topics including Social Networking, Political Communication, Public Journalism, Global Infotainment and Consumer Culture.


2nd Edition

Media Effects and Society Elizabeth M. Perse, University of Delaware and Jennifer Lambe Series: Routledge Communication Series This text presents media effects theory at an introductory level. It provides a broad theoretical overview and integrates social, political, and related social scientific research in a clear and accessible presentation.

Routledge «Market: Media March 2011: 254x178: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-87819-7: £140.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88591-1: £39.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85469-3: £140.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-2506-0

E-mail: for more information


Media Today

for e-mail updates in your field

Edited by Stylianos Papathanassopoulos, University of Athens, Greece

Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Communication December 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-57498-3: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57499-0: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83407-7: £70.00/14

4th Edition textbook

Concepts, Topics and Issues eBooks are only available to order online

22 media, communication & cultural studies

Paranormal Media *

Popular Media and Health Communication

Audiences, Spirits and Magic in Popular Culture Annette Hill, University of Westminster, UK

Kimberly N. Kline, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA and Jay Baglia

Paranormal Media offers a unique, timely exploration of the extraordinary, unexplained and supernatural in popular culture, looking in unusual places in order to understand this phenomenon. Through a popular cultural ethnography, and critical analysis in social and cultural theory, this ground-breaking book by Annette Hill presents an original and rigorous examination of people’s experiences of spirits and magic. In popular culture, people are players in an orchestral movement about what happens to us when we die. In a very real sense the audience is the show. This book is the story of audiences and their participation in a show about matters of life and death. It will be a highly interesting read for undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as academics, on a wide range of television, media, cultural studies, and sociology courses.

Series: Routledge Communication Series Recognizing the power of popular media (TV, film, internet, music, et al) to highlight health issues in the public forum and to set agendas in public policy, health communication scholars acknowledge that the media must be a part of their research program, and that they must identify the manner in which discourse impinges on the meanings and behaviors related to health and illness, through various methodologies and perspectives. Responding to that need, this book provides a comprehensive discussion of the theory and methodological considerations in the study of popular media and health communication. Routledge «Market: Communication April 2011: 229x152: 320pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6259-1: £17.99/04

Routledge «Market: Media Studies November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54462-7: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54463-4: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83639-2: £75.00/14

2nd edition textbook

Public Relations in Global Cultural Contexts

Movie History: A Survey Douglas Gomery, University of East London, UK and Clara Pafort-Overduin How can we understand the history of film? Historical facts don’t answer the basic questions of film history. History, as this fascinating book shows, is more than the simple accumulation of film titles, facts and figures. This is a survey of over 100 years of cinema history, from its beginnings in 1895, to its current state in the 21st century. An accessible, introductory text, Movie History: A Survey looks at not only the major films, filmmakers, and cinema institutions throughout the years, but also extends to the production, distribution, exhibition, technology and reception of films. The textbook is divided chronologically into four sections, using the timeline of technological changes Written by two highly respected film scholars and experienced teachers, Movie History is the ideal textbook for students studying film history.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by Nilanjana Bardhan, Southern Illinois University, USA and C. Kay Weaver, Waikato University, New Zealand Series: Routledge Communication Series Reflecting the current state of public relations practice, which has become increasingly globalized, this volume emphasizes theories and concepts that highlight global interconnectedness through a range of interpretative and critical approaches to understanding the global significance and impacts of public relations.

Routledge «Market: Public Relations January 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87285-0: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87286-7: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86615-3: £80.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Film Studies April 2011: 254x190: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-77544-1: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77545-8: £24.99/04

Multi-paradigmatic Perspectives

media, communication & cultural studies 23

Public Relations, Society & Culture Race and News Theoretical and Empirical Explorations

Critical Perspectives

Edited by Lee Edwards, University of Manchester, UK and Caroline E.M. Hodges, Bournemouth University, UK

Christopher P. Campbell, University of Southern Mississippi, USA, Rockell A. Brown, Texas Southern University, USA, Cheryl D. Jenkins and Kim LeDuff, both at University of Southern Mississippi, USA

This edited collection adds momentum to the emergent interest in the socio-cultural role of public relations by bringing together a range of alternative theoretical and methodological approaches, including anthropology, diversity, storytelling, pragmatism and Latin American studies. These are interspersed with narratives and interview extracts, resulting in an engaging text which provides new inspiration whilst further contributing to our understanding of the relationship between public relations, society and culture. Public Relations, Society and Culture draws on insights from a wide range of disciplines including sociology, cultural studies, post-colonialism, political economy, ecological studies, feminism and critical race theory. It illustrates the effects of the public relations profession on its environment, and will provide students and scholars with an essential grounding in both the traditional and the progressive perspectives of public relations. Routledge «Market: Public Relations January 2011: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-57273-6: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57274-3: £17.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83213-4: £65.00/14

Race and News: Critical Perspectives offers essays and case studies that examine how issues related to race and racism are represented in contemporary news coverage in the United States. The first section of this text examines the journalistic routine – how news organizations from newspapers to network news to new media make decisions about what, how, and why stories related are covered with (or without) relation to race. The second section is comprised of case studies exploring how coverage of national stories such as the election of Barack Obama, Hurricane Katrina, and immigrants rights has affected the national dialogue on race and racism. This book will be ideal for courses on race and news media, and it will also be valuable to professional journalists and journalism students who seek to improve the diversity and sensitivity of their journalistic practice. Routledge «Market: Journalism March 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-80096-9: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80097-6: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87685-5: £80.00/14


Theory and Practice Rebekah Modrak, University of Michigan, USA and Bill Anthes, Pitzer College, USA Intended for both beginning and advanced students, and for both art and non-art majors, Reframing Photography provides an integrated introduction to the historical, theoretical and technical aspects of photography. • ‘How to’ sections provide students with illustrated, step by step guides to different photographic methods, alongside related theory • case studies: profiles of contemporary and historical artists • glossary: definitions of critical and technical vocabulary • a companion website will update information on equipment and provide further activities, information and links to related sites • lavishly illustrated, including images depicting artists’ work and examples of photographic processes, many in colour.


Routledge «Market: Photography November 2010: 246x189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77919-7: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77920-3: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84759-6: £80.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Research Methods for Studying Groups Edited by Andrea Hollingshead and Marshall Scott Poole This volume provides an overview of the methodological issues and challenges inherent in the study of small groups from the perspective of seasoned researchers in communication, psychology and other fields in the behavioral and social sciences. It summarizes the current state of group methods in a format that is readable, insightful, and useful for both new and experienced group researchers. This collection of essays will inspire new and established researchers alike to look beyond their current methodological approaches, covering both traditional and new methods for studying groups and exploring the full range of groups in face-to-face and online settings. Routledge «Market: Organizational Communication / Organizational Studies March 2011: 229x152: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-80632-9: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80633-6: £29.99/04

E-mail: for more information


Reframing Photography * eBooks are only available to order online

24 media, communication & cultural studies

Techno Politics in Presidential Campaigning

2nd Edition

Routledge Handbook of Health Communication

New Voices, New Technologies, and New Voters Edited by John Allen Hendricks and Lynda Lee Kaid, University of Florida, USA

Edited by Teresa L. Thompson, University of Dayton, Roxanne Parrott and Jon F. Nussbaum, both at Pennsylvania State University

The 2008 US presidential campaign saw politicians utilizing all types of new media – Facebook, MySpace, YouTube, Twitter, e-mail, and cell phone texting – to reach voters of all ages, ethnicities, socioeconomic backgrounds, and sexual orientations. This volume examines the use of these media and considers the effectiveness of reaching voters through these channels. It explores not only the use of new media and technologies but also the role these tactics played in attracting new voters and communicating with the electorate during the 2008 presidential debates. Chapters focus on how the technologies were used by candidates, the press, and voters.

Series: Routledge Communication Series This handbook summarizes the research on communicative processes as they relate to health and health care, and provides directions for future research. For scholars & professionals in health communication, public health, psychology & related areas.

Routledge «Market: Communication Studies April 2011: 254x178: 784pp Hb: 978-0-415-88314-6: £150.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88315-3: £60.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84606-3: £150.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-3858-9

Routledge «Market: Communication / Political Science December 2010: 229x152: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-87978-1: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87979-8: £32.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85126-5: £95.00/14

Strategic Conflict

The Enchanted Screen

Daniel J. Canary, Arizona State University, USA and Sandra Lakey

The Unknown History of Fairy-Tale Films Jack Zipes, University of Minnesota, USA

Series: Routledge Communication Series This text offers a research-based, accessible analysis of how people can manage conflict productively. Moving beyond the basics of conflict, it examines interpersonal situations in which conflict occurs and promotes strategic communicative responses, based on communication research. Authors Daniel J. Canary and Sandra Lakey base the principles for conflict management on the latest theoretical research, and add personal observations, media examples, and samples of actual interaction to provide concrete illustrations of the research findings.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Film Studies February 2011: 254x178: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-99062-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99061-5: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-92749-6: £80.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Communication April 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5063-5: £40.99/03 Pb: 978-0-8058-5064-2: £18.99/04

In The Enchanted Screen, Jack Zipes looks at the long history and special relationship between fairy tales and cinema, examining how and why so many films have adapted fairy tale narratives, whether directly or indirectly. Zipes guides us through this vast array of films by tracing the adaptations of major fairy tales, including Little Red Riding Hood, Cinderella, Snow White, Peter Pan, and many more, from their earliest cinematic appearances to today. Essential reading for fairy tale fans and cinema buffs alike, The Enchanted Screen is lavishly illustrated and features an extensive filmography and bibliography for future viewing and reading suggestions.

media, communication & cultural studies 25

The Sound Handbook

Westerns *

Tim Crook, University of London, UK

John White, Anglia Ruskin University, UK

Series: Media Practice

Series: Routledge Film Guidebooks

The Sound Handbook is an essential practice and theory guide that sets out the best methods in producing sound for multimedia, and the academic theories that underpin the history and analysis of sound expression. It teaches how qualitative sound can be produced for drama, documentary and journalism in radio, theatrical stage production, television and film, online, animation, videogames and sound art installation. At the same time the theoretical debates that constitute textual and contextual academic study of sound in these media platforms are explored. The Sound Handbook is unique in endeavouring to identify the practical and theoretical common ground in the production and expression of sound in what have been seen previously as discrete media practice and academic disciplines.

It is a common assertion that the history of America is written in its Westerns, but how true is this? In this guidebook John White discusses the evolution of the Western through history and looks at theoretical and critical approaches to Westerns such as genre analysis, semiotics, representation, ideology, discourse analysis, narrative, realism, auteur and star theory, psychoanalytical theory, postmodernism and audience response. The book includes case studies of key western films, including Stagecoach, My Darling Clementine, Shane, The Good, The Bad and the Ugly, McCabe and Mrs Miller, Unforgiven, Brokeback Mountain and The Assassination of Jesse James by the Coward Robert Ford.

Routledge «Market: Media Studies March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55150-2: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55152-6: £24.99/04

Including a chronology of significant events for the Western genre, a glossary and further reading, this introduction to an important genre in film studies is a great guide for students. Routledge «Market: Film Studies November 2010: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55812-9: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55813-6: £16.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83531-9: £60.00/14

2nd Edition


The Business of Sports

The New Media and Technocultures Reader

Mark Conrad, Fordham University This book explores the business aspect of sports with an orientation to those topics that are most relevant to journalists, providing the foundation for understanding the various parts of the sports business. Moving beyond sports writing, this text offers a distinct perspective on professional, college, and international sports organizations – structure, governance, labor issues, and other business factors within the sports community. Written clearly and compellingly, The Business of Sports includes cases (historical, current, and hypothetical) to illustrate how business concerns play a role in the reporting of sports. This second editions include updates throughout, including disciplinary policies throughout the major sports leagues, expanded discussion of intellectual property issues and merchandising, and new sections on ethical issues in sports, aimed at journalists.


Routledge «Market: Journalism / Sports Studies February 2011: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-87652-0: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87653-7: £26.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-99638-9 for e-mail updates in your field


Edited by Seth Giddings and Martin Lister, both at University of the West of England, UK The New Media & Technoculture Reader offers students further reading on key issues and debates raised in the introductory textbook New Media: A Critical Introduction, and explication of these debates through the selected texts. The Reader critically and theoretically contextualises the various disciplinary stances (visual culture; media and cultural history; media theory; media production; philosophy and the history of the sciences; political economy and sociology, etc.), offering students a rich and interdisciplinary resource. Critical editorial commentary guides the reader through the debates, and between the extracts. Routledge «Market: Media Studies February 2011: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-46913-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-46914-2: £24.99/04

E-mail: for more information


A Primer for Journalists eBooks are only available to order online

26 media, communication & cultural studies The Politics of Loss and Trauma in Contemporary Israeli Cinema Raz Yosef, Tel Aviv University, Israel Series: Routledge Advances in Film Studies This book examines for the first time the new ideological and aesthetic trends in contemporary Israeli cinema along the axes of gender, sexuality, race and ethnicity. Routledge «Market: Film / Media Studies June 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87688-9: £75.00/08

Disability and New Media Katie Ellis, Murdoch University, Australia and Mike Kent, Curtin University of Technology, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in New Media and Cyberculture It has been argued that the Internet will not be fully accessible until disability is considered a cultural identity in the same way that class, gender and sexuality are. Kent and Ellis build on this notion and apply it to more recent Web 2.0 phenomena, social networking sites, virtual worlds and file sharing. Routledge «Market: Media / Disability Studies January 2011: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-87135-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83191-5: £75.00/14

Creating Second Lives Community, Identity and Spatiality as Constructions of the Virtual Edited by Astrid Ensslin and Eben Muse, both at Bangor University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in New Media and Cyberculture This book aims to provide insights into how ‘second lives’ in the sense of virtual identities and communities are constructed textually, semiotically and discursively, specifically in the online environment Second Life and Massively Multiplayer Online Games such as World of Warcraft. Routledge «Market: Media Studies March 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88420-4: £80.00/08

Distributing Silent Film Serials * Local Practices, Changing Forms, Cultural Transformation Rudmer Canjels, VU University Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Advances in Film Studies In this book, Canjels offers a highly relevant case study of transnational, transcultural and transmedia relations in the twentieth century. Tracing the international consumption, distribution, and cultural importance of silent film serials, Canjels provides a new understanding of the cultural dimension and the cultural transformation and circulation of media forms. Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Film January 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87714-5: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83258-5: £75.00/14

Emerging Practices in Science and Technology Librarianship Edited by Amy Besnoy, University of San Diego, USA This book investigates the emerging practices of science and technology librarians specific to maintaining collections, providing access to resources, and ensuring that informed decisions are made regarding limited financial resources. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Library Administration. Routledge «Market: Library & Information Sciences November 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60432-1: £80.00/08

Emotion, Genre, and Justice in Film and Television

Hollywood Melodrama and the New Deal Public Daydreams Anna Siomopoulos, Bentley College, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Film Studies This book considers the many different ways that Hollywood melodramas of the New Deal era addressed the fundamental concepts of the burgeoning welfare state, ideas such as liberal empathy, consumer citizenship, the refeudalization of the state, and, above all, the welfare state ideal of minimal economic redistribution. Routledge «Market: Film / Media Studies March 2011: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-88293-4: £80.00/08

Journalism Education, Training and Employment * Edited by Bob Franklin, Cardiff University, UK and Donica Mensing, University of Nevada, Reno, USA Series: Routledge Research in Journalism This edited volume addresses the needs of journalism educators grappling with rapid change. Written by internationally distinguished scholars, these research-based essays examine how educators are responding to change in areas such as pedagogy, standards, diversity, training and employment, and include case studies from Africa, Australia, Sweden, Turkey and the U.S. Routledge «Market: Journalism / Communications February 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-88425-9: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83234-9: £75.00/08

Journalists, Sources, and Credibility *

Deidre Pribram, Molloy College, USA

New Perspectives

Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies

Edited by Bob Franklin, Cardiff University, UK and Matt Carlson, Saint Louis University, USA

In this study, emotions are considered from the perspective of the specific ways they function in media texts to frame and maintain complex cultural notions such as law, justice, and injustice.

Series: Routledge Research in Journalism

Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Criminology February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99828-4: £75.00/08

This volume revisits what we know about the relationship between journalists and their sources. By asking new questions, employing novel methodologies, and confronting sweeping changes to journalism and media, the contributors reinvigorate the conversation about who gets to speak through the news and why this continues to matter.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Journalism / Communications December 2010: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-88426-6: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83570-8: £75.00/14

media, communication & cultural studies 27 Korea’s Occupied Cinemas

Parody and Taste in Postwar American Television Culture *

Transmedia Television

Ethan Thompson, Texas A&M University, USA

Elizabeth Evans, University of Nottingham, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Television Studies

Series: Routledge Advances in Television Studies

Parody and Taste in Postwar American Television Culture examines the boom in socially relevant humor that took place alongside the birth of television, analyzing and theorizing the production and consumption of television, parody, and satire through case studies of Sick Comedy, MAD and Playboy magazines, and television personalities Ernie Kovacs and Oscar Levant.

Elizabeth Evans uses empirical audience research to explore attitudes towards the dramatic changes that television has undergone since the turn of the twenty-first century due to the development of digital technologies. She asks to what extent audiences are embracing these changes and what ‘television’ means in a multiplatform media landscape.

Routledge «Market: Media January 2011: 229x152: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-88638-3: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83293-6: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: Television / New Media March 2011: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-88292-7: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: Film Studies / Cultural History June 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99538-2: £70.00/08

Serials Collection Management in Recessionary Times

Transparency, Public Relations and the Mass Media

Network Journalism *

Edited by Karen G. Lawson, Iowa State University Library, USA

Brian Yecies, Centre for Asia Pacific Social Transformation Studies, Australia and Ae-Gyung Shim Series: Routledge Advances in Film Studies This project compares and contrasts the development of cinema in Korea during the Japanese occupation (1910–1945) and US Army Military (1945–1948) periods within the larger context of cinemas in occupied territories. By avoiding a comprehensive application of Western theory to the Korean situation, the project investigates key moments in Korea’s cinematic history and touches directly upon the themes of nation building, national identity, colonial modernity, propaganda and cultural protectionism as well as the sensitive subject of collaboration.

Journalistic Practice in Interactive Spheres Ansgard Heinrich, University of Groningen, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Research in Journalism Heinrich here analyzes the interplay between journalistic practice and processes of globalization and digitalization. She argues that a new kind of journalism – ’network journalism’ – is emerging, characterized by an increasingly global flow of news as well as a growing number of news deliverers.

This book offers a wide variety of insights on the strengths, weaknesses, threats and opportunities involved with serials collection management in recessionary times, written by practitioners in the library sector. This book was published as a special issue of The Serials Librarian. Routledge «Market: Library & Information Sciences / March 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58961-1: £80.00/08

Combating Media Bribery Worldwide Katerina Tsetsura, University of Oklahoma, USA and Dean Kruckeberg, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, USA Series: Routledge Research in Public Relations This book provides a theoretical framework for understanding media transparency and its antithesis – media opacity – by analyzing extensive empirical data that the authors have collected from more than 60 countries. Routledge «Market: Journalism / Public Relations / Mass Media April 2011: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-88424-2: £75.00/08

Sports Media

Routledge «Market: Journalism / Media Studies February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88270-5: £80.00/08

Audiences, New Media, and Daily Life

Transformation, Integration, Consumption Edited by Andrew C. Billings, Clemson University, USA Series: Electronic Media Research Series Sports Media examines sports media scholarship and its role in facilitating understanding of the increasingly complex world of sports media. Developed for the Broadcast Education Association’s Electronic Media Research series, this volume will be required reading for graduate and undergraduate students in communication studies, sociology, marketing, and sports management, and will serve as a valuable reference for future research in sports media. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Media / Sociology of Sports March 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88368-9: £70.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83279-0: £70.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

28 literature

Experiences of Freedom in Postcolonial Literatures and Cultures

Gerard Manley Hopkins * Angus Easson, University of Salford, UK Series: Routledge Guides to Literature Gerard Manley Hopkins was an experimental and idiosyncratic writer whose innovative work remains important for any student of Victorian literature. This guidebook offers:

Annalisa Oboe, University of Padua, Italy and Shaul Bassi, Ca’ Foscari University, Italy Modern ideas of freedom and human rights have been repeatedly contested and are hotly debated at the beginning of the third millennium in response to new theories, needs, and changes in the world today. This volume offers culturally diverse responses to the contemporary idea of ‘freedom’ from the literatures and the arts of the postcolonial world. The book is divided into five sections that consider: • resisting history and colonialism • the right to move and to belong • how to move beyond the borders of bodies • the right to believe in free futures • imaginative freedom and critical engagement. Each section opens with an original piece of creative writing directly connected to the topics from writers such as Alexis Wright, Caryl Philips, Chris Abani and Anita Desai. Routledge «Market: Postcolonial Studies February 2011: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-59191-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59192-8: £27.99/04

2nd Edition student reference

Poetry: The Basics

• an extensive introduction to the contexts and critical history of his work, from composition to the present • annotated extracts from key contextual documents, reviews, and critical works • cross-references between sections of the guide, suggesting links between texts, contexts and criticism • suggestions for further reading. Part of the Routledge Guides to Literature series, this volume is essential reading for all those beginning detailed study of Hopkins’ work and seeking not only a guide to the poems, but a way through the wealth of contextual and critical material that surrounds them. Routledge «Market: Literary Studies December 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-27323-7: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-27324-4: £14.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83518-0: £55.00/14

Reading Native American Literature Joseph L. Coulombe, Rowan University, USA Native American Literature crosses divides between public and private cultures, ethnicities and experience. In this volume, Joseph Coulombe argues that Native American writers use diverse narrative strategies to engage with readers and are ‘writing for connection’ with both Native and non-Native audiences. Beginning with a historical overview, this book presents focused readings of key texts including:

Jeffrey Wainwright, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Series: The Basics This book demystifies the world of poetry, its traditions and forms for all those who find it daunting or bewildering. Covering a wide range of poetic voices from Chaucer to children’s rhymes, song lyrics and the words of contemporary poets, this book will help readers to appreciate poetry by examining:

• N. Scott Momaday’s House Made of Dawn

• how technical aspects such as rhythm and measure work

• Leslie Marmon Silko’s Ceremony

• how different tones of voice affect a poem

• Gerald Vizenor’s Bearheart

• how poetic language relates to everyday language

• James Welch’s Fool’s Crow • Sherman Alexie’s The Lone Ranger and Tonto Fistfight in Heaven

• how different types of poetry work, from sonnets to free verse

• Linda Hogan’s Power.

• how the form and ‘space’ of a poem contributes to its meaning.

Suggesting new ways towards a sensitive engagement with tribal cultures, this book provides not only a comprehensive introduction to Native American Literature but also a critical framework through which it may be read.

Routledge «Market: English Literature / Poetry February 2011: 198x129: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56615-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56616-2: £11.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-09286-6: £55.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-28763-0

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Native American Literature January 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57942-1: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57943-8: £17.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83290-5: £65.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


A must read for all those wishing to get to grips with reading and writing poetry.

literature 29

Reading the Cantos

The Elizabethan Dumb Show

A Study of Meaning in Ezra Pound

The History of a Dramatic Convention

Noel Stock

Dieter Mehl

Series: Routledge Revivals

Series: Routledge Revivals First published in 1967, this is a study which tackles the central problem of meaning within Ezra Pound’s The Cantos.

It deals with important critical issues and questions of interpretation and understanding. Students of modern poetry will derive great benefit from this vigorous and lucid analysis of Pound’s masterpiece. Noel Stock’s finding is radical: that The Cantos is not really a poem at all, but rather notes towards a poem. It is a collection of fragments of varying quality – some of extraordinary power and beauty – but in no sense formed into a work of art. Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 216x138: 132pp Hb: 978-0-415-60935-7: £60.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83246-2: £60.00/14

First published in English in 1965, this book discusses the roots and development of the dumb show as a device in Elizabethan drama. The work provides not only a useful manual for those who wish to check the occurrence of dumb shows and the uses to which they are put; it also makes a real contribution to a better understanding of the progress of Elizabethan drama, and sheds new light on some of the lesser known plays of the period. Routledge «Market: Theatre December 2010: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61078-0: £70.00/03

2nd Edition

Sexuality * Joseph Bristow, UCLA, USA Series: The New Critical Idiom Theories of sexuality and desire are vital elements of the debate in literary and cultural studies. In this illuminating study Joseph Bristow introduces readers to the fundamental critical debates surrounding the topic. This fully updated second edition includes:

The Middle English Romances of the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries Mehl Dieter Series: Routledge Revivals First published in English in 1968, this book provides a critical guide to the wide field of the Middle English Romances and gives a helpful survey of the contemporary state of scholarship. Dr. Mehl traces the development of Middle English Romances from the thirteenth to the end of the fourteenth century, and interprets a number of these romances. The emphasis is literary, on their form and dominant themes, rather than on source-material or language.

• a historical account of theories of sexuality from the Victorians to the present • discussions of the most influential theorists including Freud, Lacan, Bataille, Baudrillard, Cixous, Deleuze, Irigaray and Kristeva • a new and extended discussion of queer and transgender theory, race, ethnicity, and desire • a new preface summarising changes in the field since the first edition Considering all of the major movements in the field, this new edition is the ideal guide for students of literary and cultural studies.


Routledge «Market: Literary Theory November 2010: 198x129: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-29928-2: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-29929-9: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83583-8: £55.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Medieval Literature December 2010: 216x138: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-61079-7: £75.00/03

E-mail: for more information


• a new glossary, and annotated further reading section. eBooks are only available to order online

30 literature

The Routledge Companion to The Routledge Concise Anglophone Caribbean Literature History of Science Fiction Edited by Michael A. Bucknor, University of the West Indies, Jamaica and Alison Donnell, University of Reading, UK

Dr Mark Bould, University of the West of England, UK and Sherryl Vint, Brock University, Canada

Series: Routledge Literature Companions

Science fiction is one of the most significant areas of popular culture, measured both through the range of creative texts it encompasses and the number of academic publications it provokes. While ‘science fiction’ has an established common usage, close examination reveals that writers, fans, editors, scholars, and publishers use the term inconsistently and have always done so. The Routledge Concise History of Science Fiction provides students with an accessible overview of the genre that explores how it emerged through competing, multifarious versions and the struggle to define its limits. Discussing the place of key works and looking forward to the future of the genre, this book is the ideal starting point for students and all those seeking a better understanding of science fiction.

This Companion is divided into six sections that provide an introduction to and critical history of the field, discussions of key texts and critical debate on major topics such as the nation, race, gender and migration. In the final section contributors examine the material dissemination of Caribbean literature and point towards the new directions that Caribbean literature and criticism are taking. This volume is an essential text, bringing together three generations of Caribbean scholars from foundational critics to new emerging voices. The interdisciplinary nature and clarity of writing will provide an excellent resource and springboard to further research for those working in literature and cultural studies, postcolonial and diaspora studies as well as Caribbean studies, history and geography.

The Routledge Concise History of Canadian Literature Richard J. Lane, Vancouver Island University, Canada Series: Routledge Concise Histories of Literature

Routledge «Market: Science Fiction February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43570-3: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-43571-0: £15.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83016-1: £55.00/14

The Routledge Concise History of Nineteenth Century Literature * Josephine Guy, University of Nottingham, UK and Ian Small, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Routledge Concise Histories of Literature The Nineteenth Century saw the beginning of Queen Victoria’s reign and the collapse of the slave trade; medicine, science and technology developed rapidly, creating an era of discovery and invention with huge global impact. In their clear and accessible manner, Josephine Guy and Ian Small:

This volume introduces the fiction, poetry and drama of Canada in its historical, political and cultural contexts. Richard Lane outlines: • the history of Canadian literature from colonial times to the present • the impact of English translation, regional literatures, and the Canadian immigrant experience

• examine the work of writers from Austen and the Brontës, to Melville, Dickinson, Chekov and Wilde

• critical themes such as landscape, ethnicity, orality, textuality, war and nationhood • contemporary debate on the canon, feminism, postcoloniality, queer theory, and cultural and ethnic diversity • the work of canonical and lesser-known writers from Catherine Parr and Susan Moodie to Robert Service, Maria Campbell and Douglas Copeland. Written in an engaging and accessible style and offering a glossary and annotated further reading sections, this guidebook is a crucial resource for students working in the field of Canadian Literature. Routledge «Market: Canadian Literature February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47045-2: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47046-9: £15.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

• look at issues of sexual politics, consumerism, commodity culture, nationalism and colonialism • chart the move from Romanticism to Modernism • introduce crucial debates on form, style, genre, editing and bibliography. Both introducing the literature of the nineteenth century in its historical and critical contexts, and also discussing and debating the issue of ‘periodization’ itself, this innovative guide is a must read for both students and researchers. Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48710-8: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48711-5: £15.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83941-6: £55.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Caribbean Literature February 2011: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-48577-7: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83035-2: £125.00/14 Rising to £125.00/03 three months after publication

literature 31

The Routledge Guide to William Shakespeare * Robert Shaughnessy, University of Kent, UK William Shakespeare is perhaps the most culturally significant writer of all time, and his language and thought remain interwoven through popular reference and imaginings of the Western canon. This concise, structured guide:

Travel Writing * The New Critical Idiom Thompson Carl, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: The New Critical Idiom An increasingly popular genre, addressing issues of space, language, colonialism, globalization and politics, travel writing offers the reader a movement between the familiar and the unknown. In this volume, Carl Thompson:

• introduces Shakespeare’s life and works, providing crucial historical background

• introduces the genre, outlining competing definitions and key debates

• considers each play in terms of context, critical and performance history

• provides a broad historical survey from the medieval period to the present day

• discusses twentieth-century criticism and performance, exploring how our contemporary understanding of Shakespeare has been shaped

• considers contemporary issues of tourism, migration and displacement

• incorporates cross-references between sections of the guide to suggest links between texts, contexts and criticism

• looks both at canonical and more marginal works in women’s writing, colonial and postcolonial writing

• provides an annotated further reading section and detailed chronologies.

• examines the place of travel writing in the construction of ‘pioneering’ narratives of America.

Demystifying and contextualising Shakespeare for the twenty-first century, this book offers an introduction to the subject for beginners and an invaluable resource for more experienced scholars.

Concise and practical, Travel Writing is the ideal introduction for those new to the subject, as well as a crucial overview of the terminology, history and debates within the field.

Routledge «Market: Literary Studies December 2010: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-27539-2: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-27540-8: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83523-4: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: Literary Studies March 2011: 198x129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-44464-4: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-44465-1: £12.99/04

Theory After ‘Theory’ * Edited by Jane Elliott and Derek Attridge, both at University of York, UK Arguing that theory, far from being dead, is coming to terms with the most urgent cultural and political questions of today, this volume: • includes essays by leading theorists on affect, biopolitics, biophilosophy, aesthetics, and neoliberalism • re-examines established areas including subaltern studies, postcolonialism, and ethics • considers influential figures including Agamben, Arendt, and Badiou. Divided into clear sections that place the work in context, this volume speculates on theory’s future while demonstrating its current diversity. Contributors: Amanda Anderson, Ray Brassier, Adriana Cavarero, Eva Cherniavsky, Rey Chow, Claire Colebrook, Laurent Dubreuil, Roberto Esposito, Simon Gikandi, Martin Hagglünd, Peter Hallward, Brian Massumi, Peter Osborne, Elizabeth Povinelli, William Rasch, Henry Staten, Bernard Stiegler, Eugene Thacker, Cary Wolfe, Linda Zerilli. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Literary Theory January 2011: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-48418-3: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48419-0: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83116-8: £75.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

32 literature Audiobooks, Sound Studies, and Literature

Environmental Criticism for the Twenty-First Century

Edited by Matthew Rubery

Edited by Stephanie LeMenager, Teresa Shewry and Ken Hiltner, all at University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies This is the first scholarly work to examine the cultural significance of the ‘talking book,’ from the earliest adaptations of printed texts into sound by Dickens, Hardy, and other novelists from the nineteenth century to recordings by Toni Morrison and Barack Obama at the turn of the twenty-first century. Routledge «Market: Literature March 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88352-8: £80.00/08

Contemporary English-Language Indian Children’s Literature Representations of Nation, Culture, and the New Indian Girl Michelle Superle, York University, Canada Series: Children’s Literature and Culture This book examines the ways Indian children’s writers have represented childhood in relation to nation, cultural identity, and girlhood. From a framework of postcolonial and feminist theories, children’s novels published in India are compared with those from the United Kingdom and North America, considering the differing ideologies and the current textual constructions of childhood at play in each. Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88634-5: £80.00/08

Domesticity and Design in American Women’s Lives and Literature Stowe, Alcott, Cather, and Wharton Writing Home

Series: Routledge Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Literature This volume maps out the recent explosive expansion of environmental criticism, focusing on its active transformation of three areas of broad interest in contemporary literary and cultural studies: history, scale, and science. Contributors include Cheryll Glotfelty, Timothy Morton, and Elaine Scarry. Foreword by Lawrence Buell. Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88630-7: £80.00/08

Humor in Contemporary Junior Literature * Julie Cross Series: Children’s Literature and Culture This book explores the changing content, forms and functions of humor in junior texts since the 1960s. These changes have produced new compounds of seemingly paradoxical high and low forms of humor, which reflect and contribute to contemporary western society’s hesitant and uneven acceptance of the emergent paradigm of children’s rights, abilities and empowerment. Routledge «Market: Literature January 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88267-5: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83294-3: £80.00/14

Italo Calvino’s Architecture of Lightness The Utopian Imagination in An Age of Urban Crisis Letizia Modena, Villanova University, USA

Caroline Hellman, New York City College of Technology, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Nineteenth Century Literature This book considers the ways Cather, Stowe, Wharton, and Alcott inhabited domestic space and portrayed it in their work. Exploring authors who had intriguing and autonomous relationships with home, Hellman undertakes a dual treatment of domesticity, synthesizing a more complete understanding of the relationships between social history and literary accomplishment.

Series: Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature Modena draws on untranslated Italian- and French-language materials about urban planning, architecture, and utopian architecture to argue that Calvino’s work in fact introduces readers to the material history of urban renewal in Italy, France, and the U.S. in the 1960s, as well as the multidisciplinary core of cultural life in that decade. Routledge «Market: Literature March 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88038-1: £75.00/08

Moral Play and Counterpublic Ineke Murakami, State University of New York, Albany, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Renaissance Literature and Culture This book argues that the popular English ‘morality play’ functioned not as a cloistered form, but as a volatile public forum. Readings of plays from 1465 to 1599 reveal how moral dramatists deployed apparently inert literary and performance conventions to veil and articulate social criticism, and rouse politically aware, non-elite publics. Routledge «Market: Literature March 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88631-4: £75.00/08

Postapartheid Literature Mourning and the Reinvention of Community Sam Durrant, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures This book explores the ways in which postapartheid literature reinvents South African mourning traditions. In the postapartheid era, writers have been expected to produce a literature of national reconciliation, but while a literature of reconciliation might appear to allow for more imaginative possibilities than protest literature, it is still driven by a particular politics of memory. Durrant explores the ways in which postapartheid literature has acceded to and/or resisted this politics of memory and asks what literary resistance might mean in a postapartheid context. Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99629-7: £80.00/08

Postcolonial Tourism * Literature, Culture, and Environment Anthony Carrigan, Keele University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures Looking at the cultural and ecological effects of mass tourism development in states that are still grappling with the legacies of ‘western’ colonialism, Carrigan argues that postcolonial writers not only dramatize the industry’s most exploitative operations but also provide blueprints toward sustainable tourism futures. Routledge «Market: Literature January 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88273-6: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83209-7: £80.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-88272-9: £75.00/08

literature 33 Representations of Eve in Antiquity and the English Middle Ages *

The Postcolonial City and Its Subjects *

Travel Writing and Ethics

John Flood, Oxford University, UK

London, Nairobi, Bombay

Series: Routledge Studies in Medieval Religion and Culture

Rashmi Varma, Warwick University, UK.

Edited by Charles Forsdick, University of Liverpool, UK, Corinne Fowler, Lancaster University, UK and Ludmilla Kostova, University of Veliko Turnovo, Bulgaria

In this wide-ranging and erudite study, Flood looks at the ways in which Eve was represented in antiquity and the English Middle Ages, relating these understandings to female social roles. Routledge «Market: Literature January 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87796-1: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83264-6: £80.00/08

Theory and Practice

Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures Varma here offers a reading of both historical and contemporary debates on urbanism – looking specifically at London, Nairobi, and Bombay – through the filter of postcolonial fictions and the cultural fields surrounding and containing them. Routledge «Market: Literature December 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88039-8: £90.00/08

Shakespeare, Trauma and Contemporary Performance * Performances on Stage and Screen

Theorizing a Colonial Caribbean-Atlantic Imaginary

Catherine Silverstone, University of London, UK

Sugar and Obeah

Series: Routledge Studies in Shakespeare

Keith Sandiford, Louisiana State University, USA

This study explores the relationship between performances of Shakespeare’s plays and the ways in which they engage with traumatic events and histories. It investigates the ethical and political implications of attempts to represent trauma in performance, and interrogates a range of narratives about Shakespeare, gender, sexuality, ethnicity, colonization and violence.

Series: Routledge Research in Atlantic Studies

Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-95645-1: £80.00/08

Nineteenth-century Women Novelists and Byronism

Aliki Varvogli, University of Dundee, Scotland

This study focuses on the dynamic interaction between Byron and Madame de Staël, Lady Morgan, Mary Shelley and Jane Austen; and the reaction to Byronism of the Brontës and Harriet Beecher Stowe. It thus challenges previous critics’ segregation of the male Romantic poets from their female peers, whose agenda was perceived to be different: domestic and social.



Routledge «Market: Literature March 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99539-9: £75.00/08

Transnationalism and American Serial Fiction Patricia Okker, University of Missouri, USA Series: Routledge Transnational Perspectives on American Literature Spanning the 1820s through the 1960s, this collection analyzes serial fiction published in English, French, Spanish, German, Swedish, Italian, Polish, Norwegian, Yiddish, and Chinese, considering the ways in which serials function within minority communities. Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88886-8: £80.00/08

Looking at such authors as Eggers, Banks, Tan, and Foer, this book offers a critical study and analysis of American novels that quite literally ‘go outward’: it discusses books whose protagonists go abroad, and concentrates on narratives that take place mainly away from the US’s geographical borders. Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99582-5: £75.00/08

E-mail: for more information


Series: Routledge Studies in Romanticism

Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99541-2: £75.00/08

Drawing from the disciplines of anthropology, linguistics, literary studies and modern languages, the contributors in this volume apply themselves to a number of key theoretical questions pertaining to travel writing and ethics, ranging from travelas-commoditisation to encounters with minority languages under threat. Taken collectively, the essays assess the critical legacies from parallel disciplines to the debate so far, such as anthropological theory and postcolonial criticism.

Series: Routledge Transnational Perspectives on American Literature

Caroline Franklin, University of Wales, UK

for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge «Market: Literature December 2010: 229x152: 245pp Hb: 978-0-415-87689-6: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83508-1: £75.00/14

Travel and Dislocation in Contemporary American Fiction

The Female Romantics

This book theorizes a Caribbean-Atlantic imaginary that names the specific orders of ontology and knowledge in which the consciousnesses of Amerindians, Africans and Europeans found expression in the colonial West Indies.

Series: Routledge Research in Travel Writing eBooks are only available to order online

34 english language & linguistics

Alternative Approaches to Second Language Acquisition

Exploring Classroom Discourse Language in Action Steve Walsh, University of Newcastle, UK

Edited by Dwight Atkinson, Purdue University, USA

Series: Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics

This volume presents seven alternative approaches to studying second language acquisition – ‘alternative’ in the sense that they contrast with and/or complement the cognitivism pervading the field. All seven approaches – sociocultural, complexity theory, conversation analysis, identity, language socialization, sociocognitive, and ecological are authored by leading advocates for the way of thinking described. Each chapter follows the same format, with the same set of headings for ease of use on courses. Introductory and commentary chapters round out this volume. With an editor’s introduction and a conclusion by Lourdes Ortega, this is an essential volume for those studying or teaching second language acquisition.

The new Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics series features introductory textbooks covering the key topics in Applied Linguistics. This book looks particularly at the relationship between language, interaction and learning. Providing a comprehensive account of current perspectives on classroom discourse, the book aims to promote a fuller understanding of interaction, regarded as being central to effective teaching and introduces the concept of classroom interactional competence (CIC). Adopting the back-tofront approach of the RIAL series, the book focuses first on problems and practices in teaching and learning in classroom discourse, moves onto engagement with these problems, considering both traditional and alternative approaches to analyzing classroom discourse and then in the final section draws out the theoretical implications.

Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54924-0: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54925-7: £19.99/04

Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics March 2011: 216x138: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-57066-4: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57067-1: £18.99/04

2nd Edition textbook

In Other Words

Exploring English Language Teaching

A Coursebook on Translation Mona Baker, University of Manchester, UK

Language in Action

In Other Words is the definitive coursebook for anyone studying translation studies. Assuming no knowledge of foreign languages or linguistics, it offers both a practical and theoretical guide to the area, and provides an important foundation for training professional translators. The second edition has been fully revised to reflect recent changes in the field and new features include:

Graham Hall, University of Northumbria, UK Series: Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics

• a new chapter that addresses issues of ethics and morality • coverage of new genres such as audiovisual translation, scientific translation, oral interpreting and news/media translation • project-driven exercises designed to support MA dissertation work in each chapter • updated references and further reading • further coverage of Spanish and Chinese. Accompanied by a companion website featuring further examples and tasks, this widely respected text, written by an eminent author in the field, is the perfect coursebook for any student studying translation.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics March 2011: 216x138: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58413-5: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58415-9: £22.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Translation Studies January 2011: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46753-7: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-46754-4: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83292-9: £65.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-03086-1

The new Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics series features introductory textbooks covering the key topics in Applied Linguistics. Exploring English Language Teaching provides a single volume introduction to the field of ELT from an applied linguistics perspective. The ‘back to front’ structure of the book provides an opportunity to move from real-world problems and practices which readers will recognise from their own language teaching (and learning) experience to an exploration of how such issues link to and inform theoretical understandings. The book guides readers through relevant questions and issues related to classroom language learning and teaching in ELT with numerous tasks and activities throughout the text to support this. Exploring English Language Teaching is an essential textbook for language teachers, post-graduate/graduate students and advanced undergraduates studying in the areas of Applied Linguistics, Language Teacher Education, ELT/TESOL.

english language & linguistics 35

Internet Linguistics A Student Guide David Crystal, Honorary Professor, Bangor University, UK The Internet is now an integral part of contemporary life and linguists are increasingly concerned with how it is impacting on language. In this studentfriendly guidebook, leading language authority Professor David Crystal follows on from his landmark bestseller, Language and the Internet and takes things one step further. This book presents the area as a new field: Internet linguistics. In his engaging trademark style, Crystal investigates how so much junk email gets past the spam filter- and more importantly how to stop it, looks at why we (over)use exclamation marks in online communication, analyses the phenomenon of Twitter from a linguistic standpoint and much more. He addresses the online linguistic issues that affect us on a daily basis and incorporates real-life examples and data drawn from his own studies. Including activities and suggestions for further research, this is the essential guidebook to this critical new field for undergraduates of English language and linguistics. Routledge «Market: English Language and Applied Linguistics January 2011: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-60268-6: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60271-6: £16.99/04

Language and Learning in the Digital Age James Paul Gee and Elisabeth Hayes, both at Arizona State University, USA In the context of moral panics surrounding social media, the internet and video games and concerns over how digital media are affecting the young and their ability to learn and communicate effectively, leading educationalists James Paul Gee and Elisabeth Hayes put forward arguments for how digital media is transforming language, literacy and education and how essential it is to embrace these new forms of communication. The authors examine how each new form of communication results in similar moral panics and explore how new forms of learning are at the heart of digital media, and the relationship between digital media and language and literacy. This is both essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate/graduate students in language, linguistics, communication studies and education and a key contribution to the ‘New Literacy studies’ socio-cultural approach to language and literacy. Routledge «Market: English Language and Linguistics / Education / Media Studies May 2011: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60276-1: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60277-8: £18.99/04


2nd Edition textbook

Introducing Pragmatics in Use

Introducing Sociolinguistics

Anne O’Keeffe and Brian Clancy, both at University of Limerick, Ireland and Svenja Adolphs, University of Nottingham, UK

Miriam Meyerhoff, University of Auckland, New Zealand


Routledge «Market: English Language and Applied Linguistics February 2011: 246x189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-45092-8: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-45091-1: £19.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


Giving a comprehensive overview of sociolinguistic methods and areas of investigation, this engaging and practical second edition covers all issues of major concern in the field. Updated to include the latest research it provides everything a sociolinguistics student needs. Pedagogical features include exercises, boxes connecting sociolinguistics and linguistic or social theory, key terms, chapter summaries and lively add-ons. The new edition links to the Routledge Sociolinguistics Reader and a website with web- and video-links, interactive exercises and glossary. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Variation and Language 3. Variation and style 4. Language Attitudes 5. Politeness 6. Multilingualism and Code-Switching 7. Real and Apparent Time 8. Social Class 9. Networks and Communities of Practice 10. Gender 11. Contact 12. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics February 2011: 246x189: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-55005-5: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55006-2: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87419-6: £65.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-39948-7

E-mail: for more information


Introducing Pragmatics in Use is a lively and accessible introduction to pragmatics, which both covers theory and applies it to real spoken and written data. Pragmatics is the study of language in context, yet most textbooks rely on invented language examples. This innovative textbook systematically draws on language corpora to illustrate features such as creativity in small talk or how we apologise in English. It also looks at the pragmatic implications of the globalisation of the English language and focuses on the applications of pragmatics for teaching languages. In addition, there is a chapter on researching pragmatics aimed at developing students’ research skills. With a range of lively tasks and further reading, this is the ideal textbook for advanced undergraduate or postgraduate students of pragmatics and corpus linguistics within applied language/linguistics or TEFL/TESOL degrees.

‘A great book … easy to read and by far the most accessible introductory text for sociolinguistics.‘ – Nana Haug Hilton, University of York eBooks are only available to order online

36 english language & linguistics 3rd Edition textbook


Language, Society and Power *

Mapping Applied Linguistics

An Introduction

A Guide for Students and Practitioners

Annabelle Mooney, Roehampton University, UK, Jean Stilwell Peccei, formerly Roehampton University, UK, Suzanne LaBelle, Berit Engøy Henriksen, Eva Eppler and Satori Soden, all at Roehampton University, UK, Pia Pichler, University of London, UK, Anthea Irwin, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK and Sian Preece, Institute of Education, UK

Christopher Hall, York St John University, UK, Patrick H. Smith, University of Texas at El Paso, USA and Rachel Wicaksono, York St John University, UK

While it can be used as a stand-alone text, this edition of Language, Society and Power has also been fully cross-referenced with the new companion title: The Language, Society and Power Reader. Routledge «Market: English Language and Linguistics / Media and Communication Studies / Education December 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57658-1: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57659-8: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83654-5: £60.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30394-1


The Language and Intercultural Communication Reader

• language teaching and education, literacy and language disorders • language variation and world Englishes • language policy and planning • lexicography and forensic linguistics • multilingualism and translation. Featuring further reading, fieldwork suggestions and a full glossary, there is also an interactive companion website. This is essential reading for students of applied linguistics, TESOL, general linguistics, and education at the advanced undergraduate or master’s level, as well as practitioners interested in the wider scope of the field. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics February 2011: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-55912-6: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55913-3: £22.99/04

The Language of Colour An Introduction Theo Van Leeuwen, University of Technology, Australia The Language of Colour provides a fresh approach to the study of colour. Moving on from the meanings of single colours, Theo van Leeuwen develops the theory that many different features shape the way we attach meaning to the colours we see in front of us, and the idea that colour schemes are more important than individual colours.

Edited by Zhu Hua, Birbeck, University of London, UK Language is key to understanding culture, and culture is an essential part of studying language. This Reader focuses on the interplay between Language and Intercultural Communication. Divided into six parts, it covers: Culture, language and thought; Cultural approaches to discourse and pragmatics; Communication patterns across cultures; Teaching and learning cultural variations of language use; Interculturality and Intercultural Communication in professional contexts . With chapters by eminent authorities in the field as well as cutting-edge materials representing current developments, the Reader explores the breadth and depth of the subject as well as providing an essential overview for both students and researchers. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics / Communication Studies January 2011: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-54912-7: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54913-4: £25.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Spanning a range of examples from graphic design to the visual arts, this title presents a contemporary and accessible overview of the use of colour in a wide variety of situations and cultural and historical contexts. Covering both traditional and cutting-edge theory and supplemented by questions and ideas for projects at the end of every chapter, The Language of Colour is the ideal textbook for students of Multimodality and Language and Communication within Applied Linguistics, communication studies, art and design and cultural studies. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics December 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49537-0: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49538-7: £24.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This third edition of this bestselling book has been completely revised to include recent developments in theory and research and offers:a range of new and engaging international examples drawn from everyday life; new activities designed to give students a real understanding of the topic; an additional chapter covering Student Projects – giving readers suggestions on how to further explore the topics covered in the book; updated and expanded further reading sections for each chapter and a glossary.

This is an innovative and wide-ranging introduction to the full scope of applied linguistics. Incorporating both sociocultural and cognitive perspectives, the book maps the diverse and constantly expanding range of theories, methods and issues faced by students and practitioners alike. There is in-depth coverage of:

english language & linguistics 37

The Language of Displayed Art Michael O’Toole The Language of Displayed Art, first published in 1994, is a seminal work in the field of Multimodality and one of the few to be entirely dedicated to the analysis and interpretation of works of art.This book explores the ‘grammar’ of the visual arts of painting, sculpture and architecture.The 2nd edition features: two new chapters; an extended discussion of Chapter 5 ‘Why Semiotics’; and an extended version of Chapter 7 with more illustrations of language forms, discourse norms and genres, as well as non-art visual modes. The book is now accompanied by a CD, created by the author and features a virtual gallery of 28 additional paintings with questions to encourage analysis and interpretation, and model answers to these questions in the book’s appendix. The CD also includes a notebook for readers to record their own observations and ideas. The Language of Displayed Art 2nd edition is an indispensable text for those studying multimodality, Applied Linguistics, language and art. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics / Media and Communication / Art and Design December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59526-1: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59527-8: £34.99/04

The Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics James Simpson, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics The flagship title in the Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics series, this volume serves as an introduction and reference point to the key areas in the dynamic evolving field of applied linguistics. It is characterised by its wide-reaching scope and broad relevance, a strong social engagement, and clear, authoritative chapters. Comprising of a detailed introduction and 47 newly commissioned chapters from leading international researchers and academics in the field, the Handbook is divided into five sections covering: applied linguistics in action; language learning, language education; language, culture and identity; perspectives on language in use; and descriptions of language for applied linguistics. This Handbook is key reading for all engaged in studying or teaching Applied Linguistics. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics December 2010: 246x174: 680pp Hb: 978-0-415-49067-2: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83565-4: £110.00/14 Rising to £125.00/03 three months after publication


The Pragmatics Reader

True to the Language Game

Edited by Peter Grundy, University of Northumbria, UK and Dawn Archer, University of Central Lancashire, UK

African American Discourse, Cultural Politics, and Pedagogy

The Pragmatics Reader is the indispensable set of readings for all students studying Pragmatics at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels. Combining key classic texts with newer extracts covering current developments in contemporary Pragmatics, each reading has been carefully selected to both showcase the best thinking and latest research and also to reflect the international nature of the field. The 30 varied readings, including four specially commissioned papers, have been organised into eight themed sections. Each of these sections is supported and enhanced by substantial editorial commentaries, pre-reading, in-reading and post-reading activities and suggestions for further reading, both in print and online. The book also features a general introduction, a glossary of key terms, and a conclusion that explores the relationship between pragmatic theory and practice before anticipating the future directions of the subject.

Keith Gilyard, one of the major African American figures to emerge in language and cultural studies, makes his most seminal work available in one volume. This collection of new and previously published essays contains Gilyard’s most relevant scholarly contributions to deliberations about linguistic diversity, cultural identity, critical literacy, writing instruction, literary texts, and popular culture. The volume also features contemporary treatises on such timely topics as ‘students’ right to their own language,’ code-switching pedagogy, and political discourse surrounding the rise of Barack Obama. Gilyard weaves together serious analysis, theoretical work, policy discussions, and personal reflections on the interplay of language, literacy, and social justice to make this book essential reading for students and scholars in rhetorical studies, composition studies, applied linguistics, and education. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Linguistics / English Language Studies / Rhetoric April 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88716-8: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88717-5: £26.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83461-9: £95.00/14

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: English Language and Linguistics January 2011: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-54659-1: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54660-7: £26.99/04

Keith Gilyard eBooks are only available to order online

38 english language & linguistics

Michael Farrelly, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Discourse This critical examination of democracy in advanced liberal nations combines close analysis of discourse with theories of democracy and the State. Building on the work of Fairclough and others, the book analyses the paradox of pervasive reference to democracy in legitimizing political action versus the weakening of actual democratic practice. Routledge «Market: Linguistics March 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-87235-5: £85.00/08

Language, Ideology and Identity in Serial Killer Narratives Christiana Gregoriou, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Rhetoric and Stylistics Gregoriou explores the linguistic portrayal of the serial killer identity and its related ideology across crime narratives, including detective fiction, true crime genres and media journalism. In doing so, she investigates how the criminal consciousness is portrayed, how killing is justified, and whether the language across these genres is distinctive. Routledge «Market: Linguistics / Communications January 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87229-4: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83265-3: £80.00/14

Multilingualism, Discourse, and Ethnography

Regimes of Derivation in Syntax and Morphology

Edited by Marilyn Martin-Jones and Sheena Gardner, both at University of Birmingham, UK

Edwin Williams, Princeton University, USA

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Multilingualism In this volume, contributors both look at the range of approaches to description and analysis which are currently employed within research on multilingualism, and consider the methodological issues which arise in particular kinds of studies in particular sociolinguistic spaces. Routledge «Market: Linguistics April 2011: 229x152: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-87494-6: £95.00/08

Multimodality, Cognition, and Experimental Literature * Alison Gibbons, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Multimodality Drawing on cognitive linguistics, cognitive psychology, neuroscience, semiotics, visual perception, visual communication, and multimodal analysis, Gibbons engages with visual and multimodal devices in twenty-first century literature, exploring canonical authors like Mark Z. Danielewski and Jonathan Safran Foer alongside experimental fringe writers such as Steve Tomasula, to uncover an embodied textual aesthetics in the information age. Routledge «Market: Linguistics / Literature April 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87361-1: £80.00/08

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Series: Routledge Leading Linguists This book presents a novel conception of syntactic derivation coupled with a novel syntax/morphology interface that together provide architectural explanations for a range of linguistic puzzles, including scopes of affixes, reconstruction, remnant movement, improper movement, scrambling/scope interactions, islands, and the different embedding properties of clauses and DPs. Routledge «Market: Linguistics February 2011: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-88723-6: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83079-6: £85.00/14

Multimodal Studies Exploring Issues and Domains Edited by Kay O’Halloran and Bradley A. Smith, both at National University of Singapore Series: Routledge Studies in Multimodality This volume presents a range of works by an impressive international roster of contributors who both explore issues arising from the study of multimodality and explore the scope of this emerging field within specific domains of multimodal phenomena. Routledge «Market: Linguistics / Media January 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88822-6: £90.00/08


Discourse and Democracy

language learning


english language & linguistics 39


6. Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar

2nd Edition

A Practical Guide

Portuguese: An Essential Grammar

Claudia Ross and Jing-Heng Sheng Ma

Amelia P. Hutchinson and Janet Lloyd

2006: 246x174: 432pp Pb: 978-0-415-70010-8: £24.99/04

2003: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-30817-5: £22.99/04


7. The Routledge Advanced Chinese Multimedia Course

2nd Edition

New Routledge Dutch Dictionary

Crossing Cultural Boundaries

R. Hempelman and N. Osselton

Kun-shan Carolyn Lee, Hsin-Hsin Liang, Liwei Jiao and Julian Wheatley

2003: 198x129: 928pp Pb: 978-0-415-30041-4: £22.99/04


2009: 178x254: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-77407-9: £35.00/04

8. Thinking Arabic Translation

Greek: An Essential Grammar of the Modern Language

A Course in Translation Method: Arabic to English James Dickins, Sándor Hervey and Ian Higgins

David Holton, Peter Mackridge and Irene Philippaki-Warburton

2002: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-25065-8: £24.99/04

2003: 234x156: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-23210-4: £22.99/04


9. Basic Korean

2nd Edition

A Grammar and Workbook

Finnish: An Essential Grammar

Andrew Sangpil Byon

Fred Karlsson

2008: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-77487-1: £20.99/04

2007: 234x156: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-43914-5: £22.99/04


10. 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Thinking Spanish Translation

Chinese: An Essential Grammar

A Course in Translation Method: Spanish to English

Yip Po-Ching and Don Rimmington 2006: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-37261-9: £22.99/04

Louise Haywood, Michael Thompson and Sándor Hervey for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



2009: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-48130-4: £24.99/04 eBooks are only available to order online

40 language learning

500 Common Chinese Idioms *

A Frequency Dictionary of Czech *

An Annotated Frequency Dictionary

Core Vocabulary for Learners

Liwei Jiao, University of Pennsylvania, USA, Cornelius C. Kubler, Williams College, USA and Weiguo Zhang, Woosung University, Republic of Korea

Frantisek Cermak and Michal Kren, both at Charles University Prague, Czech Republic

500 Common Chinese Idioms is a unique tool for learners. Presenting the 500 most commonly used Chinese idioms or ‘chengyu’, this dictionary presents:

Series: Routledge Frequency Dictionaries

The dictionary offers a step-by-step approach to gaining greater fluency through a grasp of the most common idioms in the language, making it the ideal resource for the intermediate learner of Chinese and for Chinese language teachers.

A Frequency Dictionary of Czech is an invaluable tool for all learners of Czech, providing a list of the 5,000 most frequently used words in the language. All entries in the rank frequency list feature the English equivalent, a sample sentence with English translation and an indication of register variation. The dictionary also contains twenty thematically organised and frequency-ranked lists of words on a variety of topics, such as family, food and drink and transport. A CD of the text is available to purchase separately and is designed for use by corpus and computational linguists in a format that researchers can process and turn into suitable lists for their own research work.

Routledge «Market: Chinese Language November 2010: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-59893-4: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77682-0: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83914-0: £85.00/04

Routledge «Market: Language Learning November 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57661-1: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57662-8: £25.99/04 CD: 978-0-415-57663-5: £99.99/14

• the idiom in both simplified and traditional characters • the idiom in pinyin romanisation • a literal English translation and English equivalents • two suitable example sentences, plus explanations and usage notes.

A Frequency Dictionary of Arabic * A Frequency Dictionary Core Vocabulary for Learners of Mandarin Chinese Series: Routledge Frequency Dictionaries An invaluable tool for learners of Arabic, this Frequency Dictionary provides a list of the 5000 most commonly used words in the language. Based on a thiry million word corpus of Arabic which includes both written and spoken material, this dictionary provides detailed information for each of the 5000 entries, including the English equivalent, a sample sentence, and an indication of major register variation (including regional and dialectal). Pronunciation indicators are also given in the form of diacritics for MSA words and Romanized pronunciation for colloquial terms. A CD version of the text is available to purchase separately. Designed for use by corpus and computational linguists, it present the corpus in a format that researchers can process and turn into suitable lists for their own research work. Routledge «Market: Language Learning October 2010: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-59543-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-44434-7: £29.99/04 CD: 978-0-415-60030-9: £99.99/14 eBook: 978-0-203-88328-0: £35.95/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Core Vocabulary for Learners Richard Xiao, Edge Hill University, UK, Paul Rayson and Tony McEnery, University of Lancaster, UK A Frequency Dictionary of Mandarin Chinese is an invaluable tool for all learners and users of Mandarin Chinese, providing a list of the 5,000 words and the 2,000 Chinese characters (simplified) most commonly used in the language. Based on a fifty-million-word corpus composed of spoken, fiction, non-fiction and news texts in current use, the dictionary provides the user with a detailed frequency-based list along with the English equivalent and a sample sentence with English translation. This CD version has been specifically designed for use by corpus and computational linguists. It provides the frequency corpus in a tab delimited format allowing users the flexibility to process the material for their own research purposes. Routledge «Market: Chinese Language January 2011 CD: 978-0-415-60106-1: £99.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Tim Buckwalter, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Dilworth Parkinson, Brigham Young University, Utah, USA

language learning 41 2nd Edition

3rd Edition

Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar *

Colloquial Hungarian

Stephen Matthews, The University of Hong Kong and Virginia Yip, The Chinese University of Hong Kong Series: Comprehensive Grammars

The Complete Course for Beginners Carol Rounds, Columbia University, USA and Erika Sólyom, New York Series: Colloquial Series Colloquial Hungarian is the ideal introduction to the Hungarian Language. Specially written by experienced teachers, the course offers a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Hungarian and covers a variety of modern everyday situations. Colloquial Hungarian provides:

‘Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar represents the latest effort in writing a dialectal grammar, a grammar that aims to serve language students, teachers, and linguists alike with both challenge and elegance.’ – Professor Samuel H.N. Cheung, International Review of Chinese Linguistics Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to Cantonese as spoken by native speakers in Hong Kong. It presents a fresh and accessible description of the language, concentrating on the real patterns of use in current Cantonese. This makes it the ideal reference source for all learners and users of Cantonese, irrespective of level. Routledge «Market: Language Learning December 2010: 234x156: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-47130-5: £125.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47131-2: £39.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83501-2: £125.00/03

3rd Edition

Colloquial Czech The Complete Course for Beginners James Naughton, University of Oxford, UK Series: Colloquial Series Specially written by an experienced teacher for self-study or class use, the course offers a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Czech. No prior knowledge of the language is required. What makes Colloquial Czech your best choice in personal language learning?

• emphasis on up-to-date, conversational language • comprehensive vocabulary lists (Hungarian-English and English-Hungarian) • useful reference grammar notes • dialogues and cultural notes provide an introduction to Hungarian culture. By the end of this rewarding course students will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Hungarian in a broad range of everyday situations, both formal and informal. Routledge «Market: Hungarian Language Learners March 2011: 216x138: 336pp Pack: 978-0-415-56741-1: £39.99/06 Pb: 978-0-415-56740-4: £21.99/06 CD-ROM: 978-0-415-56742-8: £23.99/06 eBook: 978-0-203-86035-9: £33.99/06 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-24256-1

2nd Edition

Colloquial Lithuanian The Complete Course for Beginners Meilute Ramoniene and Ian Press Series: Colloquial Series Specially written by experienced teachers for self-study or class use, the course offers a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Lithuanian. No prior knowledge of the language is required. What makes Colloquial Lithuanian the best choice in personal language learning?

• interactive – wide range of stimulating exercises for regular practice • clear – concise grammar notes • practical – useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide

• interactive – lots of exercises for regular practice

• complete – including answer key and reference section.


Routledge «Market: Language Learning / East European Studies October 2010: 216x138: 480pp Pack: 978-0-415-49632-2: £29.99/06 Pb: 978-0-415-49631-5: £16.99/06 CD-ROM: 978-0-415-49633-9: £18.99/06 eBook: 978-0-203-87827-9: £33.99/06 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-16134-3 for e-mail updates in your field


• clear – concise grammar notes • practical – useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide • complete – including answer key and reference section. Routledge «Market: Language Learning / Lithuanian October 2010: 216x138: 480pp Pack: 978-0-415-56092-4: £45.93/06 Pb: 978-0-415-56091-7: £24.99/06 CD-ROM: 978-0-415-56093-1: £23.99/06 eBook: 978-0-203-86549-1: £49.99/06 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-42708-1

E-mail: for more information


By the end of this rewarding course, you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Czech in a broad range of everyday situations. eBooks are only available to order online

42 language learning 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Colloquial Persian

Concise Compendium of the World’s Languages *

Abdi Rafiee Series: Colloquial Series Colloquial Persian is easy to use and completely up to date! Whether you’re a business traveller, or about to take up a daring challenge in adventure tourism, you may be studying to teach or even looking forward to a holiday – if you’d like to get up and running with Persian this rewarding course will take you from complete beginner to confidently putting your language skills to use in a wide range of everyday situations Two 60-minute CDs or MP3s are available to purchase separately or together with the paperback in the great value Colloquial Pack. Recorded by native speakers, these complement the book and will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills. Routledge «Market: Language Learning Persian November 2010: 216x138: 320pp Pack: 978-0-415-55409-1: £39.99/06 Pb: 978-0-415-56045-0: £19.99/06 CD-ROM: 978-0-415-56046-7: £23.99/06 eBook: 978-0-203-86589-7: £43.99/06

George L. Campbell and Gareth King This second edition of The Concise Compendium of the World’s Languages has been completely revised to provide up-to-date and accurate descriptions of a wide cross-section of natural-language systems. All cultural and historical notes as well as statistical data for each language have been checked, updated and in many cases expanded. Using the wealth of recent developments and research in language typology and broadened availability of descriptive data, this new incarnation of the Concise Compendium brings a much-loved survey emphatically into the twenty-first century for a new generation of readers. The Concise Compendium of the World’s Languages remains the ideal compact reference for all interested linguists and professionals alike. Routledge «Market: Languages November 2010: 234x156: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-47841-0: £135.00/13 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-11392-2

3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Colloquial Polish

English: An Essential Grammar *

The Complete Course for Beginners

Gerald Nelson, The Chinese University of Hong Kong

B.W. Mazur, formerly at SSEES, University of London

Series: Essential Grammars English: An Essential Grammar is a concise and user-friendly guide to the grammar of modern English, written specifically for native speakers and based on genuine samples of contemporary spoken and written English. In four chapters, the book covers the essentials of English grammar, begining with the basics and going on to deal with phrase, clause and sentence structure. A fifth chapter deals with English word formation and spelling, including problem spellings and British and American spelling variants. Features include:

Series: Colloquial Series This new edition of the best-selling Polish course for beginners has been completely rewritten to make learning the language easier and more enjoyable than before. Written by an experienced teacher and author, Colloquial Polish offers a step-bystep approach to the language as it is spoken and written today. No previous knowledge of Polish is required. Features include: • lively dialogues • lots of exercises with full answer key • jargon-free grammar notes and a quick reference grammar

• discussion of points which often cause problems • guidance on sentence building and composition

• extensive Polish-English and English-Polish word lists.

• practical spelling guidelines

With all the language support you’ll need, Colloquial Polish will soon have you speaking, reading and writing Polish with confidence.

• explanation of grammatical terms

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

• a set of exercises at the end of each chapter • appendix of irregular verbs. Routledge «Market: Language Learning October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58295-7: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58296-4: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84938-5: £85.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-22450-5

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Language Learning / Polish November 2010: 216x138: 352pp Pack: 978-0-415-58198-1: £27.63/06 Pb: 978-0-415-55947-8: £18.99/06 CD-ROM: 978-0-415-56046-7: £23.99/06 eBook: 978-0-203-84997-2: £33.99/06 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-15752-0

language learning 43

Hiyaku: An Intermediate Japanese Course

Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook *

Shigeru Eguchi, Fumiko Nazikian, Mihara Nittono, Keiko Okamoto and Jisuk Park

John Whitlam Series: Modern Grammar Workbooks

Hiyaku: An Intermediate Japanese Course provides a high-quality and progressive intermediate course in Japanese, incorporating modern teaching methods and practicing all four language skills. Hiyaku provides content-based instruction, with authentic and semi-authentic dialogues and readings, all carefully selected to instruct and inspire students as they learn Japanese. Key features of the textbook include: • highly structured chapters, beginning with warm-up exercises followed by focused practice of each of the four skills • content taken from original Japanese sources such as movies, books, television, magazines and newspapers • extensive audio material provided as FREE MP3 files on companion website • instructor’s materials, including PowerPoint presentations provided through companion site. Routledge «Market: Language Learning March 2011: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77747-6: £85.00/04 Pb: 978-0-415-60897-8: £29.99/04

Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Brazilian Portuguese. The book is divided into two sections: • Part A provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures • Part B practises everyday functions (e.g making social contact, asking questions and expressing needs). A comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables you to check on your progress. Modern Brazilian Grammar Workbook is ideal for all learners who have a basic knowledge of Brazilian Portuguese, including undergraduates taking Brazilian Portuguese as a major or minor part of their studies, as well as intermediate and advanced students in schools and adult education. It can be used independently or in conjunction with Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar: A Practical Guide. Routledge «Market: Brazilian Portuguese October 2010: 246x174: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-56646-9: £18.99/04

Korean: A Comprehensive Grammar

Modern Russian Grammar Workbook

Jaehoon Yeon and Lucien Brown both at SOAS, University of London, UK

John Dunn, University of Glasgow, UK and Shamil Khairov, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Series: Comprehensive Grammars

Series: Modern Grammar Workbooks

Korean: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to Korean grammar. It presents a thorough yet accessible overview of the language, concentrating on the real patterns of use in modern Korean. The book moves from the alphabet and pronunciation through morphology and word classes to a detailed analysis of sentence structures and semantic features such as aspect, tense, speech styles and negation. Features include: • detailed treatment of the common grammatical structures and parts of speech

Modern Russian Grammar Workbook is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Russian. The book is divided into two parts. • Section 1 provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures • Section 2 practises everyday functions such as making introductions, apologizing, expressing needs A comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables students to check on their progress. Main features include: • exercises graded according to level of difficulty • cross referencing to the related Modern Russian Grammar

• clear, jargon-free explanations

• topical exercises which develop students’ vocabulary base.

• particular attention to areas of confusion and difficulty

Routledge «Market: Language / Reference December 2010: 246x174: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-42554-4: £23.99/03 eBook: 978-0-203-08801-2: £50.00/14

• Korean-English parallels highlighted throughout.


Routledge «Market: Language Learning January 2011: 234x156: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-60384-3: £125.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60385-0: £40.00/04 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


• extensive and wide-ranging use of examples eBooks are only available to order online

44 language learning

Polish: A Comprehensive Grammar The Routledge Contemporary Iwona Sadowska, Georgetown University, USA Turkish Reader Series: Comprehensive Grammars Political and Cultural Articles

Polish: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to the grammar system for intermediate to advanced learners of Polish. It presents an accessible and systematic description of the language, focusing on real patterns of use in contemporary language. The book is organised in such a way to promote a thorough understanding of Polish at all levels of structure; the sound system, formation of word and phrases and sentence construction. It offers a stimulating analysis of the complexities of language, providing clear explanations and examples of each point. Polish: A Comprehensive Grammar is the essential reference work on Polish grammar for all learners and users of the language.

Senel Simsek The Routledge Contemporary Turkish Reader: Political and Cultural Articles has been specially designed for intermediate and advanced learners of Turkish and comprises a broad selection of graded readings. Written by prominent Turkish academics and journalists, the collection of modern texts presented here have been specifically selected to ensure students receive maximum exposure to current political and cultural issues related to Turkey; from gender, ethnicity, religion and social class through to arts and history. Each reading is fully supported by an introduction written by an expert in the related field, a vocabulary list with English translation and vocabulary in context, short grammar explanations of any difficult structures encountered in the text and comprehension questions directly text related, language exercises and subject specific questions to generate class-discussion and essay writing in Turkish.

Routledge «Market: Language Reference March 2011: 234x156: 500pp Hb: 978-0-415-47540-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47541-9: £35.00/04

Routledge «Market: Turkish Language March 2011: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56816-6: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56817-3: £22.99/04

2nd Edition new in paperback

2nd Edition

Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies

The World’s Major Languages Edited by Bernard Comrie

Edited by Mona Baker, University of Manchester, UK and Gabriela Saldanha, The University of Birmingham, UK Delivering a thoroughly revised and updated version of the most authoritative reference work in the field, this new and expanded edition of the Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies now available in paperback draws on the expertise of over ninety contributors from all over the world, providing an unparalleled global perspective which makes this volume unique. With all entries alphabetically arranged, extensively cross-referenced and including suggestions for further reading, this text combines clarity with scholarly accuracy and depth, defining and discussing key terms in context to ensure maximum understanding and ease of use. Including approximately thirty new entries, the Encyclopedia presents a genuinely comprehensive overview of the rich and complex academic discipline of translation studies.

This volume features over fifty of the world’s languages and language families. The featured languages have been chosen based on the number of speakers, their role as official languages and their cultural and historical importance. Each language is looked at in depth, and the chapters provide information on both grammatical features and on salient features of the language’s history and cultural role. This second edition has been updated and revised. Two new languages, Amharic and Javanese, have been included. This accessible volume will appeal to anyone with an interest in linguistics. Routledge «Market: Reference January 2011: 246x174: 928pp Pb: 978-0-415-60902-9: £40.00/03

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Translation Studies / Linguistics and Literature January 2011: 246x174: 704pp Pb: 978-0-415-60984-5: £39.99/13 eBook: 978-0-203-87206-2: £250.00/14

language learning 45

The Routledge Dictionary of French Cultural References MIchael Mould The Routledge Dictionary of french Cultural References reveals the hidden cultural dimension of contemporary French, as used in the press, going beyond the limited and purely lexical approach of the traditional bilingual dictionary. Even foreign learners of French who possess a good level of French often have difficulty in fully understanding French articles, not because of any linguistic shortcomings on their part but because of their inadequate knowledge of the cultural references. This cultural dictionary of French provides the reader with clear and concise explanations of the crucial cultural dimension behind the most frequently used words and phrases found in contemporary French press. This is the ideal reference for all undergraduate and postgraduate students of French seeking to enhance their understanding of the French language. It will also be of interest to teachers, translators and Francophiles alike. Routledge «Market: French January 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59792-0: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59794-4: £24.99/04

The Routledge Spanish Bilingual Dictionary of Psychology and Psychiatry Steven M. Kaplan The Routledge Spanish Bilingual Dictionary of Psychology and Psychiatry contains over 100,000 entries making this the most comprehensive and up-to-date dictionary of its kind. The Dictionary provides concise, comprehensive and current coverage of every word or phrase used in the study and practice of psychiatry and psychology. This valuable reference tool covers all disciplines and sub-disciplines, both research-based and clinical. This is a vital resource to those in the healthcare professions, to academicians and to those who work in translation and/or interpretation, healthcare and the law who are in contact with the English and Spanish speaking communities. Routledge «Market: Dictionaries / Spanish January 2011: 234x156: 1000pp Hb: 978-0-415-58774-7: £175.00/08

theatre & performance

Black & Asian Theatre In Britain

Performing Remains

Colin Chambers

Art and War in Times of Theatrical Reenactment Colin Chambers’ timely study traces the history of ‘the other’ in British theatre from the early representations of the 16th century and blackface through to the emergence of black actors and Black and Asian theatre in their own right. The different, diverse and often contradictory aspects of this history are drawn together to provide a background to the work of diasporic companies and practitioners from Africa, Asian and the Carribbean who underpinned the flourishing of black and Asian theatre at the turn of the 21st century. for e-mail updates in your field


Performing Remains is a collection of essays from one of Performance Studies’ leading scholars, exploring the role of the fake, the false and the faux in contemporary theatre. Rebecca Schneider questions the view that performance is ‘ephemeral’ and instead argues that rather than being about what disappears, performance is defined by what remains. Divided into seven essays, this book examines both contemporary and historical performance with a wide scope. It qestions the importance of representation and reassessing the ritual value of failure to recreate the ‘original’ or to pass as the object of imitation. Routledge «Market: Theatre Studies January 2011: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-40441-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-40442-6: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85287-3: £75.00/14

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies March 2011: 216x138: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-36513-0: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-37598-6: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-01654-1: £55.00/16

Rebecca Schneider eBooks are only available to order online

46 theatre & performance 2nd Edition student reference


Fifty Contemporary Choreographers *

The Vakhtangov Sourcebook * Edited by Andrei Malaev-Babel, Florida State University, USA Yevgeny Vakhtangov was the creator of Fantastic Realism, credited with reconciling Meyerhold’s bold experiments with Stanislavski’s naturalist technique. The Vakhtangov Sourcebook compiles new translations of his key writings on the art of theatre, making it the primary source of first hand material on master of theatre in the English speaking world. Vakhtangov’s essays and articles are accompanied by:

Edited by Martha Bremser, Channing School, UK and Lorna Sanders, Royal Ballet School, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides A unique and authoritative guide to the lives and work of prominent contemporary choreographers, this fully updated new edition includes many new names in the field of choreography, alongside those considered masters of the modern age. Representing a wide range of dance genres, each entry locates the individual in the context of modern dance theatre and explores their impact. Those studied include: Jerome Bel, Richard Alston, Doug Varone, William Forsyth, Phillippe Decoufle, Ohad Naharin, Itzik Gallili, Merce Cunningham and Wim Vandekeybus. With an updated introduction by Deobrah Jowitt and further reading and references throughout, this text is an invaluable resource for all students and critics of dance, and all those interested in the fascinating world of choreography. Routledge «Market: Dance and Performance Studies March 2011: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-38081-2: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-38082-9: £14.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-10364-0

• diary excerpts on popular theatre • his 1914 Lectures to the Vakhtangov Studio • accounts of Vakhtangov in rehearsal • production photographs and sketches • extensive bibliographies • director’s notes on key performances. An extensive introductory overview from editor Andrei Malaev-Babel explains the Vakhtangov‘s creative life, his groundbreaking theatrical concepts and influential directorial works. Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies March 2011: 216x138: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-47268-5: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48257-8: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85291-0: £60.00/14

Radical Performance Pedagogy

Social Works

Exercises for Rebel Artists and Border Crossers

Performing Arts, Supporting Publics

Guillermo Gomez-Pena and Roberto Sifuentes

Shannon Jackson, University of California, Berkeley, USA

In Radical Performance Pedagogy, Guillermo Gomez-Pena and Roberto Sifuentes use their extensive teaching and performance experience with La Pocha Nostra to help students and practitioners to create ‘border art’. The book features: • detailed exercises for using Pocha Nostra methods in workshops

• a step-by-step guide for large-scale group performance • new, unpublished photos of the Pocha Nostra method in practice. Radical Performance Pedagogy advocates teaching as an important form of activism and as an extension of the performance aesthetic. It is an essential text for anyone who wants to learn how use performance to both challenge and change. Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54922-6: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54923-3: £16.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies February 2011: 216x138: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-48600-2: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48601-9: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85289-7: £65.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


• inspirational approaches for anyone creating, producing or teaching radical performance

At a time when art world critics and curators heavily debate the social, at a time when community organizers and civic activists are reconsidering the role of aesthetics in social reform, this book makes explicit some of the contradictions and competing stakes of contemporary experimental art-making. Social Works is a radically interdisciplinary approach to the forms, goals and histories of innovative social practice in both contemporary performance and visual art. Shannon Jackson uses a range of case studies and contemporary methodologies to mediate between the fields of visual and performance studies. The result is a brilliant analysis that not only incorporates current political and aesthetic discourses but also provides a practical understanding of social practice.

theatre & performance 47 textbook


Voice: Onstage and Off

William Forsythe and the Practice of Choreography

Robert Barton, University of Oregon, USA and Rocco dal Vera, University of Cincinnati, Ohio, USA Voice: Onstage and Off is a comprehensive guide to the process of building, mastering and fine-tuning the voice for performance. Every aspect of vocal work is covered, from the initial speech impulse, right through to refining for different types of performance. This 2nd edition is accompanied by a new interactive website, which includes: • extensive teacher guides including sample syllabi, scheduling options, and ways of adapting to teaching circumstances • ‘Karaoke’ versions of the exercises with coaching directions or simple piano tones to guide work • before and after examples of student’s voices • videos of the vocal folds in action and showing how the body breathes. Voice coach, voice shrink and voice doctor characters are on hand throughout the book and the website to ensure a holistic approach to voice training. This highly adaptable course empowers performers of all levels to evolve their onstage and offstage voices. Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies January 2011: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-58557-6: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58558-3: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83519-7: £60.00/14

It Starts From Any Point Steven Spier William Forsythe is one of, if not the most, important choreographers of the last 25 years. As director of the Frankfurt Ballet (1984–2004) he has been lauded for reinvigorating the language of classical ballet (often referred to as Balanchine’s heir) in a fearless and comprehensive examination of its most fundamental assumptions and precepts. Forsythe has created a crossover audience with his far-ranging references and insistence that ballet is a contemporary medium. This gives this edited collection of essays interdisciplinary appeal – extending beyond the ballet and dance communities. Routledge «Market: Dance February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-97822-4: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-97823-1: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83223-3: £60.00/14

The Theatre of Richard Maxwell and the New York City Players

Nineteenth-Century Theatre and the Imperial Encounter

Sarah Gorman, Roehampton University, UK

Marty Gould, University of South Florida, US

Series: Routledge Advances in Theatre & Performance Studies

Series: Routledge Advances in Theatre & Performance Studies

In this timely study about Richard Maxwell and the New York City Players, Gorman, in consultation with Maxwell, surveys the plays written and performances directed since 1996, providing scholars with an important overview of a key figure in contemporary drama.

In this study, Gould argues that it was in the imperial capital’s theatrical venues that the public was put into contact with the places and peoples of empire. Nineteenth-century playwrights helped forge an idea of empire that, though largely imaginary, entertained, informed, and molded the theatregoing British public. for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge «Market: Theatre & Performance Studies February 2011: 229x152: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-88984-1: £75.00/08


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Theater May 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99092-9: £75.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

48 music

Music in the Human Experience

Women, Music, Culture

An Introduction to Music Psychology

An Introduction

Donald A. Hodges, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA and Donald Conrad Sebald, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA

Julie C. Dunbar, Edgewood College, USA This textbook covers the history of women involved in the world of music, including producers, consumers, performers, educators, and listeners. It includes a wide array of pedagogical aids, photographs, an Audio CD, and a companion website.

Music in the Human Experience is a textbook for college courses in music psychology, primarily geared to students of music. It incorporates several other disciplines to provide an explanation for why and how we make sense of music and respond to it cognitively, physically, and emotionally. Selected Contents: Part I: Introducing Music Psychology 1. What is Music Psychology? 2. Philosophical Issues in Music Psychology 3. How We Came to be Musical 4. Music Around the World and Across Time Part II: Perceiving, Understanding and Responding to Music 5. Acoustical Foundations of Music 6. Musical Hearing 7. Psychoacoustics and the Perception of Music 8. Music Cognition 9. Music and the Brain 10. Bodily Responses to Music 11. Musical Emotions 12. The Musical Person 13. Music Performance 14. Music Teaching and Learning 15. Music and Health 16. Music in Social Contexts Routledge «Market: Music February 2011: 235x187: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-88185-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88186-9: £39.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83497-8: £85.00/14

Selected Contents: Part 1. Telling Musical Stories 1. Exploring Music in Context 2. Medieval Liturgical Roots and the Western Canon 3. World Music Part 2. Gender Spheres In Art Music 4. The Renaissance and Beyond 5. Baroque Keyboard and Vocal Genres 6. Romantic-Era Performer/Composers Part 3. Visual Images in an Aural World 7. American Popular Music 8. Gospel and Blues 9. Visual Media and the Marketing of Women Performers Part 4. The Impact of Education on Women’s Art Music Activity 10. Gender Integration in 20 th Century Instrumental Ensembles 11. Twentieth-Century Large-Scale Works 12. Contemporary Music and Experimental Voices Part 5. No Longer ‘One of the Boys’ 13. Instrumental to Jazz 14. Music Technology in the Hands of Women 16. Taking Charge in the Mass Music Market Routledge «Market: Music March 2011: 235x187: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-87562-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87563-9: £39.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83477-0: £85.00/14


Using Music to Enhance Student Learning A Practical Guide for Elementary Classroom Teachers Mollie Gregory Tower, Texas State University, San Marcos, USA and Jana Fallin, Kansas State University, USA Written for both current and future teachers with little or no previous experience in music, this textbook offers strategies for integrating musical activities in the elementary school classroom. The ultimate goal is for elementary school children to leave the classroom with an appreciation of music in a joyful, creative environment, and perhaps wanting to broaden their understanding.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: I. Getting Started 1. Organizing for Successful Teaching 2. A Framework for Teaching and Learning 3. INSIDE the Music: The Basic Elements of Music II. Somos Músicos: Doing What Musicians Do 4. Listening 5. Performing 6. Creating III. Integrating Music Into the Curriculum 7. Using Music to Enhance Learning in Language Arts 8. Using Music to Enhance Learning in Science 9. Using Music to Enhance Learning in Math 10. Using Music to Enhance Learning in Social Studies 11. Relating Music to the Other Arts 12. Favorite Teaching Tips Routledge «Market: Music February 2011 Pb: 978-0-415-87823-4: £55.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83861-7: £55.00/14

music 49 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Choral Music

Gabriel Fauré

Johannes Brahms

A Research and Information Guide

A Research and Information Guide

Edited by Heather Platt, Ball State University, USA

Avery T. Sharp and James Michael Floyd, both at Baylor University, USA

Edward R. Phillips

Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies

Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies

Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies

This annotated bibliography is a compact source of information concerning both the nature of primary sources related to Gabriel Faure and the scope and significance of the secondary sources which deal with him, his compositions, and his influence.

This is an annotated bibliography concerning both the nature of primary sources related to the composer and the scope and significance of the secondary sources which deal with him, his compositions, and his influence as a composer and performer. The second edition includes research published since the publication of the first edition and provides electronic resources.

This is an annotated bibliography of books, recordings, videos, and websites on choral music. This book will serve as an excellent tool for librarians, researchers, and scholars in sorting through the massive amount of new material that has appeared since publication of the previous edition. Routledge «Market: Music Reference February 2011: 229x152: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-99419-4: £90.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-89121-6: £90.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8240-5944-6

Routledge «Market: Music Reference May 2011: 229x152: 348pp Hb: 978-0-415-99885-7: £90.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-88154-5: £90.00/08 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8240-7073-1

Routledge «Market: Music Reference February 2011: 229x152: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-99456-9: £90.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-89049-3: £90.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8153-3850-5

Gustav Holst A Research and Information Guide Mary Christison Huismann, University of Minnesota, USA Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies Gustav Holst: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography of all substantial, relevant published resources relating to this important composer. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Music Reference May 2011: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-99525-2: £60.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

50 early years & childhood studies Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via

Exploring Children’s Creative Narratives

Developing Emotional Intelligence in the Primary School

Edited by Dorothy Faulkner, The Open University, UK and Elizabeth Coates, University of Warwick, UK

Sue Colverd and Bernard Hodgkin, University of Gloucestershire, UK

This collection of international research offers fresh perspectives on children’s creative processes and the expression of their creative imagination together with informed theoretical critiques of current educational practice. Drawing on detailed research evidence from innovative educational initiatives in different countries, Exploring Children’s Creative Narratives develops new theoretical and practical insights that challenge traditional educational thinking about children’s creativity. This broad yet coherent collection of fresh perspectives on creativity in childhood is essential reading for students, researchers and policy makers in early childhood as well as for Early Years Professionals with a particular interest in creativity.

Do you want to promote sociability and positive behaviour in your classroom? Is having an ‘emotionally intelligent classroom’ one of your teaching goals? Developing Emotional Intelligence in the Primary School is an essential text for supporting children’s emotional preparation for learning in the long term, fostering the development both of self belief and permanent and crucial resilience. This book allows teachers to review their practice and approach to teaching and to re-assess how they view their pupils. Using practical drama frames that the teacher can develop for themselves, it gives a background and framework to build emotional intelligence in a child and generate a culture of openness to learning in the classroom. This introduction to emotional intelligence will be of great interest to all primary school teachers looking to further understanding of pupils social and emotional development through learning.

Bringing the Froebel Approach to Your Early Years Practice Helen Tovey, Roehampton University, UK Series: Bringing ... to your Early Years Practice Bringing a Froebelian Approach to your Early Years Setting looks at the founder of the kindergarten and his profound influence on provision and practice for young children today. The Froebelian approach is not a method but includes distinctive principles which shape and guide practice. This book includes:

Routledge «Market: Education / PHSE January 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56943-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56946-0: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83316-2: £75.00/14

Introducing Bruner A Guide for Practitioners and Students in Early Years Education Sandra Smidt, Freelance Educational Consultant, UK This book takes the reader on a journey through some of Bruner’s key concepts in relation to early learning and teaching. It makes explicit the links between these concepts and discusses each one in a way which makes sometimes-difficult ideas accessible to all readers. Topics explored in this accessible companion include: early language acquisition; intersubjectivity: how infants come to ‘read’ the minds of others; play and the importance of narrative; links to Reggio Emilia; and scaffolding and agency: the influence of Vygotsky.

• a discussion of key Froebelian principles such as play, imagination, creativity, learning through self activity and making connections • an examination of block play and how this can be used in contemporary settings • Froebel’s ideas on nature and outdoor play and why these are fundamental to young children’s learning • examples of innovative practice and ideas for further reflection. This convenient guide will help Early Years practitioners, students and parents to really understand what the Froebelian approach can offer their setting and children. Routledge «Market: Early Years February 2011: 210x148: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-56730-5: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56731-2: £12.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

This fascinating insight in to the life and work of a key figure in Early Years Education is essential reading for anyone concerned with the learning and development of young children, especially those concerned with the impact of society, community, culture and interaction. Routledge «Market: Education / Early Years February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57420-4: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57421-1: £17.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Early Childhood Education / Creativity March 2011: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-56562-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56563-9: £24.99/04

early years & childhood studies 51 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Planning an Appropriate Curriculum in the Early Years

Behaviour in the Early Years *

A Guide for Students, Teachers and Assistants

Angela Glenn, Early Years Consultant, UK, Jacquie Cousins, L and J Training and Consultancy, UK and Alicia Helps, Educational Psychologist, UK

Rosemary Roger, Early Year’s Consultant and Trainer, UK

Series: Tried and Tested Strategies

This book provides a comprehensive guide for early years practitioners and students on how to plan and implement an appropriate curriculum for the under fives. It examines the key roles and responsibilities of practitioners working in early years settings and those with responsibility for leading and managing provision for EYFS in primary schools. Fully completely revised and updated in line with the Early Foundation Stage and the latest research evidence this third edition covers all aspects of the curriculum. With case studies of good practice and questions for reflective practice and group work, Planning an Appropriate Curriculum for the Under Fives will be welcomed by students and practitioners looking to provide high quality learning experiences for the under fives. Routledge «Market: Education / Early Years February 2011: 246x174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-58303-9: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58304-6: £21.99/04

Behaviour in the Early Years provides hands-on tried and tested strategies to help you respond instantly and effectively to behaviour problems. This second edition has been updated and revised to include additional guidance on managing the outdoor environment, communicating with parents, the transition from home to nursery and safeguarding children. Features include: • helpful explanations of responsibilities in relation to the Code of Practice and SENDA • photocopiable record sheets • social and emotional development checklists • a wide range of case studies to illustrate how strategies work in practice. This book is essential reading for practitioners in all early years settings looking for effective ways to deal with challenging behaviour.

Parallel Learning of Reading and Writing in Early Childhood

Routledge «Market: Education / Early Years December 2010: 297x210: 80pp Pb: 978-0-415-58435-7: £17.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83506-7: £17.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8431-2104-6

Mary Shea, Canisius College, USA Parallel Learning of Reading and Writing in Early Childhood explores why it’s important to provide a balanced language learning environment for young children and offers approaches for children to practice and explore language. Through analysis of writing samples, research, and principles of best practices, Shea outlines the essential ingredients and a developmentally appropriate approach for early language learning. Throughout the chapters, Shea integrates discussion of assessment, classroom environment, instructional/ teacher scaffolding, and differentiating instruction across developmental levels along with the supporting theory. Special features include the following and more: vignettes and descriptions of Pre-K, K, and Grade 1 classrooms, artifacts of children’s writing, and a companion website with lesson ideas and abundant writing samples from a wide range of demographic, cultural, and language contexts for readers to view, analyze, and discuss. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 254x178: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-88298-9: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88299-6: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84118-1: £90.00/10 eBooks are only available to order online

52 teaching and learning

35 Strategies for Guiding Readers Bridging the Transition from through Informational Texts * Primary to Secondary School Barbara Moss and Virginia S. Loh, both at San Diego State University, USA

Edited by Alan Howe and Val Richards, both at Bath Spa University, UK

’The strategies work because the authors help teachers understand the ‘what,’ ‘when,’ ‘how,’ and ‘why’ of strategy use in today’s multidimensional classrooms. That is why this book will make a decided difference in the professional lives of teachers. Moss and Loh have ‘hit one out of the park’ with this book.’ – Richard T. Vacca, Kent State University, USA

Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: : 176pp Pb: 978-1-60623-926-1: £16.00/01

2nd Edition

A Teaching Assistant’s Guide to Child Development and Psychology in the Classroom Susan Bentham, Bognor Regis Community College, UK This accessible text, provides informative, down-to-earth commentary with clear examples of how to apply the knowledge in everyday practice. Topics include:

• managing social and emotional changes • issues of changing self-identity • the continuity of pedagogy and curriculum • using ICT for a common approach • health issues in early adolescence • physical education and self-esteem • international perspectives on school transition. With a wealth of guidance on the educational and social needs of children in transition, this book is essential reading for all undergraduate and postgraduate education students. Routledge «Market: Education / Primary-Secondary Transitions February 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57546-1: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57547-8: £21.99/04

2nd Edition

Athletics Challenges A Resource Pack for Teaching Athletics Kevin Morgan, University of Wales, UK ’Without hesitation I can state that this is the best received resource material in our programme and our physical education students enthuse about their capacity to take the ideas from the resource and transfer them into successful and effective physical education lessons.’ – John Sproule, University of Edinburgh, UK

• how to support learning • how to identify and cater for different learning styles • teaching children with additional needs • how to manage behaviour to support learning • how to help children with their self-esteem and independence. This new edition includes references to up-to-date research in child development and psychology, lively case studies, questions for selfassessment and a handy appendix mapping the content of the book against the National Occupational Standards for Teaching Assistants (2007). This is an invaluable companion for every Teaching Assistant and others working in a supporting role in education. Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology / Teaching Assistants January 2011: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56922-4: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56923-1: £18.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-31108-3

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Athletics Challenges is a practical kit of ready-to-use resources designed to support a motivating and inclusive approach to track and field athletics in schools and sports clubs. Containing over 100 ready-to-use photocopiable activities covering all the track and field events, this complete kit is an essential resource for all student and practising physical education teachers, heads of departments, as well as training and practising professional sports coaches. Routledge «Market: Physical Education March 2011: 297x210: 192pp Pack: 978-0-415-58442-5: £45.00/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This practical guide presents inspiring, research-based activities for teaching students in grades K-12 how to read and think critically about informational texts. With five essential types of strategies, seasoned and preservice teachers learn ways to help students select engaging, challenging reading materials; develop their knowledge of history, science, and other content areas; master vocabulary that aids understanding; build essential comprehension skills across the curriculum; and write effectively about texts they have read.

The transition from primary to secondary school can be a difficult time for children, and managing the transition smoothly has proved problematic for teachers. Mind the Gap offers an insight into children’s development during this period, building a framework for delivering appropriate and relevant educational experiences. Structured around the five ‘transitionbridges’ recommended by the Rose Review of Primary Education, chapters cover:

teaching and learning 53

Becoming a Teacher Researcher Case Studies in Language in Literacy Teaching and Learning Curriculum Design Strategies and Tools for the Inquiry Process

Concepts and Approaches in Action Around the World

Edited by Christine C. Pappas, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA and Eli Tucker-Raymond, Chèche Konnen Center at TERC

Edited by I.S.P. Nation and John Macalister, both at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand

Practical, engaging, and informed by current thinking on teacher research, this text provides background information on teacher research; covers the ‘how-to’ strategies of the teacher research process from the initial proposal to writing up the report as publishable or presentable work; illustrates a range of literacy topics and grade levels; features 12 reports by teacher researchers who have gone through the process; and helps teachers understand how knowledge is constructed socially in their classrooms so that they can create instructional communities that promote all students’ learning.

Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series

Addressing the importance of teacher research for better instruction, reform, and political action, this text emphasizes strategies teachers can use to support and strengthen their voices as they dialogue with others in the educational community, so that their ideas and perspectives may have an impact on educational practice both locally in their schools and districts and more broadly. Routledge «Market: Education March 2011: 254x178: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99620-4: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99621-1: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83609-5: £80.00/14

Children’s Literature in the Classroom * Engaging Lifelong Readers Diane M. Barone, University of Nevada, Reno, USA

Case studies are a powerful pedagogical tool for illuminating constructs and models in real-life contexts. Covering a wide range of teaching-learning contexts and offering in-depth analyses of ESL/ELT language curriculum design issues, this casebook is distinctive and unique in that each case draws on and is clearly linked to a single model of presented in Nation and Macalister’s Language Curriculum Design ( This gives the book a high degree of coherence. Each case is followed a short commentary by the editors highlighting features of note and/ or issues arising from it. The book is designed to work as a companion to Language Curriculum Design (adding meaning and depth to the model presented there by relating it to a range of applications), as a stand-alone text, or as a resource for professionals in the field. Routledge «Market: Education March 2011: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-88231-6: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88232-3: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84785-5: £95.00

Coaching Emotional Intelligence in the Classroom * A Practical Guide for 7–14 Steve Bowkett, Educational Consultant, UK and Simon Percival, Independent Coaching Consultant UK

Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy


Guilford Press «Market: Literacy November 2010: 254x178: 242pp Hb: 978-1-60623-939-1: £34.00/01 Pb: 978-1-60623-938-4: £19.00/01 for e-mail updates in your field


Coaching Emotional Intelligence in the Classroom is a practical resource to help Key Stage 2 and Key Stage 3 teachers fully explore and understand the range of ‘emotional intelligences’ they may experience in the classroom. With links to SEAL, PLTS and Every Child Matters agendas, activities, coaching methods and schemes of work are suggested throughout to help pupils become independent, creative and effective learners able to generate ideas, solve problems and arrive at reasoned decisions. Providing the necessary tools to help pupils build life and people skills which will extend beyond school and into adulthood, this book will be of interest to all practising teachers, teaching assistants and school counsellors working with young people. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x174: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-57779-3: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57780-9: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83337-7: £80.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Many reading programs today overlook an essential component of literacy instruction – helping children develop an enduring love of reading. This authoritative and accessible guide provides a wealth of ideas for incorporating high-quality children’s books of all kinds into K-6 classrooms. Numerous practical strategies are presented for engaging students with picture books, fiction, nonfiction, and nontraditional texts. Lively descriptions of recommended books and activities are interspersed with invaluable tips for fitting authentic reading experiences into the busy school day. Every chapter concludes with reflection questions and suggestions for further reading. The volume also features reproducible worksheets and forms. eBooks are only available to order online

54 teaching and learning

Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School... Mathematics *

Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School… The Arts *

Robert Ward-Penny, University of Warwick, UK

Drama, Visual Art, Music and Design

Series: Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in...

Martin Fautley and Jonathan Savage, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Cross-curricular approaches have much to offer the modern mathematics classroom. They can help teachers to present mathematics as a growing, relevant discipline that is central to much of modern life, and help learners to make sense of what they are doing and why. New contexts, new technology and new qualifications all make this an exciting time to be a cross-curricular teacher of mathematics. Part of the Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School series, this book is essential reading for all students on Initial Teacher Training courses and practising teachers looking to holistically introduce cross-curricular themes and practices into their mathematics teaching. Routledge «Market: Secondary Education / Mathematics December 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57203-3: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57204-0: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83563-0: £80.00/14

2nd Edition

Developing Physical Health and Well-being through Gymnastic Activity (5–7) *

Series: Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in... This new indispensable text book brings together ongoing debates about personalised learning, creativity and ICT in education, with a cross-curricular focus, and establishes a principled framework for cross-curricular teaching and learning in the arts. Examining case studies from a range of innovative secondary schools, and interrogating the use of crosscurricular approaches in UK schools, Cross Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Arts constructs a research based pedagogy with practical steps for students and teachers as they consider how cross-curricular approaches can be implemented in their own subject areas. International projects and case studies are also considered in relation to cross curricular themes. Language and ICT are discussed as mediating tools, and the principle benefits of cross-curricular teaching for pupils’ learning are assessed. Routledge «Market: Secondary Education / Arts December 2010: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-55044-4: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55045-1: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83490-9: £80.00/14

A Session-by-Session Approach

Developmental Cognitive Science Goes to School *

Maggie Carroll and Jackie Hannay, both at University of Brighton, UK

Edited by Nancy L. Stein and Stephen Raudenbush, both at The University of Chicago, USA

This easy-to-use teacher’s guide adopts a session-by-session approach to teaching physical and motor skill development and health and well-being through gymnastics for the 5–7 age range. Fully updated with the most current schemes of work to use at Key Stage 1, it sets out a series of sessions over the three year span, ensuring progression from year to year. It has been updated to incorporate the latest developments of the EYFS, the National Curriculum and the QCDA Programmes of Study and provides teachers with the latest thinking in this very important area of their work.

This book addresses core issues related to school learning and the use of developmental/cognitive science models to improve school-based instruction. The contributors comprise a veritable ‘who’s who’ of leading researchers in developmental psychology, cognitive science, economics, sociology, statistics, and physical science, and who are using basic learning theories from their respective disciplines to create better learning environments in school settings. This is a must-read volume for all researchers, students, and professionals interested in evidence-based practices and issues related to domain-specific teaching and learning.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-98883-4: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-98884-1: £35.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83753-5: £100.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x189: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59107-2: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59106-5: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83663-7: £75.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-7507-0007-8

teaching and learning 55

Drama Sessions for Primary Schools and Drama Clubs Ages 5–11 Alison Day, Director of Drama Vision, UK Drama Sessions for Primary Schools and Drama Clubs is a pick up and go weekly drama session manual with guided time allocations and explanations as to what these exercises should achieve with the children. As well as the 33 sessions themselves this resource also includes: • curriculum links • troubleshooting tips • notes on ‘performance’ • health and safety • extra sessions for use in smaller spaces • explanations of the pedagogical benefits of every exercise. Clubs play a crucial part in meeting the requirements of the extended services programme and this guide is a unique and practical resource that every primary school should have, providing a fool-proof blue-print to running a successful and fun drama club for all pupils. Routledge «Market: Education / Drama March 2011: 297x210: 96pp Pb: 978-0-415-60338-6: £24.99/04

Doing History Investigating With Children in Elementary and Middle Schools Linda S. Levstik, University of Kentucky, USA and Keith C. Barton, Indiana University, USA Now in its fourth edition, this popular text offers a unique perspective on teaching and learning history in the elementary and middle grades. Through case studies of teachers and students in diverse classrooms and from diverse backgrounds, it shows children engaging in authentic historical investigations, often in the context of an integrated social studies curriculum. The authors begin with the assumption that children can engage in valid forms of historical inquiry-collecting and analyzing data, examining the perspectives of people in the past, considering multiple interpretations, and creating evidence-based historical accounts. In each chapter, the authors explain how the teaching demonstrated in the vignettes reflects basic principles of contemporary learning theory; thus they not only provide specific examples of successful activities, but place them in a theoretical context that allows teachers to adapt and apply them in a wide variety of settings.

Edited by Rob Toplis, Brunel University, UK How Science Works provides student and practising teachers with a comprehensive introduction to one of the most dramatic changes to the secondary science curriculum. With chapters structured around three key themes – why How Science Works, what it is and how to teach it – expert contributors explore issues including the need for curriculum change, arguments for scientific literacy for all, school students’ views about science, what we understand about scientific methods, types of scientific enquiry, and, importantly, effective pedagogies and their implications for practice. How Science Works is a source of guidance for all student, new and experienced teachers of secondary science, interested in investigating how the curriculum can provide creativity and engagement for all school students. Routledge «Market: Education / Secondary Science December 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56279-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56280-5: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83826-6: £75.00/14


How to Teach Poetry Writing: Workshops for Ages 5–9 * Michaela Morgan, Poet, Children’s Author and Writer, UK Series: Writers’ Workshop Now in a fully revised and extended second edition, How to Teach Poetry Writing: Workshops for Ages 5–9 is a practical, activity based resource of poetry writing workshops for teachers of primary age children. Each workshop provides enjoyable activities for pupils aimed at building a thorough understanding of what poetry is and how to write it. Aiming to encourage speaking and listening skills, this book includes: • three new workshops – Feelings, Licensed to Thrill and The Jumblies • redrafting and revising activities • poetry writing frames • traditional and contemporary poems from varied cultures • children’s’ own poems on their favourite subjects • guidance on how to write poems • word games and notes on performing poetry • an A-Z Guide to Poetry. Routledge «Market: Primary Education / Literacy December 2010: 297x210: 96pp Pb: 978-0-415-59013-6: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83368-1: £40.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8534-6918-3

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 279x216: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-87301-7: £30.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83493-0: £30.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-5072-7

for e-mail updates in your field

Exploring effective pedagogy and practice

2nd Edition

4th Edition textbook

How Science Works * eBooks are only available to order online

56 teaching and learning

Improving Learning through the Lifecourse *

Improving Research through User Engagement *

Learning Lives

Mark Rickinson and Anne Edwards, both at University of Oxford, UK and Judy Sebba, University of Sussex, UK

Series: Improving Learning Lifelong learning has become a mantra, but what does learning mean and do in the lives of adults? How has it changed over time and across generations? What are the connections with the changing worlds of work, the family and communities? What difference does it make to life chances? How do we learn from life, and how do we learn for life? How can people’s prospects of learning be improved? Incorporating data from one of the largest and most ambitious research projects into lifelong learning in recent years, this book offers an invaluable step towards answering these important questions. Together the authors collected over three years of information, tracking the lives of over 120 adults from across Britain and undertaking 528 in-depth interviews, asking people about their life histories and the place of learning in their lives. Routledge «Market: Education / Lifelong Learning January 2011: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57372-6: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57373-3: £22.99/04

2nd Edition

ICT for Teaching Assistants John Galloway, and Hilary Norton, both at London Borough of Tower Hamlets The role of ICT in enhancing both teaching and learning in classrooms continues to develop, no more so than when in the hands of effective practitioners. This book outlines the many ways in which it can be used, both as a subject, and as a tool to support learning across the curriculum. This second edition has been fully updated to take into account the recent changes in the Primary and Secondary National Curricula, developments in ICT and the revised National Occupational Standards. With links throughout to the National Occupational Standards for Teaching Assistants at Levels 2 and 3, this accessible and easy-to-use book is essential for teaching assistants who wish to develop their confidence in ICT. Routledge «Market: Education / Teaching Assistants March 2011: 246x189: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-58306-0: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58307-7: £19.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8431-2203-6

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Series: Improving Learning User engagement has become a key part of discussions about the nature and purpose of social science research. In this book the authors provide an authoritative overview of recent theoretical and practical developments relating to working with users at different stages in the processes of research. The book draws primarily on issues, examples and frameworks that have arisen specifically within educational research. The implications of different forms of user engagement for the design of educational research are explored in detail. By examining the researcher-user interface and evaluating inputs from academics, practitioners, policy-makers and those involved in the mediation of research evidence the book gives a new synthesis that will provide a coherent way forward for research collaborations in the future. Routledge «Market: Education / Research Merthods January 2011: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46168-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-46169-6: £21.99/04

Instructional Strategies for Middle and Secondary Social Studies Methods, Assessment, and Classroom Management Bruce E. Larson and Timothy A. Keiper, both at Western Washington University, USA Written explicitly for pre-service social studies teachers, this exciting methodsbased text integrates an in-depth look at seven distinct teaching strategies with appropriate management and assessment techniques. Special features include clear, step-by-step descriptions of the seven strategies, practical ways to manage the learning environment and assess student learning for each of the strategies, and rich, detailed and social studies-specific examples. Also included are guidelines for deciding how each strategy might allow for diverse learners and clear and concrete guidelines for setting course goals and objectives as well as writing unit plans and lesson plans. For any aspiring social studies teacher who wants to make the most informed decisions about day-to-day instructional strategies, the unique integration and contextualization of curriculum, instruction, assessment, and classroom management that this textbook offers will make this an invaluable resource. Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-87705-3: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87706-0: £29.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Gert Biesta and John Field, both at University of Stirling, UK, Ivor F. Goodson, University of Brighton, UK, Phil Hodkinson and Flora J. Macleod

teaching and learning 57

Intelligence and Intelligence Testing John Hattie, University of Auckland, New Zealand and Richard B Fletcher, Massey University, New Zealand Have you ever wondered what IQ is and how it is measured? Indeed, why is there such a premium placed on high IQ? What do we mean by intelligence? What is your IQ? What does your IQ score mean? Chapters include coverage of: • intelligence and schooling • cultural differences in views of intelligence • the history of IQ testing • IQ as predictor of educational and occupational outcomes • psychometrics and measurement of intelligence • the future of intelligence research. Written in a clear and accessible style, this textbook will be invaluable for all undergraduate and Masters level students studying the theory of intelligence and the impact of testing on educational and other outcomes. Detailed and annotated further reading lists and a glossary of terms are also included.

Mathematics Teacher Noticing Seeing Through Teachers’ Eyes Edited by Miriam Sherin, Northwestern University, USA, Vicki Jacobs and Randy Philipp, both at CRMSE, USA Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series Mathematics Teacher Noticing is the first book to examine research in this remarkable new topic. In the midst of all that is happening in a classroom, where do mathematics teachers look, what do they see, and what sense do they make of it? This book explores issues related to teacher noticing in four main sections. The first introductory section provides an overview of the construct of noticing and how it is addressed in each of the chapters. The second section focuses on the historical, theoretical, and methodological perspectives on teacher noticing. The third section focuses on studies of mathematics teacher noticing in the context of teaching and learning. The concluding section highlights the consequential nature of noticing and suggests links to other constructs integral to teaching. By collecting the work of leaders in the field of noticing in one volume, the authors present the current state of research and provide ideas for how future work could further the field.

Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology January 2011: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-60091-0: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60092-7: £19.99/04

Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87862-3: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87863-0: £30.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83271-4: £90.00/14

Making Music in the Primary School *

Mentoring and Coaching in Schools

Whole Class Instrumental and Vocal Teaching

Collaborative Professional Learning Inquiry for Teachers

Edited by Nick Beach, Trinity College London, UK, Julie Evans, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK and Gary Spruce, Open University, UK

Suzanne Burley and Cathy Pomphrey, both at London Metropolitan University, UK

Making Music in the Primary School is an essential guide for all student and practising primary school teachers, instrumental teachers and community musicians involved in music with children. It explores teaching and learning music with the whole class and provides a framework for successful musical experiences with large groups of children. Illustrated throughout with carefully designed activities to try out in the classroom, the guidance in this book will help you support and develop children’s musical experience, whatever your musical or teaching background. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Education / Mentoring and Coaching February 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56361-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56363-5: £22.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education / Music December 2010: 246x189: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56129-7: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56130-3: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83457-2: £75.00/14

There is a growing emphasis on continuing professional development for those working in learning environments, and schools are taking increasing responsibility for the career development of teaching practitioners, often with little support. Coaching and Mentoring in the Secondary School provides guidance on developing coaching and mentoring relationships to help teachers with different levels of experience bring about changes in professional practice. Taking an enquiry-based approach, this book covers all aspects of mentoring and coaching, from building an initial relationship, to recording evidence in a Professional Learning Journal. Throughout the book, the focus on enquiry-based practice and action research is supported by a series of professional learning tasks. This book will be valuable reading for mentors in secondary schools, teachers undertaking continuing professional development and students on coaching and mentoring courses. eBooks are only available to order online

58 teaching and learning

Psychology for the Classroom: E-Learning *

Research on Second Language Teacher Education

John Woollard, University of Southampton, UK

Edited by Karen E. Johnson, Pennsylvania State University, USA and Paula R. Golombek, University of Florida, USA

Series: Psychology for the Classroom

Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series

Psychology for the Classroom: E-learning provides a lively and accessible introduction to the the developing nature of technologysupported teaching and learning and the educational psychology associated with those developments. The author provides a broad, unbiased and practical analysis of e-learning theory and practice, with a particular focus on the developing theories and practice of cybergogy as well as an interpretation of conventional theories of behaviourism, cognitivism and constructivism in the light of e-learning. Appealing to practising teachers and students alike, this book provides a valuable and practical guide to the theory and application of e-learning, and is applicable to all those responsible for providing effective teaching and learning.

Embracing a sociocultural perspective and employing an array of methodological tools for data collection and analysis, this volume documents the complexities of second language teachers’ professional development in diverse L2 teacher education programs around the world and traces that development both over time and within the broader cultural, historical and institutional settings and circumstances of teachers’ work. This systematic examination of teacher professional development illuminates the discursive practices that shape teachers’ knowing, thinking, and doing and provides a window into how alternative mediational means can create opportunities for teachers to move toward more theoretically and pedagogically sound instructional practices within the settings and circumstances of their work.

Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology February 2011: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-59092-1: £75.00/05 Pb: 978-0-415-59093-8: £18.99/04

Routledge «Market: Education / Second Language Teachers / Professional Development January 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88332-0: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88333-7: £32.99/03 eBook: 978-0-203-84499-1: £95.00/03

2nd Edition

Teaching and Learning through Reflective Practice *

Teaching Economics in Troubled Times *

A Practical Guide for Positive Action Tony Ghaye, Reflective Learning, UK Now in its second edition, Teaching and Learning through Reflective Practice is a practical guide to enable all those involved in educational activities to learn through the practices of reflection. The book highlights the power that those responsible for teaching and learning have to appraise, understand and positively transform their teaching. Seeing the teacher as a reflective learner, the book emphasises a strengths-based approach in which positivity, resilience, optimism and high performance can help invigorate teaching, enhance learning and allow the teacher to reach their full potential. This approach busts the myth that reflection on problems and deficits is the only way to better performance. This book will be a must have for undergraduate and PGCE students on initial teacher training programmes. It will also interest practising teachers, teacher educators and those on continuing professional development courses.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by Mark C. Schug, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA and William C. Wood, James Madison University, USA This book is a one-stop collection that helps pre- and in-service social studies teachers to foster an understanding of classic content as well as recent economic developments. Part I offers clear and teachable overviews of the nature of today’s complex economic crisis. Part II provides both detailed best practices for teaching economics in the social studies classroom and frameworks for teaching economics within different contexts. Part III concludes with effective strategies for teaching at the elementary and secondary school levels based on current research on economic education. From advice on what every economics teacher should know, to tips for best education practices, to investigations into what research tells us about teaching economics, this collection provides a wealth of contextual background and teaching ideas for today’s economics and social studies educators. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-87771-8: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87772-5: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83887-7: £95.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Primary Education / Reflective Practice December 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57096-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57095-4: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83332-2: £24.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8534-6548-2

Theory and Practice for Secondary Social Studies

teaching and learning 59

Teaching Grammar in Second Language Classrooms

Teaching Mathematics Creatively *

Integrating Form-Focused Instruction in Communicative Context

Linda Pound, Education Consultant, UK and Trisha Lee, Artistic Director of Make-Believe Arts, UK

Hossein Nassaji, University of Victoria, British Columbia, Canada and Sandra S. Fotos, Senshu University, Japan

Series: Learning to Teach in the Primary School Series

Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series Recent SLA research recognizes the necessity of attention to grammar and demonstrates that form-focused instruction is especially effective when it is incorporated into a meaningful communicative context. Designed specifically for second-language teachers, this text identifies and explores the various options for integrating a focus on grammar and a focus on communication in classroom contexts and offers concrete examples of teaching activities for each option. Each chapter includes a description of the option, its theoretical and empirical background, examples of activities illustrating in a non-technical manner how it can be implemented in the classroom, questions for reflection, and a list of useful resources that teachers can consult for further information. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-80204-8: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80205-5: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85096-1: £95.00/03

Teaching in a Nutshell Navigating Your Teacher Education Program Clare Kosnik and Clive Beck, University of Toronto, Canada Designed to help student teachers develop an approach to teaching that is both theoretical and practical, this text focuses on key aspects of teaching rather than trying to ‘cover the waterfront.’ Based on extensive research, their own long experience as teacher educators, and other sources, the authors recommend 7 priorities for teaching and teacher education. Each chapter deals in turn with one of these priorities. This text is a companion to the authors’ 2009 book for teacher educators, Priorities in Teacher Education: The 7 Key Elements of Pre-Service Preparation. By making these priorities and related knowledge explicit, it helps student teachers gain essential knowledge and skills for the demanding work of teaching. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Education / Classroom Practice / Mathematics November 2010: 246x174: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-57591-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57592-8: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84050-4: £75.00/14

Teaching Modern Foreign Languages in the Primary School Sally Maynard Teaching Modern Foreign Languages in the Primary School supports student and practising teachers – whether generalist or specialist – to have the confidence and skills to successfully incorporate modern foreign languages into teaching. Based on the author’s extensive experience of both teaching across Key Stage 1 and Key Stage 2 and delivering initial teacher education, this book provides comprehensive guidance on the essential theory and pedagogy that underpins language teaching, together with strategies and tools that can be easily implemented in the classroom. Illustrated with ideas for lessons and case studies of language teaching in practice, Teaching Modern Foreign Languages in the Primary School , is an essential, complete guide for all student and practising teachers in the primary school. Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55741-2: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55742-9: £19.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Routledge April 2011 Hb: 978-0-415-88806-6: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88807-3: £20.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83269-1: £95.00

Teaching Mathematics Creatively offers a range of strategies to enable trainee and practising teachers to take an innovative, playful and creative approach to mathematics teaching. It promotes creativity as a key element of practice and offers ideas to involve your students and let them develop knowledge, understanding and enjoyment of mathematics. Exploring fresh approaches to teaching mathematics, it explains the role of play in bringing the subject alive for children and teachers alike. This book identifies the power of storytelling in supporting mathematical thinking, examines cross-curricular teaching and preparation for teaching creatively. Teaching Mathematics Creatively includes a wealth of innovative ideas to enthuse teachers and enrich maths teaching. This book is an essential purchase for any professional who wishes to employ creative approaches to teaching in their classroom. eBooks are only available to order online

60 teaching and learning

Teaching Secondary English as if the Planet Matters *

Teaching Science Creatively * Dan Davies, Bath Spa University, UK Series: Learning to Teach in the Primary School Series

Sasha Matthewman, University of Bristol, UK

Teaching Science Creatively contains everything teachers need to know about making science lessons fun, engaging and memorable. Key themes addressed include:

Series: Teaching... as if the Planet Matters The true worth of a school subject is revealed in how far it can account for and respond to the major issues of the time. Teaching English as if the Planet Matters provides detailed and practical advice on how English teachers can develop approaches to curriculum and learning which help students understand the nature of the contemporary world. The book looks at how English can be taught with a commitment to education for sustainable development drawing on ecocritical theory and classroom practice and offers inspiration for teaching English lessons with criticial environmental awareness.

• teachers’ and students’ attitudes towards science • the relationship between the nature of science, teacher’s pedagogy and children’s learning • theories of learning and young children’s creative development • play, schemas, science and how we treat children’s ideas • covering traditional topics in a creative way • investigating science with new technologies • using the outdoors creatively.

Routledge «Market: Education / Secondary English December 2010: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-56146-4: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47204-3: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83453-4: £75.00/14

Under-pinned by theory and research, this book is an essential purchase for both trainee and practising Science teachers who want to develop their teaching. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56131-0: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56132-7: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83998-0: £75.00/14

Teaching Secondary Geography as if the Planet Matters *

Teaching the Arts to Engage English Language Learners

John Morgan Series: Teaching... as if the Planet Matters Teaching Geography as if the Planet Matters provides detailed and practical advice on how Geography teachers can develop approaches to curriculum and learning which help students understand the nature of the contemporary world. It allows teachers to examine existing approaches, and draw upon the insights of geography as a discipline to deepen students’ understanding of urban futures, climate change, ‘geographies of food’ and the ‘geographies of the credit crunch’. • examples of suggested teaching activities • detailed case studies • sources of further reading and information • chapter summaries • discussion questions. This book addresses issues of the environment cutting across subject boundaries with an interdisciplinary response. It will appeal to all those in a secondary context who wish to teach geography in a way which is current. Routledge «Market: Secondary Education / English March 2011: 246x189: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56387-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56388-8: £21.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Series: Teaching English Language Learners across the Curriculum Written for prospective and practicing visual arts, music, drama, and dance educators, Teaching the Arts to Engage English Language Learners offers guidance for engaging ELLs, alongside all learners, through artistic thinking. By paying equal attention to visual art, music, drama, and dance education, this book articulates how arts classrooms can create rich and supportive contexts for ELLs to grow socially, academically, and personally. Special features include generative texts such as films, poems, and performances that function as springboards for arts educators to adapt according to the needs of their classroom; teaching tips, formative assessment practices, and related instructional tables and resources; an annotated list of internet sites, reader-friendly research articles, and instructional materials; and a glossary for readers’ reference. Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 254x178: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87385-7: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87386-4: £26.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83723-8: £95.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Features include:

Margaret Macintyre Latta and Elaine Chan, both at University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA

teaching and learning 61

The Media Teacher’s Handbook * The Essential Guide to Edited by Elaine Scarratt and Jon Davison Online Course Design The Media Studies Teacher’s Handbook is an indispensible guide for all teachers delivering Media Studies and media education in school and college. Written by experts involved in the teaching, training and examination of media studies, chapters cover: • the key concepts and pedagogy underpinning media education • practical ways into teaching and learning the key media concepts • using the internet and computer games in the classroom • an introduction to the A Level and GCSE specifications • the 14-19 Creative & Media Diploma and vocational media courses • approaches to production and editing activities • taking your career further. This handbook is an essential guide to the theory, pedagogy, and practice of media education that will help ensure all trainee and practising teachers can deliver the curriculum with confidence.

A Standards-Based Approach

Marjorie Vai, Freelance Consultant and Writer, USA and Kristen Sosulski, New York University, USA In spite of the proliferation of online learning in higher education, creating online courses can still evoke a good deal of frustration, negativity, and wariness in those who need to create them. The Essential Guide to Online Course Design takes a fresh, thoughtfully designed, step-by-step approach to online course development. At its core is a set of standards that are based on best practices in the field of online learning and teaching. Pedagogical, organizational and visual design principles are presented and modeled throughout the book and users will quickly learn from the guide’s hands-on approach. The course design process begins with the elements of a classroom syllabus which, after a series of guided steps, easily evolve into an online course outline.

Routledge «Market: Education March 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49993-4: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49994-1: £22.99/04

Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 254x178: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-87299-7: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87300-0: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83831-0: £95.00/14

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Teaching with Emotional Intelligence

The Effective Teacher’s Guide *

A Step-by-Step Guide for Higher and Further Education Professionals Alan Mortiboys, University of Central England, UK The way emotions are handled by the individual and by others is central to the success of learning. Teaching with Emotional Intelligence shows how to manage this influential but neglected area of learning. Taking the reader step by step through the learning process and looking at the relationship from the perspectives of both the teacher and the learner, this book will help the reader to: plan the emotional environment; learn how to relate to learners; listen to learners effectively; read and respond to the feelings of individuals and groups; develop self-awareness as a teacher; recognize prejudices and preferences in oneself; and improve non-verbal communication. Featuring lots of activities, checklists and points for deeper reflection, the guidance in this book will help teachers encourage their learners to become more engaged, creative and motivated.


This popular guide offers a wealth of innovative, research-based strategies for making K-12 classrooms the best learning environments they can be. Easy-toimplement best practices are presented for establishing a classroom management plan, organizing procedures and materials, building a respectful community, fostering peer collaboration, and engaging students in interactive learning. Each of the 50 strategies includes step-by-step instructions, the amount of time needed to implement, and the recommended grade level. In a large-size format for easy photocopying, the book features ready-to-use reproducibles. New to this edition: • strategies for using technology to promote interactive learning • explains a gradual release-of-responsibility model of instruction to support self-motivated learning • additional topics: vocabulary development, enhancing writing skills, and building peer partnerships.

E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Nancy Frey, San Diego State University, USA

Guilford Press «Market: Literacy November 2010: : 160pp Pb: 978-1-60623-971-1: £16.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-60623-428-0

Routledge «Market: Education / Training March 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57138-8: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57140-1: £23.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35088-4

50 Ways to Engage Students and Promote Interactive Learning eBooks are only available to order online

62 teaching and learning

What Does Understanding Science Learning and Instruction Advantage of Technology Mathematics Mean for Teachers? Taking to Promote Knowledge Integration Relationship as a Metaphor for Knowing

Marcia C. Linn and Bat-Sheva Eylon

Yuichi Handa, California State University, Chico

Describing advances in understanding the nature of science learning and their implications for the design of science instruction, this book shows how design patterns, design principles, and professional development opportunities coalesce to create and sustain effective instruction in each primary scientific domain. Calling for deeper coverage of science topics in order to accomplish knowledge integration, it highlights the importance of designing the instructional materials, the examples that are used in them, and the professional development that accompanies these materials. It argues that all these efforts must be made simultaneously for science learning outcomes to improve. The book also addresses how many policies, including curriculum, standards, guidelines, and standardized tests, work against the goal of integrative understanding, and discusses opportunities to rethink science education policies based on research findings from instruction emphasizing such understanding.

Series: Studies in Curriculum Theory Series In French, to know in the savoir sense is to know things, facts, names, how and why things work, and so on, whereas to know in the connaître sense is to know a person, a place, or even a thing – namely, an other – in such a way that one is familiar with, or in relationship with this other. In mathematics education the focus tends to be on how learners and teachers know mathematics in the savoir sense. Primarily through phenomenological reflection with a touch of empirical input, this book fleshes out an image for what a person’s connaître knowing of mathematics might mean, turning to mathematics teachers and teacher educators to help clarify this image. It opens up alternative ways of thinking and talking about ways in which a person can ‘know’ a subject, leading to a reconsideration of what it may mean to be a teacher of that subject. Routledge «Market: Education March 2011: 229x152: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-88597-3: £95.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83743-6: £95.00/14

Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 229x152 Hb: 978-0-8058-6054-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-8058-6055-9: £26.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4106-1508-4: £85.00/03

Cultural Validity in Assessment

2nd Edition

Addressing Linguistic and Cultural Diversity

Cultures of Curriculum

Edited by Maria del Rosario Basterra, Mid-Atlantic Equity Consortium, Inc., USA, Elise Trumbull, Education Consultant and Guillermo Solano-Flores, University of Colorado, Boulder, USA

Edited by Pamela Bolotin Joseph, University of Washington – Bothell, USA

Series: Language, Culture, and Teaching Series

Series: Studies in Curriculum Theory Series

What is assessment and how is it a cultural practice? How does failure to account for linguistic and cultural variation among students jeopardize assessment validity? What is required to achieve cultural validity in assessment? This resource for practicing and prospective teachers – as well as others concerned with fair and valid assessment – provides a thorough grounding in relevant theory, research, and practice. The book lays out criteria for culturally valid assessment and recommends specific strategies that teachers can use to design and implement culturally valid classroom assessments. Assessment plays a powerful role in the process of education in the U.S. and has a disproportionately negative impact on students who do not come from mainstream, middle-class backgrounds. Given the significance of testing in education today, cultural validity in assessment is an urgent issue facing educators. This book is essential reading for addressing this important, relevant topic.

Using ‘cultures of curriculum’ as a lens, this clear, compelling text reveals and critically examines the belief systems and classroom practices of curricular orientations in contemporary American society. It is designed to foster awareness, examination, and deliberation about the curricula planned for and carried out in classrooms and schools; to inspire conversations about theory and practice as well as political, social, and moral issues; and to expand critical consciousness about approaches to curriculum and practice. Readers are encouraged to give serious attention to the issues this book raises for them, and to join with their colleagues, students, and communities in considering how to create curricula with purpose and congruent practices and to reculture classrooms and schools. A framework of inquiry is presented to facilitate such reflection and to accomplish these goals.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-99186-5: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99187-2: £35.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83727-6: £100.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-99980-9: £32.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85095-4: £95.00/03

teaching and learning 63

Literacy, Power, and the Schooled Body

Teaching the Literature of Today’s Middle East

Learning in Time and Space

Allen Webb, Western Michigan University, USA

Kerryn Dixon, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa

Introducing the literature of today’s Middle East and showing teachers how to make it authentic, powerful, and relevant to students, this book: brings to the reader a wide diversity of teachable texts by Middle Eastern writers; takes a thematic approach that allows students to understand and engage with the region and address key issues; includes stories from the author’s own classroom and shares student insight and reactions; utilizes contemporary teaching methods, including cultural studies, lit circles, blogs, YouTube, class speakers, and film analysis; and directly and powerfully models how to address controversial issues in the region.

What effects do space and time have on classroom management, discipline, and regulation? How do teachers’ practices create schooled and literate students? To explore these questions, this book looks at early childhood classrooms, charting the shifts and continuities as 4 year old children begin preschool and move through to the end of primary school at 9 years. The literacy classroom is used as a specific site in which to examine how children’s bodies are disciplined to become literate. Working from a Foucaultian premise that discipline is directed onto children’s bodies, this book moves from theory to practice. Photographs, transcripts, interviews, and children’s work show how teachers’ practices are enacted on children’s bodies, offering teachers examples from which to think about their own classroom practice, and to reflect on what works, why it works, and what can be changed. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-87962-0: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87963-7: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85148-7: £95.00/14

The Reflexive Teacher Educator in TESOL Roots and Wings Julian Edge, University of Manchester, UK In this book Julian Edge explores the construct of reflexivity in teacher education, differentiating it from, while locating it in, reflective practice. Augmenting the field in important ways, The Reflexive Teacher Educator in TESOL: develops the concept of praxis as it resolves the usual theory/ practice dichotomy of teacher education; introduces a framework (Copying, Applying, Theorising, Reflecting, Acting) that allows present and prospective teacher educators to become reflexive individuals; and uses a narrative, autobiographical voice that explicates the concepts involved, while also offering practical methodological procedures for teacher education. Written with clarity and style, scholarly yet personal, dealing with reflexivity in an accessible yet non-trivial way, this book – a first in the field, distinctive in terms of what the story is and how it is told – is a gift to the profession of TESOL teacher education. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-87437-3: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87438-0: £27.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83255-4: £95.00/14

Teacher Preparation for Bilingual Student Populations Educar para Transformar Edited by Belinda Bustos Flores, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA, Rosa Hernández Sheets, Texas Tech University, USA and Ellen Riojas Clark, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA The growing number of bilingual students in public schools coupled with a critical shortage of teachers specially prepared to serve this population calls for a critical examination of policies and practices in bilingual and ESL teacher preparation. This volume focuses on understanding the structural, substantive, and contextual elements of preparation programs, and provides transformative guidelines for creating Educar signature programs. Designed to improve the practice of teacher preparation by promoting dialogic conversations and applications of praxis in the preparation of bilingual/ESL teacher candidates, it emphasizes that exemplary teacher preparation requires transformative teacher educators. Simultaneously organizing the scholarship in the field and advancing new understandings, this book is must-have resource for current and future teacher educators. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-87739-8: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87740-4: £35.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85097-8: £100.00/03

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88250-7: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88251-4: £24.99/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83289-9: £95.00/14

This theoretically informed and academically smart text, highly relevant across the field of literacy education, offers teachers a much needed resource for helping students to think deeply and critically about the politics and culture of the Middle East through literary engagements. eBooks are only available to order online

64 special needs

The SENCO Survival Guide *

The Irregular School *

The Nuts and Bolts of Everything You Need to Know

Exclusion, Schooling and Inclusive Education

Sylvia Edwards, SEN Support Services, East Riding of Yorkshire, UK

Roger Slee, University of London, UK

Series: David Fulton / Nasen

The Irregular School explores the foundations of the current controversies and argues that continuing to think in terms of the regular school or the special school obstructs progress towards inclusive education. This book contends that we need to build a better understanding of exclusion, of the foundations of the division between special and regular education and of school reform as a precondition for more inclusive schooling in the future. Schooling ought to be an apprenticeship in democracy and inclusion is a prerequisite of a democratic education. Written by a leading scholar in the field, The Irregular School builds on existing research and literature to argue for a comprehensive understanding of exclusion, a more innovative and aggressive conception of inclusive education and a genuine commitment to school reform that steps aside from the troubled and troubling notions of regular schools and special schools.

• explore recent initiatives and terminology in the context of the ‘Inclusion Development Programme’ and ‘Narrowing the Gap’ • examine the implications for school policy and practice • link together related SEN/LDD development • help schools to develop co-ordinated systems that enable all learners with SEN/LDD to meet their potential and aspirations. Routledge «Market: Education / Special Educational Needs December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59280-2: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59281-9: £17.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83406-0: £65.00/14

6th Edition textbook

Commonsense Methods for Children with Special Educational Needs * Peter Westwood, University of Macau, Macau This book provides teachers with an immediate and comprehensive source of practical strategies for meeting children’s special needs in regular classrooms. This fully revised and updated fifth edition includes expanded chapters on:

Routledge «Market: Special / Inclusive Education December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47989-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47990-5: £24.99/04

What’s the Buzz? Games and Activities to Improve Social Skills: A 16-lesson Plan for Primary Schools Mark Le Messurier, Education Consultant, Australia and Madhavi Nawana Parker Some children and young adolescents find it much harder to learn and flexibly use social skills. What’s the Buzz? is an easy-to-implement, 16 lesson play-based social skills training program that will improve student confidence, relationships and reduce conflict. Written for teachers who support children and adolescents who may struggle with life for a variety of reasons, this book will help them to:

• learning difficulties • effective instruction • behaviour management • self-regulation

• expand their socialisation skills

• the teaching of literacy and numeracy skills • differentiation across the curriculum. In addition, the book includes new chapters on the learning characteristics and specific needs of students with intellectual, physical or sensory disabilities. In all cases the practical advice the author gives is embedded within a clear theoretical context supported by current research and classroom practice. Routledge «Market: Education / Special Educational Needs December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58376-3: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58375-6: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83664-4: £75.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-41582-8

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

• understand their feelings and develop an emotional resiliency • learn ‘how-to’ read the feelings of others • value positive thinking • participate in play-based activities and games. Designed for use in schools, What’s the Buzz? is an essential resource for teachers, school counsellors, special needs co-ordinators, teaching assistants, parents and allied health professionals. Routledge «Market: Education / Inclusion and SEN / SEAL January 2011: 297x210: 132pp Pb: 978-0-415-58382-4: £22.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This book is intended for SENCOs and other staff, working from the Foundation stage to Key Stage 4 with management responsibility for SEN/LDD systems in schools. The book will:

Series: Foundations and Futures of Education

special needs 65 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

The Effective Teacher’s Guide to Behavioural and Emotional Disorders *

The Effective Teacher’s Guide to Sensory and Physical Impairments *

Disruptive Behaviour Disorders, Anxiety Disorders and Depressive Disorders, and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder

Sensory, Orthopaedic, Motor and Health Impairments, and Traumatic Brain Injury

Michael Farrell, Independent Education Consultant, UK

Series: The Effective Teacher’s Guides

Series: The Effective Teacher’s Guides

Fully updated with the latest research and advice on best practice, this new edition covers a range of conditions that cause learning difficulties for children, including epilepsy, Tourette syndrome and PraderWilli syndrome, and much greater detail than before on a range of physical and sensory disabilities. Writing in his popular accessible style, Michael Farrell suggests the best ways of dealing with a variety of conditions, always with practical classroom situations in mind. In each section, the book: Sets out the definitions of the condition Explains the legal contexts Looks at the range of provision Suggests intervention and support strategies Gives example case studies, points for reflection and suggested further reading

Fully updated with the latest research and advice on best practice, this new edition covers a range of conditions, including disruptive behaviour, anxiety and depressive disorders. The theoretical underpinning is fully updated but also condensed in this edition to make way for more practical strategies for teachers. Writing in his popular accessible style, Michael Farrell suggests the best ways of dealing with a variety of conditions. In each section, the book: • sets out the definitions of the condition • explains the legal contexts • looks at the range of provision • suggests intervention and support strategies • gives example case studies, points for reflection and suggested further reading. Highly accessible and authoritative, this book provides teachers with an invaluable resource to help you create a truly inclusive classroom. Routledge «Market: Education / Inclusion and Special Needs December 2010: 216x138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-56569-1: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56568-4: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83435-0: £70.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-36038-8

Michael Farrell, Independent Education Consultant, UK

Highly accessible and authoritative, this book provides teachers with an invaluable resource to help you create a truly inclusive classroom. Routledge «Market: Education / Inclusion and Special Needs December 2010: 216x138: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-56567-7: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56565-3: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83431-2: £70.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-36042-5

International Case Studies of Dyslexia Edited by Peggy L. Anderson, Metropolitan State College of Denver, USA and Regine Meier-Hedde Series: Routledge Research in Education Dyslexia is a disability that exists in all countries that have high expectations for literacy. The inability to read in spite of normal intellectual potential represents one of the most puzzling educational challenges for literate societies, regardless of the culture or language. This book examines medical, psychological, educational, and sociological data from comprehensive case studies of preteen dyslexic children, in order to profile the disability as it occurs in eighteen different nations. Interviews with the children and their parents reveal how children with dyslexia are identified and treated around the world, and provide a look at various perceptions of dyslexia and its challenges. Researchers and health practitioners will find this casebook to be an excellent tool for understanding the condition from an international perspective. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88437-2: £75.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

66 post-compulsory & higher education

Higher Education Law

Developing Cultural Capability in International Higher Education *

Policy and Perspectives Klinton Alexander, Vanderbilt University, USA and Kern Alexander, University of Illinois at Urbana, USA

A Narrative Inquiry

Higher Education Law is a comprehensive and accessible guide to the law of higher education. Drawing from real-life cases on United States campuses, the authors equip readers with the tools and knowledge to effectively respond in an environment of increasing litigation. Addressing a clear gap in the literature currently available, this text provides: an explanation of the point of law, case examples, rules of law, case notes, and ‘context setting.’ This innovative approach weaves law into its historical, political and sociological context, and is designed to help students and professors better understand the law as it applies to colleges and universities. It also provides higher education administrators in student affairs, development, philanthropy, and financial affairs with clear guidance on the legal responsibilities of their respective offices. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 254x178: 816pp Hb: 978-0-415-80030-3: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80031-0: £64.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84694-0: £100.00/14

Routledge «Market: Higher Education December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57238-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57239-2: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83400-8: £75.00/14

Developing Inquiry for Learning

Mark A. Kretovics, Kent State University, USA Business Practices in Higher Education is a breakthrough guide offering higher education and student affairs professionals an understanding of the fundamental business nature of colleges and universities. The author discusses the practical applications of business concepts and models and how these applications can contribute to the overall efficiency and effectiveness of higher education institutions. Useful examples from a wide range of institutions, including small privates, large publics and community colleges, illustrate these concepts. Business practices pervade the academic, student affairs, and administrative sides of higher education. This book affords readers a greater understanding of the true nature of higher education and an appreciation for how the academy effectively incorporates business practices into everyday work lives.

Reflection, Collaboration and Assessment in Higher Education Peter Ovens, University of Cumbria, UK, Frances Wells, Patricia Wallis and Cyndy Hawkins, both at Nottingham Trent University, UK Inquiry for Learning shows how university tutors can help students to improve their abilities to learn and to become professional inquirers. Participation in higher education is widening and students have increasingly diverse needs and learning styles and many bring powerful expectations that learning tends to be a passive process. University tutors required to teach ever larger groups are finding increasing difficulty to meet these needs and help people to become more independently motivated and more collaborative learners. In the innovative and proven approach developed by the authors however, students are guided to perform action research into their learning practices, actions and reflections. Routledge «Market: Educational Research March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59876-7: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59877-4: £24.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


( +44 (0)1235 400524

• learning, teaching and assessment as a cultural product of higher educationPersonal and professional interactions between staff and students

• methodological and ethical considerations when conducting research across cultures.

A Guide for Today’s Administrators

order now!

To function in the diverse world of the 21st century requires a crucial ability to navigate its international and interconnected environments effectively. Such a skill may be defined as cultural capability and developing it is at the forefront of this book, as it guides readers in considering their own experiences of learning and teaching in culturally varied contexts of higher education. Using information that builds upon data gained from several years of practice, across a range of countries and institutions the author considers in detail four main themes:

• the political and personal dimensions of the internationalisation of higher education

Business Practices in Higher Education

Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87401-4: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87402-1: £32.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83862-4: £95.00/14

Sheila Trahar, University of Bristol, UK

post-compulsory & higher education 67

Innovations in Lifelong Learning * Managing the Critical Perspectives on Diversity, Entrepreneurial University Participation and Vocational Learning Edited by Sue Jackson, University of London, UK This book opens up ways to engage critically with what counts as innovatory practice in lifelong learning today, locating its discussion of innovations in lifelong learning within an international and comparative framework. Innovations in Lifelong Learning engages first hand with issues and concerns from around the globe, offering an international perspective on current trends through its range of contributions from across the UK, Australia, New Zealand and the US. The broad focus allows for diverse information on the nature of these changes to come together under an assortment of empirical, theoretical and methodological approaches. Routledge «Market: Education & Lifelong Learning December 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-54878-6: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54879-3: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83395-7: £75.00/14

Masculinities in Higher Education Theoretical and Practical Considerations Edited by Jason Laker, Queen’s University, Canada and Tracy Davis, Western Illinois University, USA Masculinities in Higher Education provides empirical evidence, theoretical support, and developmental interventions for educators working with college men both in and out of the classroom. The critical philosophical perspective of the text challenges the status-quo and offers theoretically sound educational strategies to successfully promote men’s learning and development. Contesting dominant discourses and binary notions of privilege and oppression, contributors examine the development and identity of men in higher education today. This edited collection analyzes the nuances and intersections of lived identities, the ways that individuals participate in co-constructing identities, and how these identities influence culture. Practical advice and resources for student development professionals are offered through a theory-to-practice focus. for e-mail updates in your field


J. Douglas Toma, University of Georgia, USA An appropriate text for administrators and future higher education professionals who are studying Higher Education law, Managing the Entrepreneurial University considers the range of legal issues relevant to managing the contemporary American university, college, and community college. It explores the trends, issues and legal difficulties that face entrepreneurial institutions and provides thoughtful strategies toward preventing or mitigating legal challenges. Readers will find that it explains, in clear, non-technical language, the basic concepts of higher education law, grounding them in contemporary challenges in higher education management, particularly those associated across institution types with increased interaction with external markets. Routledge «Market: Education March 2011: 254x178: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87242-3: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87245-4: £27.99/04

Rethinking Widening Participation in Higher Education The Role of Social Networks Edited by Alison Fuller, Brenda Johnston and Sue Heath, all at University of Southampton, UK Extending higher education to people from diverse backgrounds and widening participation is a current international priority. This study, based on empirical data, is the first of its kind examining why people choose not to enter higher education. Using interview data from the standpoint of adult decision making across the life-course, conclusions are drawn about the social dimensions of educational participation. Building a comprehensive assessment of the historical, personal and collective, network-based aspects of participation decisions, the contributors: • provide conceptual frameworks for understanding network-based decision-making • research socially embedded narratives of ‘ordinary people’ • discuss the policy and practice implications of network-based approaches to widening participation. Appealing to all those studying higher education and participation, this book is a valuable contribution to understanding how people make decisions about higher education. Routledge «Market: Higher Education February 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57563-8: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57564-5: £22.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87463-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87464-9: £29.95/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83305-6: £80.00/14

Legal Issues and Commercial Realities eBooks are only available to order online

68 post-compulsory & higher education

Towards Fairer University Assessment *

The Fundamentals of Workplace Learning *

Recognizing the Concerns of Students

Understanding How People Learn in Working Life

Nerilee R.A. Flint and Bruce Johnson, both at University of South Australia, Australia

Knud Illeris, Danish University of Education, Denmark A comprehensive guide to how people learn in the workplace, and the issues and challenges involved. Examining the essential aspects of workplace learning and unravelling the various influences which affect the success of work-based learners, Knud Illeris presents a holistic model to explain how diverse individuals can be encouraged and invited to learn at work. Approaching workplace learning from the perspective of learners with social and psychological needs, this book examines key issues, including:

This book is about a long ignored determinant of student satisfaction, concerning the perception of how fairly students are judged, marked, ranked and rewarded for demonstrating their capabilities at university. In the high stakes competitive field of higher education, students are increasingly positioned as customers whose views on their university experience are considered vitally important. Yet paradoxically, little research has been undertaken to find out more about how students decide whether they have been treated fairly and what they do about it. This book fills a major gap in our understanding of these issues. In doing so, this book goes beyond the superficial consideration of university assessment as a ‘necessary requirement’ by unravelling the underlying issues that really count – what is considered fair assessment and what is not.

• the workplace environment as a learning space • Work vs. Learning • models of workplace learning • levels of support • interaction between formal and informal environments • challenges presented by specific groups.

Routledge «Market: Education / Assessment December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57812-7: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57813-4: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83670-5: £75.00/14

Presenting suggestions for successful workplace learning and possibilities for the future, this book will appeal to everyone involved in improving learning in the workplace. Routledge «Market: Post Compulsory Education December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57906-3: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57907-0: £22.99/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83652-1: £80.00/14

2nd Edition

E-Learning in the 21st Century A Framework for Research and Practice D. Randy Garrison, University of Calgary, Canada The second edition of E-Learning in the 21st Century provides a coherent, comprehensive, and empirically-based framework for understanding e-learning in higher education. Garrison draws on his decades of experience and extensive research in the field to explore the technological, pedagogical, and organizational implications of e-learning. Most importantly, he provides practical models that educators can use to realize the full potential of e-learning. This book is unique in that it focuses less on the long list ever-evolving technologies and more on the search for an understanding of these technologies from an educational perspective. This edition has been fully revised and updated throughout and includes discussions of social media and mobile learning applications as well as other emerging technologies in today’s classrooms. This book is an invaluable resource for courses on e-learning in higher education as well as for researchers, practitioners and senior administrators.

Universities and Global Diversity Preparing Educators for Tomorrow Edited by Beverly Lindsay, Pennsylvania State University, USA and Wanda J. Blanchett, UMKC School of Education, USA Series: Routledge Research in Education This volume seeks to critically examine the nexus between globalization and diversity as it affects the preparation of professional educators on several continents, taking into account the extensive changes in economic, sociopolitical, and cultural dynamics within nations and regions that have occurred in the last decade. Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88287-3: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83969-0: £70.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Education May 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88582-9: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88583-6: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83876-1: £95.00/14

research methods 69

Research Methods in Education Louis Cohen, Loughborough University, UK, Lawrence Manion and Keith Morrison, Macau University of Science and Technology, Macau This rewritten, expanded and updated 7th edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education encompasses the whole range of methods currently employed by educational research at all stages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and students of education at undergraduate and postgraduate level, who need to understand how to plan, conduct, analyse and use research.


Routledge «Market: Education / Research Methods March 2011: 246x189: 768pp Hb: 978-0-415-58335-0: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58336-7: £28.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-36878-0 for e-mail updates in your field


Research in Applied Linguistics Becoming a Discerning Consumer Fred L. Perry, Jr., American University in Cairo, Egypt Newly updated and revised, this popular text provides a solid introduction to the foundations of research methods, with the goal of enabling students and professionals in the field of applied linguistics to become not just casual consumers of research who passively read a research article, but discerning consumers able to effectively use published research for practical purposes in educational settings. All issues important for understanding and using published research for these purposes are covered. Key principles are illustrated with research studies published in refereed journals across a wide spectrum of applied linguistics. Exercises throughout encourage readers to engage interactively with what they are reading at the point when the information is fresh in their minds. Designed for MATESOL/TEFL and applied linguistics programs, this text provides a strong framework in which to promote student interaction and discussion on important issues in research methodology Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88570-6: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88571-3: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83902-7: £95.00/14

E-mail: for more information


7th Edition textbook eBooks are only available to order online

etically conceptualise

UK’s TLRP, this book brings to examine the assumptions eaching and learning practices. to extend opportunity by ntexts, including schools,

Beyond the School Gates

Changing Schools

Questioning the Extended Schools and Full Service Agendas

Alternative Approaches to Make a World of Difference

Alan Dyson, University of Manchester, UK, Liz Todd, University of Newcastle Upon Tyne, UK and Colleen Cummings, University of Newcastle, UK

Edited by Robert Lingard, University of Queensland, Australia, Pat Thomson, University of Nottingham, UK and Terry Wrigley


on at the Stirling Institute of

Technology in the Open ogy, UK.


he Stirling Institute of isiting Professor at Örebro den.


This book is essential reading for anyone interested in the role of full service and extended schools – those offering new services to students, families and communities beyond regular school hours. The authors draw on their extensive international evaluations of this radical new phenomenon to ask: • What do extended or full service schools hope to achieve, and why should services based on schools be any more effective than services operating from other community bases?

This book presents new thinking and practice for progressing school change CHANGING today, drawn from the works of authors SCHOOLS ALTERNATIVE APPROACHES around the world. Educational policyTO MAKE AWORLD OF DIFFERENCE making has been dominated by particular human capital oriented theories of school improvement, formulated and implemented in neo-liberal political environments. This book seeks to challenge this dominance. It draws both on contemporary innovations in practice and theory and long standing traditions of alternative thinking and practice. Linking together and articulating other ways of conceiving of and implementing school change, it bases its findings on values of equality and global citizenship. It shows how schools can work to make different knowledges, languages, narratives, truths and ways of being integral to mainstream curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and school cultures and structures. EDITED BY ROBERT LINGARD PAT THOMSON AND TERRY WRIGLEY

• What pattern of services and activities is most effective? • What does extended schooling mean for children and families who are not highly disadvantaged, or for schools outside the most disadvantaged areas? • How can schools lead extended services at the same time as doing their ‘day job’ of teaching children?

Routledge «Market: Education Policy & Politics May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55859-4: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55860-0: £22.99/04

Routledge «Market: Education / School Effectiveness January 2011: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-54866-3: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54875-5: £22.99/04

3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Academic Writing

An Introduction to Critical Discourse Analysis in Education

A Handbook for International Students Stephen Bailey, University of Nottingham, UK Most international students need to write essays and reports for exams and coursework. Yet writing good academic English is one of the most demanding tasks students face. This new edition of Academic Writing has been fully revised to help students reach this goal. Clearly organised, the course explains the writing process from start to finish. Each stage of the writing process is demonstrated and practised, from selecting suitable sources, reading, note-making and planning through to re-writing and proofreading. The four main parts of Academic Writing allow teachers and students to find the help they need with all writing tasks easily. Each part is divided into short sections which contain examples, explanations and exercises, for use in the classroom or self-study. All international students wanting to maximise their academic potential will find this practical and easy-touse book a valuable guide. Routledge «Market: Study Guides / Writing Skills January 2011: 246x189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59580-3: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59581-0: £19.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-38420-9

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by Rebecca Rogers, University of Missouri – St. Louis, USA Accessible yet theoretically rich, this landmark text introduces key concepts and issues in critical discourse analysis and situates these within the field of educational research. The book invites readers to consider the theories and methods of three major traditions in critical discourse studies – discourse analysis, critical discourse analysis and multimodal discourse analysis – through the empirical work of leading scholars in the field. Beyond providing a useful overview, it contextualizes CDA in a wide range of learning environments and identifies how CDA can shed new insights on learning and social change. Detailed analytic procedures are included. Routledge «Market: Education March 2011: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-87428-1: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87429-8: £27.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83614-9: £85.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-4818-2

D +44 (0)1235 400525


? f learners for learning? erent learning contexts? tively mobilise learning across


fewide, what specifically sultant consequences for fic contexts? Drawing upon ng Contexts for Learning nt means of understanding contexts, the issues they and research. It specifically

70 education theory

education theory 71

Critical Curriculum Leadership

Debates in English Teaching

A Framework for Progressive Education

Edited by Jon Davison, Caroline Daly, University of London, UK and John Moss, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK

Rose M. Ylimaki, University of Arizona, USA Critical Curriculum Leadership is an examination of curriculum leadership in the wake of US testing mandates and school reforms, all of which seem to support a particular set of conservative ideologies. Drawing from the author’s longitudinal ethnographic study and from existing literature and research in the field, Ylimaki explores the formation of curriculum leadership in relation to broader cultural and political shifts. She shows how traditional leadership frameworks have come up short, and makes the case for an alternative leadership theory at the intersection of educational leadership and curriculum studies. She provides analytical tools that inspire progressive education and offers critical theories, strategies, research examples, problem-posing cases, and research ideas essential for curriculum leadership in the present conservative era. Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87621-6: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87622-3: £27.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83505-0: £95.00/14

Series: Debates in Subjects Teaching Debates in English Teaching encourages student and practising teachers to engage with and reflect on key topics, concepts and debates in subject teaching. Specially commissioned, up-to-date, comprehensive chapters support busy student and practising teachers as they develop their awareness of key issues. Coverage includes: • attitudes to correctness in grammar and standard English • functional English; media and new technologies • the nature and importance of world Englishes • social class and education achievement • positive connections between citizenship and English. A much-needed source of knowledge, experience and debate, Debates in English Teaching will be essential reading for all students studying at Masters Level and Education Studies students considering subject teaching in depth. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56915-6: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56916-3: £22.99/04

3rd Edition

Chicano School Failure and Success Debates in History Teaching Past, Present, and Future

Edited by Ian Davies, University of York, UK

Edited by Richard R. Valencia, The University of Texas, Austin, USA

Series: Debates in Subjects Teaching

Richly informative and accessibly written, Chicano School Failure and Success, Third Edition includes completely revised and updated chapters that incorporate recent scholarship and research on the current realities of the Chicano school experience. Committed to understanding the plight and improvement of schooling for Chicanos, this timely new edition addresses all the latest issues in Chicano education and will be a valued resource for students, educators, researchers, policy makers, and community activists alike. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57161-6: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57162-3: £22.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Educational Leadership January 2011: 254x178: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-88060-2: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88061-9: £35.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83598-2: £100.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-25774-9

Debates in History Teaching encourages teachers to engage with and reflect on key issues, concepts and debates in their subject. It supports you in reaching your own informed judgements, enabling you to discuss and argue your point of view with deeper theoretical knowledge and understanding. Experts in the field consider the subject and its definition, perennial and new debates in the subject, the knowledge required to teach in the classroom, the philosophy of education and the subject, and the case for the subject in the curriculum. Issues are tackled comprehensively and in-depth, from several angles, through debate and counterarguments, providing a critical examination and a variety of perspectives on each chapter. Carefully annotated further reading and reflective questions in each chapter can be used as a starting point for research assignments and essays at Masters Level. eBooks are only available to order online

72 education theory

Debates in Religious Education Teaching

Designing Better Schools for Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Children

Edited by Philip Barnes, King’s College London, UK Series: Debates in Subjects Teaching

A Science of Performance Model for Research

Debates in Religious Education encourages student and practising teachers to engage with and reflect on key topics, concepts and debates in subject teaching. It aims to enable teachers to reach their own informed judgements and argue their point of view with deeper theoretical knowledge and understanding. Taking account of recent controversy, and challenging assumptions about the place of religion in education, expert contributors cover key topics such as: effective pedagogy in RE teaching; exploring thinking skills and truth claims; the relationship of science and religion in the classroom; the place of school worship in contemporary society; the role of RE in spiritual and moral development; and diversity in the RE classroom.

Stuart McNaughton, University of Auckland, New Zealand How can schools be better designed to enable equitable academic outcomes for culturally and linguistically diverse children – the children from communities who are not economically, politically and socially powerful? This book focuses on the research evidence about how to make schools more effective and the role of educational research. It uses the research evidence which supports both pessimistic and optimistic views of what schools can achieve to lay out a robust model of school change. The ‘science of performance’ model is based on a specified process of research and development in local contexts and is built on assumptions about both teachers (problem solvers and adaptive experts) and teaching, as well as about research. It proposes processes required by researchers collaborating with schools to meet a set of rigorous criteria for judging effectiveness, including concepts of accelerated achievement patterns and matched distributions of achievement.

Debates in Religious Education is for all student teachers, and practising teachers engaged in CPD. Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58392-3: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58391-6: £22.99/04

Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-88659-8: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88660-4: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83582-1: £95.00/14

2nd Edition

Doing Multicultural Education for Achievement and Equity Carl A. Grant, University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA and Christine E. Sleeter, California State University, Montery Bay, USA This is a hands-on, reader-friendly multicultural education textbook that aims to actively engage education students in critical reflection and self examination as they prepare to teach in increasingly diverse classrooms. As it promotes an understanding of the history of and need for multicultural education in US schools, Carl Grant and Christine Sleeter’s book connects multicultural education to pre-service teachers’ personal and professional spaces and, further, to an understanding of equity in school and society.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by Christine Rubie-Davies, University of Auckland, New Zealand Educational Psychology: Concepts, Research and Challenges brings together the latest research across many areas of educational psychology, introducing and reporting on the most effective methodologies for studying teachers and learners and providing overviews of current debates within the field. This book is a must-read for academics, researchers, undergraduate and graduate students who recognize the substantial contribution of educational psychology to increasing our understanding of students and their learning, teachers and their teaching. Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56263-8: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56264-5: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83888-4: £80.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. Becoming a Fantastic Teacher 2. Students and Achievement 3. The Quest for Equity in School and Society 4. Building a Caring Classroom that Supports Achievement 5. Using Students’ Assets to Facilitate High Achievement 6. Developing Curriculum that is Multicultural 7. Testing and Assessment 8. Taking Action in the Classroom and Beyond Routledge «Market: Education / Sociology of Education April 2011: 254x178: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-88056-5: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88057-2: £27.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-95184-5

Educational Psychology: Concepts, Research and Challenges *

education theory 73

Engendering Curriculum History Petra Hendry, Louisiana State University, USA Series: Studies in Curriculum Theory Series How can curriculum history be re-envisioned from a feminist, poststructuralist perspective? This book disrupts dominant notions of history as linear, as inevitable progress, and as embedded in the individual. Rejecting a compensatory approach which leaves dominant historical categories and periodization intact, Hendry examines how the narrative structures of curriculum histories are implicated in the construction of gendered subjects. Five central chapters take up a particular discourse (wisdom, the body, colonization, progressivism and pragmatism) to excavate the subject identities made possible across time and space. Curriculum history is understood as an emergent, not a finished process as an unending dialogue that creates spaces for conversation in which multiple, conflicting, paradoxical and contradictory interpretations can be generated as a means to stimulate more questions, not grand narratives. Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-88566-9: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88567-6: £32.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83900-3: £95.00/14

Epistemology and Science Education Understanding the Evolution vs. Intelligent Design Controversy Edited by Roger Taylor, Vanderbilt University, USA and Michel Ferrari, University of Toronto, Canada How is epistemology related to the issue of teaching science and evolution in the schools? This book explores core epistemological differences between proponents of Intelligent Design and evolutionary scientists, as well as the critical role of epistemological beliefs in learning science. Preeminent scholars empirical research and/or make a theoretical contribution, with a particular emphasis on the controversy over whether Intelligent Design deserves to be considered a science alongside Darwinian Evolution. This pioneering book coordinates and provides a complete picture of the intersections in the study of evolution, epistemology, and science education, in order to allow a deeper understanding of the Intelligent Design vs. evolution controversy. This is a very timely book for teachers and policymakers wrestling with issues of how to teach biology and evolution within a cultural context where Intelligent Design has been and is likely to remain a challenge for the foreseeable future. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-96379-4: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-96380-0: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83963-8: £100.00/14

Ethnography and Language Policy Handbook of Adolescent Edited by Teresa L. McCarty, Arizona State University, USA Transition Education Illuminating, through ethnographic inquiry,

Edited by Michael L. Wehmeyer, University of Kansas, USA and Kristine W. Webb, University of North Florida, USA

Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 229x152: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-80139-3: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80140-9: £35.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83606-4: £100.00/14

Routledge «Market: Education September 2011: 254x178: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-87278-2: £185.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87279-9: £72.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83732-0: £185.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Transition from secondary education to adulthood represents a period during which adolescents with disabilities face multiple responsibilities and changing roles that include establishing independence, attending post-secondary education or training, developing social networks, choosing a career, participating in their communities, and managing healthcare and financial affairs. Sponsored by the Division of Career Development and Transition (DCDT) of the Council of Exceptional Children, this Handbook serves as a comprehensive resource for the communities of educators, related service and agency personnel, families, caretakers, counselors, and other stakeholders who facilitate these complex transitions to adulthood for adolescents with disabilities.

E-mail: for more information



how individual agents ‘make’ language policy in everyday social practice, this volume advances the growing field of language planning and policy using a critical sociocultural approach. From this perspective, language policy is conceptualized not only as official acts and documents, but as language-regulating modes of human interaction, negotiation, and production mediated by relations of power. Using this conceptual framework, the volume addresses the impacts of globalization, diaspora, and transmigration on language practices and policies; language endangerment, revitalization, and maintenance; medium-of-instruction policies; literacy and biliteracy; language and ethnic/national identity; and the ethical tensions in conducting critical ethnographic language policy research. These issues are contextualized in case studies and reflective commentaries by leading scholars in the field. eBooks are only available to order online

74 education theory

Handbook of Asian Education Edited by Yong Zhao, Michigan State University, USA and Jing Lei, Syracuse University, USA, Guofang Li, Michigan State University, USA, Ming Fang He, Georgia Southern University, USA, Kaori Okano, La Trobe University, Australia, Nagwa Megahed, Ain Shams University, Egypt, David Gamage, The University of Newcastle, Australia, Hema Ramanathan, University of West Georgia (Co-Editors) Comprehensive and authoritative, this Handbook provides a nuanced description and analysis of educational systems, practices, and policies in Asian countries and explains and interprets these practices from cultural, social, historical, and economical perspectives. Using a culture-based framework, the volume is organized in five sections, each devoted to educational practices in one civilization in Asia: Sinic, Japanese, Islamic, Buddhist, and Hindu. Culture and culture identities essentially are civilization identities; the major differences among civilizations are rooted in their different cultures. This framework offers a novel approach to capturing the essence of the diverse educational systems and practices in Asia. The Handbook of Asian Education is a must-have resource for education researchers, graduate students, and professionals in global and comparative education, sociocultural foundations of education, and Asian studies. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 254x178: 568pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6445-8: £190.00/03 Pb: 978-0-8058-6444-1: £84.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4106-1874-0: £190.00/03

Handbook of Research on Learning and Instruction Edited by Richard E. Mayer, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA and Patricia A. Alexander, University of Maryland, College Park, USA Series: Educational Psychology Handbook During the past twenty years researchers have made exciting progress in the science of learning (i.e., how people learn) and the science of instruction (i.e., how to help people learn). This handbook examines learning and instruction in a variety of classroom and non-classroom environments and with a variety of learners, both K-16 students and adult learners. The book is divided into two sections: learning and instruction. The learning section consists of chapters on how people learn in reading, writing, history, and mathematics, as well as learning to move effectively, think critically, learning to self-monitor, and learning with motivation. The instruction section consists of chapters on effective instructional methods – feedback, examples, self-explanation, peer interaction, cooperative learning, inquiry, discussion, tutoring, visualizations, and computer simulations. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 254x178: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-80460-8: £160.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80461-5: £85.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83908-9: £160.00/14

3rd Edition

Handbook of Research Handbook of Research in Second on Teaching the English Language Teaching and Learning Language Arts Edited by Eli Hinkel, Seattle University, USA Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series This landmark volume provides a broadbased, comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of current knowledge and research into second language teaching and learning. All authors are leading authorities in their areas of expertise. Fifty-seven chapters, all completely new for Volume II , are organized in 8 thematic sections. Volume II is an essential resource for researchers, faculty, teachers, and students in MA-TESL and applied linguistics programs, as well as curriculum and material developers. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 254x178: 1088pp Hb: 978-0-415-99871-0: £199.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99872-7: £84.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83650-7: £199.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Co-Sponsored by the International Reading Association and the National Council of Teachers of English Edited by Diane Lapp and Doug Fisher, both at San Diego State University, USA Now in its third edition, the Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts offers an integrated perspective on the teaching of the English language arts and a comprehensive overview of research in the field. The Third Edition is restructured, updated, and includes many new contributors. More emphasis is given in this edition to the learner, multiple texts, learning, and sharing one’s knowledge. A Companion Website, new for this edition, includes among other features interactive tools, Powerpoints, and several videos. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 279x216: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-87735-0: £160.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87736-7: £85.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83971-3: £160.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-4518-1

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Volume 2

education theory 75

Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance

Knowledge That Counts in a Global Community

Edited by Barry J. Zimmerman, City University of New York, USA and Dale H. Schunk, University of North Carolina, Greensboro, USA

Exploring the Contribution of Integrated Curriculum

Series: Educational Psychology Handbook Self-regulated learning (or self-regulation) refers to the process whereby learners personally activate and sustain cognitions, affects, and behaviours that are systematically oriented toward the attainment of learning goals. Part of the impetus for studying academic self-regulation came from research showing that learners’ skills and abilities did not fully explain differences in student achievement. Research indicated that other factors such as self-regulation and motivation are also quite important. This is the first volume to integrate into a single volume all aspects of the field of self regulation of learning and performance: basic domains, applications to content areas, instructional issues, methodological issues, and individual differences.

Leonie Rennie, Curtin University, Australia, Grady Venville, University of Western Australia, Australia and John Wallace, University of Toronto, Canada As we move inexorably towards the second decade of this millennium, there is increasing urgency about questions relating to the process of schooling, the nature of its curricula and the consequences for student engagement, learning and future citizenship. This book explores the potential contribution of curriculum integration in a context where school curricula segregated by discipline remain the norm, despite the fact that most, if not all, of the world’s problems are interdisciplinary. If school education is to develop citizens who can at least understand the issues which presently challenge our political leaders, it can only be done by integrating at least some parts of current school curricula. Informed citizens, who can think broadly across disciplines, will be those who can contribute to sensible action for local problems with a global flow-on.

Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 254x178: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-87111-2: £185.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87112-9: £70.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83901-0: £185.00/14

Routledge «Market: Education / Policy and Politics January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57337-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57338-2: £23.99/04

Integrated Children’s Centres *

Learning Futures

Overcoming Barriers to Truly Integrated Services

Imagining the Educational World to Come

Carole Beaty, National College of School Leadership, UK

Keri Facer, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Integrated Children’s Centres looks at the way in which the Children’s Centre development has built upon research and experience of initiatives such as the HeadStart programme in America and the SureStart programme. It explores the component elements of truly integrative services and the key players in ensuring positive outcomes: families, the local authority, PCT, private and voluntary sectors, and faith groups. Key issues covered include:

Drawing on ten years of research into educational innovation, incorporating scientists, teachers, students, industry professionals and policy makers, this book challenges the often adopted notion of a single, linear educational future. Considering alternative strategies for conceptualising the future of education, Facer takes into account the challenges that future decades may face, including:

• the challenges faced by children’s centres

• socio-technical developments relevant to educators

• the effects of climate change on technologies

• tackling social issues through the medium of children’s centres • how to achieve effective multi-agency working.

• changing relationships between humans and machines

This highly topical book will be of interest to nursery and children’s centres managers and early years practitioners enrolled on the NPQICL or EYPS programmes, as well as students working towards a degree in Early Childhood Studies or MA in Early Years.

• ageing populations and intergenerational relationships for e-mail updates in your field


With international examples and utilising research undertaken by the author while running The UK’s FutureLab this book brings the future into focus. An important contribution to the debates surrounding educational futures, this book is compelling reading for all professionals involved in education. Routledge «Market: Higher Education April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58142-4: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58143-1: £19.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education / Multi-Agency Approaches October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47914-1: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47915-8: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84702-2: £70.00/14

• the theoretical and practical knowledge needed. eBooks are only available to order online

76 education theory

Schooling Internationally *

Researching Young Children’s Perspectives

Globalisation, Internationalisation and the Future for International Schools Edited by Richard Bates, Deakin University, Australia The emergence of international schools in significant numbers across the globe SCHOOLING demands analysis of their purposes, their INTERNATIONALLY GLOBALISATION, practices and outcomes, as well as an INTERNATIONALISATION AND THE FUTURE FOR examination of their connections to global, INTERNATIONAL SCHOOLS economic, social and cultural movements. This book sets out to provide a critical perspective on the current issues facing international schooling, particularly the conflict between ‘internationalising’ and ‘globalising’ tendencies and to explore these as they affect teachers, students, learning, curriculum, pedagogy and assessment as well as the contribution international schools might make to the achievement of global citizenship. The well-known international contributors to this book move beyond simply describing the issues, and instead suggest ways in which the complex and often contradictory tensions within the world of international schooling and its global contexts must be examined critically.

Debating the Ethics and Dilemmas of Educational Research with Children Edited by Deborah Harcourt, Australian Catholic University, Australia, Bob Perry, Charles Sturt University, Austalia and Tim Waller, Wolverhampton University, UK Researching Young Children’s Perspectives critically examines the challenges and complexities of rights based, participatory research with children. Rather than approaching these dilemmas as problematic issues, this book positions them as important topics for discussion and reflection. Each chapter poses points for consideration that will inform and challenge both the novice and experienced researcher, such as: • How ‘participatory’ can research be with infants under eighteen months?


Routledge «Market: Comparative Education Research November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58927-7: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58928-4: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83480-0: £80.00/14

• When should listening through observation stand alone? • What is the distinction between methodologies and methods? • How can all young children be assured of a voice in research? If you are a student at undergraduate level and above, this book will give you all the confidence you need to conduct your own high quality research with children. Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-60490-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60494-9: £22.99/04

2nd edition

Promoting Diversity and Social Justice

Rethinking Schools

Educating People from Privileged Groups Diane Goodman

Improved Educational Outcomes for All?

Series: Teaching/Learning Social Justice

Christopher Chapman, University of Manchester, UK

Promoting Diversity and Social Justice gives theory, perspectives, and strategies that are useful for working with adults from privileged groups on diversity and social justice issues. The revised edition offers educational and psychological perspectives to inform practice and increase options in addressing conflict situations. Features to this new edition include: a new chapter on ‘unlearning racism’ highlights specific ways people from privileged groups benefit from unlearning oppression and from creating greater equity; a new chapter on Allies and Action gives focus and guidance on how people from privileged groups can constructively be involved in social change efforts; and updated Appendix of additional resources.

Systems must continue to evolve in order to meet the needs of students and particularly those in the most challenging circumstances. In this book, Chris Chapman reflects on a range of Emerging Structural Arrangements (ESAs) that have begun to appear across a number of systems. The features of ESAs include: increased involvement of the private sector and other interested parties (including charities and faith groups); radical redesign of buildings; the blurring and erosion of organisational boundaries; redefinition of ‘teachers’ and ‘teaching’; and the involvement of an extended range of services stakeholders within the schooling process.

Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 229x152: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-87287-4: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87288-1: £22.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

This book represents a unique addition to the literature presenting new research in this emerging area of international importance. It will be of interest to all those with an interest in leadership, policy, school improvement and educational change. Routledge «Market: Educational Research February 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55848-8: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55849-5: £22.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This book is an excellent resource for group facilitators, counselors, teachers, community educators, and those involved with educating others about diversity and equity.

education theory 77

Sourcebook of Experiential Education

Teacher Education Policy in the United States

Key Thinkers and Their Contributions

Perspectives and Controversy

Edited by Thomas E. Smith, Raccoon Institute, USA and Clifford E. Knapp, Northern Illinois University, USA, Emeritus

Edited by Penelope Earley, George Mason University, USA, David G. Imig, University of Maryland, USA and Nicholas M. Michelli, City University of New York, USA

This sourcebook provides a much-needed overview and foundations for the field of experiential education through portraits of philosophers, educators, and other practitioners in the field whose contributions exemplify a biographical and historical model for reaching a deeper understanding of experiential education. Following brief snapshots of John Dewey and Kurt Hahn, each chapter focuses on an individual whose work is relevant to understanding this philosophy and methodology for building knowledge, developing skills, and clarifying values by engaging learners in direct experience and focused reflection. An appendix includes short biographical sketches of 45 additional people whose contributions to experiential education deserve a closer look. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 254x178: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-88441-9: £100.00/04 Pb: 978-0-415-88442-6: £39.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83898-3: £100.00/14

Strategic Management of Human Capital in Education Improving Instructional Practice and Student Learning in Schools


Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-88665-9: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88666-6: £27.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83569-2: £90.00/14


3rd Edition

The Literate Classroom * Now in its third edition, The Literate Classroom offers essential information and advice from leading experts about the teaching of primary English to students, NQTs and less confident teachers of literacy. Presenting a range of refreshing and challenging viewpoints from experienced classroom practitioners, this book describes how the theory behind key areas of literacy teaching can be transformed into realistic learning experiences within the classroom. This accessible and informative collection is a must-have for all trainee and practising teachers, as well as Teaching Assistants and support workers, looking to enhance literacy learning in the primary classroom. Routledge «Market: Primary / Literacy December 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58407-4: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58408-1: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83473-2: £80.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Strategic Management of Human Capital in Education offers a comprehensive and strategic approach to address what has become labeled as ‘talent and human capital.’ Grounded in extensive research and examples of leading edge districts, this book shows how the entire human resource system in schools – from recruitment, to selection/placement, induction, professional development, performance management and evaluation, compensation, and career progression – can be reformed and restructured to boost teacher and principal effectiveness in ways that dramatically improve instructional practice and student learning. Drawing from cases, experiences, and deliberations from a national task force, this book outlines a comprehensive framework for how to transform current human resource management practices into authentic, strategic talent management systems in order to improve student achievement.

for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 229x152: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-88360-3: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88361-0: £35.99/03 eBook: 978-0-203-84359-8: £100.00/03

Edited by Prue Goodwin

Allan R. Odden, University of Wisconsin, Madison

Interest in teacher education policy is growing as educators and policy makers recognize the deep connection between excellent teaching and student achievement. Recent federal education policy is based on a very narrow definition of teacher quality, putting pressure on state agencies to change teacher licensure and program approval policies in response to federal mandates. This has led to tension over what constitutes a high quality teacher education program and what standards teacher candidates should meet before receiving their teaching credential. Against this backdrop, this book is designed to provide readers with deep understanding of the nature and sources of policy affecting the preparation of teachers and the conflicts or interconnections of these policies with the broader field of education policy. eBooks are only available to order online

78 education theory

Sociocultural Dimensions of American Schoolbooks Edited by Eugene F. Provenzo, Jr., University of Miami, Annis Shaver, Cedarville University, USA and Manuel Bello, Miami-Dade Community College, USA The central assumption of The Textbook as Discourse is this: Interpreted in the flow of history, textbooks can provide important insights into the nature and meaning of a culture and the social and political discourses in which it is engaged. This book is about the social, political and cultural content of elementary and secondary textbooks in American education. It focuses on the nature of the discourses – the content and context – that represent what is included in textbooks. The term ‘discourse’ provides the conceptual framework for the book, drawing on the work of the French social theorist Michel Foucault. The volume includes classic articles and book chapters as well as three original chapters written by the editors. To enhance its usefulness as a course text, each chapter includes an Overview, Key Concepts, and Questions for Reflection. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-88646-8: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88647-5: £35.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83602-6: £100.00/14


The Politics of American Education Joel Spring, City University of New York, USA Series: Sociocultural, Political, and Historical Studies in Education Turning his distinctive analytical lens to the politics of American education, Joel Spring looks at contemporary educational policy issues from theoretical, practical, and historical perspectives. This comprehensive overview documents and explains who influences educational policy and how, bringing to life the realities of schooling in the 21st century and revealing the ongoing ideological struggles at play. Ranging from a theoretical discussion of the political nature of American education to the nitty-gritty practicalities and complexities of political control at all levels local, district, state, and federal, this text is timely and useful for understanding the big picture and the micro-level intricacies of the multiple forces at work in controlling U.S. public schools. Thought-provoking, original in its conceptual framework, and rich with engaging examples from the real world, it is the text of choice for any course that covers or addresses the politics of American education. Routledge «Market: Education / Politics of American Education January 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88439-6: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88440-2: £32.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83899-0: £100.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

The Routledge International Handbook of Creative Learning Edited by Julian Sefton-Green and Pat Thomson, both at University of Nottingham, UK, Liora Bresler, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA and Ken Jones, University of Keele, UK Series: Routledge International Handbooks of Education The concept of creative learning extends far beyond Arts-based learning or the development of individual creativity. It covers a range of processes and initiatives throughout the world that share common values, systems and practices aimed at making learning more creative. This applies at individual, classroom or whole school level, always with the aim of fully realising young people’s potential. Until now there has been no single text bringing together the significant literature that explores the dimensions of creative learning, despite the work of artists in schools and the development of a cadre of creative teaching and learning specialists. Containing a mixture of newly commissioned chapters, reprints and updated versions of previous publications, this book brings together major theorists and current research. This book will appeal to those involved in initial and continuing teacher education, as well as research academics and policy specialists. Routledge «Market: Education / Creativity April 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-54889-2: £125.00/03

The Struggle for the History of Education * Gary McCulloch, University of London, UK Series: Foundations and Futures of Education In The Struggle for History Education, Gary McCulloch sets out a vision for a future of study in the history of education which contributes to education, history and social sciences alike. Over the past century the history of education has passed through a number of approaches, more recently splintering into a number of different areas with sub-fields such as curriculum, teaching and gender; losing sight of a common cause. In this book McCulloch contextualizes the struggle for educational history, explaining and making suggestions for the future on a number of topics. Routledge «Market: History of Education January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56534-9: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56535-6: £24.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


The Textbook as Discourse

education theory 79

Using Effectiveness Data for School Improvement * Developing and Utilizing Metrics Anthony Kelly and Christopher Downey, both at University of Southampton, UK Data metrics in schools are becoming increasingly complex, but despite their best efforts, teachers and academics generally find them something of a ‘black-box’. This book lifts the lid on that box, exploring the provenance and problematization of existing techniques and developing new algorithms for measuring the more oblique aspects of in-school performance. Using contextual value-added measures in England as a foundation – they have become the template of choice for policy makers around the world and a basis for some excellent school effectiveness research – the book explores the potential of performance and progress data to guide student and teacher self-evaluation, to set targets and allocate resources, to evaluate initiatives and identify good practice, to assess and reward staff responsibility, and to inform policy in relation to emerging issues like school choice, equality of opportunity and post-compulsory progression.

Edited by Valsa Koshy and Jean Murray, University of East London, UK Now in an updated second edition Unlocking Mathematics is a comprehensive guide to teaching mathematics in the primary school. Combining theory and practice, the contributors outline the current context of mathematics education, providing strategies, activities and examples to develop readers understanding and confidence in delivering the curriculum. Key features include: advice on teaching mathematics to high and low attainers; guidance on teaching mental maths; ideas for incorporating ICT; guidance on assessment in mathematics education; teaching problem solving; numerical and non-numerical examples; and fully updated references, taking into account the Williams report. An accessible blend of subject knowledge and pedagogy, this book is essential reading for all primary education students and practising teachers looking to increase their confidence and effectiveness in delivering the mathematics curriculum. Routledge «Market: Primary Education / Mathematics February 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57929-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57928-5: £22.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8534-6835-3


Series: World Yearbook of Education The World Yearbook of Education 2011 aims to bring together contributions from around the world that analyse and reflect on the way curriculum is configuring and reconfiguring that world. The theme of this volume, Curriculum in Today’s World, brings together new approaches to curriculum today and insights from different parts of the world which discuss: What kind of world is being represented in curriculum?; What are the ways of knowing this world that curriculum extends to students?; and What is influencing, directing and being produced from those ways of doing curriculum? Routledge «Market: Education / Curriculum January 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57582-9: £85.00/03

A Guide for the Early Childhood Student or Professional Marianne Jones and Marilyn Shelton, both at California State University, Fresno, USA Portfolios aren’t just for documenting the work of young children – they can also be powerful resources for early childhood educators’ professional training and development. Veteran teacher educators Jones and Shelton provide practical and comprehensive guidance on developing a portfolio specific to the needs of pre- and in-service teachers of young children. This updated edition features new material on the portfolio planning and organizational stage and additional coverage on writing rationales. A companion website accompanies this edition, featuring instructor and student resources such as PowerPoint slides, printable templates, and activities for improving students’ portfolio skills. Both theoretical and practical, this valuable resource addresses issues related to process and product, instruction and guidance techniques, the role of reflection, and assessment strategies. With concrete examples, rubrics, tips, and exercises, this book provides a step-bystep guide to creating a professional teaching portfolio. Routledge «Market: Education / Career Development June 2011: 279x216: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-80051-8: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80052-5: £16.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83503-6: £80.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Unlocking Mathematics Teaching


Edited by Lyn Yates, University of Melbourne, Australia and Madeleine Grumet, University of Chapel Hill, North Carolina, USA

Developing Your Portfolio – Enhancing Your Learning and Showing Your Stuff

2nd Edition

for e-mail updates in your field

Curriculum in Today’s World: Configuring Knowledge, Identities, Work and Politics

2nd Edition

Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56277-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56278-2: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83436-7: £75.00/14

World Yearbook of Education 2011 eBooks are only available to order online

80 education theory Beyond Binaries in Education Research

Commitment, Character, and Citizenship

Equity and Excellence in Education

Edited by Patrick Alan Danaher, University of Southern Queensland, Australia, Warren Midgley, University of South Queensland, Australia, Mark A. Tyler, University of South Queensland, Australia and Alison Mander, University of Southern Queensland, Australia

Religious Schooling in Liberal Democracy

Towards Maximal Learning Opportunities for All Students

Series: Routledge Research in Education This book seeks to explore the ethical, methodological, and social justice questions that arise in education research that is founded on conceptualizations of binary opposites. In education research these dualisms may include ability-disability, academic-vocational, adult-child, domestic-foreign, formal and informal learning, health-illness, majority-minority, male-female, practitioner-educator, public-private, qualitativequantitative research, research-practice, researcher-participant, sedentary-itinerant, West-East, and young-old.

Edited by Hanan Alexander and Ayman K. Agbaria, both at Haifa University, Israel Series: Routledge Research in Education This book draws together leading educationalists, philosophers, theologians, and social scientists to explore issues, problems, and tensions concerning religious education in a variety of international settings. The contributors explore the possibilities and limitations of religious education in preparing citizens in multicultural and multi-religious democratic societies. Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-87974-3: £70.00/08

Education and Sustainability

Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88512-6: £75.00/08

Learning Across the Diaspora, Indigenous, Minority Divide

Boys’ Experience of Schooling

Series: Routledge Research in Education

Seonaigh MacPherson, British Columbia Institute of Technology, Canada

Becoming Someone Else John Whelen, Monash University, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Education This book re-evaluates the debate over why so many boys are failing at school, moving it from a focus on gender construction and the panic about achievement to the broader question of what it is to experience being schooled as a boy in the new liberal educational environment. Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87917-0: £70.00/08

This book critically explores the impact of migration, education, development, and the spread of English on global bio-linguistic and cultural diversity, examining the overlapping and distinctive sustainability challenges facing Indigenous and minority communities when they are connected by and within diasporas. Routledge «Market: Education March 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88215-6: £70.00/08

Education, Professionalism and the Quest for Accountability

Edited by Kris Van den Branden, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium, Piet Van Avermaet and Mieke Van Houtte, Ghent University, Belgium Series: Routledge Research in Education Taking an international perspective, this volume explores numerous issues – gender, socioeconomic and linguistic background, teachers’ expectations, pedagogical approaches, parental support, educational policies (e.g. priority policies, multilingual policies, early start policies – and their effects on equity in education. Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88501-0: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83233-2: £75.00/14

From Testing to Productive Student Learning Implementing Formative Assessment in Confucian-Heritage Settings David Carless, University of Hong Kong Series: Routledge Research in Education Formative assessment is a major driver of teacher and student actions in all educational systems, and it is an increasingly high-profile topic. This book scrutinises the relationship between testing and learning, as well as the role of cultural context in influencing assessment options, by using data from schools in the Confucian-heritage setting of Hong Kong. Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88082-4: £70.00/08

Hitting the Target but Missing the Point Jane Green, London University, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in the Philosophy of Education Today, workers based in institutions designed to serve the public – teachers, nurses, social workers, community officers, librarians, civil servants, etc. – are expected to reorganize their thoughts and practice in accordance with a ‘performance’ management model of accountability which encourages a rigid bureaucracy, one which translates regulation and monitoring procedures into inflexible and obligatory compliance. This book shows how and why this performance model may be expected, paradoxically, to make practices less accountable – and, in the case of education, less educative.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87925-5: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83256-1: £70.00/14

education theory 81 Foucault and Educational Leadership

Global Pathways to Abolishing Physical Punishment

Disciplining the Principal

Realizing Children’s Rights

Richard Niesche, Griffith University, UK

Edited by Joan E. Durrant, University of Manitoba, Canada and Anne B. Smith, University of Otago, New Zealand

This book argues that the work of educational leadership needs more sophisticated theorisation in order to better understand the complexities that face many school principals. This book draws upon the work of Michel Foucault to provoke new thought into how the principalship is lived and ‘disciplined’ in ways that produce both contradictions and tensions for school principals. This book is distinctive from other educational leadership titles in that it: • provides a well theorised analysis of leadership practices • acknowledges the messy reality of life for school principals • provides key insights to the ‘real’ work that principals undertake every day • examines the production of principals’ subjectivities in education, foregrounding issues of gender and race • includes the principals’ voices through rich interview data. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57170-8: £75.00/03

Series: Routledge Research in Education This book describes the unfolding of a global phenomenon: the legal prohibition of physical punishment of children. Documenting the stories of countries that have either prohibited corporal punishment of children or who are moving in that direction, this volume will serve as a sourcebook for scholars and advocates around the world who are interested in the many dimensions of physical punishment and its elimination.

This book brings together essays from education scholars who are studying the interconnections between pedagogy and memory in the context of social themes and social inquiry within educational research. Routledge «Market: Education January 2011: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-88380-1: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83558-6: £70.00/14

Islamic Education and Indoctrination

Series: Routledge Studies in Education and Neoliberalism

Edited by Philip E. Kovacs, University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA

Charlene Tan, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Series: Routledge Research in Education This book critically examines the concept of indoctrination within the Western liberal traditions and analyses case studies of indoctrination in some Muslim societies. It offers suggestions to counter religious indoctrination and highlights the key tensions, challenges and prospects of Islamic education in a modern and multicultural world.


Series: Routledge Research in Education

The Gates Foundation and the Future of US ‘Public’ Schools

E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Edited by Claudia Mitchell and Teresa StrongWilson, both at McGill University, Canada, Kathleen Pithouse, University of KwaZuluNatal, South Africa and Susann Allnutt, McGill University, Canada

Routledge «Market: Education February 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87920-0: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83968-3: £70.00/14

Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87976-7: £70.00/08

Memory and Pedagogy *

What are the implications when the educational policy and priority of public schools are concentrated in ways that foster de-unionization and teacher de-skilling while homogenizing school models and curriculum? This volume addresses this crucial, unanswered question while investigating the impact of the Gates Foundation on education. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87334-5: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83494-7: £70.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online



82 politics


6. Security Studies

6th Edition

An Introduction

The Politics of Bureaucracy

Edited by Paul D. Williams

An Introduction to Comparative Public Administration

2008: 246x174: 568pp Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £25.99/04

B. Guy Peters 2009: 246x174: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-34210-0: £25.99/04


7. Global Politics

2nd Edition

A New Introduction


Edited by Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss

A Comprehensive Introduction

2008: 246x189: 568pp Pb: 978-0-415-43131-6: £26.99/04

Adam Jones 2010: 246x174: 680pp Pb: 978-0-415-48619-4: £24.99/04


8. 5th Edition

2nd Edition

Politics in the Republic of Ireland

Global Terrorism Brenda J. Lutz and James M. Lutz 2008: 246x189: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-77247-1: £23.99/04

Edited by John Coakley and Michael Gallagher 2009: 234x156: 512pp Pb: 978-0-415-47672-0: £21.99/04


9. Global Finance in Crisis

3rd Edition

International Relations Theory

The Politics of International Regulatory Change

A Critical Introduction

Edited by Eric Helleiner, Stefano Pagliari and Hubert Zimmermann

Cynthia Weber 2009: 246x174: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-77842-8: £22.99/04


2009: 234x156: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-56438-0: £23.99/04

10. Global Political Islam

3rd Edition

An Introduction to African Politics

Peter Mandaville 2007: 234x156: 408pp Pb: 978-0-415-32607-0: £23.99/04

Alex Thomson

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


2010: 246x174: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-48287-5: £22.99/04

politics 83

Andre Gunder Frank and Autobiographical Global Development: Visions, International Relations * Remembrances, and Explorations I, IR Edited by Patrick Manning and Barry K. Gills, University of Newcastle, UK Series: Rethinking Globalizations This book focuses on the ideas and influence of Andre Gunder Frank, one of the founding figures and leading analysts of political economy at the global level. The book contains previously unpublished material by Frank and his co-authors.

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60273-0: £80.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-60274-7: £23.99/04

Edited by Naeem Inayatullah, Ithaca College, USA Series: Interventions In this collection scholars write about how life events brought them to their subject matter, placing narratives in the larger context of world politics, culture, and history. Autobiographical International Relations believes that the fictive distancing associated with academic prose creates disaffection in both readers and writers. In contrast, these essays demonstrate how to reengage the ‘I’ while simultaneously sustaining theoretical precision and historical awareness. Authors highlight their motives, their desires, and their wounds. By working within the overlap between theory, history, and autobiography, these scholars increase the clarity, urgency, and meaningfulness of academic work, and move the field towards greater candidness about how personal narrative influences theoretical articulations. No such volume currently exists in international relations. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Global Governance November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78142-8: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78143-5: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83722-1: £75.00/14

6th Edition textbook

Political Development and Institutional Change Cal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA To gain a fuller understanding of American politics today, students need to learn how it has evolved, from its founding principles to its contemporary practices. This text fosters this understanding by providing insights into how institutions, avenues of participation, and policies have changed over time to produce today’s political environment in the United States.


Selected Contents: 1. The Origins of American Political Principles 2. The Revolution and the Constitution 3. Federalism and American Political Development 4. Political Socialization and Public Opinion 5. The Mass Media and the Political Agenda 6. Interest Groups 7. Political Parties 8. Voting, Campaigns, and Elections 9. Congress 10. The President 11. Bureaucracy 12. The Federal Courts 13. Civil Liberties 14. Civil Rights 15. Government, the Economy, and Domestic Policy 16. America’s Place in a Dangerous World Routledge «Market: American Politics March 2011: 235x187: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-88157-9: £44.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83807-5: £90.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-99570-2 for e-mail updates in your field


Barack Obama and the Politics of Redemption Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York Graduate Center, USA Based on extensive biographical, psychological, and political research and analysis, noted political psychologist Stanley Renshon follows Obama’s presidency through the first year. He digs into the question of who the real Obama is and assesses the advantages and limitations that he brings to the presidency. Selected Contents: 1. Perhaps a Great President: The Promise and Perils of ObamaMania 2. Early Obama: Peripatetic Sojourner 3. Searching for his Father, Hoping to Find Himself 4. Coming of Age: An Incomplete Identity 5. The Search for Community and the Turn to Politics 6. Obama on the Way: Ambition Looks Ahead 7. Giant Killer: The Race for the Presidency 8. Irresistible Force (Obama) meets Immovable Object (America’s still deep political divisions and skepticism) 9. Governing America: ObamaMania and its Limits Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs April 2011: 229x152: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-87394-9: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87395-6: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86413-5: £90.00/14

E-mail: for more information


American Government eBooks are only available to order online

84 politics

A Whole New Ballgame? Dennis W. Johnson, George Washington University, USA This book analyzes the way political campaigns have been traditionally run and the extraordinary changes that have occurred in the last decade. Johnson looks at the most sophisticated techniques of modern campaigning – micro-targeting, online fundraising, digital communication, new media – and the role of the political parties and outside interest groups, such as 527s organizations, to perform what amounts to an electoral CAT-scan at every level of campaigning. Selected Contents: 1. The Modern Campaign 2. Communicating with Voters: The New Media 3. Communicating with Voters: The Old Media 4. Fundraising 5. Independent Voices 6. Taking the Pulse of the Electorate 7. Voter Identification, Contact, and Mobilization 8. Campaigning in the Next Decade Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs January 2011: 229x152: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-80038-9: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87896-5: £90.00/14

Conflict Resolution Theory and Practice Edited by Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham, UK and Christalla Yakinthou, University of Western Australia, Australia Conflict Resolution: Theory & Practice is an ambitious and original textbook, which takes a multi-perspective approach to the study of conflict resolution in divided societies. It explains conflict resolution from the viewpoint of the political scientist, the constitutional architect, the activist, and the NGO and examines the philosophies underpinning constitutional design, the actors and processes involved, and the practicalities of the settlement process, combining conceptual and theoretical contributions with empirical case studies of Northern Ireland, Lebanon, Cyprus, Kosovo, Indonesia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Sudan and Rwanda. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section I. Theoretical Perspectives 2. Power-sharing/liberal consociationalism 3. Centripetalism 4. Power Dividing 5. Territorial solutions 6. A practitioner’s view Section II. Actors and processes 7. The Evolution of Diplomacy in Peace-making 8. Crafting solutions for divided societies – the UN 9. Crafting solutions for divided societies – the EU 10. Crafting solutions for divided societies – the AU 11. The role of activists – The Mano River Women’s Peace Network 12. The role of NGOs 13. The role of quiet diplomacy Section III. Case studies 14. Northern Ireland 15. Lebanon 16. Cyprus 17. Kosovo 18. Indonesia 19. Afghanistan 20. Iraq 21. Sudan 22. Rwanda 23. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-56373-4: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56374-1: £25.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Contesting Global Order * Development, Global Governance And Globalization James H. Mittelman, American University, USA Few authors have sought to explain the links among development, global governance, and globalization, Contesting Global Order traces dominant values and patterns on a world level over the last half century. With a framing introduction written for the volume, this book brings together for the first time James H. Mittelman’s most influential works, offering cross-regional analysis, and including fieldwork in nine countries in Africa and Asia. Resisting being pigeonholed in any one school of thought, Mittelman forges a critical perspective throughout this collection, his reflections cutting against conventions in international studies and, more generally, global order. This volume will be of great interest to all scholars of global governance, international organisations and development. Routledge «Market: International Politics / Political Economy January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60095-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60096-5: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83666-8: £85.00/14

Critical Theory in International Relations and Security Studies Interviews and Reflections Edited by Shannon Brincat, University of Queensland, Australia, Laura Lima and Joao Nunes, both at Aberystwyth University, UK Critical Theory in International Relations and Security Studies is the first book to present first hand interviews with some of the pioneering scholars of the disciplines. Through dialogical and reflective essays, it assesses the state of critical thinking in IR and security studies, and looks to the future of the discipline and theoretical developments.

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60157-3: £80.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-60158-0: £24.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Campaigning in the Twenty-First Century

politics 85

Designing Public Policies *

Humanitarianism Contested

Principles and Instruments

Michael Barnett, University of Minnesota, USA and Thomas G. Weiss, The City University of New York, USA

Michael Howlett, Simon Fraser University, Canada

This book provides a succinct but sophisticated understanding of humanitarianism, and insight into the on-going dilemmas and tensions that have accompanied it since its origins in the early nineteenth century. But what was latent and ignored in earlier periods has come to the fore in the post-Cold War era. Specifically, the book does the following:

Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies This textbook provides a concise and accessible introduction to the principles and elements of policy design in contemporary governance. Guiding students through the study of the instruments used by governments in carrying out their tasks, adapting to, and altering, their environments, this book: • discusses several current trends in instrument use often linked to factors such as globalization and the increasingly networked nature of modern society • considers the principles behind the selection and use of specific types of instruments in contemporary government • evaluates in detail the merits, demerits and rationales for the use of specific organization, regulatory, financial and informationbased tools and the trends visible in their use • addresses the issues of instrument mixes and their (re)design in a discussion of the future research agenda of policy design. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Public Policy November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78132-9: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78133-6: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83863-1: £85.00/14

FIFA (Fédération Internationale de Football Association) Alan Tomlinson, University of Brighton, UK

• it provides a brief survey of the history of humanitarianism • explains the evolution of humanitarianism • presents an overview of the contemporary humanitarian sector • analyses the ethical dilemmas confronted by humanitarian organization • examines how humanitarianism poses fundamental ethical questions regarding the kind of world we want to live in, what kind of world is possible, and how we might get there. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Introducing the Debates 1. Humanitarianism: Definition and Identity 2. Dynamics Driving Humanitarianism: Destruction, Production, Salvation Part 2: Three Periods of Humanitarian Action 3. ‘Birth’ and Maturation, 1864–1945 4. The Traditional Enterprise Expands, 1945–1991 5. The Turbulent PostCold War Era Part 3: The Future 6. Strategic Humanitarianism 7. Humanitarianism and the Art of the (Im)Possible Routledge «Market: Politics / Human Rights March 2011: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49663-6: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49664-3: £17.99/04

Idea of World Government James Yunker, Western Illinois University, USA Series: Global Institutions There is much discussion in contemporary international relations about global governance but where did this idea originate, what are its intellectual antecedents and does it have a realistic future? This book is a concise yet comprehensive account of the intellectual history of world government up to the present day.

Series: Global Institutions In this book, the history and underlying political dynamics characterising the growth of FIFA and its relationships with global-regional federations and international associations provide a foundation and focus for analysing this important organization.


Routledge «Market: Sports Studies March 2011: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49830-2: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49831-9: £17.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview 2. Historical Antecedents 3. From Perpetual Peace to The Great War 4. From the Treaty of Versailles to the Nuclear Age 5. The Ephemeral Postwar World Government Boom 6. The End of the Cold War and the New World Order 7. Is There a Future for World Government? Routledge «Market: International Politics / International Organizations / Global Governance March 2011: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78162-6: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78163-3: £18.99/04

E-mail: for more information


Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Origins – History and Development of FIFA 3. Leaders – FIFA and the Men Who Led it 4. World Cups – FIFA’s Exclusive Product 5. How FIFA Works 6. FIFA Crises and the Critical Response 7. FIFA’s future – Emerging Issues and Future Directions eBooks are only available to order online

86 politics

In Search of Democracy *

International Migration *

Larry Diamond

Khalid Koser, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland Series: Global Institutions

This important essay collection, including two new essays written for the volume, takes stock of democratic progress in the world and reflects upon the causes of democratic difficulty in the world. Diamond addresses some of the critical conditions for democratic success, analyzes democratic dilemmas and prospects in particular regions and countries, and then concludes by assessing the policy implications for promoting and assisting democratic development internationally.

International migration has always mattered, but today it matters more than ever before. Addressing the changing opportunities and challenges of international migration, and national and international responses, this volume: • discusses in detail topical issues including the impact on international migration of the global financial crisis; migrant smuggling and human trafficking; challenges of migrant integration; the links between migration and the demographic crisis; and ‘mixed flows’

Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs January 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-78127-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78128-2: £24.99/04

• considers current efforts to improve the governance of international migration, at the national, international and institutional levels • adopts a global perspective, including substantial consideration of ‘South-South’ migration and the growing significance of Chinese migrations. Routledge «Market: Politics / Migration March 2011: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56155-6: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56156-3: £17.99/04

International History & International Relations

Interpretive Approaches to Research Design

Andrew Williams, University of St. Andrews, UK, Amelia Hadfield, University of Kent, UK and Simon Rofe, Kings College London, UK

Concepts and Processes

This textbook is designed to provide undergraduate students of international relations with valuable and relevant historical context. The book is organised thematically around the key issues in international relations such as war, peace, sovereignty, diplomacy, identity, revolution, political violence, empire and international organisations. Each chapter provides an overview of the main historical context, theories and literature in each area and applies this to the study of international relations.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

This book is a practical, short, simple, and authoritative examination of the concepts and issues in interpretive research design, looking across this approach’s methods of generating and analyzing data. Selected Contents: 1. What is Research Design and Why is It Important? 2. What is ‘Interpretive’ Research? 3. Designing for Interpretive Research 4. Sections of a Research Proposal and Their Relationship to a Research ‘Report’

Routledge «Market: Politics April 2011: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-87807-4: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87808-1: £17.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85490-7: £85.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. Diplomatic, International and Global History 2. War 3. Peace 4. State and Sovereignty 5. Identity 6. Revolution 7. Political Violence 8. Empires 9. International Organisations and Global Governance Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48178-6: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48179-3: £22.99/04

Dvora Yanow, Vrije University, the Netherlands and Peregrine Schwartz-Shea, University of Utah, USA

politics 87

Making Sense of Media and Politics

Non-Governmental Organizations in World Politics *

Five Principles in Political Communication

The Construction of Global Governance

Gadi Wolfsfeld, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Peter Willetts, City University, UK

Politics is above all a contest, and the news media is the central arena for viewing that competition. In Making Sense of Media and Politics, Gadi Wolfsfeld explores five concepts that provide a solid conceptual base for examining the interrelationship of media and politics. Selected Contents: Part I: Political Actors Compete over the News Media 1. Political Power and Media Power 2. Political Control and Control Over the News Part II: How The News Media Transform Politics into News 3. The Myth of Objectivity 4. The Rise of Infotainment Part III: The Effects of the News Media on Citizens 5. News Hits you Hardest when You’re not Paying Attention Routledge «Market: Politics March 2011: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-88522-5: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88523-2: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83987-4: £95.00/14

New Directions in the American Presidency

Series: Global Institutions Non-governmental organizations (NGOs) from Amnesty International and Oxfam to Greenpeace and Save the Children are now key players in global politics. This accessible and informative textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the significant role and increasing participation of NGOs in World Politics, and includes an evaluation of the enhanced communication offered by the creation of the Internet. This is the definitive guide to this crucial area within international politics and should be required reading for students, NGO activists and policymakers. Selected Contents: Introduction 2. NGOs, Social Movements and Civil Society 3. The Access of NGOs to Global Policy-Making 4. Understanding the Place of NGOs in Global Politics 5. NGO Influence upon Global Politics 6. Current Debates about the Role of NGOs in the UN System 7. NGOs and Global Governance Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs December 2010: 216x138: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-38124-6: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-38125-3: £17.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83430-5: £80.00/14

Edited by Lori Cox Han, Chapman University, USA

Religious Institutions and Global Politics

Series: New Directions in American Politics

Katherine Marshall, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA


Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Studying the Presidency Lori Cox Han 2. The Presidency and the Constitution David Gray Adler 3. Presidential Campaigns and Elections Randall E. Adkins 4. The Public Presidency: Communications and Media Matthew Eshbaugh-Soha 5. The Presidency and Public Opinion Diane J. Heith 6. The Presidency and Congress Brandon Rottinghaus 7. The Presidency and the Courts Nancy Kassop 8. White House Staff Justin S. Vaughn and José D. Villalobos 9. The Presidency and the Executive Branch Matthew J. Dickinson 10. The Presidency and Domestic Policy David Shafie 11. The Presidency and Foreign Policy Meena Bose Routledge «Market: American Politics February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87801-2: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87802-9: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85501-0: £95.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Global Institutions This book will review the institutional context for contemporary religion, focusing on its transnational implications. The new forms that religious institutions are taking, their fit with human rights and democratic ideals, their changing nature in plural societies and are a highly relevant part of the global institutional picture, and this volume aims to provide an accessible and rich introduction to them. Selected Contents: 1. Religion: An Institutional Portrait 2. Global Religious Bodies 3. ‘Faith-inspired Organizations at work 4. The World of Global Interfaith 5. Religious ‘Movements’ 6. Emerging Issues and Future Directions Routledge «Market: Politics / Human Rights March 2011: 216x138: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-78044-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78045-2: £16.99/04

E-mail: for more information


New Directions in the American Presidency takes a current look at the various issues facing the presidency and provides a ‘state of the art’ overview of current trends in the field of presidency research. eBooks are only available to order online

88 politics

Routledge Handbook of International Law

Routledge Handbook of American Foreign Policy

Edited by David Armstrong, University of Exeter, UK

Edited by Steven W. Hook, Kent State University, USA and Christopher M. Jones, Northern Illinois University, USA

The Routledge Handbook of International Law provides a definitive global survey of the interaction of international politics and international law. Each chapter is written by a leading expert and provides a state of the art overview of the most significant areas within the field. A highly topical collection of specially commissioned papers from both established authorities and rising stars, the Routledge Handbook of International Law is an essential work of reference for scholars and practitioners of international Law. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of International Law Part 2: The Evolution of International Law Part 3: Law and Power in International Society Part 4: Key Issues in International Law Routledge «Market: Politics / Law January 2011: 246x174: 504pp Pb: 978-0-415-61052-0: £32.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88462-1: £125.00/14

The Handbook brings together leading experts in the field to examine current trends in the way scholars study the history and theories of American conduct in the world, analysis of state and non-state actors and their tools in conducting policy, and the dynamics of a variety of pressing transnational challenges facing the United States. Selected Contents: 1. Foreign Policy Analysis 2. Rise of American Power 3. Realist Theory 4. Liberal Theory 5. Critical Theory 6. Constructivist Theory 7. Institutional Analysis 8. Decision Making 9. President 10. National Security Council 11. State Department 12. Defense Department 13. Intelligence Community 14. Foreign Economic Bureaucracy 15. Congress 16. Courts 17. Public Opinion 18. News Media 19. Interest Groups 20. Multilateralism 21. Use of Military Force 22. Economic Sanctions 23. Development Aid 24. Weapons Proliferation 25. Counterterrorism 26. Global Trade 27. Human Rights 28. Environment and Energy 29. Global Balance of Power Routledge «Market: Politics April 2011: 254x178: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-80088-4: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-87863-7: £110.00/14

2nd Edition

Matthew J. Streb, Northern Illinois University, USA Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and Representation In this critical examination of the state of electoral democracy in the United States, Matthew Streb provides an analysis of the major debates that rage among scholars and reformers on subjects as diverse as the number of elections we hold, the use of nonpartisan elections, and the presidential primary process. Ultimately, Streb makes an argument for a less burdensome democracy; a democracy in which citizens can participate more easily. Selected Contents: 1. Creating a Model Electoral Democracy Part I. Rethinking the Costs of Voting 2. Factors that Influence Voter Turnout 3. The Offices We Elect 4. Direct Democracy Part II. Rethinking the Mechanics of Voting 5. Ballot Laws 6. Voting Machines Part III. Rethinking National Elections 7. The Redistricting Process 8. Presidential Primaries 9.The Electoral College 10. Campaign Finance 11. Moving Toward a Model Electoral Democracy Routledge «Market: Politics April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88201-9: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88202-6: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84815-9: £95.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-96139-4

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Rethinking Foreign Policy Analysis States, Leaders, and the Microfoundations of Behavioral International Relations Edited by Stephen G. Walker, Arizona State University, USA, Akan Malici, Furman University, USA and Mark Schafer, Louisiana State University, USA Rethinking Foreign Policy Analysis addresses the agent-centered, micro-political study of decisions by leaders and the structureoriented macro political study of state interactions in an international system. Selected Contents: 1. Foreign Policy Analysis and Behavioral International Relations 2. Macropolitics and Foreign Policy Decisions 3. Micropolitics and Foreign Policy Decisions 4. Quantum Politics and Operational Code Analysis 5. The United States and Rogue Leaders 6. Deceptive Bargaining and Nuclear Ambitions 7. Small Group Dynamics 8. Alliances and Their Microfoundations 9. The Operational Codes of Fidel Castro and Kim Il Sung 10. Stability and Change in Belief Systems 11. Experiential Learning by U.S. Presidents 12. Cognitive Responses by U.S. Presidents to Foreign Policy Crises 13. Dueling with Dictators 14. Binary Role Theory 15. The Integration of Foreign Policy Analysis and International Relations Routledge «Market: Politics January 2011: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-88697-0: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88698-7: £30.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83486-2: £95.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Rethinking American Electoral Democracy

politics 89

Strategy in Information and Influence Campaigns How Policy Advocates, Social Movements, Insurgent Groups, Corporations, Governments and Others Get What They Want Jarol B. Manheim, George Washington University, USA Strategy in Information and Influence Campaigns sets out in comprehensive detail the underlying assumptions, unifying strategy, and panoply of tactics of the IIC, both from the perspective of the protagonist who initiates the action and from that of the target who must defend against it. Selected Contents: 1. Points of Origin 2. Information and Influence Campaigns 3. Strategy and Tactics in Campaign Communication I 4. Strategy and Tactics in Campaign Communication II 5. Networks and Netwaves 6. Strategy and Tactics in Network Activation 7. The Dimensionality of Targets 8. Deterring, Deflecting, Minimizing or Defeating Information and Influence Campaigns 9. Information, and Influence Routledge «Market: Politics January 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-88728-1: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88729-8: £28.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83328-5: £95.00/14

The Future of Global Currency * The Euro Versus the Dollar Benjamin J. Cohen, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA This book is a short account of the broad prospects for today’s top international currencies – the dollar, the Euro, and the yen – in the twenty-first century. Written by one of America’s most pre-eminent experts on the international political economy of the global monetary system, it traces the origins of the Euro-Dollar rivalry and assesses both their prospects in the current uncertain economic climate. The analysis explores how the future of the leading currencies may be influenced by the logic of market competition, the strategic preferences of national governments, and prospective technological developments as well as questioning whether monetary conflict could spill over into a broader geopolitical confrontation. Drawing together the key essays of Benjamin J. Cohen, this book will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of international finance and international political economy. Routledge «Market: Politics and Current Affairs / International Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78149-7: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78150-3: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83380-3: £85.00/14

student reference

Terrorism: The Basics

The International Trade Centre

James Lutz and Brenda J. Lutz, both at Indiana University-Purdue, USA

Promoting an Export Culture

Series: The Basics An ideal starting point for anyone interested in one of the most discussed, written about and analysed aspects of modern life. This book dispels common misconceptions about the nature of terrorism and terrorists as the authors provide clear and jargon-free answers to the big questions:

Stephen Browne, The Future of the UN Development System (FUNDS) Project and Sam Laird, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Global Institutions In the era of rapid globalization, ITC is an important organization, and this work will seek to fill the gap in the existing literature by discussing the history, ongoing projects and future challenges of this dynamic organization. The status of ITC – half-in and half-out of the UN – could prove to be an interesting model for the future, and this work provides a comprehensive survey of the organization.

• What does terrorism involve? • Who can be classified as a terrorist? • Who are the supporters of terrorism? • Can there ever be an end to terrorist activity? Written with clarity and insight, this book is the a perfect introductory book on terrorism for students of all levels.


Routledge «Market: Politics / Terrorism March 2011: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57333-7: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57334-4: £11.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83198-4: £55.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Importance of Trade in Development 2. Origins and History of ITC 3. Structure and mandate 4. Trade information as a public Good 5. ITC, The Private Sector and Development 6. Trade and Poverty Reduction 7. Trade and Environment 8. The Private Interest in Trade Negotiations 9. Facing the Future Routledge «Market: Politics / Economics / International Organizations March 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58401-2: £65.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-58402-9: £15.99/04

E-mail: for more information


• What are terrorists trying to achieve? eBooks are only available to order online

90 politics

The Political Economy of Latin America

The Unilateralist Temptation in American Foreign Policy

Reflections on Neoliberalism and Development

David G. Skidmore II, Drake University, USA

Peter Kingstone, University of Connecticut, USA

Series: Foreign Policy Analysis The Unilateralist Temptation in American Foreign Policy traces U.S. unilateralism to the structural effects of the end of the Cold War, both domestically and abroad, to argue that the United States was more hegemonic than multilateralist – a rule-maker, not a rule-taker.

Neoliberalism has been at the center of enormous controversy since its first appearance in Latin America in the early 1970s. Even neoliberalism’s strongest supporters concede that it has not lived up to its promises and that growth, poverty, and inequality all have performed considerably worse than hoped. This brief text offers an unbiased reflection on the neoliberalism debate in Latin America and the institutional puzzle that underlies the region’s difficulties with democratization and development.

Selected Contents: 1. The Unilateralist Turn in U.S. Foreign Policy 2. The International and Domestic Sources of Unilateralism 3. Structure and Ideology in U.S. Foreign Policy: Clinton and Bush Compared 4. The United States and International Public Goods 5. Reconfiguring the Terms of U.S. Engagement with International Institutions 6. Barack Obama and the Unilateralist Temptation Routledge «Market: Politics February 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-88539-3: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88540-9: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83972-0: £95.00

Selected Contents: 1. Markets, States, and the Challenge of Development in Latin America 2. Import-Substitution Industrialization and the Great Transformation in Latin America 3. Neoliberalism and its Discontents 4. The Two Lefts and the Return of the State 5. Government, Markets and Institutions – Reflections on Development Routledge «Market: Politics / Latin America January 2011: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-99826-0: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99827-7: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88260-3: £95.00/14

2nd Edition

The Politics of the New Germany Simon Green, University of Birmingham, UK, Dan Hough, University of Sussex, UK and Alister Miskimmon

The Politics of Inclusion and Exclusion Identity Politics in Twenty-First Century America Edited by David F. Ericson, George Mason University, USA Assessing the limits of pluralism, this book examines different types of political inclusion and exclusion and their distinctive dimensions and dynamics.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

• Grand Coalition • Lisbon treaty • Constitutional Court • Financial crisis and credit crunch • Reform of social policy • Afghanistan. Routledge «Market: Politics and European Politics March 2011: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60438-3: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60439-0: £22.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35365-6

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part I: Politics of Inclusion 2. Minimal Political Inclusion of Minorities at Risk 3. Race, Nativity, and the Political Participation of Asian and Other Americans 4. The Home Styles of California Latino Representatives 5. Puerto Rican Politics in New York City During the 1960s 6. Inclusion, Exclusion, and Citizenship Part II: Politics of Exclusion 7. The Micro-Politics of Immigration 8. Transgendered Politics on a Global Stage 9. Politics and the Disabled Body 10. The Conservative Attack on Affirmative Action Routledge «Market: Politics January 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87619-3: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87620-9: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85793-9: £95.00/14

The Politics of the New Germany continues to provide the most comprehensive, authoritative and up-to-date textbook on contemporary German Politics. It covers the entire postwar era but has a particular focus on the post-reunification era. Written in a straightforward style by three experts, each of the chapters draws on a rich variety of real-world examples. In doing so, it highlights both the challenges and opportunities facing policy-makers in such areas as foreign affairs, economic policy, immigration, identity politics and institutional reforms. This 2nd edition has been revised and updated throughout and features new material on:

politics 91

The United States and Cuba

UN Human Rights Council *

Intimate Enemies

Bertrand G. Ramcharan, City University of New York, USA

Marifeli Pérez-Stable, Florida International University, USA and Inter-American Dialogue

Series: Global Institutions The Human Rights Council is already the subject of major public interest and controversy. This book aims to present a balanced view of the council, acknowledging where it has made positive contributions, point out its deficiencies, and identify options for improving the body’s future work. This guide will be essential reading for all those concerned with the future of international relations international organizations and human rights.

Series: Contemporary Inter-American Relations This book systematically covers the background of U.S.-Cuban relations and tensions after the Cold War into the twenty-first century. The author explores the future of this strained relationship under Obama’s presidency and in a post-Castro Cuba. Selected Contents: 1. The United States and Cuba Have Never Had Normal Relations 2. ‘Next Christmas in Havana’ 3. ‘Half Drunk and Throwing Bottles at Each Other’ 4. ‘We Need to De-Americanize the Problem of Cuba’ 5. ‘The Policy We’ve Had in Place for 50 Years Hasn’t Worked’ 6. The United States and Cuba: Comparative Reflections (Ana Covarrubias Velasco) Routledge «Market: Politics / Latin America February 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-80450-9: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80451-6: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87448-6: £90.00/14

Selected Contents: 1. The Mandate and Roles of the Council 2. The Institutional and Procedural Architecture of the Council 3. The Universal Periodic Review 4. The Legislative role of the Council 5. The Promotional and Educational Role of the Council 6. The Preventive Role of the Council 7. Fact-finding within the framework of the Council – its Special Procedures 8. The Human Rights Council and the Responsibility to Protect 9. The Advisory Committee 10. Human Rights NGOs in the Council Routledge «Market: International Organizations / Politics / Human Rights / International Law February 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58398-5: £65.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-58399-2: £15.99/04

4th Edition

Why People and Ideas Matter Thomas G. Weiss, The City University of New York, USA What is the current state of thinking about global governance? Can the United Nations be reformed and modernized? Is it legal, ethical or desirable for states to invade other states in the name of humanitarian intervention? Thomas G. Weiss has been contemplating these significant issues throughout the course of his illustrious career. This collection presents his most important contributions to debates (which he has often helped to frame and shape) on UN Reform, non-state actors and global governance, and humanitarian action in a turbulent world. A substantial new introduction brings these issues up-to-date and suggest fruitful new avenues for research. Thinking about Global Governance should be read by all graduate students in these areas and is an excellent resource for faculty and researchers.


Routledge «Market: International Politics / Political Economy March 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-78192-3: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78193-0: £27.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


Women’s Rights in the USA Policy Debates and Gender Roles Dorothy E. McBride, Florida Atlantic University, USA and Janine A. Parry, University of Arkansas, USA Women’s Rights in the USA examines the policy debates critical to women in politics. This fourth edition features updates on the most vital issues concerning women’s rights today: constitutional equality, reproduction, education, family, work, work & family, regulation and intimidation of sexuality, and economic status. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The U.S. Constitution 3. Political Resources 4. Reproduction 5. Education 6. Family 7. Work and Pay 8. Work and Family 9. Sexuality: Regulation 10. Sexuality: Intimidation 11. Economic Status Routledge «Market: Politics / Women’s Studies January 2011: 229x152: 432pp Pb: 978-0-415-80452-3: £26.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87449-3: £26.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-94478-6

E-mail: for more information


Thinking about Global Governance eBooks are only available to order online

92 politics

Managing Children in Disasters Planning for Their Unique Needs Jane A. Bullock, George Haddow and Damon P. Coppola, all at Bullock and Haddow, LLC, Reston, Virginia, USA Written by seasoned FEMA professionals who developed a training course on managing children’s needs in disasters, this reference is a first-of-its-kind publication exploring the management of the care of children care during disasters. It takes a cross-disciplinary approach, addressing family structure, housing, schooling, family, mental health, and psycho-social issues. This book identifies the unique needs of children in disasters, examines the infrastructure that supports children in their daily lives, and explains how all involved parties can better prevent, prepare for, respond to, and recover from future disasters. Case studies clarifying concepts are included. CRC Press «Market: Business Management December 2010: 235x156: 374pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3766-5: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3767-2: £49.99/17

Principles of Emergency Management and Emergency Operations Centers (EOC) Michael J. Fagel, Aurora Safety, Illinois, USA The culmination of many years of experience, this book discusses the process and systems that should be considered in emergency planning and preparedness efforts. It provides critical insight helpful to those developing or revising emergency preparedness plans. The author details the needs for appropriate training and planning, both validated by a well-designed exercise program. He stresses the importance of consistency with the various national preparedness initiatives, includes definitions of terms, and examines language representative of the evolution of emergency planning. CRC Press «Market: December 2010: 235x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3851-8: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3852-5: £49.99/17

Christianity and Party Politics *

Constructing Global Enemies

Keeping the Faith

Hegemony and Identity in International Discourses on Terrorism and Drug Prohibition

Martin Steven Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics Christianity and Party Politics aims to discuss and evaluate the contemporary relationship between party politics and religion. The book focuses on the important role of the Church in both electoral politics and public policy formulation in the twenty first century, and argues that contrary to the established secularisation argument generally applied in Europe, religion continues to be a powerful influence, particularly within British politics. Providing a valuable and long overdue contribution to the field, this work will provide readers with a detailed knowledge of how the worlds of politics and religion interact.

Eva Herschinger, Universitaet der Bundeswehr Munich, Germany Series: New International Relations Examines efforts to counteract terrorism at the international level and drug prohibition policies. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59685-5: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83638-5: £75.00/14

Constructing US Foreign Policy * The Curious Case of Cuba

Edited by Sonia Lucarelli, University of Bologna, Italy, Furio Cerutti, University of Florence, Italy and Vivien A. Schmidt Series: Routledge/GARNET series This book brings together a cluster of high profile scholars, from various disciplinary backgrounds to debate the ontological and epistemological aspects of research on identity and legitimacy formation in the EU. Routledge «Market: Politics / European Politics / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55100-7: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83464-0: £75.00/14

David Bernell, Oregon State University, USA

Cohesion Policy and Multi-level Governance in South East Europe Edited by Ian Bache, University of Sheffield, UK and George Andreou, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece This book considers the extent to which EU cohesion policy and related pre-accession instruments are contributing to the development of more compound polities in south east Europe and, specifically, promoting multi-level governance. This book was published as a special issue of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies.

Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy

Deleuze and World Politics

This book addresses the roots of the hostility that has characterized the United States’relationship with Cuba and has persisted for decades, even in the wake of the end of the Cold War. It answers the question of why America’s Cold War era policy toward Cuba has not substantially changed, despite a radically changed international environment. Cuba is indeed a ‘curious case,’ as the title suggests, and the book uses it to shed light on the contours and paradoxes of US policy during the Cold War and beyond.

Alter-Globalizations and Nomad Science

Routledge «Market: Foreign Policy / American History / Latin American Politics January 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78067-4: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: European Studies / European Union Policy / Governance October 2010: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-59419-6: £80.00/08

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Peter Lenco, Bielefeld University, Germany Series: Interventions Drawing on a wide variety of Deleuze’s writings, this work develops a thorough investigation of his ontology and metaphysics as they pertain to core questions of world politics such as power, identity, hierarchy, space, time, territory and the state. Deleuze’s work poses a major challenge to traditional understanding of global politics and this book will be of considerable interest to those with an interest in social and political theory, critical international relations and globalization studies. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / International Relations Theory January 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59008-2: £75.00/08


Routledge «Market: Politics / Religion / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55660-6: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83416-9: £75.00/14

order now!

Debating Political Identity and Legitimacy in the European Union *

politics 93 Democracy and Famine * Olivier Rubin, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

EU Foreign Policy and Post-Soviet Conflicts *

Fifty Years of EUTurkey Relations *

Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics

Stealth Intervention

A Sisyphean Story

Inspired by the work of Amartya Sen, whose influential hypothesis that democratic institutions together with a free press provide effective protection from famine, Democracy and Famine is a study combining qualitative and quantitative evidence, analysing the effect of democracy on famine prevention.

Nicu Popescu, European Council on Foreign Relations, UK

Edited by Armagan Emre Çakır

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book examines EU intervention and nonintervention in conflict resolution, with a specific focus on the EU’s role in the post-soviet conflicts of Moldova, Abkhazia and South Ossetia in Georgia and Azerbaijan.

This book evaluates EU-Turkey relations in a historical perspective and focuses on the ‘delay’ in Turkey’s accession to the EU. It assesses the evolving strategies of Turkey and of the EU and addresses the political, economic, security, ethical and sociological dimensions.

Routledge «Market: European Politics / Foreign Policy / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-58720-4: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83478-7: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / European Studies / Middle East Studies December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57963-6: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83642-2: £75.00/14

European Foreign Policy and the Challenges of Balkan Accession *

Global Ideologies and Urban Landscapes

Sovereignty Contested

Edited by Manfred B. Steger and Anne McNevin, both at RMIT University, Australia

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59822-4: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83671-2: £75.00/14

Diversity in Europe * Dilemmas of Differential Treatment in Theory and Practice Edited by Gideon Calder, University of Newport, Wales and Emanuela Ceva, University of Pavia, Italy Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies This book examines how European institutions address the plurality of religious faiths and ethical beliefs in a multicultural society, featuring case studies on Germany, Italy, Turkey, Spain, the Czech Republic and the UK and assesses the impact on political integration. Routledge «Market: Politics / Sociology / Ethics / Law December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58082-3: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83711-5: £75.00/14

Gergana Noutcheva Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies Analyses the impact of EU policy on integration in the Balkans. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59684-8: £75.00/08

European Security Governance in Transition Changing of the Guard

Ethnicity and Religion

Ursula Schroeder, Free University Berlin

Intersections and Comparisons

Series: Security and Governance

Edited by Joseph B. Ruane, University College Cork, Ireland and Jennifer Todd, University College Dublin, Ireland

Analyses the emergence of new forms of security governance in Europe in response to changing domestic and external challenges.

Series: Association for the Study of Nationalities

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60159-7: £75.00/08

This book uses case studies from Ireland to France, Malaysia to Zimbabwe to evaluate the ways in which ordinary people construct their solidarities and identities in subtle and powerful ways using both ethnic and religious resources. This book was published as a special issue of Ethnopolitics . Routledge «Market: Ethnic Studies / Social Anthropology / Protest Movements November 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-60233-4: £80.00/08


Europeanization and Foreign Policy State Identity in Finland and Britain Juha Jokela, University of Helsinki, Finland Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book examines the relationship between the European Union (EU) and its member states by analysing how the process of integration in the field of foreign policy is shaping member states’ identities.

E-mail: for more information

This book illuminates the spread of ideologies as both discursive and spatial phenomena in distinct contributions that ground their analysis in cities of the Global North and South. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Routledge «Market: Urban Studies / Political Philosophy / Globalisation February 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59863-7: £80.00/08

Globalization, Labor Export and Resistance A Study of Filipino Migrant Domestic Workers in Global Cities Ligaya Lindio-McGovern, Indiana University of Kokomo Series: Rethinking Globalizations

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60379-9: £75.00/08



for e-mail updates in your field

Series: Rethinking Globalizations

Examines international labour export of Filipino migrant workers and forms of resistance to globalization.

Routledge «Market: European Politics / International Relations / Foreign Policy December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57787-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83485-5: £75.00/14

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics

International Environmental Agreements An Introduction Edited by Steinar Andresen, Elin Lerum Boasson and Geir Hønneland, all at The Fridjof Nansen Institute, Norway Series: Routledge Research in Environmental Politics Introduction to the working processes of the Agreements introduced to govern global environmental policy. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59825-5: £75.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

94 politics Islamization of Turkey under the AKP Rule *

Multilayered Migration Governance

Politics of Empathy

The Promise of Partnership

Ethics, Solidarity and Recognition

Edited by Birol Yesilada, Porland State University, USA and Barry Rubin, Interdisciplinary Center Herzliya, Israel

Edited by Rahel Kunz, University of Lucerne, Switzerland, Sandra Lavenex, University of Lucerne, Switzerland and Marion Panizzon, International Economic Law, University of Bern and World Trade Institute

Anthony M. Clohesy, University of Essex, UK

This book examines the decade in office of the Justice and Development Party (AKP) and its efforts to transform the Turkish republic toward a more Islamist-oriented system. This book was published as a special issue of the Turkish Studies. Routledge «Market: Politics / Middle East / Islam November 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56056-6: £80.00/08

Madness in International Relations *

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Examines the use of migration partnerships as a new tool in the political management of migration flows. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59532-2: £75.00/08

Psychology, Security, and the Global Governance of Mental Health

National and European Foreign Policy

Alison Howell

Towards Europeanization

Series: Interventions

Edited by Reuben Wong, National University of Singapore and Christopher Hill, University of Cambridge

This book provides a novel approach to the study of security and global governance by demonstrating that psychological interventions are integral to global governmentality. Howell uses case studies to illustrate how therapeutic interventions are deployed in a range of global governance projects, and seeks to assess the effects of the problematization of the psyches of these populations. Routledge «Market: Politics / Development February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57626-0: £75.00/08

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics Examines how national foreign policies in the EU affect common EU positions in international politics. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61084-1: £75.00/08

Negotiation Theory and the EU The State of the Art

Migration, Nation States, and International Cooperation Edited by Randall Hansen, University of Toronto, Canada, Jobst Koehler, International Organisation for Migration, Switzerland and Jeannette Money, University of California, Davis, USA Series: Routledge Research in Transnationalism Against a background of past, limited examples of international cooperation, and ambitious hopes for extensive future efforts, this volume puts two related questions to the empirical test: under which conditions are states prepared to cooperate over international migration, and what form – bilateral, multilateral, formal, informal – will this coperation take?

Edited by Andreas Duer and Gemma Mateo, both at University of Salzburg, Austria and Daniel C. Thomas, University College Dublin, Ireland Series: Journal of European Public Policy Special Issues as Books This volume offers a thematic and forward-looking survey of cutting-edge research on EU negotiation dynamics, identifying findings to date and setting an empirical and methodological agenda for future research. This book was based on a special issue of Journal of European Public Policy.

The main argument of this book is that empathy is a necessary condition for a just, democratic and ethical politics. Empathy remains significant in a variety of fields but it remains largely unexamined within political theory. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / Political Philosophy March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57009-1: £75.00/08

Power and Transnational Activism * Edited by Thomas Olesen, University of Aarhus, Denmark Series: Rethinking Globalizations Offering new and critical insights on global activism and power, it features case studies on China and Tibet, HIV/AIDS, climate change, child labour, the WTO, women and the UN, the global public sphere, world social forums and global civil society. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Sociology / Globalization Studies November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55369-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83665-1: £75.00/14

Race and US Foreign Policy The African-American Foreign Affairs Network Mark Ledwidge, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy The book provides cutting edge insight into the racial aspect of US foreign affairs. In addition to extending the parameters of US foreign policy literature to include race and ethnicity, the book documents case-specific analyses of the evolutionary development of the African American foreign affairs network (AAFAN). Routledge «Market: Politics / Foreign Policy March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48211-0: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: European Union Politics / Governance / Political Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59663-3: £80.00/08

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Politics April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88840-0: £75.00/08

politics 95 Regional Orders and Regional Powers

Social and Political Thought of Julius Evola *

Strategy in US Foreign Policy After the Cold War

Edited by Dirk Nabers and Nadine Godehardt, both at GIGA German Institute for Global and Area Studies

Paul Furlong

Nicholas Kitchen, London School of Economics, UK

Series: Extremism and Democracy

Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy

Julius Evola wrote over 36 books and over 1100 articles from 1924 until his death in 1974. His writing covered a vast range of subjects, from a distinctive and categorical ideological outlook and has been extremely influential on a significant number of extreme right thinkers, activists and organisations. This book is the first full length study in English to present his political thought to a wider audience, beyond that of his followers and sympathisers, and to bring into the open the study of a neglected strand of contemporary Western thought, that of traditionalism.

This book studies the debates surrounding the grand strategy of the United States following the Cold War. It assesses the strategic ideas that have been advanced to conceptualise American foreign policy, grouping these thematically under the headings of primacy, neo-isolationism and liberal multilateralism.

Routledge «Market: Political Theory / International Relations / Fascism January 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58968-0: £75.00/03

The Forum on China- Africa Cooperation (FOCAC) *

Series: Routledge/GARNET series A reconceptualization of the concept of ‘region’ and its function within power and order systems. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60383-6: £75.00/08

Rewards for High Public Office in Europe and North America * Edited by B. Guy Peters, University of Pittsburgh, USA and Marleen Brans, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium This book addresses an important element of public governance, and does so in a longitudinal and comparative manner. The approach enables us to make a number of interesting statements about the development of political systems and also about the differences among those systems. It provides an unique systematic investigation of both formal and informal rewards for working in high-level positions in the public sector, and seeks to determine the impacts of the choices of reward structures. Routledge «Market: Politics and Comparative Public Administration January 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-78105-3: £75.00/03

Selected Writings of John A. Hobson 1932–1938 * The Struggle for the International Mind Edited by John M. Hobson and Colin Tyler Series: Routledge/Warwick Studies in Globalisation Previously unpublished writings of John A. Hobson. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59823-1: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83443-5: £75.00/14

Somalia: Too Dangerous, Too Important to Ignore Edited by Brian J. Hesse, Northwest Missouri State University, USA Pirates, terrorists and humanitarian crises emanating from a failed state – Somalia is too dangerous and too important to ignore. The book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Routledge «Market: African Politics / International Relations / Terrorism February 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59463-9: £80.00/08

Spatiality, Sovereignty and Carl Schmitt

The Forum on China-Africa Cooperation provides a concise introduction to an organisation that will be instrumental in the future of Africa’s relationship with the developed world, and will be of interest to students of African and Chinese politics, International Relations and International Organizations. Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs / International Orgainizations December 2010: 216x138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-54860-1: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83500-5: £70.00/14

The New Politics of European Civil Society *

Edited by Stephen Legg

Series: Routledge Studies on Democratising Europe

Series: Interventions

This multi-disciplinary book captures the evolving practices of European civil society that stretch across the local, national, European and global realm. It consolidates existing research and reviews its’ conceptual, normative and empirical-analytical foundations.

This work draws together both geographers and Schmitt experts who are attuned to the spatial dimensions of his work, in order to make a significant intervention in the fields of political geography, historical geography, critical geopolitics and critical international relations.


Series: Global Institutions

Geographies of the Nomos

E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Ian Taylor, University of St. Andrews, UK

Edited by Ulrike Liebert, University of Bremen, Germany and Hans-Jörg Trenz, University of Oslo, Norway

Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / International Relations Theory March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-60067-5: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: Foreign Policy / American Politics / Strategic Studies March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60750-6: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: European Politics / Political Science / Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57845-5: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83668-2: £75.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

96 politics

The Electoral Consequences of Welfare State Retrenchment and Social Policy Performance in OECD Countries Nathalie Giger, University of Mannheim, Germany Series: Routledge/EUI Studies in the Political Economy of the Welfare State The Risk of Social Policy uses a comparative perspective to systematically analyse the effects of social policy reforms and welfare state retrenchment on voting choice. It re-examines twenty elections in OECD countries to show if and how social policy issues drive elections. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59198-0: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83448-0: £75.00/14

EU varieties of capitalism and International Political Economy

Philippe Bourbeau, University of Ottawa

Huw Macartney, University of Manchester, UK

Series: Security and Governance

Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy

Provides an overview of the integration of migration into international security frameworks emphasizing policing and defence. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations January 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59451-6: £75.00/08

Agonism, Restitution & Repair

Edited by Bjorn Erik Rasch, University of Oslo, Norway and George Tsebelis, University of Michigan, USA Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science With a strong comparative framework, this book examines fourteen countries with parliamentary or semi-presidential systems of government to provide a detailed investigation into the mechanisms by which governments determine the agendas of their parliaments.

Edited by Alexander Hirsch, University of California Santa Cruz, USA The founding of truth commissions, legal tribunals, and public confessionals in places like South Africa, Australia, Yugoslavia, and Chile have attempted to heal wounds and bring about reconciliation in societies divided by a history of violence and conflict. However this volume argues that such mechanisms of transitional justice either fall short or, worse, unwittingly perpetuate the very injustices they aim to suture. Featuring contributions from well-established scholars, and containing a wide variety of case studies including Sri Lanka, Grenada, Canada and Northern Ireland. Essential reading for all those with an interest in restorative justice, conflict resolution and peace studies. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / International Relations Theory March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-78173-2: £75.00/08

US Policy Towards Cuba *

This book provides comparative analyses of global and European banking communities, and economic research centres, in the UK, France, and Germany. It explains the current neoliberal order in global finance, and the realms of possibility for challenges to it. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-60150-4: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83634-7: £75.00/14

War, Identity and the Liberal State Everyday Experiences of the Geopolitical in the Armed Forces Victoria Basham Series: Interventions This book examines how the geopolitics of identity, war and liberalism are experienced and negotiated in the everyday lives of members of the armed forces, and how these experiences in turn, reinforce and sustain dominant and intersecting discourses of conflict, governance, gender, ethnicity and sexuality. The book draws on original and unique research with military personnel to take an intimate look at how soldiers negotiate, challenge, reinforce and resist the liberal state and its war machinery in their daily lives. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / International Relations Theory March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58341-1: £75.00/08

Since the Cold War

Women in Executive Power

Jessica Gibbs, Aberystwyth University, UK

A Global Overview

Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy

Edited by Gretchen Bauer and Manon Tremblay, University of Ottawa

This is a comprehensive examination of US policy towards Cuba with a particular emphasis on the post-Cold War era. As well as providing a detailed account of US policy and actions towards Castro’s regime, the book also illustrates how this case study provides a revealing insight into wider debates about US foreign policy and international relations theory. Routledge «Market: American Politics / Foreign Policy / International Relations / Security Studies November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-43747-9: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-94612-1: £75.00/14

order now!

Variegated Neoliberalism *

A Study of Movement and Order

Theorising Post-Conflict Reconciliation

The Role of Governments in Legislative Agenda Setting *

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48101-4: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83742-9: £75.00/14

The Securitization of Migration in the Post-Cold War Era *

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics A comprehensive regional study of women in the political executive. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60380-5: £75.00/08


The Risk of Social Policy? *

Military & Strategic Studies



politics 97

6. Transforming Pakistan

3rd Edition

Ways Out of Instability

Masters of War

Hilary Synnott

Classical Strategic Thought

2009: 234x156: 186pp Pb: 978-0-415-56260-7: £9.99/04

Michael I. Handel


2000: 234x156: 512pp Pb: 978-0-7146-8132-0: £27.99/04

7. German Unification 1989–90

2nd Edition

Documents on British Policy Overseas, Series III, Volume VII


2009: 234x156: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-55002-4: £90.00/08

Geoffrey Till


A Guide for the Twenty-First Century 2009: 246x174: 432pp Pb: 978-0-415-48089-5: £27.99/04

8. Secret Intelligence

Understanding Counterinsurgency

A Reader Edited by Christopher Andrew, Richard J. Aldrich and Wesley K. Wark

Doctrine, Operations, and Challenges Edited by Thomas Rid and Thomas Keaney

2008: 246x174: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-42024-2: £27.99/04


2010: 246x174: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-77765-0: £23.99/04

9. The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies

War, Peace and International Relations

Edited by Victor Mauer and Myriam Dunn Cavelty

An Introduction to Strategic History

2009: 246x174: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-46361-4: £125.00/08

Colin S. Gray


2007: 246x174: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-38639-5: £24.99/04

10. A Reader

Handbook of Intelligence Studies

Edited by Thomas Mahnken and Joseph A. Maiolo

Edited by Loch K. Johnson

2008: 246x174: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-77222-8: £26.99/04

2009: 246x174: 388pp Pb: 978-0-415-77783-4: £26.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Strategic Studies eBooks are only available to order online

98 military & strategic studies

Feminist Security Studies *

Political Economy of Statebuilding

A Narrative Approach Annick Wibben, University of San Francisco, USA

Power after Peace

Series: PRIO New Security Studies

Edited by Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK and Dominik Zaum, University of Reading, UK

This book rethinks security theory from a feminist perspective, illustrating what feminist security concerns are, why they remain outside the purview of security studies, and what can be done to address them more successfully through the development of a comprehensive theoretical framework. It constitutes a major contribution to the fields of security studies and feminist IR.

Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This volume examines and evaluates the impact of international statebuilding interventions on the political economy of post-conflict countries over the past 20 years.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Continuum of Violence and the Question of Survival 2. The Structure of Security Narratives and the Case of Human Security 3. Feminists Interventions and the Politics of Identity 4. Security as Narrative in the Age of Terror 5. The Future of Feminist Security Studies. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Feminist Theory / IR December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-45727-9: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-45728-6: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83488-6: £85.00/14

Routledge «Market: Statebuilding / International Relations / War and Conflict Studies March 2011: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-60478-9: £80.00/03

Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect *

Realism and World Politics * Edited by Ken Booth, Aberystwyth University This book contributes to the rethinking of realism through multiple analyses of the keys works of Kenneth Waltz, arguing that a sophisticated appreciation of realism is needed to truly understand world politics and International Relations.

From Words to Deeds Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith University, Australia Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect This book provides an in-depth introduction to, and analysis of, the issues relating to the implementation of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) principle in international relations. The principal themes of this book are: • implementation challenges (especially the UN Secretary-General’s implementation agenda, the politics of implementation, and the relationship between R2P and international law) • key themes in implementation (focusing on the prevention of genocide and mass atrocities, strengthening the UN’s capacity to respond, the role of regional organizations and the place of women in the R2P agenda). The book will be of great interest to students of IR, foreign policy, security studies and politics. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Peace Studies / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56735-0: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56736-7: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83716-0: £85.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

The book will be of great interest to students of IR, foreign policy, security studies and politics. Routledge «Market: IR / Security Studies / Foreign Policy December 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-57057-2: £95.00/14 Pb: 978-0-415-57058-9: £26.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83396-4: £95.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


• the nature of the R2P principle

Bringing together a theoretically varied group of leading scholars from both sides of the Atlantic, this book is an outstanding appreciation of the work of realism’s most important theorist since the Second World War, and the persistent themes thrown up by his work over a half-century. The contributors do not engage with Waltz’s work as slavish disciples, but rather as positive critics, recognising its decisive significance in International Relations, while using the process of critical engagement to search for new or renewed understandings of unfolding global situations and new insights into long-standing problems of theory-building.

military & strategic studies 99

The Liberal Peace

The Peace In Between

Selected Essays

Post-Conflict Violence and Peacebuilding

Michael W. Doyle, Columbia University, New York This volume comprises the key writings of Prof. Michael Doyle on the Liberal Peace, from the 1980s up to the present day. Selected Contents: 1. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: Part I (1983) 2. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: Part II (1983) 3. Liberalism and World Politics (1986) 4. Politics and Grand Strategy (1993) 5. The Voice of the People: Political Theorists on the International Implications of Democracy (1994) 6. One World, Many Peoples: International Justice in John Rawls’s The Law of Peoples (2006) 7. An International Liberal Community (1992) 8. A More Perfect Union? The Liberal Peace and the Challenge of Globalization (2000) 9. A Few Words on Mill, Walzer and Nonintervention (2009) 10. Conclusion: Liberal Peace revisited (2010) Routledge «Market: International Relations / Politics / Foreign Policy March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78174-9: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78175-6: £22.99/04

Edited by Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK and Astri Suhrke, Chr. Michelsen Institute, Norway Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding This volume examines the causes and purposes of post-conflict violence in contemporary intra-state wars.

Routledge «Market: War and Conflict Studies / Peacebuilding / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60932-6: £75.00/08

3rd Edition

Terrorism Versus Democracy *

The Responsibility to Protect *

The Liberal State Response

Norms, Laws and the Use of Force in International Politics

Paul Wilkinson, University of St Andrews, UK

Ramesh Thakur, University of Waterloo, Canada

Series: Cass Series on Political Violence

Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect

This acclaimed study examines both the new terror networks and those that have been around for decades. This new edition brings it up to date with the dramatic opening of the twenty first century, with new chapters on the 9/11 attacks, the growth of international terrorism, the Al-Qaeda network and the ‘War on Terror’. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: International Law / Human Rights / War and Conflict Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78168-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78169-5: £23.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Revised 3rd Edition 2. Terrorism, Insurgency and Asymmetrical Conflict 3. The Emergence of Modern Terrorism 4. Origins and Key Characteristics of Al Qaeda 5. Politics, Diplomacy and Peace Processes: Pathways Out of Terrorism? 6. Law-Enforcement, Criminal Justice and the Liberal State 7. The Role of the Military in Combating Terrorism 8. Hostage-Taking, Sieges and Problems of Response 9. Aviation Security 10. The Media and Terrorism 11. International Cooperation Against Terrorism 12. The Future of Terrorism Routledge «Market: Terrorism / Security Studies and Politics January 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58800-3: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58799-0: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83231-8: £85.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-38477-3

This volume is a collection of the key writings of Professor Ramesh Thakur on norms and laws regulating the international use of force. These essays represent the author’s writings on R2P, including reference to test cases as they arose, such as with Cyclone Nargis in Myanmar in 2008. Comprising essays by a key thinker and agent in the Responsibility to Protect debates, this book will be of much interest to students of international politics, human rights, international law, war and conflict studies, international security and IR in general. eBooks are only available to order online

100 military & strategic studies

Theories of Violent Conflict

Why Did the US Invade Iraq?

An Introduction

Edited by Jane K. Cramer, University of Oregon, USA and A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan, Dearborn, USA

This textbook introduces students of violent conflict to a variety of prominent theoretical approaches, and to examine the ontological stances and epistemological traditions underlying these approaches. In reviewing theories of conflict, this book takes the centrality of the group as actor in contemporary conflict as a point of departure. The key role of the group in most conflicts is widely acknowledged: of the 118 conflicts that have taken place between 1989 and 2004, only 7 have been inter-state wars. We are left with three main questions from this departure point: 1. What makes a group? 2. Why and how does a group resort to violence? 3. Why and how do or don’t they stop? This book will be essential reading for students of war and conflict studies, peace studies, conflict analysis and conflict resolution, and ethnic conflict, as well as security studies and IR in general. Routledge «Market: War and Conflict Studies / IR / Security Studies March 2011: 246x174: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-55534-0: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86951-2: £22.99/14

War and Ideas * Selected Essays John Mueller, Ohio State University, USA This book is a collection of the key essays of Professor John Mueller on war and the role of ideas and opinions. Professor Mueller has maintained that war (and peace) are, in essence, merely ideas, and that war has waned as the notion that ‘peace’ is a decidedly good idea has gained currency. This book updates this argument, noting that as ideas have spread, war is losing out not only in the developed world, but now in the developing one, and that even civil war is in marked decline. It also assesses and critiques more recent theories arguing that this phenomenon is caused by the rising acceptance of democracy and/or capitalism. This book will be of much interest to students of international relations, security studies, foreign policy and international history. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Foreign Policy / Security Studies January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78176-3: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78177-0: £23.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This volume presents the best scholarly thinking about why the U.S. invaded Iraq, a pivotal event in modern US foreign policy and international politics. The years since the announcement of the invasion of Iraq by George W. Bush in 2003 have revealed that the WMD threat was not the urgent threat the administration declared and that Saddam Hussein was not involved with Al Qaeda or 9/11. At least in part because of these revelations a majority of Americans (not to mention a majority of people globally) now believe that invading Iraq was a mistake and that the Bush administration misled the public to build support for war. So why did the U.S. invade Iraq? Taking a broad range of arguments – about the role of ideas, Israel, and oil, in partcular – the book highlights current areas of agreement and disagreement. The volume will be of much interest to students of the Iraq War, US foreign and security policy, strategic studies, Middle Eastern politics and IR/Security Studies in general. Routledge «Market: US Foreign Policy / Security Studies / Middle Eastern Politics March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78212-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78213-5: £23.99/04

The Routledge Handbook of Energy Security Edited by Benjamin K. Sovacool, National University of Singapore, Singapore This Handbook focuses on energy security world-wide, examining its definition, dimensions, ways to measure and index it. The main objectives of the volume are to broaden existing discussions of energy security that center on access to fuels, focus not only on the supply side of energy but also the demand side, investigate energy security issues such as energy poverty, equity and access, and development and analyze ways to index and measure energy security progress at the national and international level. This handbook will be of much interest to students of energy policy, global security, economics/trade, environmental studies, and IR in general. Routledge «Market: Energy Policy / Global Security / International Relations December 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-59117-1: £110.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83460-2: £110.00/14 Rising to £125.00/08 3 months after publication

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Jolle Demmers, Utrecht University, the Netherlands

military & strategic studies 101 Counter-Terrorism and State Political Violence

Grand Strategy and the Presidency *

Reconciliation after Terrorism

The ‘War on Terror’ as Terror

Foreign Policy, War and the American Role in the World

Edited by Alexander Spencer and Judith Renner, both at Ludwig-MaximiliansUniversity Munich

Edited by Scott Poynting, Manchester Metropolitan University and David Whyte, Liverpool University, UK

Strategy, Possibility or Absurdity?

C. Dale Walton Series: Strategy and History

Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies This edited volume aims to deepen our understanding of state power through a series of case studies of political violence arising from state ‘counter-terrorism’ strategies. Routledge «Market: Critical Security / Terrorism Studies / Sociology March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60720-9: £75.00/08

This book examines the role of the Presidency in the formulation and conduct of grand strategy, and why this is important for the future of US national security. Routledge «Market: American History / Strategic Studies / Foreign Policy February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59832-3: £75.00/08

Humanitarian Intervention and the Responsibility to Protect *

Critical Perspectives on the Responsibility to Protect * Interrogating Theory and Practice Edited by Philip Cunliffe, University of Kent, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This volume argues that the widely supported doctrine of the ‘Responsibility to Protect’ does not embody progressive values, and that it has the potential to undermine international order.

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book brings together scholars from the hitherto disparate fields of terrorism and reconciliation studies to examine whether reconciliation is a possible strategy for dealing with and ending a terrorist conflict. Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / Terrorism Studies / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58858-4: £75.00/08

Security and Human Rights

Rethinking the Liberal Peace *

Cristina G. Badescu, University of Toronto, Canada

External Models and Local Alternatives

Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect

Edited by Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh, Sciences Po Center for Peace and Human Security, France

This book is about the search to develop a more acceptable account of the principles and mechanisms associated with humanitarian intervention, which has become known as the ‘Responsibility to Protect’ (R2P).

Series: Cass Series on Peacekeeping This book presents a critical analysis of the liberal peace project and offers possible alternatives and models.

Routledge «Market: Human Rights / Critical Security / IR December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58623-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83429-9: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: International Relations / Security Studies / Human Rights November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58627-6: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83454-1: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / International Relations / Critical Security Studies February 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60055-2: £75.00/08

Gender and U.S. Foreign Policy

Law, Ethics and Security

Militarization, Resistance and the Discourse of Motherhood

Policy Challenges in the post-911 World

Russia and the Cult of State Security

Tina Managhan, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Edited by Aidan Hehir, Natasha Kuhrt and Andrew Mumford

Series: War, Politics and Experience

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

This book examines motherhood as a discursive practice in IR against the backdrop of US foreign policy formation.

This volume explores the nexus of the issues of international law and ethics in the context of the ‘War on Terror’, and the misalignment of contemporary security demands with existing law.

Routledge «Market: Gender Studies / Foreign Policy / Critical Security Studies March 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-78195-4: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: International Law / Security Studies / IR March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60742-1: £75.00/08

The Chekist Tradition, From Lenin to Putin Julie Fedor Series: Studies in Intelligence This book explores the mythology woven around the Soviet secret police and the Russian cult of state security that has emerged from it. Routledge «Market: Russian History / Intelligence Studies / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60933-3: £75.00/08

Seapower and the Asia-Pacific Naval Power and Expeditionary Wars

Adjusting to New Realities Edited by Geoffrey Till, Kings College London, UK and Patrick Bratton

Peripheral Campaigns and New Theatres of Naval Warfare

Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History

Edited by Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine, both at US Naval War College, Newport

This volume examines the rise and fall of sea powers in the Asia-Pacific region.

Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History

Routledge «Market: Naval Power / Strategic Studies / Asian Politics March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60934-0: £75.00/08

This book examines the nature and character of naval expeditionary warfare, in particular in peripheral campaigns, and the contribution of such campaigns to the achievement of strategic victory. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Naval and Military History / Strategic Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54608-9: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83321-6: £75.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

102 military & strategic studies Statebuilding, Security-Sector Reform and the Liberal Peace

Terrorism, Identity, and Legitimacy *

The Political Economy of Peacemaking *

The Freedom of Security

The Four Waves Theory and Political Violence

Barry Ryan, University of Keele, UK

Edited by Jean Rosenfeld, UCLA, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding

Series: Cass Series on Political Violence

Achim Wennmann, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Switzerland

This book contextualises the rapid growth of Security Sector Reform (SSR) in state-building, and provides a critique of the liberal peace theories that lay behind it.

This edited collection is a critical examination of the significance of history, religion and ‘transcendent purpose’ on the successive waves of terror that have assaulted and shocked modern societies, and is inspired by David Rapoport’s research.

Routledge «Market: Security Studies / IR / Global Governance March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55833-4: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-86774-7: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Sociology / Conflict Studies November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57857-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83432-9: £75.00/14

Terrorism and the Olympics *

Terrorist Rehabilitation and Counter-radicalisation *

Major Event Security and Lessons for the Future Edited by Anthony Richards, Peter Fussey and Andrew Silke, all at University of East London, UK Series: Cass Series on Political Violence Drawing on contributions from leading academics and practitioners in the field, this book provides an outline of the progress, problems and challenges of delivering a safe and secure Olympics in face of the growing terrorist threat to major public events. Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Security Studies / Politics November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49939-2: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83522-7: £75.00/14

New Approaches to Counter-terrorism Edited by Lawrence Rubin, Rohan Gunaratna, IDSS, Singapore and Jolene Anne R. Jerard Series: Cass Series on Political Violence This book seeks to explore the new frontiers in counter-terrorism research, analyses and practice, focusing on the imperative to rehabilitate terrorists. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Security Studies / Diplomacy March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58293-3: £75.00/08

Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding This book focuses on the economic dimensions of peace processes, examining the opportunities and constraints associated with these issues. Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / Development Studies / Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58626-9: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83517-3: £75.00/14

The Politics of Terrorism Expertise Knowledge, Power and the Media Edited by David Miller and Tom Mills Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies This book provides an account of the history, geopolitics, activities and impact of the rise of the terror experts. Routledge «Market: Critical Terrorism Studies / Sociology / Politics January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60418-5: £75.00/08

Unipolarity and World Politics * A Theory and its Implications

The Official History of the British Civil Service * Reforming the Civil Service, Volume 1: The Fulton Years, 1966–81 Rodney Lowe, Cabinet Office, London Series: Government Official History Series This first volume of the Official History of the UK Civil Service covers its evolution from the seminal Northcote-Trevelyan Report of 1854 to the destruction of the ‘old order’ under Mrs Thatcher by 1981.

Birthe Hansen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This new book offers a coherent model of a unipolar world order. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / IR / Foreign Policy January 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-47820-5: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83230-1: £75.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: British Politics / Government January 2011: 234x156: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-58864-5: £65.00/08

asian studies


asian studies 103


6. Chinese Politics

Women’s Movements in Asia

State, Society and the Market

Feminisms and Transnational Activism

Edited by Peter Gries and Stanley Rosen

Edited by Mina Roces and Louise Edwards

2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-56403-8: £24.99/04

2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-48703-0: £23.99/04


7. Indian Political Thought

2nd Edition

The New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific

A Reader Edited by Aakash Singh and Silika Mohapatra 2010: 246x174: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-56294-2: £25.99/04

Michael Connors, Remy Davison and Jörn Dosch 2011: 246x174: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-46497-0: £22.99/04


8. Routledge Handbook of South Asian Politics

Innovation in China

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal

Shang-Ling Jui

The Chinese Software Industry 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56456-4: £85.00/08

Edited by Paul R. Brass 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-43429-4: £125.00/11


9. The US-Japan Alliance

3rd Edition

Chinese Society

Balancing Soft and Hard Power in East Asia

Change, Conflict and Resistance

Edited by David Arase and Tsuneo Akaha

Edited by Elizabeth J. Perry and Mark Selden

2009: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-48713-9: £75.00/08

2010: 234x156: 344pp Pb: 978-0-415-56074-0: £25.99/04


10. Gender and Sexuality in India

2nd Edition

South Asian Economic Development

Selling Sex in Chennai Salla Sariola 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-54915-8: £80.00/08

Moazzem Hossain, Rajat Kathuria and Iyanatul Islam for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



2009: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-45473-5: £25.99/04 eBooks are only available to order online

104 asian studies

East Asian Transformation * On the Political Economy of Dynamism, Governance and Crisis Jeffrey Henderson, University of Bristol, UK This book brings together benchmark essays in the field of global political economy, covering the key politicaleconomic issues of East Asian development: the relation between the state and markets; the changing nature of economic governance and its relation to inequality; and the rise of China and its international consequences.

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Development Studies / Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-54791-8: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54792-5: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83313-1: £90.00/14

Human Resource Management in China New Trends and Practices Fang Lee Cooke, RMIT University, Australia The approach to managing human resources has changed significantly in China over the last twenty-five years as its transformation from a state planned economy to a market-oriented economy continues. By adopting a broad notion of HRM, while remaining sympathetic to the strong emphasis on relationship management in the Chinese culture, Fang Lee Cooke builds on the foundations of traditional Chinese HRM practice and brings it right up to date, including analysis of currently under-explored issues such as diversity management, talent management, new pay schemes, and performance management. Routledge «Market: Chinese Business / Asian Business / Human Resource Management March 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55379-7: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55380-3: £25.99/04

3rd Edition textbook

Government and Politics in Taiwan International Politics Dafydd Fell, SOAS, University of London, UK of the Asia Pacific Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Authoritarian Rule 3. Transition to Democracy 4. Government and Constitutional Structure 5. Electoral Politics & Voting Behaviour 6. Party Politics 7. Competing National identities 8. Cross-Strait Relations 9. Foreign Policy Making 10. Political Economy 11. Local and Factional Politics 12. Social Welfare System 13. Social Movements 14. The Fall of the DPP and the New KMT Era 15. Challenges for Taiwan’s Democracy Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Politics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57538-6: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57542-3: £22.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Michael Yahuda, University of London, UK Series: Politics in Asia The third edition of Michael Yahuda’s extremely successful textbook has been fully revised and updated, introducing students to the international politics of the Asia-Pacific region since 1945. As well as assessing the post-cold War uncertainties that challenged balance and power with the region, Yahuda also examines the first decade of the new millennium which includes no let up on the ‘war on terror’, new political administrations in all the key player-states and increased cooperative security between some nations, polarised by volatile relationships between others. Analyzing politics in terms of global, regional and local trends, this new edition includes an in-depth discussion of the Bush administration legacy and where the Obama administration’s vision takes their policy Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / International Relations and Politics January 2011: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-47479-5: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47480-1: £20.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-20798-0

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Written by an experienced teacher and scholar this new textbook introduces the reader to the big questions that concern change and continuity in how politics operates and how Taiwan is governed. Thematic chapters covering all the key topics provide students with the essential background to the history and development of the political system, as well as an explanation of the key structures, processes and institutions that have shaped modern Taiwan. Government and Politics in Taiwan includes suggestions for further reading, study questions, discussion points and glossary lists of key terms and figures.

asian studies 105

Taiwan’s Democracy Economic and Political Challenges Edited by Robert Ash, John W. Garver, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA and Penelope Prime, Mercer University, USA Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series This book analyses the political and economic challenges Taiwan has faced since since its democratic revolution began with the lifting of martial law in 1987. Taiwan’s Democracy will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Taiwan studies, Chinese politics and economics, international politics and economics, and development studies.

Routledge «Market: Taiwan Studies / Asian Economics / Asian Politics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60457-4: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60458-1: £25.99/04

Understanding India’s New Political Economy A Great Transformation? Edited by Sanjay Ruparelia and Sanjay Reddy, both at The New School for Social Research, John Harriss, Simon Fraser University, Canada and Stuart Corbridge, London School of Economics, UK This book addresses the three most important large-scale transformations that have reshaped India since 1989: the advent of liberal economic reform, the ascendance of Hindu cultural nationalism, and the empowerment of historically subordinate classes through popular democratic mobilizations. Filling a gap in the literature, it describes, explains and assesses the nexus between these central transformations in a rigorous and integrated manner.

Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / IPE February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59810-1: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59811-8: £24.99/04

The Routledge Atlas of South Asian Affairs Robert W. Bradnock, King’s College London, UK This Atlas highlights the global significance of South Asia in relation to economic, geopolitical and strategic interests. It provides a coherent descriptive and analytical account of the key elements of the complex societies that make up the region and its component countries. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Geography / International Relations March 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54512-9: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54513-6: £23.99/04 eBooks are only available to order online

106 asian studies Abandoned Japanese in Postwar Manchuria *

Buddhist Practice and Visual Culture The Visual Rhetoric of Borobudur

China’s One-Child Policy and Multiple Caregiving

The Lives of War Orphans and Wives in Two Countries

Julie Gifford, Miami University, Ohio, USA

Raising Little Suns

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism

Esther Goh, National University of Singapore

Yeeshan Chan, Freelance Scholar

This is the first study to provide an overall interpretation of the Buddhist monument Borobudur in Indonesia. Including both the narrative reliefs and the Buddha images, the book opens up a wealth of information on Mahayana Buddhist religious ideas and practices that could have informed Borobudur and it convincingly interprets Borobudur within that context.

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

Series: Japan Anthropology Workshop Series This book relates the experiences of the zanryuhojin – the Japanese civilians, mostly women and children, who were abandoned in Manchuria after the end of the Second World War when Japan’s puppet state in Manchuria ended. It examines their eventual repatriation, alongside issues of war memory and war guilt, and the worldviews of the zanryu-hojin, alongside Japanese society and its anti-war social movements. Routledge «Market: Japanese History / Asian History November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59181-2: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83933-1: £85.00/14

Aesthetic Constructions of Korean Nationalism

Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / Buddhism / Southeast Asian Studies February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78098-8: £85.00/08

Routledge «Market: Chinese Culture and Society / Asian Social Policy / Family Studies March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60250-1: £75.00/08

Changing Power Relations in Northeast Asia

Chinese Economists on Economic Reform – Guo Shujing

Implications for Relations between Japan and South Korea

Guo Shujing

Edited by Marie Soderberg, Stockholm Economics School, Sweden

Spectacle, Politics and History

Series: European Institute of Japanese Studies East Asian Economics and Business Series

Hong Kal, York University, Canada Series: Asia’s Transformations Aesthetic Constructions of Korean Nationalism chooses expositions, museums and the urban built environment at particular moments in both colonial and postcolonial eras and analyses their discursive relations in the construction of Korean nationalism. By linking concepts of visual spectacle, space and governmentality, this book explores how visual spectacles and spaces made the nation imaginable to the public in both the past and the present; how they represented a new modality of seeing for the state and contributed to the shaping of collective identities in colonial and postcolonial Korea; and how their different modes were associated with the change in governmentality in Korea. In addressing these questions, the book interprets the politics behind the culture of displays and shows both the continuity and the transformation of spectacles as a governing technology in twentieth-century Korea. Routledge «Market: Korean Studies / Museum Studies / Heritage Studies March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60256-3: £75.00/08

The aim of this book is to analyse the JapanSouth Korean relationship from various angles such as politics, security, economics, culture and immigration issues and how the relationship is affected by the changing power relations in Northeast Asia. Understanding how Japan and Korea interact is central for anyone that wants to understand the politics of East Asia, with this in mind this volume will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Asian politics, as well as those interested in political science and peace and conflict resolution more generally. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Asian History / Peace Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58747-1: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83343-8

China’s Integrationist Language Policy Impact on Ethnic Harmony Edited by Gulbahar Beckett and Gerard Postiglione Series: Comparative Development and Policy in Asia

Buddhism in Australia * Traditions in Change Edited by Cristina Rocha, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Michelle Barker, Future Initiatives, Australia Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism The number of Buddhists in Australia has grown dramatically in recent years. In 2006, Buddhists accounted for 2.1 per cent of Australia’s population, almost doubling the 1996 figures, and making it the fastest growing religion in the country. This book analyses the arrival and localisation of Buddhism in Australia in the context of the globalisation of Buddhism.

This book examines the social phenomenon in contemporary urban China where grandparents from either or both paternal and maternal lineage, together with the biological parents, revolve themselves around raising the single child who is commonly referred to as ‘little sun.’

This book assesses the current state of indigenous and minority language policy in China. It considers especially language policy in the education system, including in higher education, and provides detailed case studies of how particular ethnic minorities are being affected by the integrationist approach. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Asian Studies February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59605-3: £85.00/08

Edited by The China Development Research Foundation Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy The China Development Research Foundation is one the leading economic think tanks in China, providing a base where many leading Chinese economists have developed the details of Chinese economic reform. This book is the first of a series which makes available to an English-speaking audience the work of the individual Chinese economists who were the architects of reform. Routledge «Market: China / Economics March 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58222-3: £95.00/03

Chinese Economists on Economic Reform – Xue Muqiao * Xue Muqiao, The China Development Research Foundation, China Edited by The China Development Research Foundation, China Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy This book is the first of a series which makes available to an English-speaking audience the work of the individual Chinese economists who were the architects of reform. The series provides an inside view of China’s economic reform, revealing the thinking of the reformers themselves, unlike many other books on China’s economic reform which are written by outside observers. Routledge «Market: China / Economics December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59821-7: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83724-5: £85.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / Buddhism / Religion in Practise November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56818-0: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-84032-0: £80.00/14

asian studies 107 China’s Southern Tang Dynasty, 937–975

Communalism and Globalization in South Asia and its Diaspora *

Contemporary Vietnam

Johannes L. Kurz, Universiti Brunei Darussalam

Edited by Deana Heath, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland and Chandana Mathur, National University of Ireland, Maynooth

Ian Jeffries, Swansea University, UK

Series: Intersections: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories Taking as its premise the belief that communalism is not a resurgence of tradition but is instead an inherently modern phenomenon, as well as a product of the fundamental agencies and ideas of modernity, and that globalization is neither a unique nor unprecedented process, this book addresses the question of whether globalization has amplified or muted processes of communalism.

This book provides full details of contemporary economic and political developments in Vietnam. Key topics covered include Vietnam’s success, in general, in maintaining high rates of growth in the face of inflation and the global financial crisis; continuing economic reforms; foreign trade and investment; battles against corruption; population growth; the Communist Party’s determined maintainance of power; and Vietnam’s response to public health problems such as AIDS, SARS and bird flu.

Routledge «Market: Asian History / South Asia / Postcolonialism December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57364-1: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83705-4: £80.00/14

Routledge «Market: South East Asian Studies / Asian Politics December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60400-0: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83437-4: £85.00/14

Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka *

Decoding Boundaries in Contemporary Japan *

Caught in the Peace Trap?

The Koizumi Administration and Beyond

Edited by Jonathan Goodhand, University of London, UK, Jonathan Spencer, University of Edinburgh, UK and Benedikt Korf, University of Zurich – Irchel, Switzerland

Edited by Glenn D. Hook

Series: Asian States and Empires This book is the first in English to provide a comprehensive overview of the Southern Tang Dynasty (937–975). It shows that the Southern Tang was the key Chinese state of this period, preserving from the former great Tang dynasty (618–907) cultural values and artefacts which were to form the basis of the much better known Song dynasty (960–1279). Routledge «Market: Chinese History / Culture & Society March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45496-4: £80.00/03

Chinese Migrants in Russia, Central Asia and Eastern Europe * Edited by Felix Chang and Sunnie Rucker-Chang Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series The countries of the former Soviet bloc – Russia, Eastern Europe and the countries of Central Asia – have a disproportionately high number of Chinese immigrants. This book provides a comprehensive overview of this migration to these countries, exploring how it has come about, discussing the motivation of the migrants and examining the significant contribution the migrants are making. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Migration / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-57874-5: £85.00/08

Citizens in the Making in Post-Soviet States Olena Nikolayenko Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies This book, based on extensive original research, including new survey research amongst young people, examines young people’s political outlook in countries of the former Soviet Union, comparing and contrasting especially Russia, where authoritarianism has begun to reassert itself, and Ukraine, which experienced a democratic breakthrough in the aftermath of the Orange Revolution. Routledge «Market: Russian Studies January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59604-6: £85.00/08

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series The period between 2001 and 2006 saw the rise and fall of an internationally supported effort to bring a protracted violent conflict in Sri Lanka to a peaceful resolution. A ceasefire agreement, signed in February 2002, was followed by six rounds of peace talks, but growing political violence, disagreements over core issues and a fragmentation of the constituencies of the key parties led to an eventual breakdown. This book brings together a unique range of perspectives on this problematic and ultimately unsuccessful peace process. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Peace and Conflict Studies November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46604-2: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83824-2: £80.00/14

Constructing a Social Welfare System for All in China *

The purpose of this book is to illuminate the changing nature of contemporary Japan by decoding a range of political, economic and social boundaries, focising on the period following the inauguration of Prime Minister Koizumi Junichiro’s administration. A rapid turnover of prime ministers followed Koizumi but the transformation set in motion through his promotion of a more proactive role for Japan internationally, and the implementation of ‘structural reforms’ domestically, set the direction for future administrations. Routledge «Market: Japanese Politics / Asian Politics / Japanese Studies / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-60044-6: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83311-7: £85.00/14

Democratic Culture * Historical and Philosophical Essays Edited by Akeel Bilgrami Series: Critical Interventions in Theory and Praxis A collection of essays by distinguished scholars, this book delineates a substantial conception of democracy, the great promise as well as the pitfalls of a democratic mentality and culture. These essays go beyond the institutional and formal descriptions of democracy to its underlying cultural context – expressed both historically and analytically, descriptively and normatively.

This book sets out the general objectives, principles and framework of a proposed new social welfare system for China. It provides a comprehensive overview of China’s current welfare services, including retirement pensions, education, health, employment, housing and social security payments, and goes on to cost the proposed new social welfare system and assess the government’s capacity for implementing it.


Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/ Routledge Series

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia

China Development Research Foundation

Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies January 2011: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-58470-8: £95.00/08

A Guide to Economic and Political Developments

Routledge India November 2010: 216x138: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-58991-8: £65.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

108 asian studies Designing History in East Asian Textbooks

Ecological Modernisation and Environmental Compliance *

Explaining Pakistan’s Foreign Policy

Edited by Gotelind Müller, University of Heidelberg, Germany

The Garments Industry in Bangladesh

Escaping India

Series: Routledge Studies in Education and Society in Asia

Shahpar Selim

Aparna Pande, Hudson Institute, USA

Based on a case study of the ready-made garments industry in Bangladesh, this book examines the complexities of introducing ethical trade practices in less developed economies as part of a supply chain in an international trade network.

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

Routledge «Market: Asian Education / Asian History / Comparative Education March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60252-5: £75.00/08

Development–induced Displacement, Rehabilitation and Resettlement in India

Routledge India November 2010: 216x138 Hb: 978-0-415-59819-4: £65.00/08

Economic Developments in Contemporary Russia Ian Jeffries, Swansea University, UK Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia This book provides a comprehensive overview of economic developments in Russia since the late 1990s. Key subjects covered include economic transition, privatization and liberalization, changes in land ownership and agriculture, energy, foreign direct investment, economic stabilization, and economic performance. Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / International Economics / Economic Development December 2010: 234x156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-60344-7: £125.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83462-6: £125.00/14

Current Issues and Challenges

Ending Forced Labour in Myanmar

Edited by Sakarama Somayaji, and Smrithi Talwar, both at The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), India

Engaging a Pariah Regime

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This volume critically examines the impact of these new policy formulations, both at the level of analysis of the text of the guidelines, as well as the manner in which they have been applied across the country. Contributions by some of India’s most engaged administrators, academics, and activists in the field provide insightful interpretations, analyses and critique of land acquisition law and in-depth case studies of its application. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Development Studies February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60080-4: £80.00/08

Richard Horsey Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series This book is an empirically rich, well-documented in-depth analysis of the interactions between an international organization and a member failing to comply with internationally agreed human rights standards. Horsey provides new insights into the internal decision-making processes of an international organization, the external pressures to which it is exposed, as well as the conduct, the logistics and the negotiation dynamics of fact finding missions. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Global Governance February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60077-4: £85.00/08

Digital Development in Korea Building an Information Society

Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies Digital Development in Korea analyses the communications revolution that over the past three decades has transformed South Korea from a developing nation with low teledensity to an advanced economy in the vanguard of the world’s information societies.

Food Culture in Colonial Asia A Taste of Empire Cecilia Leong-Salobir Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia This book is a social history of colonial food practices in India, Malaysia and Singapore and of the contribution that Asian domestic servants made towards the development of this cuisine between 1858 and 1963. The author employs the media of domestic cookbooks, household management manuals, memoirs, diaries and travelogues to investigate the culinary practices in the colonial household, clubs, hill stations, hotels and restaurants. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / History February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60632-5: £85.00/08

Gender, Emotions and Labour Markets – Asian and Western Perspectives * Ann Brooks, University of Adelaide, Australia and Theresa Devasahayam, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Women’s Studies / Cultural Studies December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56389-5: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83413-8: £80.00/14

Routledge «Market: Communication Studies / Information / Communication and Technology Studies / Korean Studies February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60646-2: £75.00/08

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59900-9: £85.00/08

The concept of emotional labour has largely emerged from the analysis of organizations in the West. However, little has been written about the issue of what defines emotional labour and how it is configured in different cultural contexts. This book addresses this gap in the literature and considers how, and in what ways, emotional labour characterises formal and informal work environments in Southeast Asia.

Myung Oh, Konkuk University, South Korea and James Larson, Fulbright Commission, South Korea

order now!

Pakistan has over the decades become a hotbed for the terrorist ideology often referred to as Jihadism. Pandeinvestigates the underlying principles of Pakistan’s foreign policy from 1947 until the present day and explains the rise of Jihadism as an offshoot of Pakistan’s security concerns. In the eyes of Pakistan’s policy makers, Pakistan’s interests lay in ‘containing’ India, ‘seeking parity’ with India in military and political terms, ‘gaining’ allies against India and ‘escaping’ an Indian identity by disowning shared heritage. Pakistan’s policies towards India, Afghanistan, United States, China and the Muslim world reflect various aspects of this very construct.

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This book analyses the efforts throughout East Asia to deploy education for purposes of political socialization, and in particular in order to shape notions of identity. Written by a group of international education experts chapters discuss the enduring focus on the role of curricula in inculcating homogenous visions of the national self, and indeed homogenized visions of significant ‘others’. The book also looks at the alternative approaches to textbook design, including the new trend of common textbook initiatives which operate with the aim of defusing the tensions that mutual representation have tended to fuel. It also breaks new ground in the alaysis of East Asia’s textbook wars by including contributions from scholars and curriculum developers involved in writing national and multi-national history textbooks.

asian studies 109 Health and Religious Rituals in South Asia *

Insurgent Sepoys *

IT Development in Korea

Europe Views the Revolt of 1857

A Broadband Nirvana

Disease, Possession and Healing

Edited by Shaswati Mazumdar

Kwang-Suk Lee, SungKongHoe University, Korea

Edited by Fabrizio Ferrari, University of Chester, UK

This book documents representations of the Revolt of 1857 in India in non-English speaking Europe. It casts light on the impact of the Revolt elsewhere – its international dimension – asking the question of its probable impact on simultaneous articulations of nationalist identities in central, south and eastern Europe.

Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies

Series: Routledge South Asian Religion Series Drawing on original fieldwork, this book develops a fresh methodological approach to the study of indigenous understandings of disease as possession, and looks at healing rituals in different South Asian cultural contexts. Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / South Asia / History of Medicine December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56145-7: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83386-5: £80.00/14

Human Rights Discourse in North Korea *

Routledge India November 2010: 216x138 Hb: 978-0-415-59799-9: £65.00/08

Interrogating International Relations * India’s Strategic Practice and the Return of History Jayashree Vivekanandan

Post-Colonial, Marxist and Confucian Perspectives

Series: War and International Politics in South Asia

Jiyoung Song, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies Jiyoung Song explains how North Korea has understood the concepts of human rights in its public documents since the independence in 1945 from Japan after 36 years’ colonial rule. Through active campaigns and international criticism, foreign governments and non-governmental organisations outside North Korea have been publishing numerous allegations on North Korean human rights violations. On the other hand, the efforts to engage with North Korea in order to improve the human rights situation through humanitarian assistance and to understand how North Koreans interpret human rights are often overshadowed by ‘naming and shaming’ and ‘push-until-it-collapses’ approaches. Routledge «Market: Korean Politics / Asian Politics / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59394-6: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83496-1: £75.00/14

Institutional Diversity and Innovation Continuing and Emerging Patterns in Japan and China Cornelia Storz, Johann Wolfgang Goethe University, Germany and Sebastian Schäfer Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

The book interrogates the disciplinary biases that inform mainstream International Relations today. Examining the grand strategy of the Mughal empire under Akbar, it argues for a historicocultural notion of power and critiques IR’s tendency to usher in a selective ‘return of history’. Routledge India November 2010: 216x138 Hb: 978-0-415-59812-5: £65.00/08

This book investigates the contextual factors that led Korean society to broadband success and becoming the most wired nation by scrutinizing the historical contexts surrounding the Korean Information Infrastructure project, which aimed to establish a nationwide high-speed backbone network. It details the hidden mechanisms and real challeneges faced in bubuilind the national framework: the global constraints conditioning its telecom policies, the dense state – capital linkages, and the bureaucratic desire for social control. This book provides insights into how to formulate future telecom policies along much more democratically participatory lines while restraining the overwhelming power of the telecom oligopolies. It stands alone as the comprehensible study of the East Asian model of IT development, written specifically for examining Korea’s socio-historical mechanisms promoting speed and broadband mobility. Routledge «Market: Korean Studies / Information Technology March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58746-4: £75.00/08

Japan’s Post-War

Islam and China’s Hong Kong Ethnic Identity, Muslim Networks and New Comprador Vision

Edited by Michael Lucken, Anne Bayard-Sakai and Emmanuel Lozerand, all at Institut National des Langues et Civilisations Orientales, France Translated by Arthur Stockwin

Wai Yip Ho

Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

Historical surveys of postwar Japan are usually established on the grounds that the era is already over, interpreting ‘postwar’ to be the years directly proceeding World War II. However, the contributors to this book take a unique approach to the concept of the postwar period and treat it as a network of historical time periods from the contemporary period, connecting these time capsules to the war to which they are inextricably linked. The book also takes a very interdisciplinary approach to examining post-war Japan and includes chapters centred around subjects as diverse as politics, poetry, philosophy, economics and art which serve to fill the blanks in the collective cultural memory that historical narratives leave behind. As such Japan’s Post-War will appeal to students and scholars of Japanese Studies and Modern Japanese History as well as historians studying the world after 1945.

Islam and China’s Hong Kong is a fresh and timely study examining how Muslims as a minority and their Islamic faith interweave with an East Asian global city as well as a city-state under the sovereignty of the People’s Republic China, post1997 Hong Kong. In the age of the ‘war on terror’, the wake of the transnational media networks, the global financial meltdown and the growing ethnic tension in China, this is the first book to investigate how ethnic and Chinese-speaking Muslims negotiate their identities and the increasing public attention to Islam in the postcolonial city reigned by the Chinese government. Routledge «Market: Islam / Chinese Culture / Ethnicity Studies March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60725-4: £75.00/08

This book discusses the extent to which the diagnoses and reform recommendations of recent work on innovation theory and the related policy recommendations actually apply to Japan and China. It examines the present design and reasons underlying the Japanese and Chinese innovation systems, and based on those findings, emphasises the necessity for reform if the future competitiveness of these countries is to be secured.

Routledge «Market: Japanese History / Japanese Politics / Asian History March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60538-0: £75.00/08 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Economics / Business Management January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55455-8: £80.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

110 asian studies Learning to Labour in Post-Soviet Russia Vocational Youth in Transition Charles Walker, University of Southampton; University College London, UK Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies This book explores the changing nature of growing-up working-class in post-Soviet Russia in a time of economic reform. Based on extensive research, it analyses the strategies of contemporary vocational education graduates and highlights their significance for wider processes of social change and social stratification in post-Soviet Russia. Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Sociology / Business October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47985-1: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83787-0: £80.00/14

Leisure and Power in Urban China Unn Målfrid Rolandsen, University of Oslo, Norway

Media, Social Mobilisation and Mass Protests in Post-colonial Hong Kong *

Pakistan – the Political Economy of Growth, Stagnation and the State, 1991–2008

The Power of a Critical Event

Matthew McCartney, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK

Francis L.F. Lee and Joseph M. Chan, both at Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series This book discusses why the Hong Kong protest movement emerged at a specific time, how it developed from a single protest into a series collective actions, and how effective it has been in changing government policy. It argues that the news media has been crucial – more so than political parties or the movement’s organisers – in determining how the protests have developed, and it examines the possible connections between the 1 July protests in Hong Kong and the pro-democracy protests in China. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59606-0: £90.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83599-9: £85.00/14

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book examines the kinds of leisure actitivites that urban Chinese engage in and the ways they talk about leisure, while at the same time analysing what the current party propaganda says about lesiure and the role of the local branches of the party state in the facilitation of leisure activities. Routledge «Market: Chinese Cultural Studies / Chinese Society / Leisure Studies February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60409-3: £75.00/08

Looking for Work in Post-Socialist China Feng Xu Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book examines China’s attempt to institutionalize, professionalize and humanize its approach to governance, drawing heavily on international norms and standards in employment regulation. It discusses the ways in which the government combines the new techniques with old campaign-style policy techniques, which not only makes the state’s power visible, but also allows it to claim credit for managing unemployment. Routledge «Market: Politics / Public Policy / Law January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55968-3: £80.00/08

New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements in Developing Societies * The Bharatiya Janata Party Sebastian Schwecke, University of Göttingen, Germany Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies Applying an intercultural and comparative theoretical approach across Asia and Africa, this book analyses the rise and moderation of political movements in developing societies which mobilise popular support with references to conceptions of cultural identity. The author includes not only the Hindu nationalist movement but also many Islamist political movements in a single category – New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements (NCIPM). Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Comparative Politics / India December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59596-4: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83390-2: £85.00/14

New Perspectives on the History and Historiography of Southeast Asia Continuing Explorations Edited by Michael Aung-Thwin, University of Hawaii at Manoa, USA and Kenneth R. Hall, Ball State University, USS This book presents new perspectives several important topics in Southeast Asian history and historiography. A unique ‘old-new’ treatment, covering the period from the ‘classical’ age to the twentieth-century, it reinterprets and revises several long-held conventional views in the field. All chapters share the approach to Southeast Asian history and historiography: namely, giving ‘agency’ to Southeast Asia in all research, analysis, writing, and interpretation.

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia This book provides a comprehensive reassessment of the development of the economy of Pakistan from independence to the present. It argues that the factors which bring about economic development in countries with high levels of deprivation are best understood by considering changing overall approaches where shifts in approaches do not always co-incide with changes in political regimes. Routledge «Market: South Asia Studies / International Politics / Asian Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57747-2: £85.00/08

Political Developments in Contemporary Russia Ian Jeffries, Swansea University, UK Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia This book provides a comprehensive overview of political developments in Russia since late 1999. It covers all aspects of politics including central government and elections, regional government and developments in the republics, including in Chechnya and other Caucasian republics, and human rights. Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Russian Politics December 2010: 234x156: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-60376-8: £125.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83446-6: £125.00/14

Political Theory and Community Building in Post-Soviet Russia * Edited by Oleg Kharkhordin, European University at St. Petersburg, Russia and Risto Alapuro, University of Helsinki, Finland Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies This book revisits many aspects of current social science theories, such as actor-network theory and the French school of science and technology studies, to test how the theories apply in a specific situation: in this case the role of Soviet era infrastructure in the city of Cherepovets in Russia, home of Russia’s second biggest steel producer, Severstal. Routledge «Market: Russian Politics / Political Theory / Russian Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59601-5: £90.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83524-1: £90.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Asian History / Southeast Asia January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60083-5: £85.00/08

asian studies 111 Psychopharmaceuticals in India

Rural Tax Reform in China *

Stefan Ecks, University of Edinburgh, UK

Policy Processes and Institutional Change

Series: Routledge/Edinburgh South Asian Studies Series

Linda Chelan Li, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

This book analyses two specific processes of globalization that have had an impact on the changing nature of doctor-patient encounters in India. One is the immense and successful growth of the global market in antidepressants over recent years, to the effect scholars speak of an ‘antidepressant era’. The other process is the rising Indian generics industry, which is to become the world largest manufacturer of generic medications by volume.

Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition

Routledge «Market: International Health / Medical Anthropology / South Asia January 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59039-6: £80.00/08

Public Policymaking in Hong Kong Civic Engagement and State-Society Relations in a Semi-Democracy Eliza Lee, Joseph Chan, Elaine Chan, Peter Cheung, Wai Fung Lam and Wai Man Lam Series: Comparative Development and Policy in Asia This book discusses civic engagement and public policymaking in postcolonial Hong Kong. Utilizing case studies of citizens’ advisory committees involving four policy areas – urban planning, social welfare policy, environmental protection, and arts and culture policy – it examines the interaction between the state and civil society, and explores how far the state opens up its policy process for citizens’ participation. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Politics / Public Policy March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57605-5: £80.00/08

This book charts the twists and turns in the change processes of a recent phase of an old practice in China: state extraction from the rural population. Using extensive interview data with local and central bureaucrats, Li’s findings highlight the role of parallel developments and agency in the change process, as well as the prevalence of contingency and uncertainty. It also elegantly blends the narrative of the rural tax and administrative reforms with theoretical discussions to deepen our understanding of policy process and institutional change in 21st century China. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58751-8: £75.00/08

Brian Bennett

Utpal Vyas, Ritsumeikan Asia Pacific University, Japan Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series Soft power is overlooked in the field of international relations, dismissed as lacking relevance or robustness as a theoretical concept. This book expands upon the idea of ‘soft power’ in international relations and investigates how soft power actually functions by looking at three case studies in Japan-China relations. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55170-0: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83579-1: £75.00/14

Security, Development and Nation-Building in Timor-Leste

The Role of Regional Cooperation

A Cross-sectoral Assessment

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

Edited by Vandra Harris, Flinders University, Australia and Andrew John Goldsmith, University of Wollongong, Australia

The main focus of the book is to indicate how South Asia can take advantage of the rapid changes taking place in the structure of the global economy. It argues that the developing global economy will be much more complex than implied by what may be called the G2 model: that from a unipolar world the world is moving towards a bilpolar configuration with two countries – the US and China – at the center.

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series This volume draws together the perspectives of practitioners, policy-makers and academics on the international efforts to rebuild the world’s newest nation. The contributors consider issues of peacebuilding, security and justice sector reform as well as human security in Timor-Leste, locating these in the broader context of building nation, stability and development.

Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series

Social Policy and Migration in China

This book examines the revival of Church Slavonic, relating it to a wide range of contemporary social and cultural developments in contemporary Russia, including debates about protecting Russia from western cults and culture, debates about recovering pre-revolutionary traditions and articulating Russian/Orthodox identities, and to factionalism and renewal within the Orthodox Church.

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Religion February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78063-6: £90.00/03

State, Sub-state and Non-state Relations

South Asia in the New World Order

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Development Studies March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60124-5: £85.00/08

Religion and Language in Post-Soviet Russia

Soft Power in Japan-China Relations *

Lida Fan, Lakehead University, Canada This book explores the impacts of social policy on migration and makes recommendations for migration related policy making in China. Using social policy to mean the government’s regulations, stipulations and guidelines in dealing with migration issues directly and indirectly Lida Fan examines migration regulations and household registration, social welfare and insurance, employment, education, housing, medical care and industrial strategies, all of which heavily influenced migration in China both during the planned economic era and during the reform era. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Culture and Society / Migration Studies March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60782-7: £75.00/08

Shahid Javed Burki, previously Finance Minister of Pakistan and Vice President of the World Bank

Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Asian Economics / South Asia February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58726-6: £80.00/08

Speaking of Epidemics in Chinese Medicine Disease and the Geographic Imagination in Late Imperial China Marta Hanson, Johns Hopkins University, USA Series: Needham Research Institute Series This book is the biography of a Chinese disease. Born in antiquity and reaching maturity during the epidemics that swept China during the seventeenth-century collapse of the Ming dynasty, the ancient notion of wenbing ‘Warm diseases’ continued to play a role even in the response of Traditional Chinese Medicine to the outbreak of SARS in 2002–3. By following wenbing from its birth to maturity and even life in modern times this book approaches the history of Chinese medicine from a new angle. It explores the possibility of replacing older narratives that stress progress and linear development with accounts that pay attention to geographic, intellectual, and cultural diversity. By doing so it integrates the history of Chinese medicine into broader historical studies in a way that has not so far been attempted, and addresses the concerns of a readership much wider than that of Chinese medicine specialists. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: History of Medicine / Chinese Medicine / Chinese History March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-60253-2: £75.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

112 asian studies Sufism and Saint Veneration in Contemporary Bangladesh

The Coal Industry in China’s Political Economy

The Heritage of Soviet Oriental Studies *

The Maijbhandaris of Chittagong

Tim Wright, University of Sheffield

Hans Harder, Heidelberg University, Germany

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies

This book examines key aspects of China’s coal industry which illustrate the political economy of China’s economic transformation. It shows how the coal industry was one of the pillars of the planned economy and how its transition to market-based operations has been particularly protracted and difficult, with particular difficulties in moving prices from the artificially low prices of the planned economy to market determined prices, and in determining financial performance where performance is affected significantly by external factors and artificially set prices.

Edited by Michael Kemper, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Stephan Conermann, Bonn University, Germany

Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / South Asia / Islam January 2011: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-58170-7: £85.00/08

Taiwanese Business or Chinese Security Asset A Changing Pattern of Interaction between Taiwanese Businesses and Chinese Governments Chun-Yi Lee, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Routledge/Leiden Series in Modern East Asian Politics and History Combining government/business theory with empirical studies, this book is the first comprehensive work dealing with the impact of cross-Strait relations on Taiwanese business. Routledge «Market: Taiwan Studies / Chinese Politics / Political Economy March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57593-5: £75.00/08

Taxation in ASEAN and China Edited by Nolan Sharkey, University of New South Wales, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia This book gathers a cross-disciplinary group of imminent scholars who have focussed their research on Tax in ASEAN and China and traverses a wide range of regional issues and jurisdictions. Topics cover the role of DTAs in regional integration, the impact of social institutions on tax, corruption and its causes, economic development and taxation and the use of education in developing systems. Countries covered include China, Vietnam, Hong Kong, Singapore, the Philippines, Malaysia and Indonesia. Fundamentally this book sheds light on the question of whether different taxing institutions are needed in the region. Routledge «Market: Asian Economics / Asian Finance / Taxation March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60889-3: £75.00/08

order now!

Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series The Western field of oriental studies and orientalism – criticised by Edward Said among others for encouraging the orient to be viewed in a particular way – has a counterpart in Russia and the Soviet Union. This book examines this Russian/Soviet intellectual tradition of oriental scholarship covering Islamic history and Muslim literatures of the USSR republics of Central Asia and the Caucasus.

Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Development Studies / Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49328-4: £85.00/08

Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Russian History / Political Islam December 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-59977-1: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83275-2: £85.00/14

The Decline of Regionalism in Putin’s Russia

The Institutional Dynamics of China’s Great Transformation *

J. Paul Goode, University of Oklahoma, US

Edited by Xiaoming Huang, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand

Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies This book reassesses the process whereby after 2000 Putin reversed the process by which in the 1990s power had shifted from Moscow to the regions. It focuses on the dynamics of regional boundaries: juridical boundaries, which defined a region’s territorial extent and thereby its resources; institutional boundaries that sustained regional differences; and cultural boundaries that defined the ethnic or technocratic principles on which a region could claim legitimate existence. Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Russian Politcs / Regionalism Studies March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60807-7: £85.00/08

The Emergence of Daoism Creation of Tradition Gil Raz, Dartmouth College, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Taoism This book presents the history of early Daoism, tracing the development of the tradition between the first and the fifth centuries CE. It sheds new light on a complex and multifaceted phenomenon, the formation of Daoism as a new religion in early medieval China. Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / Taoism / Chinese Studies February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77849-7: £80.00/08

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Series: China Policy Series This book examines the role of institutions in China’s recent large-scale economic, social and political transformation. Unlike existing literature, it offers perspectives from a range of disciplines to consider whether institutions form, evolve and change differently according to their historical or cultural environments and if their utilitarian functions can, and should be, observed, identified and measured in different ways. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Chinese Studies / Economics / Politics November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58058-8: £85.00/11 eBook: 978-0-203-83687-3: £85.00/14

The Japanese Pharmaceutical Industry * Maki Umemura, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Charting the development of the industry from post-war devastation, through good recovery in the 1960s, and then up to the present, the book explores why Japan, despite being a world leader in many high technology industries, is only a minor player in the global pharmaceutical industry. Routledge «Market: Japanese Studies January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58766-2: £85.00/08


Focusing on the Maijbhandari movement in Chittagong, south-eastern Bangladesh, which claims the status of the only Sufi order originated in Bengal and which has gained immense popularity in recent years, this book provides a comprehensive picture of contemporary Bengali Islam in the South Asian context.

asian studies 113 The Politics of Belonging in India Becoming Adivasi

The Spread of Tibetan Buddhism in China Charisma, Money, Enlightenment

Edited by Daniel J. Rycroft, University of East Anglia, UK and Sangeeta Dasgupta, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This volume responds to the need for an interdisciplinary re-assessment of Tribal studies in postcolonial India. The volume engages in this process by defining a new field of Adivasi studies. As such it prompts a close review of the political and sociological categories of tribal peoples and Indigenous peoples. This process is driven by the relevance of the Indigenous movement worldwide to current research in India. Since the 1990s, and the formation of the International Decade of the World’s Indigenous Peoples, this movement has influenced Adivasi self-perception and self-representation. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Ethnic Studies February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60082-8: £80.00/08

Dan Smyer Yü, The Minzu University of China and the Council on International Educational Exchange, China Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism This book is concerned with contemporary Tibetan Buddhist revivals in Tibetan regions of China, interpreting the intricate entanglements of the Buddhist revivals with cultural identity, state ideology, and popular imagination of Tibetan Buddhist spirituality in contemporary China. Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / Buddhism / Chinese Religions January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57532-4: £75.00/08

The Theatre and the State in Singapore * Terence Chong, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series

The Politics of Religion in South and Southeast Asia Edited by Ishtiaq Ahmed, National University of Singapore Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series This book makes a contribution both to the theoretical and conceptual literature on the politics of religion as well as shed light on the implications and ramifications of the politics of religion on contemporary South Asian and Southeast Asian states. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies, February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-60227-3: £85.00/08

This book provides a comprehensive examination of the contemporary theatre field in Singapore. Based on extensive original research it provides a wealth of information on theatre in Singapore overall, not just theatre-state relations. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Cultural Studies November 2010: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-58448-7: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83728-3: £80.00/14

Time, History and the Religious Imaginary in South Asia

Trans-Colonial Modernities in Asia Edited by Michael Dodson, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA and Brian Hatcher, Illinois Wesleyan University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia The generation of national cultures in colonized areas of Asia during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries has most often been traced to the cultural-textual production of emerging ‘middle-class’ elites. This book presents cuttingedge interpretations of the emergence of Asian nationalism, calling special attention to the realms of ‘national’ science, religion, and philosophy. Routledge «Market: Colonial History / Intellectual History / Asian Studies / Middle Eastern Studies March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78062-9: £80.00/08

Xinjiang and China’s Rise in Central Asia * Michael Clarke, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Traces the development of Xinjiang from the collapse of the Qing empire in the early twentieth century to the present, outlining the Chinese policy of integration, showing how the Chinese have pursued this through economic development and in-migration of Han Chinese, and demonstrating how the policy of integration is related to China’s concern for security and to its pursuit of increased power and influence in Central Asia. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58456-2: £85.00/03

Anne Murphy, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge South Asian Religion Series This book addresses the contributing forces and comparative implications of the formation of religious and communitarian sensibilities as expressed through the imagination of the past, and suggest how these relate to each other within and across traditions in South Asia in the early modern period. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / South Asia March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59597-1: £80.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

114 middle east studies

Gender and Violence in the Middle East *

Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural Politics *

Edited by Moha Ennaji and Fatima Sadiqi, both at Fès University, Morocco

The British Experience Tahir Abbas, University of London; Birkbeck College and University of Exeter, UK

Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development (CMED) series This book examines the issue of gender and violence in the Middle East and North Africa. Drawing on case studies across the region, the authors examine the historical, cultural, religious, social, legal and political factors affecting the issue.

The emergence of an Islamic political radicalism in Britain has been one of the most dramatic developments in post-war society. Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural Politics explores the context behind this phenomenon, focusing on post-war immigration and integration, the complex relations that exist between Britain and Islam and the true extent of social and economic inequalities that affect Muslims.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Conceptualization and Theoretical Background Part 2: Armed Conflict and Gender Based Violence Part 3: Religious and Social Violence Against Women Part 4: Gender-Based Discrimination and Legal Reform Part 5: Language, Sexual Harassment and Media Routledge «Market: Political Science / Gender Studies / Middle Eastern Politics February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59410-3: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59411-0: £25.99/04

Routledge «Market: Political Science / Islamic Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57224-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57225-5: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85004-6: £85.00/14

International Law and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict

Libya *

Edited by Susan M. Akram, Michael Dumper, University of Exeter, UK, Michael Lynk, University of Western Ontario, Canada and Iain Scobbie, University of London Placing a rights-based approach to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict at the centre of discussions over its peaceful resolution, this book provides detailed consideration of international law and its application to political issues. Contributions from leading scholars in their respective fields give an in-depth analysis of key issues, ranging from security, through legal and political frameworks to refugees and Jerusalem.

Routledge «Market: Middle East Studies / Politics / Middle Eastern Politics December 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-57322-1: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57323-8: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83465-7: £85.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Ronald Bruce St John, Independent Scholar, USA Series: The Contemporary Middle East This book examines the socioeconomic and political development of Libya from earliest times to the present, concentrating in particular on the four decades of revolutionary rule which began in 1969. Focusing on the twin themes of continuity and change, Ronald Bruce St John emphasises the full extent to which the revolutionary government has distorted the depth and breadth of the post-1969 revolution by stressing policy change at the expense of policy continuity. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. State Formation 3. Politics 4. Economics 5. International Relations 6. Conclusions Routledge «Market: Political Science / History / Middle East Studies February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77976-0: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77977-7: £25.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


A Rights-Based Approach to Middle East Peace

Continuity and Change

middle east studies 115

The Israel-Palestine Conflict * Parallel Discourses Edited by Elizabeth Matthews, California State University, San Marcos, USA Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development (CMED) series The Israel-Palestine conflict is frequently characterised by the violence between the two sides, beneath which lie a series of issues and disagreements. This book brings together Israeli and Palestinian viewpoints on key topics, providing an invaluable guide to the major issues that the peace process will be based around.

The Rise and Fall of Arab Jerusalem * Palestinian Politics and the City since 1967 Hillel Cohen, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict This book examines the politics of Jerusalem since 1967 and the city’s decline as an Arab city. Covering issues such as the Old City, the barrier, planning regulations and efforts to remove Palestinians from it, the book provides a broad overview of the contemporary situation and political relations inside the Palestinian community, but also with the Israeli authorities.

Selected Contents: Part I: Issues 1. Refugees 2. Borders, Territory, and Settlements 3. Water Part II: Concepts 4. Democratization and the Domestic Political Environment 5. Human Rights 6. Peace Culture and Education for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59853-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59854-5: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83489-3: £85.00/14

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Middle Eastern Politics / History January 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43478-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-43479-9: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83939-3: £75.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

116 middle east studies Arabic Idioms A Corpus Based Study Ashraf Abdou, American University in Cairo, Egypt Series: Routledge Arabic Linguistics Series Idioms represent a fascinating linguistic phenomenon that has captured the attention of many linguists for decades. This book provides a corpus-based study of idioms in Modern Standard Arabic. Examining the data with regard to their semantic, discursive, lexical and grammatical properties, the author sheds light on their intricate nature, establishes the major patterns of their linguistic behaviour, and provides explanations for these patterns. Routledge «Market: Language and Linguistics / Arabic March 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-60340-9: £75.00/08

Memory and Conflict in Lebanon

A History of Arabic Sciences and Mathematics Volume 1

Series: Exeter Studies in Ethno Politics

Roshdi Rashed Series: Culture and Civilization in the Middle East This volume provides a unique primary source on the history and philosophy of mathematics and science from the mediaeval Arab world. It also includes extensive commentary from one of world’s foremost authorities on the subject. Routledge «Market: History / Mathematics / Middle East Studies July 2011: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58217-9: £90.00/08

Gender in Contemporary Iran *

Being Human in Islam

Pushing the Boundaries

The Impact of the Evolutionary Worldview Damian Howard, Heythrop College, London Series: Culture and Civilization in the Middle East This examination of modern Islamic anthropology provides an account of the human being in various significant strands of Islamic religious thought since the later nineteenth century. Tracing the significance of Darwinist and other evolutionary theories in contemporary Islam, the author gives a thorough account of the variety of ways in which Islamic thought has been affected by, and responds to, the evolutionary anthropology encountered by Muslims through their interaction with occidental culture. Routledge «Market: Religion / Islam / Anthropology February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60368-3: £75.00/08

Edited by Roksana Bahramitash, University of Montreal, Canada and Eric Hooglund, Bates College, USA Series: Iranian Studies Iran has been a focus of international attention for much of the last decade. This book examines gender and the transformation of contemporary Iran, documenting the changes in women’s lives and challenging the idea that the revolution put back the clock for women to show how they have become agents of social change rather than victims. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Gender Studies / Middle Eastern Politics March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78101-5: £75.00/08

Iranian Music

Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine * Theory and Application Sapir Handelman, Harvard University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics Presenting and evaluating interactive models of peacemaking and the phenomenon of intractable conflict, the book takes an in-depth look into specific models for peacemaking and applies them to the situation in Israel/Palestine. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Middle East January 2011: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49215-7: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83250-9: £70.00/14

Founding Figures and Commentators in Arabic Mathematics

A Century of Popular Entertainment from Motrebi to Losanjelesi Gay Breyley, Monash University, Australia and Sasan Fatemi, University of Tehran, Iran Series: Iranian Studies This book provides broad coverage of popular music in Iran in the twentieth century right up to the present day. It includes an examination of the role of popular music in Iranian society and culture as well as its ongoing development and genres. Routledge «Market: Music / Middle East Studies March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57512-6: £75.00/08

Islamic Revivalism in Syria The Rise and Fall of Ba’thist Secularism Line Khatib, McGill University, Canada

Remembering and Forgetting the Past Craig Larkin, University of Exeter, UK This book examines the legacy of Lebanon’s civil war and how the population has learnt to cope. The author explores the efforts of those who wish to forget and those who wish to remember, so as not to repeat past mistakes, shedding new light on trauma and the persistence of ethnic and religious hostility. Routledge «Market: Anthropology / History / Middle Eastern History March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58779-2: £75.00/08

Money in the Middle East and North Africa * Monetary Policy Frameworks and Strategies Edited by David Cobham, Heriot-Watt University, UK and Ghassan Dibeh, Lebanese American University in Byblos, Lebanon Series: Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa Building on the editors’ earlier book, Monetary Policy and Central Banking in the Middle East and North Africa , this book emphasises monetary policy strategies and frameworks. It fills an important gap providing multi-country and single-country studies on monetary policy in post-civil war Lebanon, Egypt, Jordan, the Palestinian Territory and Turkey. Routledge «Market: Middle East Studies / Business Studies November 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58768-6: £95.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83653-8: £95.00/14

Opposition and Legitimacy in the Ottoman Empire * Conspiracies and Political Cultures Florian Riedler, Independent scholar Series: SOAS/Routledge Studies on the Middle East In this account of the political culture of Ottoman rule in the late nineteenth century and the forces of opposition against it, the author examines a number of key political conspiracies and how these relate to the notion of legitimacy. In analysing the structure of these conspiracies, the motives and aims of the plotters, and their style of contestation, the author provides a detailed evaluation of Ottoman political culture of the period. Routledge «Market: History / Political History / Middle Eastern Studies December 2010: 216x138: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-58044-1: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83487-9: £70.00/14

Series: Routledge Studies in Political Islam This book describes Syria’s present day Islamic groups – particularly their social profile and ideology – as well as offering an explanation of their resurgence. It also examines the government’s shift from promoting secularism to muting secularism and co-opting Islamic sectors.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Political Science / Islamic Studies March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78203-6: £75.00/08

middle east studies 117 Palestinian Refugees * Identity, Space and Place in the Levant Edited by Are Knudsen, Chr. Michelsen Institute (CMI), Norway and Sari Hanafi, American University of Beirut, Lebanon Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict More than four million Palestinian refugees live in protracted exile across the Middle East. Taking a regional approach to Palestinian refugee exile and alienation across the Levant, this book proposes a new understanding of the spatial and political dimensions of refugee camps across the Middle East. Routledge «Market: History / Middle Eastern History / Political Science November 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-58046-5: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83925-6: £75.00/14

Political Liberalism in Muslim Societies Fevzi Bilgin, St Mary’s College, Maryland, USA Series: Islamic Studies Series Contrary to common expectations in the past, religious traditions have survived the process of modernization and reasserted themselves in public life. Today, religious traditions play an increasingly important public role in shaping and redefining social institutions and interactions. This book examines Rawls’s theory of political liberalism as it relates to Islamic societies where religion wields a significant social and political influence.

Surveillance and Control in Israel/Palestine *

The Moral Economy of the Madrasa *

Population, Territory and Power

Islam and Education Today

Edited by Elia Zureik and David Lyon, both at Queen’s University, Canada and Yasmeen Abu-Laban, University of Alberta, Canada

Edited by Keiko Sakurai, Waseda University, Japan and Fariba Adelkhah, Sciences Po-Ceri, France

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics

Series: New Horizons in Islamic Studies

Surveillance is always a means to an end, whether that end is influence, management or entitlement. This book examines the several layers of surveillance that control the Palestinian population in Israel and the occupied territories, showing how they operate, how well they work, how they are augmented, and how in the end their chief purpose is population control.

This book provides an account of the role of Madrasas in contemporary Muslim societies across Asia, providing a nuanced understanding of their role in society within their local, national and global context.

Routledge «Market: Political Science / Sociology / Middle East Studies December 2010: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58861-4: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-84596-7: £75.00/14

History and Identity in the Museum K. Hannah Holtschneider, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series This book examines the issues surrounding the representation of Jews within the context of museum exhibitions and depictions of the Holocaust. Routledge «Market: History / Holocaust Studies / Museum Studies March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59714-2: £75.00/08

Qur’anic Hermeneutics

The Iran-Iraq War *

Al-Tabrisi and the Craft of Commentary

Antecedents and Conflict Escalation

Bruce Fudge, Ohio State University, USA

Jerome Donovan, Swinburne University, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies in the Qur’an

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics

This is a study of one of the most important works of medieval commentary on the Qur’an which is still in use today, and an exploration of the nature of scriptural interpretation in Islam.

The conflict between Iran and Iraq was arguably the longest and one of the more costly conventional wars of the twentieth century. This book employs international relations theory to help explain one of the Middle East’s bloodiest conflicts. Using power transition and foreign policy reciprocity theory, the author develops new insights into the Iran-Iraq war.

Spiritual Purification in Islam * The Life and Works of al-Muhasibi Gavin Picken, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Sufi Series

Unrecognized States in the International System Edited by Nina Caspersen, Lancaster University, UK and Gareth Stansfield, University of Exeter, UK

The Holocaust and Representations of Jews

Routledge «Market: Political Science / Religion / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-78182-4: £70.00/08

Routledge February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78200-5: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: Political Science / Religion / Islamic Studies February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58988-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-84078-8: £75.00/14

Series: Exeter Studies in Ethno Politics States that are not recognized in the international system are usually viewed as an anomaly. This book draws on both theory and case studies to better understand this phenomenon, demonstrating that their existence is less unusual than previously assumed Routledge «Market: Political Science / International Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58210-0: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83451-0: £75.00/14

War and Peace in Jewish Tradition

Routledge «Market: Political Science / Middle East Studies / International Studies December 2010: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57989-6: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83935-5: £75.00/14

From the Ancient World to the Present Edited by Yigal Levin and Amnon Shapira, both at Ariel University Center, Israel Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series This book shows the development of the concepts of war and peace throughout the history of Judaism from biblical to modern times. It includes historical, literary, philosophical and sociological approaches. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Religion / History / Middle Eastern History March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58715-0: £85.00/08

Purification of the soul is a principle that is central to understanding Islamic spirituality. This book examines the work of the scholar Al-Muhasibi who lived and worked during the classical Islamic period under the Abbasids, providing a comprehensive overview of his work and its great significance in the development of Islamic spirituality. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Religion / History / Islamic Studies December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-54822-9: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83504-3: £75.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

118 law 3rd Edition

2nd Edition textbook

Commonwealth Caribbean Property Law *

Criminal Justice Research Methods Theory and Practice Gerald J. Bayens, Washburn University, Topeka, USA and Cliff Roberson, Kaplan University; and Washburn University, Topeka, Kansas, USA

Gilbert Kodilinye, University of the West Indies, Barbados  ommonwealth Caribbean Property Law C sets out in a clear and concise manner the central principles of property and land law in the region in order to guide students through this often complex and confusing core subject area. The new edition has been fully updated and revised to include important new case law from the Caribbean jurisdictions. This textbook is essential reading for Caribbean LLB students as well as those on the CAPE law programme. The extensive coverage of landlord and tenant law from a Caribbean perspective, also makes this text a useful reference tool for practitioners.

Designed as a one semester introductory course in criminal justice research methods, this second edition offers important developments and updated examples in research methods and procedures. Written in an easily understood format, the book includes real-world scenarios to demonstrate research methods as well as practical and theoretical aspects for each method. Topics discussed include statistical concepts; scales, validity and reliability strategies; analytical and experimental research; interviewing; sampling; historical and archival data analyses; ethics in research; developing a research plan; program evaluation; and research and grant proposals.

Selected Contents: Creation of Leases Leasehold Covenants Assignment, Termination of Leases and Distress The Rent Restriction Acts Licences Co-ownership Condominium Restrictive Covenants Easements Mortgages Adverse Possession Sale of Land Routledge «Market: Commonwealth Law / Property Law December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57556-0: £75.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-84064-1: £75.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8431-4644-5

CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice December 2010: 235x156: 292pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3696-5: £57.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3697-2: £57.99/17


Advanced Concepts in Defensive Tactics

Criminal Law, Procedure, and Evidence

A Survival Guide for Law Enforcement

Walter P. Signorelli, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, New York, USA

Chuck Joyner, FBI, Houston, Texas, USA This ground breaking book is the first law enforcement defensive tactics publication that realistically addresses the limited training that law enforcement officers currently receive. This book concentrates on avoiding the initial attack, moving to safety, deploying a secondary weapon, and surviving the attack. Concepts are based upon extensive research, a landmark study by the International Association of Chiefs of Police, and street experience. The book stresses core concepts, proper body mechanics, and proven survival principles. Each chapter ends with drills to increase mental awareness, physical skills, and survivability tips.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice January 2011: 235x156: 360pp Pb: 978-1-4398-5449-5: £82.00/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-5450-1: £82.00/17

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press «Market: Law December 2010: 235x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4500-4: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4501-1: £38.99/17

In addition to delving into criminal law, procedure, and evidence, this volume considers how constitutional law shapes the legal process. Each chapter contains a problem that highlights one or more classic criminal justice issues that has the potential for compromising constitutional right, such as an automobile stop, a family dispute, or a police interrogation. These are presented from the point of view of citizens caught up in an investigation and from police attempting to enforce the law. After each problem, a series of questions are posed. The ultimate goal is to educate readers regarding liberty and security issues so that they may apply critical thinking when confronted with criminal justice issues involving constitutional principles.

law 119 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

How the Law Works *

Managing and Coordinating Major Criminal Investigations

Gary Slapper, The Open University, UK How the Law Works is a refreshingly clear and reliable guide to today’s legal system. Offering interesting and comprehensive coverage, it makes sense of all the curious features of the law in day to day life and in current affairs. Selected Contents: 1. The Importance of Law 2. Judges 3. Lawyers 4. Cases and the Courts 5. Case Technique 6. Interpreting Acts of Parliament 7. Types of Law 8. The Jury 9. Language and Law 10. Miscellany

Routledge «Market: Law / English Law December 2010: 234x156: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-60010-1: £14.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83336-0: £29.99/14

Robert F. Kilfeather, Sanford, Florida, USA Thoroughly updated with major revisions and expansion, this indispensible volume sets out a case management-based organizational system for working major criminal investigations. Drawing on the author’s extensive experience in the military, law enforcement, and legal arenas, it offers unique and expert insight and knowledge. Highlighting the management of complexities and the control of major investigations rather than the investigative aspects themselves, this practical reference adopts an instructional tone for law enforcement personnel to use in the field as a management, training, and development tool. CRC Press «Market: Law December 2010: 235x156: 280pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4922-4: £57.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4923-1: £57.99/17

Drugs, Crime and Public Health

Labor Law

The Political Economy of Drug Policy

A Basic Guide to the National Labor Relations Act

Alex Stevens, University of Kent, UK

David E. Strecker, Strecker & Associates, Tulsa, Oklahoma, USA

Drugs, Crime and Public Health provides an accessible but critical discussion of recent policy on illicit drugs. Using a comparative approach – centred on the UK, but with insights and complementary data gathered from the USA and other countries – it argues that problematic drug use can only be understood in the social context in which it takes place.

Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Social Policy March 2011 Pb: 978-0-415-61067-4: £27.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84416-8: £27.99/14

At times labor law can seem counterintuitive, but that does not mean it cannot or should not be understood. Whether you are a supervisor, a business owner, or an HR professional, it is essential that you understand the laws and rules governing how one treats employees and interacts with unions. This book deals with private sector labor law arising under the National Labor Relations Act. It provides a brief history of labor law in the United States before providing extensive information on the laws and regulations governing unions. It covers legal responses to unionization efforts, collective bargaining, strikes, arbitration, and what constitutes fair and unfair practices. This resource will educate you enough to let you manage with the confidence that comes from knowing the rights and obligations of employees, the company, and supervisors. It also serves as a valuable reference whenever quick advice is needed. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press February 2011: 235x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5594-2: £57.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-5595-9: £57.99/17 eBooks are only available to order online

120 law 5th Edition

7th Edition

Q&A Civil Liberties & Human Rights 2011–2012

Q&A Company Law 2011–2012

Helen Fenwick, Durham University, UK and Kevin Kerrigan, Northumbria University Law School, UK

Mike Ottley, University of Greenwich, UK Series: Questions and Answers Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Series: Questions and Answers Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Selected Contents: Formation of Companies and Consequences of Incorporation. The Company and Insiders. The Company and Outsiders. The Directors. The Shareholders and their Rights. Share Capital. Loan Capital. Administering the Company

Selected Contents: Freedom of Expression. Official Secrecy and Freedom of Information. Freedom of Assembly and Association. Privacy. Police Powers and the Rights of Suspects. Prisoners’ Rights. Freedom of Movement. Freedom From Discrimination. The Human Rights Act 1998 and the European Convention on Human Rights Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights Law and Civil Liberties January 2011: 220x152 : 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-48329-2: £12.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-43213-9

Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides and Company Law January 2011: 220x152 : 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-59908-5: £12.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48331-5

6th Edition

7th Edition

Q&A Commercial Law 2011–2012 Q&A Constitutional & Jo Reddy Administrative Law 2011–2012 Series: Questions and Answers

Selected Contents: General Questions. Description and Quality. Passing of Property and Risk. Nemo Dat Quod Non Habet. Making and Cancelling a Credit Agreement. Default and Termination of Credit Agreements. Connected Lender Liability. General Principles of Agency. Relationship with Third Parties. FOB Contracts. CIF Contracts Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides and Commercial Law January 2011: 220x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-59324-3: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83286-8: £12.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48041-3

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Helen Fenwick and Gavin Phillipson, Durham University, UK Series: Questions and Answers Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Selected Contents: The Characteristics of the British Constitution. Parliamentary Sovereignty, the Human Rights Act and the European Union. The House of Commons. The House of Lords. Prerogative Powers. The Executive. Judicial Review. Ombudsmen. Protection for Human Rights. Freedom of Expression and Freedom of Information. The Individual and the State: Police Powers Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides and Constitutional and Administrative Law January 2011: 220x152: 440pp Pb: 978-0-415-59909-2: £12.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48374-2

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

law 121 9th Edition

7th Edition

Q&A Contract Law 2011–2012

Q&A Employment Law 2011–2012

Richard Stone, University of Lincoln, UK

Deborah Lockton, De Montfort University, UK

Series: Questions and Answers

Series: Questions and Answers

Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Selected Contents: Offer and Acceptance. Intention and Consideration. Privity. Capacity. Contents of the Contract. Exclusion Clauses. Mistake and Misrepresentation. Duress and Undue Influence. Illegality. Frustration. Performance and Breach. Remedies. Quasi-Contract and Restitution. Agency. Sale of Goods Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides and Contract Law January 2011: 220x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-59325-0: £12.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48167-0

Selected Contents: Institutions of Employment Law. Nature of the Relationship. Sources of Contractual Terms. Implied Duties. Discrimination. Equal Pay. Employment Protection. Termination at Common Law. Unfair Dismissal. Redundancy. Trade Unions and their Members. Trade Unions and industrial Action Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides and Employment Law January 2011: 220x152: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-59321-2: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83283-7: £12.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48284-4

8th Edition

9th Edition

Q&A Criminal Law 2011–2012

Q&A English Legal System 2011–2012

Norman Baird, University of London External Laws Programme Series: Questions and Answers Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Gary Slapper, The Open University, UK and David Kelly, Staffordshire University, UK Series: Questions and Answers Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Selected Contents: General Principles of Criminal Law. Fatal and Non-Fatal Offences Against the Person. General Defences. Modes of Participation, Inchoate Offences and Various Liability. Offences Against Property for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Law and The English Legal System January 2011: 220x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-59911-5: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83192-2: £12.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48032-1

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Law / Revision and Study Guides January 2011: 220x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-59910-8: £12.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48363-6

Selected Contents: Sources of Law and Legal Reform. The Courts and the Apellate Process. Judicial Reasoning. Judges and Juries. The Criminal Process. Civil Process and Legal Services. Alternative Dispute Resolution. The Rule of Law. Judicial Review and Human Rights eBooks are only available to order online

122 law 7th Edition

9th Edition

Q&A Equity & Trusts 2011–2012

Q&A Evidence 2011–2012

Mohamed Ramjohn, Thames Valley University, UK

Christopher Allen, Formerly at City University, UK

Series: Questions and Answers

Series: Questions and Answers

Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Selected Contents: The Creation of Trusts. Secret Trusts. The Three Certainties and the Beneficiary Principle. The Law of Charities. Resulting Trusts. Constructive Trusts 1: Not to Profit and Co-ownership. Constructive Trusts 2: The Liability of Strangers. The Law of Tracing. Breach of Trust. The Office of Trustee and its Powers and Duties Routledge «Market: Law / Equity and Trusts Law January 2011: 234x156: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-59912-2: £12.99/04

Selected Contents: 1. Basic Concepts 2. Burden and Standard of Proof 3. Presumptions, Competence and Compellability 4. Hearsay I 5. Hearsay II 6. Hazardous Evidence 7. Confessions and Ill-Gotten Evidence 8. Character Evidence I 9. Character Evidence II 10. The Course of Testimony 11. Opinion Evidence 12. Privilege and Public Policy 13. Revision Routledge «Market: Law / Evidence January 2011: 220x152: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-59830-9: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83282-0: £12.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48364-3

8th Edition

6th Edition

Q&A European Union Law 2011–2012

Q&A Family Law 2010–2011 Series: Questions and Answers Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for.

Series: Questions and Answers Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for. Selected Contents: Community Institutions. Sources of Law. EC Law and National Law. Judicial Remedies and Review (1): Direct Actions. Judicial Remedies and Review (2): Indirect Action – Preliminary References. The Free Movement of Goods. Competition Policy. The Free Movement of Workers. The Freedom of Establishment and the Freedom to Provide Services. Freedom from Discrimination. External Relations. The Internal Market and Beyond Routledge «Market: Law / European Union Law / Revision January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-59913-9: £12.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48271-4

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: Nullity of Marriage. Divorce. Financial Provision Within Marriage. Financial Provision on Divorce. Property Disputes. Domestic Violence. Parental Responsibility and Disputes. Children on Divorce. Children and the Local Authority. Adoption. Overview Routledge «Market: Family Law and Revision January 2011: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-59914-6: £12.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48365-0

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Michael Cuthbert, University of Northampton, UK

Rachael Stretch, Nottingham Trent University, UK

law 123 5th Edition

9th Edition

Q&A Jurisprudence 2011–2012

Q&A Torts 2011–2012

David Brooke, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Jason Lowther, University of Plymouth, UK

Series: Questions and Answers

Series: Questions and Answers

Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for. Selected Contents: General Aspects of Jurisprudence. Precursors of Modern Jurisprudence. Natural Law. Transcendental Idealism. Utilitarianism. Legal Positivism. Historical Jurisprudence. The Sociological Movement in Jurisprudence. Marxist Jurisprudence. Scandinavian Realism. American Realism. Contemporary American Jurisprudence. Rights. Law and Morality. Feminist Jurisprudence Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides / Jurisprudence January 2011: 220x152: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-59915-3: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83280-6: £12.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48285-1

Each Q&A contains 50 questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, with answer plans and comprehensive suggested answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so the student gains an important insight into exactly what examiners are looking for. Selected Contents: Vicarious Liability. Negligence – Duty of Care Generally and Restricted Situations. Negligence – Breach, Causation and Remoteness of Damage. Breach of Statutory Duty. Employers’ Liability. Product Liability. Occupiers’ Liability. Nuisance. The Rule in Rylands v Fletcher and Fire. Animals. Defamation and Privacy. Trespass to the Person, to Land and to Goods. Economic Torts Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides / Tort law January 2011: 220x152: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-59917-7: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83220-2: £12.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48372-8

7th Edition

Q&A Land Law 2011–2012

Q&A Medical Law 2011–2012

Series: Questions and Answers

Jonathan Herring, University of Oxford, UK


Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Registered Land 2. Unregistered Land 3. Co-ownership 4. Successive Interests in Land 5. Leases 6. Licences and Proprietary Estoppel 7. Easements 8. Freehold Covenants 9. The Law of Mortgages 10. Miscellaneous Problems Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides and Land Law January 2011: 220x152: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-59916-0: £12.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Questions and Answers Each Routledge Q&A contains approximately fifty essay and problembased questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, complete with answer plans and fully worked model answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so you can recognise exactly what examiners are looking for in an answer. Selected Contents: 1. Medical Negligence 2. Rationing 3. Consent and Capacity 4. Confidentiality 5. Abortion and Pregnancy 6. Assisted Reproduction 7. Ownership of Bodies 8. End of Life 9. Mental Health 10. Medical Research 11. General Questions Routledge «Market: Law / Medical Law January 2011: 220x152: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-57541-6: £12.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83225-7: £12.99/14

E-mail: for more information


Each Routledge Q&A contains approximately fifty essay and problembased questions on topics commonly found on exam papers, complete with answer plans and fully worked model answers. The titles are written by lecturers who are also examiners, so you can recognise exactly what examiners are looking for in an answer. eBooks are only available to order online

124 law

Rethinking Rape Law * International and Comparative Perspectives Edited by Clare McGlynn, Durham University, UK and Vanessa E. Munro, University of Nottingham, UK Rethinking Rape Law: International and Comparative Perspectives provides a comprehensive and critical analysis of contemporary rape laws. Written by leading authors from across the world, this is the first authoritative text on rape law that crosses jurisdictions, examines its conceptual and theoretical foundations, and sets the law in its policy context. It is destined to become the primary source for scholarly work and debate on sexual offences laws.

Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Gender Studies January 2011: 234x156: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-61066-7: £27.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85219-4: £85.00/14


The Rule of Reason in European Constitutionalism and Citizenship * Yuri Borgmann-Prebil, University of Sussex, UK Series: Discourses of Law Identifying crucial deficiencies in the legal theories of Hart and Dworkin, The Rule of Reason in European Constitutionalism and Citizenship draws on the work of Habermas and Alexy in order to elaborate a new juridical conception of citizenship. Taking Europe as its focus, the central substantive argument of the book is that a ‘rule of reason’ governs supranational constitutionalism. Offering an innovative theoretical analysis of EU law, this book will be of considerable interest to scholars of European law, European politics and legal theory. Selected Contents: Introduction. Chapter 1: Constitutional Conflict in the Light of Legal Theory, ‘Only in exchanges with others can I fix’. Chapter 2: A Rights Approach to the Free Movement Provisions: The Rule of Reason. Chapter 3: The Rule of Reason in European Citizenship. Chapter 4: A Juridical Conception of European Citizenship Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / European Studies March 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56529-5: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56530-1: £21.99/04

The Study of Violent Crime Its Correlates and Concerns Scott Mire, University of Louisiana at Lafayette, USA and Cliff Roberson, Kaplan University; and Washburn University, Topeka, Kansas, USA Presenting a clear definition of violent crime, its correlates, and its impacts, this text covers historical trends, poverty and abuse, sociological theory, psychological theory, biological factors, and institutional influences. Written in an easily accessible format, the classic textbook layout provides over 150 photos, action boxes, case studies, tables and charts, references, and a glossary. Each chapter includes an outline, key concepts and issues, and review questions, and a companion website provides interactive learning, updates, study guides, and related references. An ancillary package for instructors is available with qualifying course adoption.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press December 2010: 235x156: 236pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0747-7: £44.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-0748-4: £49.99/17

law 125 Aboriginal Customary Law

Cosmopolitan Justice and its Discontents

A Source of Common Law Title to Land Ulla Secher, James Cook University, Australia Aboriginal Customary Law presents a comprehensive work addressing the potential legal consequences for Aboriginal rights to land, beyond recognition of native title, ensuing from acknowledgement of the Crown’s radical title. Routledge «Market: Law / Development Studies January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44164-3: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-94073-0: £75.00/14

Anarchism and Sexuality Ethics, Relationships and Power Edited by Jamie Heckert and Richard Cleminson, University of Leeds, UK Series: Social Justice Anarchism and Sexuality: Dangerous Desires brings the rich traditions of anarchist thought and practice to contemporary questions about the politics of sexuality. Drawing contemporary inspiration from the rise of the global justice movement, and the corresponding wave of anarchist scholarship, this book is a timely intervention in contemporary discussions about putting ethics into practice. Anarchism and Sexuality engages current debates on gender equality, sexual violence, control of one’s own body and the interface of these dimensions with social mores, laws and other constraints, as it proposes a new engagement between the politics of anarchism and that of sexuality. Routledge «Market: Law / Sociology / Cultural Studies February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59989-4: £75.00/08

Bioethics Methods, Theories, Scopes Marcus Düwell, Utrecht University, the Netherlands Series: Biomedical Law & Ethics Library This book is a philosophically-oriented introduction to bioethics. It offers the reader an overview of key current debates in bioethics but the book also provides the reader with the methodological and theoretical tools for a more comprehensive understanding of bioethical debates and situates the areas of ethics into their philosophical context.

Edited by Cecilia Bailliet and Katja Franko Aas, both at University of Oslo, Norway Cosmopolitan Justice and its Discontents provides a multidisciplinary perspective on the legal and ethical implications of cosmopolitanism. Cosmopolitanism has had a direct impact on the evolution of international law. And cosmopolitan ideas about justice have expanded the scope and social dynamics of legal and institutional orders at the local, national, and international levels. But cosmopolitan justice evolves in and inhabits a world of unequal power relations. Organised around the three major themes of ‘Cosmopolitanism, Sovereignty and New Institutions’, ‘Human Rights, Difference and Exclusion’, and ‘Global Markets and Fairness’, Cosmopolitan Justice and its Discontents addresses the difficulties currently facing cosmopolitan justice. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59343-4: £75.00/08

Cultural Expertise and Litigation Patterns, Conflicts, Narratives Edited by Livia Holden Cultural Expertise and Litigation addresses the issues surrounding the legal role of social scientists that provide evidence in cases related to minority groups and migration. In various circumstances, non-western laws and practices are regularly interpreted in western courts. Marriages, divorces, adoptions and other legal facts, whose legitimacy is uncontested locally, can be declared invalid: with consequences going beyond the geographic boundaries of the legal regimes of the west, in what now appears as the emergence of a specific kind of trans-cultural or transnational legal case. Focusing particularly on South Asian migrants in Europe and in North America, this book focuses on how, in such cases, social scientific experts – who do not per se belong to the formal setting of the law but are nevertheless bound to it – transform ‘culture’ into law. Routledge «Market: Law / Anthropology February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60156-6: £75.00/08

Child Pornography

Series: Nomikoi Critical Legal Thinkers

Law and Policy

Deleuze & Guattari: Emergent Law is an exposition and development of Deleuze & Guattari’s legal theory. Although there has been considerable interest in Deleuze & Guattari in critical legal studies, as well as considerable interest in legality in Deleuze & Guattari studies, this is the first book to focus exclusively on Deleuze & Guattari and law.

Jamie Murray, Liverpool John Moores University, UK for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55034-5: £75.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83588-3: £75.00/14

Forensic Interviewing and Personality Disorders Philip Erdberg, University of California, Corte Madera, California, USA, Craig N. Ackley, FBI Special Agent, Quantico, Kristen Beyer, National Center for the Analysis of Violent Crime, Quantico and Shannon M. Mack, Marymount University, Maryland, USA Experienced investigators know that taking an interviewee’s personality into account can lead to a more productive interview outcome. This volume provides a window into the personality types most commonly encountered in the legal system and demonstrates how to use this insight to plan and conduct effective interviews. The personality types include narcissistic, antisocial, psychopathic, borderline, inadequate/immature, paranoid, and schizotypal. The book is designed for law enforcement officers, attorneys, probation and parole officers, mental health workers, and anyone else who interviews witnesses, suspects, and offenders throughout the legal system. CRC Press «Market: Law December 2010: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8425-2: £44.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4200-8427-6: £44.99/17

Bringing together an international range of academics, Gender, Law and Sexualities provides a comprehensive interrogation of the range of issues – both topical and controversial – raised by the gendered character of law and legal discourse. Routledge «Market: Law / Gender Studies March 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57439-6: £85.00/03

Routledge «Market: Law / Philosophy / Social Theory March 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49601-8: £70.00/03


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Law / Social Policy March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49987-3: £70.00/03

Escape Routes: Contemporary Perspectives on Life After Punishment addresses the reasons why people stop offending, and the processes by which they are rehabilitated or resettled back into the community. Engaging with, and building upon, renewed criminological interest in this area, it nevertheless broadens and enlivens the current debate.

Edited by Jackie Jones, University of the West of England, UK, Anna Grear, Bristol University, UK, Kim Stevenson, University of Plymouth, UK and Rachel Fenton, University of the West of England, UK

Deleuze & Guattari: Emergent Law *

Child Pornography: Law and Policy draws on interdisciplinary work in to order to critically address the law relating to child pornography.

Edited by Stephen Farrall, University of Keele, UK, Richard Sparks, University of Edinburgh, UK, Shadd Maruna, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and Mike Hough, Kings College London, UK

Gender, Law and Sexualities *

Routledge «Market: Law / Philosophy March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60991-3: £85.00/03

Alisdair A Gillespie, De Montfort University, UK

Escape Routes: Contemporary Perspectives on Life after Punishment * eBooks are only available to order online

126 law Globalisation and the Quest for Social and Environmental Justice *

Law and Power in Foreign Investment in Africa

Legal Architecture *

The Relevance of International Law in an Evolving World Order

Shades of Grey in the Shadow of the Law

Linda Mulcahy, University of London, UK

Lorenzo Cotula, International Institute for Environment and Development (IIED)

Legal Architecture addresses how the environment in which the trial takes place can be seen as a physical expression of our relationship with ideals of justice; as it approaches the history of courthouse design as a reflection of the troubled history of notions of due process.

The book is an exploration of the intricate nexus that emerges as a result of globalisation, linking together issues of international law, human rights, environmental law and international trade law. Bringing together experts in the field, the book focuses on the areas of social justice, environmental justice and globalisation. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / Environmental Studies / Environmental Politics November 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49910-1: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83692-7: £75.00/14

Human Rights in the Asia-Pacific Region

Series: Routledge Research in International Economic Law This book explores how the law protects the different and competing interests that are brought into contact by foreign investment projects in Africa. The book analyses the negotiating power between different holders of legally protected rights such as investors, local people affected by the investment, exploring whether any differences in legal protection tend to counter, or reinforce, asymmetries in negotiating power. Routledge «Market: Law / Development Studies March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60990-6: £75.00/08

Law and the Wearing of Religious Symbols

Towards Institution Building Edited by Hitoshi Nasu, Australian National University, Australia and Ben Saul Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This edited collection makes a timely contribution to contemporary debates about strengthening the institutional protection of human rights in the Asia-Pacific region. The book critically examines the prospects for deepening and widening the institutionalization of human rights monitoring in the region, challenging the orthodox scepticism about whether Asia is ‘ready’ for stronger institutions. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Asian Studies March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60254-9: £75.00/08

European Bans on the Wearing of Religious Symbols in Education Erica Howard, Middlesex University, UK Schools and some universities in countries across Europe have banned the wearing of religious symbols and dress by teachers and/or pupils. This book looks at countries in Europe, analysing existing legislation and case law concerning the bans, and explores whether the way they are made at present is satisfactory. Routledge «Market: Law / Religion / Education / Human Rights March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60264-8: £75.00/03

Law, Complexity and Globalisation

Law and Ecology *

Julian Webb, University of Warwick, UK

New Environmental Foundations

Series: Law, Science and Society

Edited by Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, University of Westminster, UK

Recent work in complexity theory has shown how it can transcend the status inherent in classical functionalist thinking about the social order, by stressing the fluid, heterogeneous, unpredictable and increasingly global ordering of the social world.

Law and Ecology: New Environmental Legal Foundations contains a series of theoretical and applied perspectives on the connection between law and ecology, which together offer a radical and socially responsive foundation for environmental law. Routledge «Market: Law / Environmental Studies January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58713-6: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: Law / Sociology / Social Theory January 2011: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-84472-033-0: £70.00/03

Law, Ethics and the Biopolitical * Amy Swiffen, Concordia University, Canada Law, Ethics and the Biopolitical explores the emerging consensus that legal authority is no longer related to national sovereignty but to the common good of a political community and the ‘moral’ attempt to nurture life. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57844-8: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83475-6: £70.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Routledge «Market: Law / Architecture / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57539-3: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83624-8: £75.00/14

Legislative Drafting Edited by Aldo Zammit Borda, Commonwealth Secretariat, UK This book provides, for the first time, detailed commentary on legislative drafting with a specific focus on the Commonwealth. It constitutes a key reference for legislative drafters, parliamentary counsel and professionals involved in this area in the Commonwealth and beyond. This book was published as a special issue in Commonwealth Law Bulletin. Routledge «Market: Legislation / Civil Procedure / Legal Skills November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59781-4: £80.00/08

Limitation of Liability in International Maritime Conventions * The Relationship between Global Limitation Conventions and Particular Liability Regimes Norman A. Martínez Gutiérrez, IMO International Maritime Law Institute, Malta This book approaches limitation of liability for maritime claims from an international perspective looking at a number of key conventions and protocols including the LLMC Convention, the Athens Convention, the Nairobi Convention as well as conventions relating to the carriage of passengers and their luggage by sea, and those covering compensation for pollution damage. Routledge «Market: Law / Maritime Studies December 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-60140-5: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83403-9: £85.00/14

On the Right of Exclusion: Law, Ethics and Immigration Policy * Bas Schotel, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands On the Right of Exclusion: Law, Ethics and Immigration Policy addresses the current immigration laws and practices of Western states, and argues that if states cannot substantially justify the exclusion of an alien, the latter should be admitted. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57537-9: £75.00/08


Edited by Shawkat Alam, Natalie Klein and Juliette Overland, all at Macquarie University, Australia

Justice, Due Process and the Place of Law

law 127 Plea Bargaining in National and International Law

Sustainability in European Transport Policy *

A Comparative Study

Reading Modern Law: Critical Methodologies and Sovereign Formations

Regina Rauxloh, University of Surrey, UK

Essays in Honour of Peter Fitzpatrick

This book comparatively analyses plea bargain in different families of law. The book considers plea bargaining in England and Wales, Germany and the USA, and also looks at the absence of informal settlements in the former GDR. The book draws on these findings ask to what extent this practice should be developed in international criminal law.

Edited by Ruth Buchanan, York University, Canada, Stewart Motha, University of Kent, UK and Sundhya Pahuja, University of Melbourne, Australia

This book sets out a critical analysis of the body of law and policy initiatives that constitute the EU’s common transport policy. The development of the transport policy is charted through amending and founding Treaties as well as non-legislative documents using a model of sustainability as the basis for the analysis.

Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Social Policy March 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59786-9: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: Law / Legal Theory February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56854-8: £75.00/08

Policing and Human Rights From Geneva to Johannesburg Julia Hornberger, University of Zurich, Switzerland Series: Law, Development and Globalization Policing and Human Rights analyses the implementation of human rights standards, tracing them from the nodal points of their production in Geneva, through the board rooms of national police management and training facilities, to the streets of downtown Johannesburg. Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Development Studies February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61068-1: £75.00/03

Beyond Restitution Anneke Smit, University of Windsor, Canada Protecting the Property Rights of Refugees and Internally Displaced Persons: Beyond Restitution pursues a rigorous examination of the various ways in which the protection of housing and property rights can contribute to durable solutions to displacement.

Routledge «Market: Law / Environmental Studies /Transport Policy November 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-57831-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83823-5: £75.00/14

The European Court of Human Rights in the Post-Cold War Era * Universality in Transition

Reworking the Relationship between Asylum and Employment Penelope Mathew, Australian National University, Australia This book examines whether the right to work for refugees and asylum-seekers is protected by international human rights law. The book argues that both refugees and asylum-seekers have the right to work, and situates the law in the context of broader debates about sovereign control of immigration and the right to work. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / Economics March 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58079-3: £75.00/08

Protecting the Property Rights of Refugees and Internally Displaced Persons *

Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations / Sociology March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57960-5: £75.00/08

Reading Modern Law addresses the identification and elaboration of a critical methodology for reading and writing about law in modernity. The essays in this volume – all direct or oblique engagements with the work of Peter Fitzpatrick – chart a mode of resisting the imperialism of social scientific method, as much as geo-political empire.

Matthew Humphreys, Kingston University, UK

State Accountability under International Law *

James A. Sweeney, University of Durham, UK Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book examines the case law of the European Court of Human Rights with particular reference to democratic transitions in Europe and the consequent enlargement of the European Convention system. The book analyses how the Court has responded to the difficult circumstances presented by the new Contracting Parties. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Central and Eastern European Studies January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54433-7: £75.00/08

The External Impact of International Environmental Law and Principle Duncan French, University of Sheffield, UK

Holding States Accountable for a Breach of Jus Cogens Norms

Series: Routledge Research in International Environmental Law

Lisa Yarwood

Exploring how international environmental law affects a range of areas of international law including international trade and investment, development, human rights, security, and resource management, this books also looks at the ways in which other areas of law are providing a ‘feedback loop’ into the development of international environmental law.

Series: Routledge Research in International Law This book considers the extent to which States are held accountable for breaches of jus cogens norms under international law. The concept of State accountability is distinguished from the doctrine of State responsibility and refers to an ad hoc practice in international relations that seeks to ensure States do not escape with impunity when they violate norms that are considered fundamental to the interests of the international community as a whole.

Routledge «Market: Law / International Environmental Law March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47245-6: £65.00/08 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57783-0: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83752-8: £75.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

128 law The Human Right to Water * Its Application in the Occupied Palestinian Territories

The Philosophy of Law meets the Philosophy of Technology Autonomic Computing and Transformations of Human Agency

Amanda Cahill-Ripley Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book examines the human right to water in international human rights law, including establishing its current legal status and substantive content as well as looking at the application of the human right to water in the Occupied Palestinian Territories under international humanitarian law pertaining to the occupation of territory. Routledge «Market: Law Human Rights / Politics / Environmental Studies January 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57786-1: £75.00/08

The ICJ and the Development of International Law the Lasting Impact of the Corfu Channel Case Edited by Karine Bannelier and Théodore Christakis, both at University of Grenoble, France and Sarah Heathcote, Australian National University, Australia Series: Routledge Research in International Law In 1949 years ago, the International Court of Justice handed down its first judgment in the Corfu Channel Case. The contributors to this book consider the decision’s influence on various aspects of international law and its continuing relevance to many contemporary issues in international law. Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60597-7: £75.00/03

The Integration of European Financial Markets The Regulation of Monetary Obligations Noah Vardi, University of Roma Tre, Italy

Edited by Mireille Hildebrandt and Antoinette Rouvroy, University of Namur, Belgium Autonomic Computing and Transformation of Human Agency interrogates the legal implications of the notion and experience of human agency implied by the emerging paradigm of autonomic computing, and the socio-technocal infrastructures it supports. Are autonomic – yet artificial – systems shrinking the distance between (acting) subjects and (acted upon) objects? How ‘distinctively human’ will agency be in a world of autonomic computing? Or, alternatively, does autonomic computing merely disclose that we were never, in this sense, ‘human’ anyway? A dialogue between philosophers of technology and philosophers of law, this book addresses these questions, as it takes up the unprecedented opportunity that autonomic computing and ambient intelligence offer for a reassessment of the most basic concepts of law. Routledge «Market: Law / Philosophy / Technology Studies January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59323-6: £75.00/14

The Politics of Imagination Edited by Chiara Bottici, University of Florence, Italy and Benoît Challand, University of Bologna and Graduate Institute for International and Development Studies, Geneva The Politics of Imagination offers a multidisciplinary perspective on the contemporary relationship between politics and the imagination. Bringing together scholars from different disciplines and theoretical outlooks, The Politics of Imagination examines how the power of imagination reverberates in the various ambits of social and political life: in law, history, art, gender, economy, religion and the natural sciences. And it will be of considerable interest to those with contemporary interests in philosophy, political philosophy, political science, legal theory, gender studies, sociology, nationalism, identity studies, cultural studies, and media studies. Birkbeck Law Press «Market: Cultural Studies / Politics / Philosophy / Law March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60154-2: £75.00/08

The Right to Religious Freedom in International Law * Between Group Rights and Individual Rights Anat Scolnicov, University of Cambridge, UK

The Politics of Adjudication Aileen McHarg, University of Glasgow, UK The Politics of Adjudication addresses the pragmatics of legal decision making. This is a question of politics, according to which constitutional law is not, it is argued, the instantiation of timeless and universal principles of governance; but a discourse aimed at producing workable solutions, rather than right answers, to the problem of how to govern legitimately and effectively in particular contexts. Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / Politics January 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47849-6: £70.00/03

Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book explores the right to religious freedom within international law. Analysing legal structures in a variety of both Western and Non-Western jurisdictions, the book sets out a topography of the different constitutional structures of religion within the state and their compliance with international human rights law. Routledge «Market: International Law / Religion / Human Rights October 2010: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-48114-4: £75.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-84263-8: £75.00/14

Vindicating Socio-Economic Rights

Series: UT Austin Studies in Foreign and Transnational Law

International Standards and Comparative Experiences

This book considers the discipline of monetary obligations within the context of financial markets. The book provides a comparative and transnational examination of the legal rules which form the basis of transactions on financial markets. Analysing the integration of the markets in this way highlights the role of globalisation as the key element favouring the circulation of rules, models, and especially the development of new regulatory sources.

Paul O’Connell, University of Leicester, UK Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book draws on the comparative experiences of a number of jurisdictions, including South Africa, India, Canada, and Ireland, in order to show how courts can play a substantial role in the vindication of socio-economic rights, while still respecting the doctrine of the separation of powers.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60988-3: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: Law / Finance / Economics December 2010: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60263-1: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83408-4: £75.00/14

criminology (Willan) 129 Willan Publishing 2009 marks an historic year in Criminology publishing, since the Willan list became part of the Routledge imprint. Routledge Criminology is now stronger, more rigorous and more diverse than ever, bringing you the very best in current criminological teaching, thinking and practise. The selection of books below represent both front list and key backlist titles. Each title will also be available in e-book format making them suitable for many applications, including Amazon Kindle.

A Certain Share of Low Cunning

A Restorative Justice Reader

David J. Cox, Keele University, UK

Edited by Gerry Johnstone, Hull University, UK

This book provides an account and analysis of the history of the Bow Street Runners, precursors of today’s police force, through a detailed analysis of a wide range of both qualitative and quantitative research data.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology / History February 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-84392-773-0: £45.00/08

This book brings together a selection of extracts from the most important and influential contributions to the restorative justice literature and its emergent philosophy, covering concepts, history, anthropology, theory and critical pespectives.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology / Law May 2003: 246x174: 528pp Pb: 978-1-903240-81-6: £29.99/04

A New Response to Youth Crime

A Short History of Probation

Edited by David Smith, Edinburgh University, UK

George Mair and Lol Burke


Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology July 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-755-6: £68.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-754-9: £27.50/04 for e-mail updates in your field


This book offers an account of the history and development of the probation service, providing an accessible, reliable and timely account of its origins and development from the second half of the 19th century up to its incorporation into NOMS.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology / History December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-250-6: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-249-0: £18.99/04

E-mail: for more information


Antisocial and criminal behaviour involving children and young people have been a cause of heightened public concern in England and Wales for more than a quarter of a century. As an accompaniment to the Report of the Independent Commission on Youth Crime and Antisocial Behaviour (2010), this book takes a new look at the problem of youth offending and government, and exanines society’s response to this. The main focus rests on England and Wales, but the nature of responses in other parts of the world are also analysed for comparative purposes. eBooks are only available to order online

130 criminology (Willan)

Age of Imprisonment

Computer Misuse

Elaine M. Crawley, The University of Salford, UK and Richard Sparks, University of Edinburgh, UK

Stefan Fafinski, Brunel University, UK This book is concerned with the nature of computer misuse and the legal and extra-legal responses to it, exploring what is meant by the term ‘computer misuse’, charting its emergence as a problem as well as its expansion.

This book addresses the issue of the rapidly growing number of elderly men entering prison, looking at the psychological and practical implications of serving a prison sentence late in life and offers an appraisal of current regimes and practices.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-263-6: £45.00/08

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology / Law April 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-84392-380-0: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-379-4: £26.00/04

3rd Edition

2nd Edition

An Introduction to Criminological Theory

Comparative Criminal Justice Francis Pakes, Portsmouth University, UK This book offers an accessible introductory text on comparative criminal justice, examining the ways different countries and jurisdictions deal with the main stages and elements in the criminal justice process, from policing through to sentencing.

Roger Hopkins-Burke, Nottingham Trent University, UK This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to criminological theory for students taking courses in criminology at both undergraduate and postgraduate level, focusing on recent developments in the theory of criminal behaviour.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology May 2009: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-1-84392-569-9: £68.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-407-4: £23.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-770-9: £58.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-769-3: £20.99/04

criminology (Willan) 131


Crime Prevention

Local and Global

Nick Tilley, UCL Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science

Edited by John Muncie, Deborah Talbot and Reece Walters, all at The Open University, UK

Series: Criminal Justice Series This book provides a concise and up-to-date account of crime prevention theory, practice and research in a form designed to be accessible and interesting to both students and practitioners.

Crime: Local and Global and its sister text Criminal Justice: Local and Global are two new teaching texts that aim to equip the reader with a critical understanding of the globally contested nature of ‘crime’ and ‘justice’.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-395-4: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-394-7: £17.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology August 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-515-6: £58.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-516-3: £22.99/04

Crime and Economics

Criminal Recidivism

An introduction

David P. Farrington and Georgia Zara, University of Turin, Italy This book aims to investigate criminal recidivism, the process involved in continuing offending and in delaying desistance from a criminal career, focusing on why, how and for how long an individual continues committing crimes.

Chris Fox and Kevin Albertson, both at Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Crime and Economics fills the gap for a comprehensive and accessible text locating the economics of crime within the study of crime and criminology. Written predominantly for students, it will also be valuable for managers and policy-makers.


Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology January 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-843-0: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-842-3: £21.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology December 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-707-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-706-8: £22.99/04 eBooks are only available to order online

132 criminology (Willan)

Dealing With Drugs

Evolution and Crime

Strategy, Policy and Practice

Jason Roach, Huddersfield University, UK and Ken Pease, UCL and University of Loughborough, UK

Richard Huggins, Oxford Brookes University, UK

This fascinating new book opens up new ways of looking at different aspects of crime and crime control, exploring the potential contribution that a more welcoming approach to the evolutionary perspective would make to criminology.

This book presents a comprehensive and detailed analysis of the strategic and policy responses to illicit drug use in the Britain since the mid-1980s and will be essential reading for both students and practitioners.

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-392-3: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-391-6: £20.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-834-8: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-833-1: £20.99/04

Electronically Monitored Punishment

Flashback Drugs and Dealing in the Golden Age of the London Rave Scene

International and Critical Perspectives Edited by Mike Nellis, Ralph Bas, Kristel Beyens and Dan Kaminski FlashBack_PPC_FNLv6.qxd



Jennifer (Jenni) Ward, Middlesex University, UK Series: Crime Ethnography

Page 1

Series editors: Dick Hobbs (LSE) and Geoffrey Pearson (Goldsmiths College)

Drugs and dealing in the Golden Age of the London rave scene Jennifer R. Ward

The stories it tells of different people and friendship groups illustrate the varied drug-selling roles and highlight the enterprise and entrepreneurship supporting their involvement. The book argues that rave club participants were economic actors who seized both the legal and illegal money-making opportunities presented through club culture and the widespread demand for drugs from within it. The camaraderie that underpinned rave club membership, alongside the busy nature of the London urban setting, contributed greatly to the expansion of drugselling activities - sometimes developing into thriving commercial-style operations. Told from the perspective of the author's own involvement in this night-time leisure culture, and embracing the disciplines of urban sociology and cultural criminology, this book contributes to our knowledge of recreational drugs markets and night-time leisure cultures. This book will appeal to students and academics with interests in these fields, as well as the many other people whose lives became a part of this vibrant leisure scene.

Jennifer R. Ward is Senior Lecturer in Criminology at Middlesex University

Drugs and dealing in the Golden Age of the London rave scene Jennifer R. Ward

This book is a detailed examination, told from the perspective of the author’s own involvement, of the rave club drugs market as it took place in nightclubs, dance parties, pubs, bars and among friendship networks in London in the mid to late 1990s.

Jennifer R. Ward

The author

Drugs and dealing in the Golden Age of the London rave scene

This book provides a fascinating account of the rave club drugs market that existed in nightclubs, dance parties, pubs and bars and among friendship networks in London, in the mid to late 1990s. It focuses on the organisational features of drugs purchasing and selling and differentiates anonymous drugs trading in public nightclub settings, from selling among extended networks of friends and others.





This book addresses the broader factors in the advance of electronic monitoring, Flashback developing a critical criminological perspective on electronic monitoring in selective countries around the world.

Academic and Professional Publisher of the Year 2008 International Achievement of the Year 2009

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology May 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84392-791-4: £45.00/08

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-273-5: £40.00/08

Issues such as climate change, disposal of toxic waste and illegal fishing have generated increasing attention within criminological circles in recent years. This book brings together original cutting-edge work that deals with global environmental harm from a wide variety of geographical and critical perspectives. It includes writers from countries such as Australia, Canada, the United States, South Africa, Japan, China, The Netherlands, Italy and the United Kingdom. The topics covered in the book are global, regional and local in nature, although in each case there are clear transnational or global dimensions. The book explore topics that provide theoretical, methodological and substantive insights into the nature and dynamics of environmental harm, and the transference of this harm across regions, continents and globally. Specific topics include the criminal nature of global warming, an ethnographic study of pollution and consciousness of environmental harm, environmental destruction associated with huge industrial developments, chaos theory and environmental social justice, de-forestation as a global phenomenon, illegal trade in endangered species, and transference of toxicity. The book as a whole reinforces the importance of eco-global criminology as a dynamic paradigm for theory and action on environmental issues in the 21st century. It features contributions from different parts of the world, each with its own unique perspective on and analysis of specific types of environmental harm. Global warming and the many environmental harms identified in this book are the vital issues of our age. Accordingly, the criminological perspectives presented herein are important both in discerning the nature and complexities of these harms and, ultimately, in forging responses to them.

Global Environmental Harm

Criminological perspectives

The book brings together original cutting edge research to explore topics that provide theoretical, methodological and substantive insights into the nature of global environmental harm from a wide variety of geographical and critical perspectives.

Criminological perspectives

The editor

Edited by

Rob White is Professor of Criminology in the School of Sociology and Social Work at the University of Tasmania, Australia. He is the author of Crimes against Nature: environmental criminology and ecological justice (Willan, 2008) and editor of Environmental Crime: a reader (Willan, 2009).

Rob White

n S. Cahill, Jenny Yourstone Gisli H. Gudjonsson, Helinä m, Torun Lindholm, Svein Roos af Hjelmsäter, Stephen Stridbeck, Leif A. Strömwall,

Edited by Rob White, Tasmania University, Australia

Page 1

Edited by

P. A. Granhag

he University of Gothenburg. rently President-Elect of the

Nordic and international approaches


This book brings together the leading Global Environmental Harm authorities in the fieldCriminological of forensic perspectives White psychology in a NordicRob context, discussing the central issues and concerns of the subject and looking at both investigative psychology and psychology in court.

Edited by

of research in the Nordic e time concerned to situate tional context. The book is a ial reading for anybody with

Forensic Psychology in Context


Academic and Professional Publisher of the Year 2008 International Achievement of the Year 2009

Edited by P. A. Granhag

Edited by

Rob White

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology March 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-797-6: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-796-9: £24.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology June 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-84392-828-7: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-827-0: £24.99/04

2nd Edition

Forensic Psychology

Handbook on Crime

Concepts, Debates and Practice

Edited by Fiona Brookman, University of Glamorgan, UK, Mike Maguire, Glamorgan University and Cardiff University, UK, Harriet Pierpoint and Trevor Bennett

Edited by Joanna R. Adler and Jacqueline M. Gray, both at Middlesex University, UK

This comprehensive edited volume contains analysis and explanation of the nature, extent, patterns and causes of over 40 different forms of crime, in each case drawing attention to key contemporary debates and social and criminal justice responses.

This updated, revised and significantly expanded edition develops the picture of diversity and depth of forensic psychology, considering ways in which the discipline has progressed and identifies challenges for its future sustainability and growth.

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology February 2010: 246x174: 984pp Hb: 978-1-84392-372-5: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-371-8: £39.50/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Psychology July 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-930-7: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-414-2: £26.50/04 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


ngst them is to explore the n the light of both local and ections of the book then go chology and at the use of

Criminological perspectives


land, Norway, Finland) have ly to the rapidly developing k brings together the leading ntral issues and concerns of y and psychology in court.

Nordic and International Approaches Global Environmental Harm

ersity of California, Irvine)

Global Environmental Harm


Forensic Psychology in Context


Forensic Psychology in Context Edited by Par Anders Granhag, Gothenburg University, Sweden Nordic and international approaches

in Context

criminology (Willan) 133 eBooks are only available to order online

e’ forward as well as offering d policy in a more progressive

practitioners studying and religious, gender and sexual ogy; offending behaviour; sociocy; crime prevention and


ims and the State


argely contextual in character, State and individual victim; ing the politics of victims' issues maining chapters explore the role tice, beginning with the on to analyse the treatment of udy of the use of victim impact xploring victim input into the

surrounding the complex and m in the criminal justice system. nts, practitioners and policy-

al 8 nt

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology April 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84392-780-8: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-779-2: £22.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology and Law March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-238-4: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-237-7: £22.99/04

Hearing the Victim

Intelligence and Intelligence Analysis

Adveresarial Justice, Crime Victims and the State Edited by Anthony Bottoms, University of Sheffield, UK and Julian Roberts, University of Oxford, UK

Patrick F. Walsh, Charles Sturt University, NSW, Australia This book tracks post 9/11 developments in national security and policing intelligence and their relevance to new emerging areas of intelligence practice such as: corrections, private industry and regulatory environments.

Series: Cambridge Criminal Justice Series

Hearing the Victim Adversarial justice, crime victims and the State

Hearing the Victim brings together leading authorities in the field to review the role of the victim in the criminal justice system in the context of recent legislative developments to ‘rebalance the criminal justice system in favour of the victim’.

Edited by

rofessor of Criminology, riminology, University of y at the University of Oxford.

Concepts, policy, future directions

Edited by

Adversarial justice, Anthony Bottoms crime victims and the State and Julian V. Roberts

ctims of crime – both in terms of in changes that have been ights and treatment. This announced to ‘rebalance the est book in the Cambridge ties in the field to review the context of these developments.

Hate Crime

This book provides a comprehensive account of the nature, causes and consequences of identity theft and a thorough analysis of the efficacy of a range of means of addressing the problem.

Hate Crime brings together contributions from leading experts to address key questions surrounding hate crimes and their associated harms, taking forward the ‘hate debate’ and offering practical suggestions for developing scholarship and policy.

Neil Chakraborti

Hearing the Victim


h of Cambridge

Emily Finch, University of Surrey, UK and Stefan Fafinski, Brunel University, UK

Edited by

istmann, Marian Duggan, David n, Hannah Mason-Bish, Jack k Walters, Kevin Wong.

Neil Chakraborti

e Department of Criminology, widely in the fields of ‘race’,

Concepts, Policy, Future Directions

Concepts, policy, future directions

erts in the field to address these controversial subject area. ally and internationally, the book nd in so doing enables readers to h research, theory and policy.

Identity Theft

Edited by

Anthony Bottoms

and Julian V. Roberts

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology March 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-272-8: £39.95/08

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-84392-738-9: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-739-6: £22.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525



ecent times as problems of ges for societies across the world. mes and their associated harms s, the problem is still widespread ing enough to protect vulnerable e offending behaviour of hate ng and responding to hate

Hate Crime Edited by Neil Chakraborti, University of Leicester, UK Hate Crime


134 criminology (Willan)

criminology (Willan) 135

International Police Cooperation

Key Readings in Criminology

Emerging Issues, Theory and Practice

Edited by Tim Newburn, London School of Economics, UK Key Readings in Criminology provides a comprehensive single-volume collection of readings in criminology, providing students with convenient access to a broad range of excerpts from original criminological texts and key articles.

Edited by Frederic Lemieux, The George Washington University, USA This book sets out to analyse the key emerging issues and theory and practice of international police cooperation. Contributors explore emerging initiatives and new challenges in several contexts at both national and international levels.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology September 2009: 264x153: 960pp Hb: 978-1-84392-403-6: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-402-9: £34.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology January 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-84392-761-7: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-760-0: £29.95/04

Just Authority?

Lost in Transition

Jonathan Jackson, Ben Bradford, University of Edinburgh, UK, Betsy Stanko and Katrin Hohl, London School of Economics, UK

Edited by Friedrich Lösel, Cambridge University, UK, Anthony Bottoms, University of Sheffield, UK and David P. Farrington

Just Authority? provides the most authoritative and comprehensive analysis thus far of the meaning, distribution and significance of trust in the police and the legitimacy of legal authorities. for e-mail updates in your field


This book brings together leading experts to analyse both theoretical and policy issues relating to young adults and their treatment in the criminal justice system exploring different approaches to crime prevention and the treatment of offenders.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology September 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-271-1: £39.95/08

E-mail: for more information



Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-848-5: £45.00/08

Series: Cambridge Criminal Justice Series eBooks are only available to order online

136 criminology (Willan)

Managing Clinical Risk

Night Clubbing

Edited by Lorraine Johnstone and Caroline Logan

Daniel Silverstone, University of Portsmouth, UK Series: Crime Ethnography

Violence and self-injury cause anxiety, misery and physical and psychological damage to service users, their carers, the practitioners who look after them, and in some cases, the public at large.

Drawing on the author’s experience of working in a London night club, this book provides an in depth ethnographic study of the night time economy, exploring the workings of a criminal door firm and considering the role of recreational drug use.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Psychology March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-854-6: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-853-9: £29.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-209-4: £45.00/08

Managing High Risk Sex Offenders in the Community 9/4/10


Edited by Wim Bernasco, Netherlands Institute for the Study of Criminality and Law Enforcement

Page 1

Edited by Karen Harrison Learning about crime from criminals

Edited by Wim


Foreword by Michael Tonry (University of Minnesota)

There are many things about crime that we can only learn from offenders. It is, however, not at all easy to find them and persuade them openly and truthfully to discuss their crimes. Most are difficult to reach, and many are unable or unwilling to provide the answers we need. Nevertheless, the offenders' perspective is vital to knowing and understanding crime: How did a person learn to commit an offence? How precisely was a specific crime enacted? What made the person commit the offence? Offenders on Offending provides a comprehensive overview of the challenges and possible solutions to the problems posed by offender-based research. The book focuses strongly on issues of methodology and what we can do to maximise the validity of what offenders tell us about their offending. It addresses the strengths and weaknesses of various methods used to elicit information on offending behaviour from offenders, and discusses strategies to obtain the collaboration of offenders and to maximise the validity and reliability of the data.

Leading authorities from around the world present their experiences and insights of work among various types of offender populations. Each contribution deals with some central issues:

This valuable new collection demonstrates that offender-based research is a thriving field where exciting developments are taking place. It will be essential reading for a wide audience, from experienced researchers to students who are starting to find there way in offender-based research. About the editor

Wim Bernasco, Fiona Brookman, Heith Copes, Ric Curtis, Henk Elffers, Matthias Gaderer, Frank van Gemert, Andy Hochstetler, Ben W. Hunter, Scott Jacques, Shane D. Johnson, Marie Rosenkrantz Lindegaard, Jody Miller, Carlo Morselli, Claire Nee, Veronika A. Polis˘enská, George F. Rengert, Neal Shover, Lucía Summers, Pierre Tremblay, Richard Wright, Sheldon X. Zhang, Birgit Zetinigg.

Academic and Professional Publisher of the Year 2008 International Achievement of the Year 2009

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology March 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-525-5: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-526-2: £26.00/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by

The contributors

Wim Bernasco

Wim Bernasco is Senior Researcher at the Netherlands Institute for the Study of Crime and Law Enforcement (NSCR).

Learning about crime from criminals

• How can offenders be motivated to participate in research? • How can offenders be motivated to tell the truth on their offending? • How can the information that offenders provide be checked and validated? • What can we learn from offenders that cannot be accessed from other sources? • With the aim of obtaining valid and reliable information, how, where and under which conditions should we observe offenders and talk to them?

The book addresses the issue of assessing the reliability of information about crime from offenders, taking stock of the various methods used to elicit information on offending from offenders and collecting useful information on criminal behaviour.

Offenders on Offending

Offending This book explores the Offenders issues onsurrounding sex offenders, evaluating the measures in use or being considered, including drug treatment, MAPPA, the use of the Sex Offender Register, restorative justice techniques, and treatment programmes.

Offenders on Offending Learning about crime from criminals Edited by

Wim Bernasco

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology April 2010: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-84392-777-8: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-776-1: £25.00/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525



Offenders on Offending

criminology (Willan) 137

Offenders or Citizens?

Police Interviewing

Edited by Philip Priestley and Maurice Vanstone

Stephen Moston, James Cook University, Australia

This book stimulates and furnishes a debate about the proper place of rehabilitation within a plural, morally defensible, and effective response to crime and will be essential reading for both students and practitioners within criminal justice.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology May 2010: 246x174: 340pp Hb: 978-1-84392-530-9: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-529-3: £29.95/04

This book aims to describe and critically evaluate a wide range of police interviewing styles and tactics that might be used during the questioning of suspects in criminal investigations, in terms of their efficacy and acceptability.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-521-7: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-522-4: £25.00/04

Offending Girls

Police Work

Gilly Sharpe, University of Sheffield, UK

Colin Rogers, Rhobert Lewis, Tim John and Tim Read, all at University of Glamorgan, UK

Offending Girls challenges simplistic representations of ‘bad’ girls in the twenty-first century and argues that the interventionist thrust which characterises the contemporary youth justice system has had a particularly pernicious impact on girls. for e-mail updates in your field


Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology December 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-1-84392-532-3: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-531-6: £20.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-758-7: £40.00/08

This book provides a highly readable account of police work, providing a comprehensive, in depth and critical understanding of policing in today’s diverse society and written by current and former police practitioners at the University of Glamorgan. eBooks are only available to order online

138 criminology (Willan)

Policing: An introduction

Psychological Criminology

Rob Mawby, University of Leicester, UK

Richard Wortley, Griffith University, Australia

Series: Criminal Justice Series

The book provides a comprehensive coverage of psychological theories of crime and criminality, emphasising the connections among approaches, and to show how, taken together, they provide a more complete picture of crime and criminality.

This book provides students of policing, criminology and criminal justice (as well as police practitioners) with a basic but comprehensive introduction to policing in the UK looking at organization, strategy and contemporary policing issues.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84392-806-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-805-8: £20.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-84392-349-7: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-348-0: £17.99/04

Prisoners’ Rights

Release from Prison

Susan Easton, Brunel University, UK

Edited by Nicola Padfield, University of Cambridge, UK, Dirk Van Zyl Smit and Frieder Dünkel, University of Greifswald, Germany

This book considers prisoners’ rights from socio-legal and philosophical perspectives, assessing the advantages and problems of Release from Prison a rights-based approach to imprisonment European policy and practice with a focus on citizenship,the treatment of women prisoners,and social exclusion. 10/2/10


Page 1

Release from prison is a matter of increasing interest throughout Europe. On the one hand, arguments about the need to reduce prison numbers, as well as findings that prisoners can be integrated into society more effectively if they are subject to a period of supervision in the community, have made early release policies attractive to governments and to academic commentators. On the other hand, there are concerns that early release may not be applied fairly to all prisoners.

Including contributions from leading subject specialists, this book aims to provide important comparative information on release from prison across Europe and explores some of the key themes and issues. Part of the focus is on Council of Europe Recommendations and on European Union measures but the main body of the book focuses on country perspectives, providing an invaluable survey of the differing situation in various European countries. The introductory and concluding chapters place the comparative material in a broader perspective. They explain how release policy is related to wider questions about justice and fairness in prison-related decision-making and the changing place of imprisonment in European society. The editors

Academic and Professional Publisher of the Year 2008 International Achievement of the Year 2009

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84392-809-6: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-808-9: £24.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Release from Prison European policy and practice

Edited by

Matjaz˘ Ambroz˘, Marie-Aude Beernaert, Kristel Beyens, Karin Bruckmüller, Leonidas K. Cheliotis, José Cid, Frieder Dünkel, Alessandra Gualazzi, Veronika Hofinger, Tapio Lappi-Seppälä, Chiara Mancuso, Martin Moerings, Thomas O'Malley, Nicola Padfield, Ioannis Papageorgiou, Ineke Pruin, Kim Reuflet, Sonja Snacken, John R. Spencer, Katja S˘ ugman Stubbs, Beatriz Tébar, Douglas Thomson, Dirk van Zyl Smit.

Nicola Padfield Dirk van Zyl Smit

The contributors

and Frieder Dünkel

Nicola Padfield is a Senior Lecturer at the Law Faculty, University of Cambridge; Dirk van Zyl Smit is Professor of Comparative and International Penal Law at the University of Nottingham; Frieder Dünkel is Professor of Criminology and Penal Law at the University of Greifswald in northeast Germany.

Release from Prison

Nicola Padfield, Dirk van Zyl Smit and Frieder Dünkel

European policy and practice

Edited by

This book addresses the current debates surrounding the release of prisoners, offering an invaluable survey of the situation in a number of European countries in a comparative perspective, and focusing on issues of fairness and justice.

Edited by

Nicola Padfield Dirk van Zyl Smit and Frieder Dünkel

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2010: 234x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-84392-741-9: £55.00/08

D +44 (0)1235 400525



criminology (Willan) 139

Researching Crime and Justice

Secure Recovery

Louise Westmarland

Edited by Deborah Alred and Gerard Drennan Secure Recovery presents a cross-section of experiences in high, medium and low secure services and prison-based therapeutic communities in England and Scotland that have begun to implement a recovery-orientation to the rehabilitation of offenders with mental health needs. Taken together, the contributions set out a road map of guiding principles, practical and evidence-based strategies for promoting service user participation in their care and treatment.

This book provides a practical introduction to crime and justice research, as well as presenting key research philosophies and discussing the potential problems and pitfalls of a wide range of research methods. As such, it is essential reading for criminology students and other researchers of crime and justice.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Justice / Sociology October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-317-6: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-316-9: £21.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Forensic Psychology / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-837-9: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-836-2: £29.99/04

Restorative Justice in Practice

Sex, Crime and Morality

Joanna Shapland, University of Sheffied, UK, Gwen Robinson and Angela Sorsby

Sharon Hayes, Belinda Carpenter and Angela Dwyer Within modern democratic nations, there are a specific group of offences which bear the brunt of the label ‘crimes against morality’. These include offences related to prostitution and pornography, homosexuality, incest, and child sexual abuse. This book examines the historical, anthropological and moral reasons for such differentiations in contemporary western culture.

This book analyses the practicalities of setting up and running restorative justice schemes, the costs involved and the key professional and ethical issues involved such as victims’ and offenders’ needs and expectations, community and desistance.

çè for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


Willan «Market: Criminology / Gender Studies / Sociology October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84392-816-4: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-815-7: £21.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-846-1: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-845-4: £25.99/04 eBooks are only available to order online

f reducing opportunities for crime. ng many different kinds of crime – al abuse and even terrorism – little cing organised crimes.

ernational group of researchers, uational prevention approach to a king, cigarette and drug smuggling, rofessionals and public officials, tion projects. By moving the focus e analysis of the crimes committed genda for policy and research.

kling organised crime problems as hat organised crime problems nforcement and other agencies

Situational Prevention of Organised Crimes

Ronald V. Clarke and Nick Tilley

Felson, James O. Finckenauer, d R. Kleemans, Lars Korsell, Gloria Johanna Skinnari, Melvin R.J. mpe, Anton W. Weenink.

state crime, and locates contemintegration. The Brutal Realities of two domestic varieties of state ems and prospects for confronting transnational justice practices and a

th the grave threats created by the ate Crime in the Global Age.

Technology, Crime and Justice

Edited by William J. Chambliss, Raymond Michalowski and Ronald C. Kramer

Mike McGuire, London Metropolitan University, UK

William J. Chambliss, Raymond Michalowski

al 8 nt

and Ronald C. Kramer

lliam J. Chambliss, Kimberly J. Cook, Ronald C. Kramer, Lauren N. Lang, Vincenzo Ruggiero, Elizabeth Stanley,

Willan «Market: Criminology / Gender Studies / Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-206-3: £45.00/08

State Crime in the Global Age State Crime in the Global Age

Edited by

George Washington University and and the Society for the Study of ofessor of Criminology at Northern ociology and Director of the Criminal

Willan «Market: Criminology / Organised Crime / Sociology March 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-84392-772-3: £35.00/08

State Crime in the Global Age


Drawing on a two-year ethnographic study undertaken in a Northern city in the UK, this book explores the political economy of drug dealing and crime amongst children and young people at the local level. It also provides illuminating description and analyses of the gendered nature of their drug taking practices and rituals.

Edited by


writings from leading scholars of f social harms flowing from the use nd by examining how globalization ovel theoretical understandings of strategies for confronting state mpire, the crimes of war, state judicial wrongdoing.

Series: Crime Ethnography

This collection of case studies, by a distinguished international group of researchers, documents the application of a situational prevention approach to a variety of organised crimes, including: sex trafficking, drug smuggling, corruption, and fraud. The book will be of interest to those tasked with tackling organised crime problems, as well as students of criminology and criminal justice.

Karen Bullock, Ronald V. Clarke and Nick Tilley

ssional r 2008 vement

e Global Age

Kate O’Brien

Series: Crime Science Series

Edited by Karen Bullock,

ciology at the University of Surrey; ol of Criminal Justice, Rutgers ent of Security and Crime Science

Edited by Karen Bullock, Ronald V. Clarke and Nick Tilley


Edited by

William J. Chambliss, Edited by Raymond Michalowski andKaren RonaldHarrison C. Kramer

Willan «Market: Criminology / Politics / Sociology March 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-704-4: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-703-7: £23.99/04

order now!

This book looks at the relation between technology and criminal justice, analysing a range of technologies to explore how far they provide new criminal opportunities and how it serves as a regulatory force, both in crime and social control.

This book brings together original writings from leading scholars in the field to explore the many ways that the use and abuse of state power results in grave social harms that outweigh, by far, the consequences of ordinary street crime. The topics covered include the crimes of empire, illegal war, the bombing of civilians, state sanctioned torture, state sacrifice of human lives, and judicial wrongdoing.

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-857-7: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-856-0: £25.00/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


rke and Nick Tilley

Situational Prevention of Organised Crimes

Situational Prevention of Organised Crimes

evention Crimes

140 criminology (Willan)

criminology (Willan) 141

The Dynamics of Desistance

Transitions to Better Lives

Deirdre Healy

Andrew Day, Sharon Casey, Tony Ward, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, Kevin Howells and James Vess

Series: International Series on Desistance and Rehabilitation Transitions_PBKv6.qxd



Page 1

The last two decades have seen significant investment and support in the development and delivery of offender rehabilitation programmes across the western world. However, the value of offender rehabilitation is not universally recognised and it is now more important than ever that rehabilitation providers can demonstrate that their efforts are effective in reducing rates of offending or, at the very least, consistent with those practices that have been shown to be effective in other settings. The aim of this book is to describe, collate and summarise a body of recent research, both theoretical and empirical, that explores the issue of treatment readiness in offender programming, one of the most important recent developments in the theory and practice of offender rehabilitation. The book is divided into three sections: the first section reviews a model of treatment readiness and how it has been operationalised; the second section discusses how the construct has been applied to the treatment of different offender groups; and in the final section, some of the practice approaches that have been identified as holding promise in addressing low levels of offender readiness are discussed.

Transitions to Better Lives

Andrew Day, Sharon Casey, Tony Ward, Kevin Howells and James Vess

Offender readiness and rehabilitation

This book aims to shed light on the Lives Transitions to Better Offender readiness and rehabilitation reasons why offenders cease to commit crime. Drawing on a variety of methods, including in-depth interviews with repeat offenders and their probation officers, police records, and psychometric scores, the book explores and describes the shifts that occur in desisters’ minds and lives as they make the often turbulent transition to a crime-free life.

Transitions to Better Lives Offender readiness and rehabilitation

• Written by a group of leading researchers in the area;

• The only text that reviews all aspects of the offender readiness model; • Contains descriptions of practice in work with offenders;

About the authors

Andrew Day is Associate Professor at the School of Psychology, Deakin University, Australia; Sharon Casey is Senior Research Fellow at the School of Psychology, Deakin University, Australia; Tony Ward is Professor and Head of School at the School of Psychology, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand; Kevin Howells is Professor of Clinical and Forensic Psychology at the University of Nottingham; James Vess is Senior Lecturer in the School of Psychology, Deakin University, Australia.

Andrew Day, Sharon Casey, Tony Ward, Kevin Howells

This book will be essential reading for those who work or study in the criminal justice system and are interested, or involved, with the delivery of rehabilitation and reintegration programmes for offenders. This includes psychologists, social workers, probation and parole officers, managers and policy makers, and prison officers.

and James Vess

• Reviews current approaches to the measurement of treatment readiness.

Andrew Day, Sharon Casey, Tony Ward, Kevin Howells and James Vess

Academic and Professional Publisher of the Year 2008 International Achievement of the Year 2009

This book aims to describe, collate, and summarise a body of recent research – both theoretical and empirical – that explores the issue of treatment readiness in offender programming. Included within each section are contributions from a number of authors whose work has stimulated discussion and helped to inform practice in offender rehabilitation, making this an important resource for those who have an interest in the delivery of rehabilitation and reintegration programmes for offenders.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Crime Prevention / Sociology May 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-783-9: £40.00/08

Willan «Market: Criminology / Restorative Justice / Sociology April 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-719-8: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-718-1: £29.50/04

The Trouble With Truth

Transnational Environmental Crime

Kieran McEvoy, Queens University, Belfast This book explores the relationship the politics of truth recovery and its assumed links to reconciliation in the Northern Ireland Good Friday Agreement, looking at issues of transitional justice and the ownership and forms of truth recovery. for e-mail updates in your field


This book provides a comprehensive introduction to eco-global criminology. By addressing global issues – including pollution, crimes against wildlife, and global warming – this book introduces topics such as the conceptualisation of environmental harm, and global dimensions of local environmental issues, to provide a thorough overview of concerns and discussions within the jurisdiction of environmental crime.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Environmental Crime / Climate Change March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-803-4: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-802-7: £25.00/04

E-mail: for more information



Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-236-0: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-235-3: £22.99/04

Rob White eBooks are only available to order online

142 criminology (Willan)


What Else Works?

Sandra Walklate, University of Liverpool, UK




Edited by Jo Brayford, Francis Cowe and John Deering

Page 1

What Else Works?

Edited by

Jo Brayford, Francis Cowe, John Deering

This book has developed out of a growing awareness amongst practitioners that centralized notions of what works and ‘one size fits all’ approaches to work with offenders and other groups are inevitably limited in their scope and effectiveness. This reopens the door on ‘what works, with whom and in what circumstances?’ - the idea that successful intervention can come from a number of different approaches, linked to individual difference. The book argues that it may be unhelpful to continually think of probation service users as ‘offenders’ and socially excluded people as 'problems' to be managed and treated, and seeks to consider more creative alternatives to reduce both re-offending and social exclusion - for example in working separately with women, black and minority ethnic groups, local community-focussed projects, in education and nature and conservation programmes. Creative work with offenders has a long history, but this has been marginalised by centralist tendencies in probation practice and research for over a decade. However, increasingly, such top-down approaches are being seen to be ineffective and inflexible. This book offers an opportunity to both re-examine practices that have become obscured and to explore current examples and opportunities for such creative work with a range of service user groups. This book is aimed at probation, youth justice, criminal justice and social care staff, academics, students and policy makers, in line with the Editors’ vision of bringing together theory, policy and practice in an iterative, critically constructive relationship. It will appeal to students on criminal justice, criminology and social work courses, professionals operating in these fields as well as the wider audience of professionals and academics who may engage with these ‘service users’ from a range of policy and practice perspectives. It will also be of relevance to those involved in social inclusion and supported housing. The editors

Hindpal Singh Bhui, Jo Brayford, Martin C. Calder, Mark S. Carich, Peter A. Carich, Claudia Carter, Sally Cherry, Francis Cowe, John Deering, Liz Dixon, Mark Drakeford, Pauline Durrance, Lee Gregory, Duncan Holtom, Mike Maguire, Fergus McNeill, Frank Porporino, Aaron Pycroft, Peter Raynor, Jenny Roberts, Maurice Vanstone, Beth Weaver, Chris Wilson. Academic and Professional Publisher of the Year 2008 International Achievement of the Year 2009

Edited by


Jo Brayford, Francis Cowe, John Deering

Jo Brayford is Senior Lecturer in Criminal and Community Justice at the University of Wales, Newport; Francis Cowe is Director of Academic Development and founder and head of the Newport Centre for Criminal and Community Justice, University of Wales, Newport; John Deering is Senior Lecturer in Criminology and Criminal Justice at the University of Wales, Newport.

What Else Works? Creative work with offenders

Creative work with offenders

This book offers a critical understanding of the nature, extent, and impact of criminal victimisation, tracing the experiences of the victim from their experience of crime, to their first contact with the criminal justice system and beyond. Creative work with offenders

What Else Works?

Series: Criminal Justice Series

Edited by

Jo Brayford Francis Cowe John Deering

This book taps into the growing awareness amongst practitioners that centralized notions of ‘one size fits all’ approaches to work with offenders in inevitably limited in its effectiveness, and instead seeks to consider more creative alternatives to reduce both re-offending and social exclusion. This book proves interesting reading for students on criminal justice, criminology, and social work courses, as well as professionals working in related fields.

Willan «Market: Criminology / Offender Rehabilitation / Sociology February 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84392-767-9: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-766-2: £22.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-84392-831-7: £45.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-830-0: £17.99/04

Crime Prevention Policies in Comparative Perspective

Criminal Investigation

Criminal Psychology

An Introduction to Principles and Practice

Edited by Adam Crawford, University of Leeds, UK

Peter Stelfox

Francis Pakes, Portsmouth University, UK and Suzanne Pakes

Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology June 2009: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-84392-413-5: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-412-8: £26.99/04

Willan March 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-338-1: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-337-4: £18.50/04

Edited by Deborah Drake, John Muncie, The Open University, UK and Louise Westmarland

Environmental Criminology and Ecological Justice Rob White, University of Tasmania, Australia Willan «Market: Criminology and Sociology June 2008: 234x156: 328pp Pb: 978-1-84392-361-9: £18.99/04

Willan October 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-513-2: £58.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-514-9: £22.99/04

Criminal Justice in Scotland

Criminal Behaviour in Context Space, Place and Desistance from Crime Nick Flynn, De Montfort University, UK Series: International Series on Desistance and Rehabilitation Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology August 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-811-9: £40.00/08


Criminal Justice

Crimes Against Nature

Willan February 2009: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-1-84392-328-2: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-364-0: £15.99/04

Edited by Hazel Croall, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK, Gerry Mooney, Open University, UK and Mary Munro, Cj Scotland, UK Willan September 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-786-0: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-785-3: £24.99/04

4th Edition

Criminal Law Tony Storey and Alan Lidbury

Edited by Tim Newburn, London School of Economics, UK Willan August 2007: 264x193: 1046pp Pb: 978-1-84392-284-1: £34.99/04

Criminology and Criminal Justice Peter Joyce Willan May 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-517-0: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-336-7: £15.99/04

Dictionary of Policing Edited by Tim Newburn, London School of Economics, UK and Peter Neyroud Willan April 2008: 246x174: 384pp Pb: 978-1-84392-287-2: £24.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Willan September 2007: 234x156 Pb: 978-1-84392-696-2: £17.99/04

criminology (Willan) 143 Dirty Dancing

Handbook of Restorative Justice

Offender Supervision

An Ethnography of Lap Dancing

Edited by Gerry Johnstone, Hull University, UK and Daniel W. Van Ness

Edited by Fergus McNeill, Peter Raynor and Chris Trotter

Willan October 2006: 246x174: 672pp Pb: 978-1-84392-150-9: £34.99/04

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology October 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-936-9: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-935-2: £29.95/04

Rachela Colosi Series: Crime Ethnography Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology July 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-84392-817-1: £45.00/08

Doing Justice to Young People Youth Crime and Social Justice

How Offenders Transform Their Lives Edited by Bonita Veysey, Johnna Christian and Damian J. Martinez Willan July 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84392-509-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-508-8: £25.99/04

Roger Smith Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-840-9: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-839-3: £24.99/04

Jerry H. Ratcliffe, Temple University, USA Willan February 2008: 246x174: 288pp Pb: 978-1-84392-339-8: £22.99/04

Edited by Rob White Willan August 2009: 234x156: 768pp Hb: 978-1-84392-511-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-512-5: £34.99/04

Edited by Tom Williamson, Becky Milne and Stephen P. Savage

Rachel Condry, University of Surrey, UK

Willan April 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-276-6: £45.00/08

Series: Crime Ethnography Willan January 2009: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-1-84392-501-9: £20.99/04

Policing and the Legacy of Lawrence Edited by Nathan Hall, John Grieve and Stephen P. Savage

Policing: Key Readings

Willan June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-518-7: £39.50/08

Edited by Tim Newburn, London School of Economics, UK Willan November 2004: 246x174: 848pp Pb: 978-1-84392-091-5: £34.99/04

Juvenile Justice Reform and Restorative Justice

Willan May 2007: 246x174: 728pp Hb: 978-1-84392-188-2: £89.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-187-5: £34.99/04

Gordon Bazemore, Florida Atlantic University, Fort Lauderdale, USA and Mara Schiff

Series: Criminal Justice Series

Edited by Jim Fraser and Robin Williams Willan July 2009: 246x174: 696pp Hb: 978-1-84392-312-1: £89.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-311-4: £34.99/04

2nd Edition

Making People Behave Elizabeth Burney

Handbook of Internet Crime Edited by Yvonne Jewkes, Leicester University, UK and Majid Yar Willan November 2009: 246x174: 664pp Hb: 978-1-84392-523-1: £89.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-524-8: £34.99/04

Edited by Mike Nash and Andy Williams, both at Portsmouth University, UK

Willan January 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-84392-374-9: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-373-2: £17.99/04

Protecting the Public?

Willan June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-698-6: £64.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-699-3: £21.99/04

Executive Discretion and the Release of Mentally Disordered Offenders Tessa Boyd-Caine

New Directions in Surveillance and Privacy

Handbook of Public Protection

Probation Rob Canton

Willan November 2004: 234x156: 400pp Pb: 978-1-84392-094-6: £26.99/04

Handbook of Forensic Science

Edited by Benjamin J. Goold and Daniel Neyland

Willan June 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-84392-527-9: £39.50/08

Psychological Therapy in Prisons and other Settings

Willan April 2009: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-363-3: £37.50/08

Edited by Joel Harvey and Kirsty Smedley Foreword by Graham Towl, Durham University, UK

Willan September 2010: 246x174: 496pp Hb: 978-1-84392-851-5: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-850-8: £34.99/04

Willan September 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-800-3: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-799-0: £25.00/04


E-mail: for more information



Willan December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84392-813-3: £40.00/08

Anna Eriksson

Edited by Tim Newburn, London School of Economics, UK, Tom Williamson and Alan Wright

for e-mail updates in your field

Legitimacy, Modernisation and Reform in the Criminal Justice Process

Willan February 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-506-4: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-505-7: £22.99/04

Justice in Transition

Handbook of Criminal Investigation

Willan June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-411-1: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-410-4: £22.99/04

Layla Skinns

International Developments in Investigative Interviewing

Families Shamed

Maurice Punch

Police Custody

Intelligence-led Policing

Environmental Crime

Police Corruption eBooks are only available to order online

144 criminology (Willan) Rape

Surviving and Moving On

Victims of Crime

Edited by Miranda Horvath and Jennifer Brown

Kim McGregor

Matthew Hall, University of Sheffield, UK

Willan September 2009: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-84392-519-4: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-520-0: £26.99/04

Willan January 2009: 464pp Pb: 978-1-84392-507-1: £21.99/04

Willan January 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-381-7: £39.50/08

2nd Edition

Working With Offenders

Repositioning Restorative Justice Edited by Lode Walgrave, K.U. University of Leuven, Belgium Willan September 2003: 234x156: 372pp Pb: 978-1-84392-016-8: £33.50/04

Edited by David Waddington, Fabien Jobard and Mike King Willan May 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-504-0: £48.50/08

Keith Soothill, Claire Fitzpatrick and Brian Francis

Sex Trafficking Marie Segrave, Sanja Milivojevic, Monash University, Australia and Sharon Pickering, University of Western Sydney, Australia

Series: Crime and Society Series Willan December 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-307-7: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-306-0: £22.99/04


Willan June 2010: 246x174 Hb: 978-1-84392-928-4: £40.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-927-7: £19.99/04

Understanding Criminal Careers

Willan November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-84392-822-5: £45.00/08

Alan Doig

Transforming Behaviour Sally Cherry

Edited by Anna Costanza Baldry and Andreas Kapardis

A Guide to Concepts and Practices Rob White and Hannah Graham Willan September 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-794-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-793-8: £22.99/04

Workplace Violence

2nd Edition

Pro-social Modelling in Practice

Risk Assessment for Juvenile Violent Offending

State Crime

Edited by Alison Liebling, Cambridge University, UK, David Price and Guy Schefer Willan December 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-270-4: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-269-8: £17.99/04

Rioting in the UK and France

Willan June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-528-6: £62.00/03

The Prison Officer

Willan May 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-503-3: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-502-6: £19.99/04

Understanding Youth Offending Stephen Case and Kevin Haines Willan June 2009: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-84392-342-8: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-341-1: £28.99/04

Edited by Vaughan Bowie, Bonnie S. Fisher, University of Cincinnati and Cary L. Cooper Willan October 2005: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-84392-134-9: £34.00/08

Youth in Crisis? ‘Gangs’, Territoriality and Violence Edited by Barry Goldson Routledge «Market: Juvenile Crime / Criminology / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-84392-752-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-751-8: £22.99/04

Youth Justice Handbook Edited by Wayne Taylor, Rod Earle and Richard Hester Willan October 2009: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84392-717-4: £58.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-716-7: £22.99/04

Victims and Policy-Making A Comparative Perspective Matthew Hall, University of Sheffield, UK Willan October 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-84392-825-6: £62.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-824-9: £25.99/04

Sharon Shalev

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Willan September 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-409-8: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-408-1: £25.99/04

business & management 145

Applied Concept Mapping

Arts Leadership

Theory, Techniques, and Case Studies in the Business Applications of Novakian Concept Mapping

James Abruzzo, Rutgers University, USA

Edited by Brian Moon, Perigean Technologies, Fredericksburg, Virginia, USA, Robert R. Hoffman and Joseph Novak, both at Institute for Human and Machine Cognition, Pensacola, Florida, USA and Alberto Canas Providing case studies in business applications, this book describes the theory and methods underlying Novakian concept mapping. Developed by Joseph Novak as an educational strategy, concept mapping has been applied with increasing frequency to problems in the workplace. Novakian concept maps differ from other diagrams by their morphology, content, and semantics. The advent of Cmap Tools, a knowledge modeling software kit that enables computer-based creation and sharing of Novakian concept maps, has encouraged diverse applications. The text presents original work from the authors as well as contributors who have applied concept mapping in the industry.

Arts Leadership describes the singular importance and crucial effect that arts leaders have on the institutions they run. Selected Contents: Introduction: Why it is Important to Study Arts Leadership? Part I: Theory and History 1. History of Arts Leadership 2. What is Leadership? 3. The Model Arts Leader and His Effect on Creating and Sustaining Great Arts Institutions Part II: Types of Arts Leader 4. The Turn Around Leader 5. The Creator/ Entrepreneur 6. The Brand Builder/Sustainer 7. The Partner 8. The Adapter 9. Learning the Lessons from Arts Leaders 10. Post Script: Globalization and the ‘Third Generation’ Arts Leader Routledge «Market: Business & Management March 2011: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-77927-2: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77928-9: £28.99/04

CRC Press «Market: Business Management December 2010: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2860-1: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2861-8: £38.99/17

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Andy & Me *

Basics of Process Mapping

Pascal Dennis, Lean Productivity Network In an era when auto companies are being propped up instead of profiting, many firms are revisiting this award winning fictionalized account and the very real lessons it teaches. The second edition of this entertaining parable, one of the most popular ever written on Lean, emphasizes practicality and a can do attitude in the face of all challenges, big and small. This edition adds study questions that highlight critical leadership lessons and includes corresponding notes that provide up-front guidance. The author is a Toyota veteran with two decades of professional experience as a consultant in Lean management and manufacturing.


Productivity Press «Market: Business Management November 2010: 203x133: 216pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2538-9: £18.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5632-7298-1 for e-mail updates in your field


Robert Damelio The bestselling first edition of this influential resource has been incorporated into the curriculum at forward thinking universities, many in-house corporate continuous improvement approaches, including Six Sigma, and the United Nations’ headquarters in New York. Providing a complete and accessible introduction to process maps, this edition has been thoroughly updated to keep pace with recent developments. It explains how relationship maps, cross-functional process maps, and flowcharts can be used as a set to provide views of work at the organization, process, and job/performer levels. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management November 2010: 229x152: 192pp Pb: 978-1-56327-376-6: £9.99/17

E-mail: for more information


Crisis and Transformation on the Lean Journey eBooks are only available to order online

146 business & management

Building Brands in Asia

Commodity Risk Management

From the Inside Out

Theory and Application

Tim Andrews, University of Strathclyde, UK and Wilson Chew, StrategiCom, Singapore

Geoffrey Poitras

In a global business environment characterized by volatility and change, developing a unique brand personality is increasingly recognized as a key method to achieving the goal of customer loyalty. Focusing on the creation, development and management of brands in the world’s most dynamic and challenging business environment, Building Brands in Asia challenges the assumption that the continuing success of global brands in Asia is a given. The first part examines the challenge MNCs face in balancing brand consistency with local effectiveness. In the second part, attention shifts to Asian company brands, where branding has been relatively muted until now. Replete with anecdotes, interviews and case studies this book provides an insightful and detailed examination for those interested in today’s primary corporate preoccupation set in the world’s most exciting marketplace.

Chance and Intent Managing the Risks of Innovation and Entrepreneurship David L. Bodde and Caron H. St. John Corporate innovators, independent entrepreneurs, and investors find only incomplete advice in their quantitative assessments of new venture risk. In addition, they should employ a diverse set of tools and perspectives to manage the risks of entrepreneurship and innovation. This edited volume will interpret current research and best-practice to offer a more complete toolkit for managing them well.

Routledge «Market: Entrepreneurship March 2011: 254x178: 350pp Hb: 978-0-415-87760-2: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87761-9: £34.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Finance March 2011: 254x190: 350pp Hb: 978-0-415-87929-3: £66.67/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87930-9: £33.31/04

Dynamic Capacity Management for Healthcare Advanced Methods and Tools for Optimization Pierce Story, Jumbee, Inc. Wells, Maine Presenting new approaches, tools, and perspectives, this book facilitates the effective management of the complexities and ‘dynamism’ unique to health care operations. It introduces healthcare managers and professionals to state-ofthe-art concepts designed to improve both process- and dynamic systems-focused performance and develop appropriately dynamic process-level solutions to complex systems level issues. Employing common methodologies such as Lean, Sigma Six, and CQI, the ‘Dynamic Capacity Management’ approach addresses the analysis and improvement of hospital- and department-wide capacity, patient flow, resource allocation, and performance optimization. Productivity Press «Market: Healthcare November 2010: 235x156: 235pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1975-3: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1976-0: £38.99/17

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Business & Management March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54983-7: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54984-4: £27.99/04

This book aims to cover the following general topics: development and assessment of theories for evaluating commodity risk; the role of derivative securities in managing commodity risk; and, an assessment of the actual management of commodity risk in specific situations. The primary contribution of the book is the explicit development of the often overlooked connection between risk management and speculation. The central theme is to demonstrate commodity risk management decisions require an in depth understanding of speculative strategies. To this end, this book aims to provide an unified treatment of important concepts and techniques that are useful in applying derivative securities in the management of risk arising in commodity markets.

business & management 147


Entrepreneurship Marketing *

An International Introduction

Principles and Practice of SME Marketing

Dafna Kariv, College of Management, Israel

Edited by Sonny Nwankwo and Tunji Gbadamosi, both at University of East London, UK

Entrepreneurship means different things to different people, but the entrepreneurial personality is a critical success factor to any new business.

Despite the number of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the market, many fail. This can be explained to a significant degree by a lack of understanding of marketing in this sector.

This groundbreaking textbook differs from its competitors by emphasizing both the core processes and practices of entrepreneurship, as well as demonstrating the impact of complex, local environments in shaping processes of entrepreneurship. Selected Contents: Introduction Part I. The Resource Based Perspective in the Entrepreneurial Course Part II. The Process-Oriented Perspective in Entrepreneurship Part III. The Output-Oriented Perspective in the Entrepreneurial Realm Conclusion Routledge «Market: Business & Management January 2011: 246x174: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-56119-8: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56120-4: £36.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83193-9: £95.00/14

This new textbook introduces the importance of marketing to entrepreneurial firms. Walking the student through the fundamentals of marketing within the SME context, Marketing and Entrepreneurship provides a more value-added learning experience than your standard marketing run-through. Providing a fresh approach for marketing students requiring a more real-world understanding of the impact of their discipline on entrepreneurial firms, the customer insight offered by this book will also benefit entrepreneurship students. Routledge «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-57375-7: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57376-4: £36.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83864-8: £90.00/14


Effectual Entrepreneurship *

European Skills and Qualifications

Stuart Read, IMD, Switzerland, Saras Sarasvathy, Darden Graduate School of Business Administration, USA, Nick Dew, Naval Postgraduate School, USA, Robert Wiltbank, Atkinson Graduate School of Management, USA and Anne-Valérie Ohlsson, IMD, Switzerland

Towards a European Labour Market Linda Clarke, University of Westminster, UK and Christopher Winch, University of London, UK European Skills and Qualifications examines the continuing difficulty of recognising and establishing equivalence between qualifications and skills associated with particular national contexts. Focussing on the problems and possible solutions for the differences – conceptual and real – that exist, this book also discusses and analyses the official adoption of the European Qualification Framework and forthcoming changes, including an EU-wide credit accumulation and transfer system.

When you start a new venture – for-profit or not, individually or within existing organizations – you are not only trying to make a good living, you are engaged in expanding the horizon of valuable new economic opportunities. This book offers you expert principles to help you do that, from start to finish.


Routledge «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 276x219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58643-6: £110.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58644-3: £39.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83690-3: £110.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Cross National Recognition of Skills and Qualifications in Europe 3. Skills 4. Beruf 5. Competence 6. Savoir 7. Converging Occupations 8. Divergent Occupations in an EU Context 9. Zones of Mutual Trust 10. A Guide to European VET and Qualifications Routledge «Market: Business & Management February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55690-3: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55691-0: £29.99/04

E-mail: for more information


Selected Contents: Part I: I Want to be an Entrepreneur but… Part II: The Nuts and Bolts of Venturing: Effectuation in Action Part III: I am an Entrepreneur Now: How Far Can I Go? eBooks are only available to order online

148 business & management

Handbook of Medical Tourism Development

Healthcare Payment Systems * Fee Schedule Payment System Duane C. Abbey, Abbey & Abbey Consultants, Inc., Ames, Iowa, USA

Maria Todd, HealthPro Consoluting, Inc, Brooklyn, USA Written by leading experts in global network development, this book is a guide for hospitals and medical providers wishing to become global. It covers everything from developing a medical tourism network for medical services, diagnostics, wellness checkups, and spa retreats to assessing client satisfaction and patient follow-up. It considers important issues of confidentiality, documentation, safety, revenue implications, and contracting including working with health plans, case managers, professional facilitators, and multinational employers.

Following Healthcare Payment Systems: An Introduction, this second volume in a series by top medical payment expert Duane Abbey provides an overview and discussion of the various fee schedule payment systems used by healthcare providers and third party payers. Designed for hands-on use by providers and their fiscal agents, emphasis is placed on the basic elements of any fee schedule payment system along with the myriad variations that exist to garner payment for physician services, ambulance services, durable medical equipment, prosthetic and orthotics, laboratory services, physical and occupational therapy and associated services, and/or medical products. This volume offers special attention to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule.

Productivity Press «Market: Medicine March 2011: 254x178: 325pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1314-0: £57.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1315-7: £57.99/17

CRC Press «Market: Healthcare October 2010: 254x178: 144pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4023-8: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4025-2: £38.99/17

2nd Edition

Implementing Lean Six Sigma throughout the Supply Chain *

Feedback Toolkit 16 Tools for Better Communication in the Workplace Rick Maurer, Maurer & Associates, Arlington, Virginia, USA Written by a noted leadership and change management authority, this toolkit provides managers with critical guidelines on effective feedback for high performance based on best practices and offers a six-step framework on the feedback process. It presents tools for giving and receiving feedback in a variety of situations, including one-on-one use and group use. This second edition addresses new developments that include key teachings on overcoming resistance to change, the role of performance appraisals using feedback as a mentoring tool, and modeling feedback on ‘after-action’ reports commonly used in military operations.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Elizabeth A. Cudney, Missouri University of Science and Technology, Rolla, USA and Rodney Kestle From start to finish, this book provides a comprehensive lean six sigma case study. The text follows a team as they implement a lean six sigma project and provides over illustrative 100 figures and tables. Unlike current published case studies, which give only an overview, this in-depth case study presents the data, which are also included in the accompanying CD, and comprehensively explains how the team drew their conclusions. The CD contains all of the data used throughout the case study, so that readers can make the same analyses. In addition, the authors demonstrate the clear linkages between all of the lean six sigma tools. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management October 2010: 254x178: 288pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2814-4: £38.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4398-2815-1: £38.99/17

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Productivity Press «Market: Business Management January 2011: 229x152: 80pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4093-1: £10.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5632-7056-7

The Comprehensive and Transparent Case Study

business & management 149

Implementing TWI Creating and Managing a Skills-Based Culture Patrick Graupp and Robert J. Wrona Featuring modernized implementation strategies employed in Lean initiatives today, this volume describes the experiences of a variety of companies using TWI, more than 60 years after Training Within Industry turned the U.S. into the industrial giant that won World War II. Based on their experience implementing TWI in companies across the world, Graupp and Wrona, highlight critical elements and point out key stumbling blocks to a successful TWI implementation. Designed as a hands-on manual, the book includes case studies as well as a variety of updated tools and templates. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management November 2010: 254x178: 498pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2596-9: £31.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2597-6: £31.99/17

Joan Wellman, Pat Hagan and Howard Jeffries, both at Seattle Children’s Hospital, Washington Blending case studies with practical theory, this book uniquely describes how the healthcare value proposition can be changed by reducing waste, variation, and complexity in healthcare. It reveals the leadership tenacity and culture change required to remove waste from healthcare processes and eliminate the root cause of soaring costs, poor quality and safety, and limited access. It provides practical, applicable advice alongside personal and organizational stories and case studies told by physician and administrative leaders, all students of the Toyota Production System.


Productivity Press «Market: Healthcare December 2010: 235x156: 290pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2865-6: £38.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4398-2866-3: £38.99/17


Gary Santorella, Interactive Consulting, Providence, Rhode Island, USA Written by a veteran in the construction field, this reference is the first to address the direct application of Lean initiatives to that specific industry. It uniquely addresses people issues in terms of productivity and waste by applying behavioral psychology principles at a tactical level. The author expands the notion of ethics beyond the simple litmus test of right and wrong so team leaders can adopt proper professional and diplomatic attitudes and behaviors toward the implementation of Lean improvements. Stories and practical examples are included to better aid construction professionals in relating to and applying principles.

Lean for the Public Sector * The Pursuit of Perfection in Government Services Bert Teeuwen, WagenaarHoes Organization, the Netherlands Written specifically to address the application of Lean practices in government and the public sector, this highly original reference covers the basic philosophy of Lean before detailing specific methods to improve processes in the public sector. It addresses concerns unique to the public sector environment and considers the role of the citizen, not only as customer, but as a voter, taxpayer, and community participant. The approach provides a more reality-based view of value-added services and waste in the public sector. The text also includes many explanations of Lean principles and methods, examples, and international case studies for better comprehension. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management November 2010: 254x178: 218pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4022-1: £19.95/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4024-5: £19.95/17

E-mail: for more information


Driving Culture Change to Increase Value

for e-mail updates in your field

Building Responsible and Committed Project Teams

Productivity Press «Market: Business Management December 2010: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3508-1: £38.99/03 eBook: 978-1-4398-3510-4: £38.99/17

Leading the Lean Healthcare Journey

Lean Culture for the Construction Industry eBooks are only available to order online

150 business & management

Lean Office and Service Simplified Make Your Business The Definitive How-To Guide a Lean Business Drew Locher, Change Movement Associates, Mt. Laurel, New Jersey, USA

A single source, comprehensive reference, this unique book covers all of the relevant concepts pertaining to the coinciding realms of value stream mapping and ‘Lean office’. Providing extensive detail regarding the application of Lean thinking to office and services, this book describes value stream management, standard work, flow, and pull. It defines specific how-to methodologies in exhaustive depth, breaks down key Lean concepts into their elementary components and describes them in the context of office and services, provides implementation strategies on a function-byfunction or department-by-department basis, and includes detailed examples throughout. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management January 2011: 254x178: 136pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2031-5: £25.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2032-2: £25.99/17

How to Create Enduring Market Leadership Paul C. Husby, 3M Company, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA and Jerome Hamilton Written by business leaders for business leaders, this book is a how-to guide on transforming a business and building enduring market leadership. Based on the authors more than 60 years of experience, it provides the tools required to plan, align, and transform businesses, starting with the core business value proposition, and continuing through business planning, disciplined goal and resource alignment, and implementation management. It delineates a logical path to apply initial strategy to every detailed activity, engaging the entire organization to become more competitive day by day. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management March 2011: 229x152: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2999-8: £31.99/03 eBook: 978-1-4398-3000-0: £31.99/17

2nd Edition

Leveraging Lean in Healthcare *

Managing IT Outsourcing *

Transforming Your Enterprise into a High Quality Patient Care Delivery System

Erik Beulen, Pieter Ribbers and Jan Roos, both at Tilburg University, the Netherlands This newly revised edition of Managing IT Outsourcing presents the latest theory, research and practice in this fast-changing field to explore how information outsourcing partnerships can be managed successfully.

Charlie Protzman, George Mayzell and Joyce Kerpchar

Productivity Press «Market: Healthcare November 2010: 279x216: 422pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1385-0: £47.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1386-7: £47.99/17

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Combining a range of case studies from outsourcing companies across the globe, this book offers examples of real-world industrial experience and expanded coverage of new issues to help the reader keep abreast of new developments in the field. Selected Contents: 1. Changing Business Models 2. The IT Outsourcing Phenomenon 3. Contracts 4. Offshore Outsourcing 5. Business Process Outsourcing 6. Structuring Responsibilities 7. Partnership Risk Management 8. Governance of IT Outsourcing 9. Governance Factors – The Recipient 10. Governance Factors – The Provider 11. Governance Factors – The Relationship 12. Looking Forward Routledge «Market: Business & Management December 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-87322-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87323-9: £31.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83479-4: £85.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Expanding on the concepts and tools of lean hospitals and coupling these ideas with the principles of sigma six, this book presents a ‘how-to’ guide to true efficiency in hospitals. Beginning with an overview and description of lean tools, such as Toyota and Gilbreth and Taylor, it demonstrates lean implementation at every level of a hospital including the ED, OR, Radiology, and Cath Lab. The authors discuss traditional methods, typical problems, and a value stream map for each area and provide actionable blueprints, case studies, and lessons learned to facilitate the duplication of lean improvements.

business & management 151

Manufacturing Intelligence The art of Making Factory Data Talk Michel Baudin, MMTI, Palo Alto, California, USA Written as an aid in obtaining information to solve factory problems, this text explains how to work with the information systems staff to retrieve factory data from the multiple and often incompatible legacy systems they typically reside in. The author examines the three sources of information: direct observation of the situation; interviews with knowledgeable managers, engineers, or operators; and existing data. By presenting solutions for acquiring information, ways to analyze the information, and systems of presentations, the book offers tricks to make the tangle of obsolete and inconsistent legacy systems produce timely answers. CRC Press «Market: Business Management June 2011: 229x152: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2773-4: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2774-1: £38.99/17

Robert Lomas, University of Bradford, UK The ability to write to a high standard is a key skill that is often overlooked in the business world. This short book from an international, best-selling author offers a practical guide to conceiving, researching and writing a business or management dissertation. Masters students across business and management will benefit enormously from reading this book, not just in adding serious value to their dissertations, but also helping to improve their writing skills throughout their business careers.


Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Business Research 2. Where do you Start? 3. Has Somebody Answered my Question Before? 4. Different Questions Require Different Answers 5. How to Use Statistics 6. Planning your Research Project 7. Creating a Narrative Thread for your Dissertation 8. The Mechanics of Writing Routledge «Market: Business & Management / Research Methods November 2010: 216x138: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-59678-7: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59679-4: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-09314-6: £90.00/14


Timothy D. Martin and Jeffrey T. Bell Understanding the thinking behind standardized work is essential to realizing its maximum benefits. This book is an all-inclusive guide to applying standardized work principles to virtually any situation or process. It includes an array of examples that demonstrate how the concepts can be applied in a variety of industries and business applications. In a step-by-step format, the book discusses the relationship of the work period of takt time – as expressed in the short-cycle, long-cycle, and non-cyclic applications – parallel work steps, takt boards, the three main worker interface levels in job designs, and their applications.

Progressive Kaizen The Key to Making Kaizen a Formidable Competitive Weapon John W. Davis Designed to teach the reader how to fully exploit Kaizen events, this book explains the four distinct types of Kaizen and that each has its own particular purpose. The book points out why and how Kaizen should be used as a prominent strategy in implementing Lean. This includes developing a structured plan for Kaizen and giving strong consideration to the insertion of a ‘Waste Reduction Activity Process’ (WRAP), which provides employee incentives for implemented improvements at an individual job level. It outlines how to conduct each type of Kaizen event, who to involve, and what the results should be. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management January 2011: 254x178: 112pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4608-7: £25.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4609-4: £25.99/17

E-mail: for more information


How to Conceive, Research and Write a Good Business Dissertation

for e-mail updates in your field

Techniques for Manufacturing and Business Process Improvement

Productivity Press «Market: Business Management January 2011: 178x254: 176pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4080-1: £31.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4081-8: £31.99/17

Mastering Your Business Dissertation *

New Horizons in Standardized Work eBooks are only available to order online

152 business & management

Risk Management in Organizations An Integrated Case Study Approach Margaret Woods, Aston University, UK Measuring and managing risk is a difficult and often complicated task and the global financial crisis of the late noughties can be traced to a worldwide deficiency in risk management regimes. One of the problems in understanding how best to manage risk is a lack of detailed examples of real world practice. Risk Management in Organizations sets the world of risk management in the context of the broader corporate governance agenda, as well as explaining the core elements of a risk management system. With a detailed array of risk management cases, lecturers and managers will find this a uniquely well researched resource. Selected Contents: Preface: Risk Management and Corporate Governance 1. Introduction 2. How To Use This Book 3. Tesco 4. Royal Bank of Scotland 5. Hammerson plc 6. Department of Culture Media and Sport 7. Birmingham City Council 8. Discussion and Conclusion Routledge «Market: Business & Management / Accounting March 2011: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-59172-0: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59173-7: £34.99/04

Safer Hospital Care Strategies for Continuous Innovation Dev Raheja An examination of the effectiveness of present hospital care methods, this book illustrates how to find simple, comprehensive solutions that produce high return on investment. It emphasizes innovative techniques, proven safety methods, models for risk managers, heuristics for leading change, reliability methods that deliver right care over time, dangers in medical devices for critical care, and techniques for giving care with speed and efficiency without compromising safety. Experts from the aviation industry, world-class organizations such as Toyota and General Electric, and innovative hospitals such as Johns Hopkins offer their insight. Productivity Press «Market: Healthcare December 2010: 235x156: 200pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2102-2: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2103-9: £38.99/17

2nd Edition reader

Revealing the Corporation

Self-Balancing Processes

Perspectives on Identity, Image, Reputation, Corporate Branding and Corporate Level Marketing

True Lean Continuous Flow

Edited by John Balmer, Brunel Business School, UK and Stephen Greyser, Harvard Business School, USA

Since Henry Ford sent the first chassis down an assembly line, line balancing issues have proven hard to eradicate. Often time the achievement of TAKT is an illusion. Human factors, quality of parts, variation all must be considered every day. To maintain continuous flow requires not a single fix, but requires a paradigm shift in thinking that encourages continual self-correcting. Relying on a number of successful case studies of improvements initiated by the author, this book demonstrates ways to recognize weak links and continually solve them. It offers rules, tools (including simulation software), and guidelines to eliminate problems before they start or at the root.

Selected Contents: Part I: Revealing the Corporation: An Integrative Framework Part II: Identity: The Quintessence of an Organization Part III: Corporate Communications: A Dimension of Corporate Meaning Part IV: Corporate Image and Reputation: The Other Realities Part V: The Corporate Brand: An Organization’s Covenant Part VI: Case Study Section Routledge «Market: Business / Management and Marketing March 2011: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-77345-4: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77346-1: £29.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-28420-2

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Productivity Press «Market: Business Management February 2011: 254x178: 200pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1965-4: £27.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1966-1: £27.99/17

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This international and multidisciplinary collection is an eclectic anthology that affords a new way of comprehending organizations, without the need for limitations or narrow perspectives. It is essential reading for those interested in corporate meaning.

Gordon Ghirann

business & management 153

Social Media, Crisis Communication and Emergency Management

Staying Lean * Thriving, Not Just Surviving Peter Hines, Pauline Found, Gary Griffiths and Richard Harrison

Utilizing Web 2.0 Technologies

Originally designed as a self-published report, which was awarded the 2009 Shingo Prize, this book draws on the experience of a multi-national company that has successfully implemented Lean in its manufacturing and commercial areas. Based on a model of sustainable change, the text addresses the elements of successful lean management that are often difficult to emulate as well as the more visible features of process management and lean techniques.

Connie White, Jacksonville State University, Alabama Written to teach emergency personnel how to effectively utilize social media and Web 2.0 technologies in emergency planning, preparedness, and response, this book covers the do’s and don’ts of social media when dealing with emergency situations. It explains how government organizations, non-governmental organizations, volunteer, and private emergency agencies can utilize social media for a variety of purposes. Each chapter provides an example of a high profile individual, organization, or agency that utilizes the transformative power of social media. The book also includes exercises so readers can better understand the various uses of social media.

Productivity Press «Market: Business Management January 2011: 254x178: 278pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2617-1: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4398-2618-8: £25.99/17

CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5349-8: £44.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-5350-4: £44.99/17


Strategic Management

Standard Work for Lean Healthcare

From Theory to Practice

J. Michael Rona Consulting Group LLC Series: Lean Tools for Healthcare Series Standard work is a major component of kaizen activities and effective Lean tools. Part of the Lean Tools for Healthcare Series, this user-friendly book contains innovative features designed to optimize this tool’s use. The text explains how standard work establishes the best way to do work and why it should be the basis for all continuous improvement activities. It describes work in terms of cycle time, work in process, takt time, and layout. Margin assists reveal key terms and points, how-to steps, and healthcare examples, making this a valuable resource for healthcare professionals starting their Lean journey. for e-mail updates in your field


Leadership, adaptability, value creation. These are the skills necessary for tomorrow’s managers. Allen Amason approaches the topic of strategic management with these traits in mind. Rather than simply teaching theory and research, he seeks to communicate to them the fundamental keys to how strategy works. This book is designed to help students think critically and understand fully how to strategically manage their future firms. In so doing, it will enable them to adapt and learn, even as their circumstances change; to apply sound logic and reasoning, even in new and unfamiliar settings. By conveying enduring and fundamental principles of economic and human behavior rather than simply reporting on the latest innovations, this book succeeds in preparing students to excel in the business environment over time, regardless of how it evolves. Routledge «Market: Management March 2011: 254x178: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87172-3: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87169-3: £34.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86583-5: £65.00/14

E-mail: for more information



Productivity Press March 2011: 254x178: 120pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3741-2: £18.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3742-9: £18.99/17

Allen Amason, University of Georgia, USA eBooks are only available to order online

154 business & management

The Exchange Resolution Technique Steven Dinkin, Barbara Filner and Lisa Maxwell Written to provide managers and supervisors with a process for addressing conflicts among their employees, this book adapts the National Conflict Resolution Center’s successful experience in resolving issues into a structured text. The book offers authorities a method of structuring conversations about conflicts and issues. Not only does it provide training through examples to become an effective mediator for disputes filled with emotionally charged personality issues, it provides a strategy for adapting the provided methods to fit the particular needs of every workplace. It also covers background issues that may lead to conflict, including culture and other diversities. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management March 2011: 254x178: 600pp Pb: 978-1-4398-5298-9: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4398-5299-6: £25.99/17

Successful Business Consulting in a Changing World Ann Brooks, Texas State University, USA and Kathy Edwards, University of Texas, Austin, USA The primary focus of this book is to help future consultants build the inquiry and relational skills to increase their effectiveness in helping clients.

Routledge «Market: Management March 2011: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-80048-8: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80049-5: £33.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

The A3 Workbook * Unlock Your Problem-Solving Mind Daniel D. Matthews Facilitating participation and responsibilty across an entire organization, this one-of-a-kind workbook takes readers step-by-step through the disciplined development of an A3 report, a single-sided piece of paper used by Lean industries to promote efficiency. The A3 provides all employees at all levels with a method to quickly identify a problem, analyze its root cause, select appropriate countermeasures, and communicate necessary actions to decision makers. The workbook includes worksheet templates that can be reproduced and used in future problem solving efforts. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management October 2010: 279x216: 184pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3489-3: £31.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4398-3490-9: £31.99/17

The Case Management Workbook Cherilyn G. Murer and Michael A. Murer, both at Murer Consutants, Inc., Joilet, USA and Lyndean L. Brick With a sinking economy, there are fewer people insured, forcing hospitals to be more prudent with their reimbursement. As a result, hospitals need to move patients more efficiently through their system. This book explores the application of continuum of care. It explains differences in venues, admission requirements, and intended length of stay. More importantly, it provides general knowledge regarding reimbursement structure and regulatory requirements, including a review of MDC and DRGs. The text concludes with a plan of action for designing an effective case management program. The authors also include exercises and exam questions for training team members in effective case management. Productivity Press February 2011: 254x178: 200pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2777-2: £38.99/04 eBook: 978-1-4398-2778-9: £38.99/17

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Strategies for Managing Conflict in the Workplace

business & management 155

The Definitive Guide to Emergency Department Operational Improvement Employing Lean Principles with Current ED Best Practices to Create the ‘No Wait’ Department Joseph T. Crane and Charles E. Noon Emergency Departments were never designed to serve as the walk-in clinics they have become; yet with so many having nowhere else to turn for needed care, they have become cauldrons of resentment in which neither the best needs of patient or hospital are served. Offering a solution to this fiscal and medical madness, this step-by-step guide shows how the application of lean principles can lead to more efficient, cost-effecitve, and patient friendly departments. It brings togethe leading experts who demonstrate the unique application of lean tools and concepts to hospital operations and looks at those hospitals who have put this innovative approach into action. Productivity Press «Market: Healthcare January 2011: 254x178: 352pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0840-5: £57.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-0841-2: £57.99/17

The Lean Accounting Handbook Gloria McVay, Winona State University, Minnesota, USA, Frances Kennedy, Clemson University, South Carolina, USA and Rosemary Fullerton, Utah State University, Logan, USA Despite the obvious need for transparency, a company’s lean results can continue to hide behind the mask of traditional accounting and dilute the benefits of a lean implementation. When your organization opts to go lean, its accountants must be empowered with lean tools in service of the lean mission. This step-by-step workbook demonstrates how to develop information and financial reports that serve the needs of lean-minded businesses. It includes checklists, guidelines, exercises, case studies, and company stories. It demonstrates alternative methods of reporting, offers special sections on healthcare and service industries, and includes a step-by-step guide for transitioning to lean accounting. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management March 2011: 279x216: 175pp Pb: 978-1-4200-8858-8: £28.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4200-8859-5: £28.99/14


How to Manage the Media in the Digital Age Jane Jordan-Meier, Jane Jordan & Associates, Green Valley, California, USA Examining communication between the media and the public during times of crisis, this book specifies the definition and stages of a crisis, the role of media, and media ethics during a crisis scenario. It discusses how to develop communication plans, what information to provide, and the role of social media in the present-day digital age. A wealth of case studies demonstrates how to choose the appropriate media outlet and language to convey an informative message and avoid potential ‘bad press’ due to mismanaging a situation.


CRC Press «Market: Information Technology December 2010: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5373-3: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-5374-0: £38.99/17 for e-mail updates in your field


The Future of Global Business * A Reader Edited by Michael Czinkota, Georgetown University, USA and Ilkka Ronkainen A selection of readings from a distinguished group of international marketing researchers and educators are presented for your use in the classroom or your professional reading. In the fast paced world of global business, a key to success is staying current with the recent trends and current research in international marketing. Editors Michael R. Czinkota and Ilkka Ronkainen, both of Georgetown University, use their years of experience to choose a selection of readings noted for its currency, relevancy, and scholarly depth. Routledge «Market: Business & Corporate Strategy January 2011: 229x152: 982pp Hb: 978-0-415-80093-8: £85.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-87813-2: £85.00/14

E-mail: for more information


The Four Stages of Highly Effective Crisis Management eBooks are only available to order online

156 business & management

The Toyota Kaizen Continuum

Toyota Kaizen Methods *

A Practical Guide to Implementing Lean

Six Steps to Improvement

Edited by John Stewart, Monomoy Capital Partners, Midway, Kentucky, USA

Isao Kato, TMI, Japan and Art Smalley, Art of Lean, Huntington Beach, California, USA

Written by an expert with 18 years of experience working for Toyota from an entry level operational position through the executive ranks of the company, this book provides a firsthand account of how to implement the Toyota Production System (TPS) throughout an organization. It answers the questions of how to get the process started and how to get senior management excited about the possibilities of an organization that embraces TPS. The author gives real knowledge and examples to equip readers with the ability to make immediate improvements in their area of responsibility in the organization.

This workbook is the first of its kind to document and outline the actual kaizen practices taught within the Toyota Motor Corporation to develop leadership skills and personal responsibility close to the manufacturing floor. By explaining in full context the six basic kaizen principles that govern Toyota, the authors enable readers to improve their own skills and those of their employees making full use of the kaizen approach. The text examines simple analytic methods for work elements, time, motion, production lead-time, machine losses, and standardized work.

Productivity Press «Market: Business Management February 2011: 254x178: 180pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4604-9: £25.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4605-6: £25.99/17

Productivity Press «Market: Business Management October 2010: 279x216: 151pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3853-2: £31.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3854-9: £31.99/17

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

The Measurement Nightmare

The Physician Employment Contract Handbook

Debra Smith, Constraints Management Group, Enumclaw, Washington, USA With supply chains extending further and further, the usefulness of applying the Theory of Constraints (TOC) is becoming more evident. Today’s major companies are using TOC to transition from push to pull manufacturing. This new edition demonstrates TOC’s growth in importance applied to what the author refers to as the four Vs: variability, volatility, visibility, and velocity. This edition adds new chapters detailing the conflicts that large manufacturers face and the areas that every manufacturer must address: materials and supply chain management, project and portfolio management, and production control. Case studies reveal how TOC practices are implemented in the real world. CRC Press «Market: Business Management February 2012: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7620-2: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4200-7622-6: £38.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5744-4246-5

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

A Guide to Structuring Equitable Arrangments Maria Todd, HealthPro Consoluting, Inc, Brooklyn, USA This revised and updated edition provides an invaluable resource for physicians who are looking to sell their practice and for health systems who wish to become affiliated with a group practice or who are interested in contracting with physicians. The book provides sample physician employment contracts and explains how each contract works. Written by an expert in the field of physician contracting, the text discusses the various legal and compliance issues related to physician employment, such as anti-self referral and anti-kickback issues, and examines how to resolve disputes through arbitration or mediation. The author also outlines the pros and cons of various partnership arrangements. Productivity Press February 2011: 235x156: 240pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1316-4: £57.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1317-1: £57.99/17

D +44 (0)1235 400525


How the Theory of Constraints Can Resolve Conflicting Strategies, Policies, and Measures

business & management 157

The Practical Application of the Process Capability Study Evolving From Product Control to Process Control Douglas B. Relyea, Quality Principle Associates, Norwich, Connecticut, USA Using real-world examples in the context of the shop floor, this book addresses statistical process control through a non-mathematical, step-by-step explanation of the process capability study. It enables manufacturing personnel to understand how to recover a significant return on their investment from statistical process control. Machine operators and supervisors will better understand how they can communicate their process knowledge to management. Managers will then better understand the limitations of the process as it exists and will have a simple tool for managing process improvement. Productivity Press February 2011: 254x178: 104pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4778-7: £25.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4779-4: £25.99/17

Turbo Flow * Using Plan for Every (PFEP) to Turbo Charge Your Supply Chain Tim Conrad and Robyn Rooks, MPNL Solutions Inventory movement, the pacemaker of the assembly line along with inventory management, how and where parts are used within the factory, requires a detailed inventory plan. This plan is known to Lean operators as A Plan for Every Part (PFEP). It is all about determining the right part at the right time in the quantity needed. This book takes PFEP beyond the manufacturing cell to create a tool for managing the entire supply chain. Written by experts in supply chain integration, this text illustrates how to use PFEP to manage raw materials, WIP, and finished goods inventories. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management November 2010: 254x178: 136pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2067-4: £28.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2068-1: £28.99/17

Transforming Healthcare

Visual Controls *

Virginia Mason Medical Center’s Pursuit of the Perfect Patient Experience

Applying Visual Management to the Factory

Charles Kenney A chronicle of one of the most unusual series of events in the history of medicine, this book tells the story a group of men and women – clinicians, administrators, frontline workers, trustees, and leaders – blessed with vision, courage, and a relentless determination to improve. It is the story of a medical center transformed. Ultimately, it is the story of a new and possibly better way to take on the challenge we face in the United States today to provide superb medical care to our people while at the same time controlling costs. for e-mail updates in your field


Leaving little room for mistake, Chris Ortiz lays out what might be the most detailed approach to applying the Lean principles of 5S needed to convert a factory to a fully functional Visual Workplace. The book offers a clear discussion on management’s role in creating a Lean strategy that will implement the visual factory, while also molding the workplace culture needed to sustain it. A crucial section of the book is dedicated to discussing how to design and create visual shadow boards, an area where many efforts stumble. It also discusses right-sizing, Kanban, and ways to measure performance. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management December 2010: 235x156: 152pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2090-2: £25.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2092-6: £25.99/17

E-mail: for more information



Productivity Press «Market: Healthcare November 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-1-56327-375-9: £25.99/17

Chris A. Ortiz and Murry Park, both at Kaizen Assembly, Inc., Bellingham eBooks are only available to order online

158 business & management

Business History

Compliance in Today’s Global Supply Chain *

Complexities and Comparisons Franco Amatori and Andrea Colli, both at University of Bocconi, Italy

Thomas A. Cook, American River International, Melville, New York, USA

This major new textbook on business history brings together the expertise of two internationally renowned authors to provide a thorough overview of the developments in business over the last two centuries. Business History is an exceptional resource for students on economic and business history courses, as well as for practitioners interested in broadening their understanding of business.

Your Customers’ Perception of Quality What it Means to Your Bottom Line and How to Control It Baboo Kureemun and Robert Fantina A detailed examination of a new concept in customer centricity, this book explores customer perception of quality and how to measure it. The author introduces a ground-breaking model for quantifying the impact that poor perception of quality has on the bottom line. It helps readers understand the importance of customer perception, how they may be misunderstanding this vital component, and how they can look at data collected from a variety of sources – surveys, customer conversations with sales representatives, etc. – and glean a clear understanding of their customers’ perception, and the insight necessary to improve it. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management January 2011: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4581-3: £31.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4582-0: £31.99/17

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

CRC Press «Market: Business Management October 2010: 235x156: 291pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8621-8: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4200-8623-2: £49.99/14

Managing Spontaneous Community Volunteers in Disasters A Field Manual Lisa Orloff, World Cares Center, Bloomfield This comprehensive ‘how to’ guide provides readers with the understanding needed to prepare for disasters by effectively engaging, training, and utilizing spontaneous community volunteers. The text supplies volunteer managers with the skill-set needed to enable unaffiliated community volunteers to respond safely to hazards and facilitate an effective response. The author examines potential agency and community relevant roles for community volunteers and the need for flexible span of control as well as ‘just in time’ training. It offers step by step guidelines that address planning and strategies to bridge the gaps between communities and emergency managers. Auerbach Publications February 2011: 235x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1833-6: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1834-3: £49.99/17

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: Part 1: Relevant Issues Part 2: The Company Between the Pre-Industrial Era and the First Industrial Revolution Part 3: The Birth and Consolidation of Big Business Part 4: State and Market in the Period Between the Two World Wars Part 5: From the Postwar Years to the Fall of the Wall: The Age of ‘Shrinking’ Space Part 6: The Globalization of Today Routledge «Market: Business & Management / History March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42396-0: £105.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-42397-7: £31.99/04

Managing director of ARI and Department of Commerce appointee to the New York District Export Council, Thomas Cook is one of the most accomplished experts on international trade. In this comprehensive yet accessible resource, he provides a step-by-step blueprint for executing a corporate global trade program that is both compliant and cost-effective. The text identifies both traditional concerns and emerging complications, and then puts forward strategies to address them. In providing cost-effective solutions for building and securing a global supply chain, Cook emphasizes continuing education that will sensitize all levels of an enterprise to the importance of abiding by changing regulations.

business & management 159

Revenue Assurance Expert Opinions for Communications Providers Eric Priezkalns, Revenue Protected Limited, UK A comnination of elements of audit and data analysis to find, correct, and prevent errors that damage financial performance, revenue assurance (RA) provides the operating systems supervisor with techniques to eliminate errors in both human and systems processes, thereby releasing value at relatively little cost. Drawing on the expertise and insights of the authors, this book instructs on the various techniques and discusses how to choose the most effective and efficient method for a specific business. With real world tips and case examples, it provides an extensive and multi-faceted guide to current and future RA practice. Auerbach Publications «Market: Business Management March 2011: 235x156: 456pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5150-0: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-5151-7: £49.99/17

Business History and International Business Edited by Peter Buckley, University of Leeds, UK This book examines the interaction of International Business and Business History to produce a satisfying synthesis that covers many aspects of the globalisation of business entities. This book was published as a special issue of Business History. Routledge «Market: Business History / International Business / Microeconomics November 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60060-6: £80.00/08

Business, Marketing, and Management Principles for IT and Engineering Dimitris N. Chorafas, Consultant for Major Corporations, France & Switzerland Presenting the theories, policies, and practices of business management, this book supplies mangers with the practical insight needed to effectively manage their organizations. The first section focuses on how to develop a strategy and how to manage an organization. The second part explains how to stay on track with these strategies and business plans. The last section discusses how to develop competitive products and pricing to stay ahead of the competition. Case studies throughout the text illustrate the right and wrong ways to implement the principles discussed. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Auerbach Publications «Market: Information Technology March 2011: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4806-7: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4807-4: £49.99/17

Challenges and Controversies in Management Research * Edited by Bill Lee, University of Sheffield, UK and Catherine Cassell, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies Management research has expanded considerably over recent decades. The impetus for such growth comes from a wide range of forces both inside and outside of the academic community stimulate and regulate its development, while the audience for which management research might be considered to be useful and the extent of that usefulness are highly contested. This book seeks to explore the forces that drive the development of management research, shape its current state and influence its future potential. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies January 2011: 229x152: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-47217-3: £100.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83411-4: £100.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

160 business & management Creativity and Innovation in Business and Beyond

Energy Policy in the U.S.

Social Science Perspectives and Policy Implications

Laurance R. Geri, The Evergreen State College, Olympia, Washington, USA and David E. McNabb, Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, Washington, USA

Prasada Reddy, Lund University, Sweden

Series: Public Administration and Public Policy

In recent decades, the main concern regarding innovation relates to: multinational corporations relocating R&D to emerging economies’; and some companies from emerging economies entering global markets with innovative products and services, developed through their own R&D. These new developments have corporate strategic and policy implications for host and home countries, which are analyzed in this book.

Edited by Leon Mann, University of Melbourne, Australia and Janet Chan, University of New South Wales, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology Creativity and Innovation in Business and Beyond illustrates the ways in which creativity spurs innovation – not only in the realms of business and management, but throughout the social sciences. With contributions from experts in fields as far-flung as policy, history, economics, law, psychology, and education, this volume explores the manifold avenues for creativity and innovation within and across a multitude of disciplines. Routledge «Market: Business and Management January 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88010-7: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83306-3: £75.00/14

This comprehensive overview of energy production offers a sweeping analysis of energy policy in the United States since 1945. It describes how policies have led to a high production and consumption model that has provided generally stable supplies of relatively cheap energy. The authors examine the four interrelated institutions that make up the industry: energy Prime Movers, Industry Shapers, Energy Users, and Industry Regulators. They explore the alternative frameworks and policy instruments available to elected and appointed officials. The book also discusses problems and opportunities that could arise in the future. CRC Press «Market: Government and Education March 2011: 235x156: 376pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4189-1: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-4190-7: £49.99/17

Cultural Competence for Public Managers Managing Diversity in Today’s World Espiridion Borrego, University of Texas Pan American, Edinburg, USA and Richard Greggory Johnson lll, University of Vermont, Burlington, USA Series: ASPA Series in Public Administration and Public Policy Providing public managers with the tools to manage diverse and multicultural employees, avoid cultural missteps, and create optimal performing organizations, this unique book is grounded in solid theoretical conceptual models, successful government and private sector practices, and international collaborations. Organized thematically, it defines the scope of cultural competence, highlights best practices, and describes variations in responsibility for administering cultural competence for executives, managers, supervisors, and employees. The authors give expert advice for building a culturally competent organization and troubleshooting cultural competence issues. CRC Press «Market: Government and Education March 2011: 235x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2807-6: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-2808-3: £38.99/17

Politics, Challenges, and Prospects for Change

Gender Equity and Institutional Transformation Advancing Change in Higher Education Diane Bilimoria and Xiangfen Liang, both at Case Western Reserve University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Gender Equity and Institutional Transformation offers a complete account of successful approaches to increase the participation and success of women in academia. Providing a comprehensive, stand-alone source of data on the specific organizational change initiatives undertaken at universities targeting the increased participation and advancement of women faculty in academic STEM, this volume documents the outcomes and effectiveness of these transformation efforts to advance the recruitment, advancement and leadership of women faculty. The authors include discipline-specific analyses of the initiatives, and propose an empirically-derived model of organizational change to serve as a template to academic and other organizations seeking transformation related to diversity, equity, and inclusion. Routledge «Market: Business and Management April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88562-1: £70.00/08

Global Innovation in Emerging Economies * Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology

Routledge «Market: Business and Management January 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87966-8: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83367-4: £75.00/14

Governance and Regulation in the Third Sector * International Perspectives Edited by Susan Phillips, Carleton University, Canada and Steven Rathgeb Smith, University of Washington, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations This book brings together scholars and experienced practitioners from different countries to investigate the relationship between regulation and relational governance for the third sector in a comparative context. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies December 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77477-2: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83507-4: £80.00/08

Green Business, Green Values, and Sustainability Edited by Christos Pitelis, University of Cambridge, UK and Jack Keenan, Grand Cru Consulting, Ltd., UK Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance Bringing together leading academics, scientists and engineers, government leaders, and business executives to consider the central issues involved in the transformation toward sustainability, Green Business, Green Values offers a concise and definitive book on the green transformation of business in major sectors including government, finance, energy, and retail. Different solutions to sustainability are explored including ethical approaches, alternative environmental strategies, corporate responsibility, and carbon reductions.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Business and Management February 2011: 229x152: 185pp Hb: 978-0-415-88382-5: £70.00/08

business & management 161 Identity, Feeling and Sociality at Work

Internet Retail Operations

Affective Organizing

Elliot Rabinovich, Arizona State University, Tempe, USA and Timothy M. Laseter, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, USA

Integrating Theory and Practice for Managers

David Grant, University of Sydney, Australia, Rick Iedema, University of New South Wales, Australia, Carl Rhodes and Hermine Scheeres, both at University of Technology, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society The aim of this book is to examine the ways that contemporary organizing draws increasingly on the affective dimensions of worker sociality. The book explores the different ways that such kinds of affectivity have come to the fore in the contemporary ‘post-bureaucratic’ modes of work that necessitate high levels of social interdependence. Drawing on four detailed case studies the book examines the ways in which affectivity institutes an intensity of interaction in the workplace that involves workers in sociallynegotiated processes through which they not only revisit, (re)define and (re)produce their own tasks, but also their own identities and interpersonal relationships. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies April 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45194-9: £75.00/08

Series: Supply Chain Integration Modeling, Optimization and Application The rise of the Internet as the first choice for retail shoppers presents new challenges for retailers and suppliers. This book details how information technology evolved to play such a role in retail supply chain networks, how this has impacted supply chain networks, and how this has changed service operations. The first part of the text addresses information technology in relation to service and retail industries. The second part covers how the new supply chain dynamics impacts traditional service and retail delivery, the costs involved, the impacts on customer service, and customer expectations. The third part presents case studies of how different retailers meet challenges. Taylor & Francis «Market: Business Management April 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0091-1: £44.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-0092-8: £44.99/17

Performative Imagery in Organizations

European Perspectives

Edited by Paolo Quattrone, Oxford University, UK, Nigel Thrift, University of Warwick, UK, Chris Mclean, University of Manchester, UK and Francois-Regis Puyou, Audencia, Nantes Management School, France

Edited by Victoria Krivogorsky, San Diego State University, USA for e-mail updates in your field

Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting The growing internationalization of markets, the relaxation of constraints on capital flows between countries, and the creation of different economic unions – the European Union in particular – initiated the flow of capital, goods, and services across national borders, growth and diffusion of shareholding, and increased merger activity among the world’s largest stock exchanges. These changes have stimulated an interest in understanding developments in accounting and corporate governance in a newly qualitative way. Law, Corporate Governance, and Accounting is instrumental in evaluating the corporate governance differences and first outcomes of this accounting convergence for robust policy prescriptions for future regimes.

Productivity Press March 2011: 254x178: 275pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1283-9: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1284-6: £38.99/17

Series: ASPA Series in Public Administration and Public Policy An exploration of the ways in which people skills can be acquired and developed, this book discusses new career development tools, the role of professional commitment statements, psychological contracts, and how to work with difficult people. Each chapter elucidates the development of a specific skill and includes examples, sets benchmarks, and examines how the particular skill’s relationship to the other skills presented in the book. The author covers how to improve interpersonal relationships, communications, job performance, and dealing with people of different ages, gender, and backgrounds. CRC Press «Market: Government and Education June 2011: 235x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9385-8: £31.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4200-9386-5: £31.99/14

Routledge «Market: Accounting March 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87186-0: £65.00/08


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Business and Management February 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88064-0: £70.00/08

Providing chronic care patients with the ability to travel, medical tourism facilitators work with hospitals and physicians domestically and abroad to arrange referral networks for services, diagnostics, and follow-up care. They coordinate everything from travel arrangements to legal documentation. The first book of its kind, this work covers airport codes and layouts, immigration issues, immunizations and vaccinations, confidentiality / privacy issues, care in transit, and much more to provide a complete handbook for seasoned facilitators and those just entering the field. It also provides invaluable hard to find information for companions, paid or otherwise, who must take on this challenge.

Maria Berman

Imagining Business

Imagining Business addresses the question of how we visualise organizations and their activities as an important aspect of managerial work, focusing on practices and performances, organizing and ordering, and media and technologies. Moreover, it aims to provide a focal point for the growing collection of studies that explore how various business artefacts draw on the power of the visual to enable various forms of organizing and organizations in diverse contexts.

Maria Todd, HealthPro Consoluting, Inc, Brooklyn, USA

People Skills at Work

Law, Corporate Governance, and Accounting

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Medical Tourism Facilitator’s Handbook eBooks are only available to order online

162 business & management Physician Integration Refocusing the Lens Maria Todd, HealthPro Consoluting, Inc, Brooklyn, USA An insightful look at physician integration in today’s healthcare market, this book draws on the author’s experience and expertise in the field to address those factors relevant to physician integration. He examines topics such as physician reimbursement not keeping pace, declining margins, physician shortages, physician hospital competition, rising practice investment requirements, the return to capitation as a payment mechanism, and changes in physician relationships with health systems. Outlining common characteristics of integrated groups and various organizational structures, the author discusses how to avoid mistakes and provides suggestions and ideas from successfully integrated practices. Productivity Press March 2011: 229x152: 225pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1308-9: £49.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1309-6: £49.99/17

Voluntary Organizations and Public Service Delivery

Edited by Franco Amatori, University of Bocconi, Italy, Robert Millward, University of Manchester, UK and Pier Angelo Toninelli, University of Milan-Bicocca, Italy

Edited by Ian Cunningham, University of Strathclyde, UK and Philip James, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History Does state-owned enterprise once again have a future? The essays in this volume offer a contribution to this debate by providing a balanced assessment of two of the most relevant experiences of mixed economies, the UK and Italy. Routledge «Market: Business History March 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87832-6: £70.00/08

Storytelling and the Future of Organizations * An Antenarrative Handbook

Pluralism in Management Organizational Theory, Management Education, and Ernst Cassirer Eirik Irgens, Nord-Trøndelag University College, Norway Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society In Pluralism in Management , author Eirik Irgens utilizes Ernst Cassirer’s pluralistic philosophy in order to investigate how different but connected forms of knowing, including art, myth, religion, science, and history may help us become better organizational scholars and management educators, forcing us to consider elements outside of a purely practical existence. Revitalizing Cassirer’s almost forgotten philosophy, the book illustrates the value of philosophical application to organizational study. Routledge «Market: Business and Management April 2011: 229x152: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-88617-8: £70.00/08

Reappraising State-Owned Enterprise

Edited by David M. Boje, New Mexico State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Pioneering thinker in organizational communication David Boje here compiles a collection of new essays on the theme of ‘antenarrative,’ or non-linear narrative, as applied to organizations and business, bringing together different approaches and philosophical interpretations of the concept. Routledge «Market: Business & Management February 2011: 229x152: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-87391-8: £95.00/08

Sustainability Management Handbook Shirley J. Hansen, Consultant, Gig Harbor, Washington, USA and James W. Brown, Consultant, Austin, Texas, USA A strong sustainability program requires leadership to draw on a solid knowledge base, manage resources wisely, identify sustainability opportunities, make difficult choices, and accept the challenge to lead, influence, and persuade colleagues. This book cuts through the hyperbole and offers practical steps for protecting the world around us. Rich in case studies, it addresses a range of critical stewardship issues. Developed out of a keen desire to protect the planet, the text helps management transform important information and critical leadership skills into socially responsible operations.

Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations Voluntary Organizations and Public Sector Delivery provides a systematic examination of how voluntary sector employment is being affected by the growing trend to the marketbased outsourcing of the delivery of public services. The volume draws together a team of expert contributors to explore how the process of outsourcing is impacting the internal and external labor markets of voluntary organizations, and the implications for the policy objectives underlying the externalization of the delivery of public services to them. Routledge «Market: Business & Management March 2011: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-87473-1: £70.00/08

The Practice of Government Public Relations Edited by Mordecai Lee, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, USA, Grant Neeley and Kendra B. Stewart Series: ASPA Series in Public Administration and Public Policy The ability to communicate effectively has an increasing role in public administration. The book guides readers through the ins and outs of external communications. It highlights the importance of government public relations as a tool that can help all public sector agencies implement their missions and increase accountability. The author presents an up-to-date overview of best practices in the field of government public relations, as identified by leading researchers and practitioners. He provides an understanding of the uses of PR tools such as media relations; contributing to an informed public; listening to the citizenry; and crisis management to advance the goals of public agencies. CRC Press «Market: Government and Education April 2011: 235x156: 270pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3465-7: £38.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3466-4: £38.99/17

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Fairmont Press «Market: Business Management December 2010: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5195-1: £89.00/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-5196-8: £89.00/17

economics 163

Applied Statistics for Economists Margaret Lewis, College of St. Benedict/Saint John’s University, Minnesota, USA Hitherto, most economists have been forced to resort to business statistics or even general statistics texts in order to introduce quantitative methods to economists. This text moves beyond those and includes a wealth of examples and applications that are specifically relevant to economics. The focus is very much applied, with a wealth of real world examples and problem sets.

Routledge «Market: Economics / Business / Statistics / Mathematics March 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-77798-8: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55468-8: £33.99/04

Inequality, Development, and Growth Edited by Günseli Berik, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, USA, Yana van der Meulen Rodgers, Rutgers University, USA and Stephanie Seguino, University of Vermont, USA This volume presents a comprehensive analysis of the linkages between inequality, development, and growth from a feminist economics perspective offering a rich array of policy options for promoting gender equality. This book was published as a special issue of Feminist Economics.

Routledge «Market: Economic Theory / Economic Development / Women’s Studies November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-60994-4: £20.99/03

2nd Edition student reference

Economics: The Basics * Tony Cleaver, University of Durham, UK Series: The Basics Now in its second edition, Economics: The Basics provides an engaging and topical introduction to the key issues in contemporary economics. Fully updated to take into account the economic recession, changing patterns in world trade, housing and currency markets, this book covers:

Introduction to Estimating Economic Models Atsushi Maki, Tokyo International University, Japan Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance The book is an essential reading in the application of econometric methods to empirical analysis concerning a range of economic issues. It bridges the gap between textbooks on economic theory and econometrics. It teaches methods of estimation in econometrics and the discipline of hypothesis testing well. Through data sets used for estimation derived from Monte Carlo method, students can understand the role of hypothesis testing applied to economic models easily.

• how economic systems function • the boom and bust cycle • the impact of emerging markets • how price, supply and demand interact • the role of the banking and finance industries • the impact of economics on the environment.


Routledge «Market: Economics / Business / Management November 2010: 198x129: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57108-1: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57109-8: £11.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-09294-1: £55.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-31412-1 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58986-4: £110.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-58987-1: £45.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83949-2: £110.00/14

E-mail: for more information


With a glossary of terms, suggestions for further reading and new case studies covering subjects including the sub-prime mortgage crisis and changing gold prices, this comprehensive and accessible guide is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how economics works. eBooks are only available to order online

164 economics

Latin American Economic Development

Mathematics for Economics and Finance

W. Charles Sawyer, Texas Christian University, USA and Javier A. Reyes, University of Arkansas, USA

Michael Harrison and Patrick Waldron, both at Trinity College, Dublin

Latin American Economic Development provides the most up to date exploration of the economy and economics of Latin America, with a focus on why the continent can be considered to have underperformed, how the various Latin American economies function and the future prospects for the region.

Routledge «Market: Economics / Development Studies March 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48613-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49733-6: £36.99/04

The aim of this book is to bring students of economics and finance who have only an introductory background in mathematics up to a quite advanced level in the subject, thus preparing them for the core mathematical demands of econometrics, economic theory, quantitative finance and mathematical economics, which they are likely to encounter in their final-year courses and beyond. The level of the book will also be useful for those embarking on the first year of their graduate studies in Business, Economics or Finance. Routledge «Market: Economics / Finance / Mathematics March 2011: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-57303-0: £125.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57304-7: £44.99/04

Lectures on Political Economy *

Modern Political Economics *

Two Volumes

Making Sense of the Post-2008 World

Knut Wicksell First published in English in 1934 and 1935, this Routledge Revival is a reissue of Swedish economist Knut Wicksell’s hugely influential work two volume work on political economy, aimed at both the professional economist and the advanced student alike. Volume I concerns itself predominiantly with issues of theory, specifically the theory of value, the theory of production and distribution and the theory of capital accumulation, whilst Volume II deals with theories relating to money, currency and credit. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 216x138: 578pp Pack: 978-0-415-60241-9: £150.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83333-9: £150.00/14

Yanis Varoufakis, University of Athens, Greece, Joseph Halevi, University of Sydney, Australia and Nicholas Theocarakis, University of Athens, Greece Once in a while the world astonishes itself. Anxious incredulity replaces intellectual torpor and a puzzled public strains its antennae in every possible direction, desperately seeking explanations for the causes and nature of what just hit it. 2008 was such a moment. Not only did the financial system collapse, and send the real economy into a tailspin, but it also revealed the great gulf separating economics from a very real capitalism. Modern Political Economics has a single aim: To help readers make sense of how 2008 came about and what the post2008 world has in store. This dynamic new book delves into every major economic theory and maps out meticulously the trajectory that global capitalism followed from post-war almost centrally planned stability, to designed disintegration in the 1970s, to an intentional magnification of unsustainable imbalances in the 1980s and, finally, to the most spectacular privatisation of money in the 1990s and beyond.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Economics / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-42875-0: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-42888-0: £33.99/04

economics 165

Problems of Economic Policy

Work and Wealth *

Keith Hartley, University of York, UK

A Human Valuation

Series: Routledge Revivals

J.A. Hobson First published in 1977, this is an applied economics text, in which the basic theory of any introductory economics couurse is applied to a whole range of UK macroand micro-economic policy issues. The book is designed specifically for first and second year university students, with the aim of demonstrating the relevance of theory to policy, how theory can be applied to policy problems and, in the process, to improve their understanding of the theory itself.

Series: Routledge Revivals First published in 1914 and reissued with a new introduction in 1992, Work and Wealth is a seminal vision of Hobson’s liberal utopian ideals, which desired to demonstrate how economic and social reform could transform existing society into one in which the majority of the population, as opposed to a small elite, could find fulfillment. Hobson attacked conventional economic wisdom which made a division between the cost of production and the utility derived from consumption. Far from being necesarily arduous, Hobson argued that work had the potential to bring about immense utility and enrichment. The qualitative, humanist work argues in favour of a new form of capitalism to minimise cost and maximise utility.

Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 216x138: 236pp Hb: 978-0-415-61071-1: £70.00/03

Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 216x138: 402pp Hb: 978-0-415-60243-3: £80.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83555-5: £80.00/14

The German Economy in the Twentieth Century CMYK

Crown Quarto 246x189+3mm

Macroeconomics TBC

Robert J. Rossana, Wayne State University, USA

The German Reich and the Federal Republic


Hans-Joachim Braun, Helmut-Schmidt Universität, Germany

RobeRt J.Rossana

Series: Routledge Revivals F irst published in 1990, this book traces the logic and the peculiarities of German economic development through the Weimar Republic, Third Reich and Federal Republic. Providing a comprehensive analysis of the period. The book also assesses controversial issues, such as the origins of the Great Depression, the primacy of politics or economics in the decision to invade Poland and the future risks to the Weltmeister economy of the Federal Republic oppressed by unemployment, the huge debts of some of its trading partners, and the possibility of worldwide protectionism.

Research in macroeconomics in the last thirty years has featured, almost exclusively on two characteristics: an emphasis on the microfoundations of macroeconomics and secondly, intertemporal economics, that is, the behavior of economic actors over time. Curiously, textbooks in intermediate macroeconomics have been very slow to adopt these traits. The aim of this book is to bring intermediate instruction in macroeconomics fully into line with the direction taken by the research community.

Routledge «Market: Economics / Finance / Business April 2011: 246x189: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-77949-4: £125.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77950-0: £44.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 216x138: 294pp Hb: 978-0-415-60959-3: £75.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83245-5: £75.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

166 economics An Economic History of Ireland Since Independence

Bubbles, Law and Financial Regulation

Crises and Cycles in Economic Dictionaries and Encyclopaedias

Andy Bielenberg and Raymond Ryan, both at University College Cork, Ireland

Erik F. Gerding, University of New Mexico, USA

Edited by Daniele Besomi, University of Lausanne, Switzerland

Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History

This book aims to unpack the complex economic relationships between law, asset price bubbles and financial regulation looking at the financial fraud in the Enron era, the subprime crisis and previous financial crises throughout the world.

This book traces the evolution of the Irish economy since independence looking at how the state sought to shape, regulate and deregulate economic activity to deal with the challenges posed by the wider international environment. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56694-0: £90.00/08

Series: The Economics of Legal Relationships

Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77939-5: £90.00/08

Business Ethics and the Austrian Tradition in Economics

This book investigates from the perspective of the major economic dictionaries and encyclopaedias the notions of crises and cycles, featuring entries from Pascal Bridel, Cécile Dangel-Hagnauer, Ludovic Frobert, Harald Hagemann and Alain Raybaut. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-49903-3: £80.00/08

Hardy Bouillon, SMC University, Vienna

E.E. Slutsky as Economist and Mathematician

From Subjectivism to Social Evolution

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Crossing the Limits of Knowledge

Kiichiro Yagi, Kyoto University, Japan

Drawing on the works of Hayek, Popper and Menger, Bouillon develops a new definition of morally just economic action and subsequently uses it as yardstick to test relevant concepts and topics in business ethics.

Vincent Barnett, University of Birmingham

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics Exploring the work of Austrian and German social scientists such as Carl Menger, Eugen v. BöhmBawerk and Friedrich Wieser, Yagi considers the place of subjective rationality or methodological individualism in the total view of social evolution. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55404-6: £80.00/08

Autonomy and Formalism in Economics Methodological Tensions of the Marginalist Revolution Edited by Thomas Boylan, National University of Ireland, Galway and Paschal O’Gorman, National University of Ireland, Galway Series: Routledge INEM Advances in Economic Methodology Routledge March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-16188-6: £45.00/08

Bengal Industries and the British Industrial Revolution (1757–1857) Indrajit Ray, University of North Bengal, India Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History Focusing primarily on cotton textiles, silk textiles, salt manufacturing, ship-building, and indigodye manufacturing, Ray examines how long the industrial revolution in Great Britain took to gain supremacy over Bengal industries. Routledge «Market: Economics January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59477-6: £85.00/08

order now!

Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60025-5: £85.00/08

Capital, Exploitation and Economic Crisis

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This is the first book in English assessing Slutsky’s contributions to economics and to their links with his influential work in pure mathematics and statistics, with new translations of some of Slutsky’s currently unknown works in economics. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54960-8: £80.00/08

John Weeks, University of London, UK

Economic Governance in the EU *

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Implementing Policies with the Financial and Coordination Modes

Marx anticipated crises in capitalism, arguing that it was derivative from the ‘fetishism of commodities’ inherent in the capitalist mode of production; this book substantiates the claim exploring Marx’s analysis of commodities to the recent crisis. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61055-1: £75.00/08

Contributions to the History of Economic Thought Bertram Schefold, Johann-Wolfgang Goethe Universität, Frankfurt, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This is the opus magnum of one of the worlds most renowned experts on the history of economic thought, delivering original insights about such well-known figures as Aristotle, Jevons or Wicksell, as well as forgotten or neglected figures and ideas. Routledge «Market: Economics / Intellectual History March 2011: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-43066-1: £85.00/08

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Willem Molle, Erasmus School of Economics, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy This book sets out a systematisation of the theoretical and conceptual underpinnings of the financial and coordination methods used in EU Economic Governance, offering an empirical investigation into a range of European policy processes. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56544-8: £90.00/08

Economics and Diversity Carlo D’Ippoliti, University of Rome ‘La Sapienza’, Italy Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy This book takes issue with the concept of ‘heterogeneity’ arguing that Economics should not disregard diversity and that this requires a broader, multidisciplinary approach to the explanation of individual and collective behaviour. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60027-9: £85.00/08


Austrian and German Economic Thought

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

economics 167 Fighting Market Failure Collected Essays in the Cambridge Tradition of Economics

Financial Liberalization and Economic Performance

Freight Transport and the Modern Economy

Brazil at the Crossroads

Michel Savy, University of Paris 12. and June Burnham, University of Middlesex, UK

Maria Cristina Marcuzzo, University of Rome, Italy

Luiz Fernando de Paula, State University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

The book brings together Marcuzzo’s major contribution to the Cambridge tradition of economics, focusing on Keynes, Kahn, J. Robinson and Sraffa, who shared in the physical space and lifestyle of Cambridge to an exceptional degree. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58310-7: £85.00/08

Energy, Bio Fuels and Development * Comparing Brazil and the United States Edited by Edmund Amann, University of Manchester, UK, Werner Baer, University Of Illinois, Urbana, USA and Don Coes, University of New Mexico, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics This collection examines the important and topical issue of the economic, social and environmental implications of concerted attempts to diversify energy sources away from fossil fuels. The book expertly examines this issue by focussing on the contrasting experiences of two major economies; one developed, and the other a rapidly expanding, emerging market. Energy, Bio Fuels and Development evaluates the experience of Brazil, with elements of that of the US highlighted for the purpose of comparison. A key area of concern surrounds the causes and consequences of the contrasting routes to biofuel production represented by sugar cane (in Brazil) and corn (in the US). The book also places the recent biofuels drive in perspective by discussing the broader energy policy context. The book shows the complexity and interdependence of the issues involved in moving a society reliant on non-renewable energy sources to one based on alternative sources of energy. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-56720-6: £85.00/08

Since the beginning of the 1990s, Brazil has followed a pattern of economic development inspired by Washington Consensus. This framework includes a set of liberalising and market friendly policies such as privatisation, trade liberalization, stimulus to foreign direct investment, tax reform, and social security reforms. This book assesses the determinants and impacts of financial liberalisation in Brazil considering its two dimensions: the opening up of the balance of payments capital account, and the penetration by foreign bank of the domestic banking sector. The author combines theoretical and empirical analyses. Some make use of mathematical models and/or statistical techniques; however, they are only used when they are strictly necessary to the analysis. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46009-5: £80.00/08

Freedom and Happiness in Economic Thought and Philosophy From Clash to Reconciliation Edited by Ragip Ege, University of Strasbourg, France and Herrade Igersheim, Aix-Marseille University, France Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy This book brings together modern European research from leading scholars looking at the fundamental debates and issues surrounding the economics and philosophy of happiness, looking at the work of Hume, Smith, Mill and Jevons. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57948-3: £85.00/08

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy This book presents the transport of freight as a system, mixing information and theory, so as to show how it itself functions and its strong influence on a wide economic and social environment. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57750-2: £85.00/08

General Equilibrium Analysis A Century after Walras Edited by Pascal Bridel, University of Lausanne, Switzerland Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This book brings contributions from the likes of Kenneth Arrow, Alan Kirman, Richard Posner, Amartya Sen and Robert Solow to share their thoughts and reflections on the theoretical heritage of Léon Walras and general equilibrium theory. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59464-6: £85.00/08

Global Politico-Economic Crises * The pragmatic approach Keiichiro Komatsu, Komatsu Research & Advisory, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy This book examines the threats to the world economy arising in the wake of the tragedy of 11th September 2001 and the preceding Asian financial crisis of 1997. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47766-6: £70.00/08

From Bioeconomics to Degrowth Georgescu-Roegen’s ‘New Economics’ in Eight Essays Nicolas Georgescu-Roegen

Global Population Ageing and Migration in Europe *

Edited by Mauro Bonaiuti, University of Bologna, Italy

Bo Malmberg, Stockholm University, Sweden, Kristof Tamas, David Bloom, Harvard University, Rainer Munz and David Canning

A Minskian Analysis

Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics

Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy

Eric Tymoigne, Lewis and Clark College, USA and L. Randall Wray, University of Missouri, Kansas City, USA

Nicolae Georgescu-Roegen (1906–1994) is considered today as perhaps the chief founder of the transdisciplinary field today known as Ecological Economics, but that he defined himself as Bioeconomics. In his later years GeorgescuRoegen intended to write a book of this title that would systematize what he considered to be the most significant results of his work. This project intends to resume this project, publishing a collection of the most relevant Georgescu-Roegen essays on Bioeconomics, including previously unpublished papers.

This book focuses on the extent European external policies should be reconsidered in the light of current demographic challenges, focusing on current demographic trends, an analysis of demographic transitions and European migration policies.

Financial Structure and Income Distribution

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Finance and Stability The book studies the trends that led to the worst financial crisis since the Great Depression, as well as the unfolding of the crisis, showing that Minsky’s approach can be used to draw some policy implications to improve financial stability. for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge «Market: Environment / Economics February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58700-6: £85.00/08


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59193-5: £85.00/08

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55123-6: £80.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

168 economics Globalization, Outsourcing and Labour Development in ASEAN

Intellectual Property Rights in Contemporary Capitalism *

Multilateralism and Regionalism in Global Economic Governance

Shandre Thangavelu, National University of Singapore and Aekapol Chongvilaivan, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore

Edited by Birgitte Andersen, University of London, UK

Trade, Investment and Finance

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

Edited by Junji Nakagawa, University of Tokyo, Japan Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

This new book fills an important gap in the literature looking at the impact outsourcing has on labour markets, its subtle effects on regional economies and policy implications in ASEAN countries with empirical evidence.

This book is a timely contribution to an important debate on the increased, changed or new scope of Intellectual Property Rights in the light of Contemporary Capitalism and focusing on evidence from sector studies as well as inter-disciplinary theory-perspectives.

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56745-9: £90.00/08

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48346-9: £80.00/08

Happiness, Ethics and Economics

Keynes and Modern Economics

Johannes Hirata, University of Applied Sciences Osnabrück, Germany

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

Leading economists including Ed Nell and Heinz Kurz have joined forces in this volume with internationally respected Japanese scholars to produce a strong collection of contributions to the debate on Keynes’ monumental legacy.

The book assembles chapters by researchers in philosophy, history, political science, sociology and economics who have not only produced significant innovations in the theory of money, but also have an interest in interdisciplinary cooperation.

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46977-7: £80.00/08

Routledge «Market: Economics January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59525-4: £85.00/08

Labour-Intensive Industrialization in Global History *

Political Economy and Liberalism in France The Economic Contributions of Frédéric Bastiat

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Edited by Gareth Austin, London School of Economics, UK and Kaoru Sugihara, Kyoto University, Japan

Eric A Schutz argues that social power is a fundamental part of the story of rising economic inequality in these times and offers a theoretically focused discussion on the role of social power in comprehending economic inequality.

This volume presents a discussion on the significance of labour-intensive industrialization by leading economic historians and seeks to foster a new academic dialogue on global economic history.

This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the work of Frédéric Bastiat’s (1801–1850), the influence on his thought by Smith, Ricardo and Malthus and his impact on economics and liberalism in the mid-nineteenth century.

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55480-0: £80.00/08

Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45552-7: £75.00/08

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58055-7: £85.00/08

Innovative Fiscal Policy and Economic Development in Transition Economies

Market Liberalism, Growth, and Economic Development in Latin America

Public Expenditures for Agricultural and Rural Development in Africa

Aleksandr V Gevorkyan, Capco, USA

Edited by Gerardo Angeles Castro, Instituto Politecnico Nacional, Mexico, Ignacio Perrotini-Hernández, Ciudad Universitatia and Humberto Ríos-Bolivar

Edited by Tewodaj Mogues and Samuel E. Benin, both at International Food Policy Research Institute, USA

This book provides a stringent interpretation of the evidence on the relationship between economic conditions and life satisfaction and shows that it can be understood with the help of a handful of psychological and economic effects. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58404-3: £85.00/08

Inequality and Power An Essay on the Economics of Class Edited by Eric A. Schutz, Rollins College, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy This book explores the problems of fiscal policy as an instrument of economic and social development in the modern environment, primarily focusing on the transition economies of Eastern Europe, Caucasus, and Central Asia. Evaluating the transformational experience in these countries, this work meets a need for a critical analysis in the aftermath of the 1990s market liberalization reforms, of current trends and to outline the roadmap for future development. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59807-1: £85.00/08

order now!

Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History

Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics

New Approaches to Monetary Economics and Theory Interdisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Heiner Ganßmann, Free University, Berlin

Robert Leroux, University of Ottawa, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics

Using a combination of theoretical approaches, this book looks at economic liberalization in Latin America and new developments in this region, in terms of the impact these policies had on growth, poverty and inequality.

The book brings together recent analysis of public spending for agricultural growth and rural development in Africa, providing insights on the contributions of different types of public expenditures for poverty, growth and welfare outcomes.

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57374-0: £90.00/08

Routledge «Market: Economics January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60367-6: £85.00/08

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Edited by Ryuzo Kuroki, University of Rikkyo, Japan

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59569-8: £95.00/08

economics 169 Seeking Sustainability *

The Constitution of Liberty

On the Prospect of an Ecological Liberalism

F.A. Hayek

The Evolving Structure of the East Asian Economic System since 1700

G.J. Paton, University of Sydney, Australia

Edited by Ronald Hamowy

A Comparative Analysis

Series: New Political Economy

Series: The Collected Works of F.A. Hayek

This book is born of the need for a critique of current approaches to environmental policy and governance and the search for alternative sustainability frameworks.

Originally published in 1960, The Constitution of Liberty delineates and defends the principles of a free society and traces the origin, rise, and decline of the rule of law. Casting a skeptical eye on the growth of the welfare state, Hayek examines the challenges to freedom posed by an ever expanding government as well as its corrosive effect on the creation, preservation, and utilization of knowledge. In distinction to those who confidently call for the state to play a greater role in society, Hayek puts forward a nuanced argument for prudence. Guided by this quality, he elegantly demonstrates that a free market system in a democratic polity – under the rule of law and with strong constitutional protections of individual rights – represents the best chance for the continuing existence of liberty. Striking a balance between skepticism and hope, Hayek’s profound insights remain strikingly vital half a century on.

Edited by A.J.H. Latham, University of Wales, Swansea, UK and Heita Kawakatsu

Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56610-0: £90.00/08

Social Banks and the Future of Sustainable Finance Olaf Weber and Sven Remer, both at Institute for Social Banking, Germany Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking The book describes and explains the history, the current state and the development of social and sustainable banking, covering a range of topics featuring case studies of different social banks worldwide. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58329-9: £85.00/08

Essays in Honour of Bertram Schefold

South-South Globalization

Edited by Volker Caspari, Darmstadt Technical University, Germany

Challenges and Opportunities for Development

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

Edited by Syed Mansoob Murshed, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands, Pedro Goulart and Leandro Serino, both at Institute of Social Studies, the Hague

This book consists of contributions by distinguished economists from Europe, the US and Japan, covering a range of topics chosen according to Bertram Schefold’s main fields of research, from Wicksell to Sraffa to Marx.

This volume will bring together contributions from key researchers to address the unified theme of South-South economic cooperation and interaction in a recession affected globalized and interdependent world. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59217-8: £85.00/08

Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59683-1: £85.00/08

Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition

Series: Routledge Studies in Crime and Economics With thorough analysis of original empirical date, Verhage provides a rich and illustrative insight in the world of compliance officers and the sometimes paradoxical anti-money laundering system that they have to work within.

The Foundations of Institutional Economics K. William Kapp Edited by Sebastian Berger, Roanoke College, Virginia, USA and Rolf Steppacher Kapp was one of the leading 20 th century institutionalists and this volume presents his analysis of the foundations of institutional economics. Unpublished since his death, this volume comes complete with a thorough editorial introduction. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58655-9: £85.00/08

The Global Economic Crisis New Perspectives on the Critique of Economic Theory and Policy

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

The Evolving Firm in the Evolving Context * Päivi Oinas, Helsinki School of Economics, Finland

Antoinette Verhage, University of Gent, Belgium

Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60032-3: £85.00/08

Edited by Emiliano Brancaccio, University of Sannio, Italy and Giuseppe Fontana, University of Leeds, UK

Coordinating Competences

The Anti Money Laundering Complex and the Compliance Industry

Bringing together leading scholars from both the east and west, this book offers fascinating insights into the cotton trade, the rice, wheat and shipping industries and the development of trade and finance in East Asia.

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Routledge March 2011 Hb: 978-0-415-03530-9: £80.00/11

The Evolution of Economic Theory

Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics

Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History

This volume offers a broad social scientific view of ‘the firm’ and will prove to be an outstanding contribution to evolutionary political economy, economic geography and business economics as whole. Routledge «Market: Business and Industrial Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33966-7: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-44943-1: £70.00/14

This book constitutes a collection of new work proposing reinterpretations of the primary schools of heterodox economics, stringent critiques of the mainstream readings of the recession and alternative economic policies to those hitherto adopted. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58661-0: £85.00/08

The Ideas of Ronald H. Coase Market Failure and Planning by Contract for Sustainable Development Lawrence W.C. Lai, University of Hong Kong, Republic of China Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60076-7: £85.00/08

This book shows how Ronald H. Coase’s theories can be used to establish a practical pro-planning agenda without compromising the freedom of contract or private property rights as pillars of a market economy in the context of sustainable development. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55906-5: £90.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

170 economics The Impact of China on Global Commodity Prices

The Planet in 2050 *

The Global Reshaping of the Resource Sector

Edited by Jill Jäger, Independent scholar and Sarah Cornell, University of Bristol, UK

Matthew Smith, University of Sydney, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics

The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive account and reconsideration of the contribution to political economy of Thomas Tooke (1774–1858) throwing new light on monetary analysis within the framework of classical economics.

Masuma Farooki and Raphael Kaplinsky, Open University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy This book looks at the impact of China on global prices and though this on other low income economies, considering both the possibility of a sustained rise in commodity prices as well as the growing financialisation of global commodity markets. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59789-0: £85.00/08

The Incredible Complexity of the Social Sciences Donald Saari, University of California, Irvine Series: The Graz Schumpeter Lectures Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78038-4: £70.00/08

Edited by Joonmo Cho, Sungkyunkwan University, Korea, Richard B. Freeman, Harvard University, USA, Jaeho Keum, Korea Labor Institute, Korea and Sunwoong Kim, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy This new book looks at the issues that have faced the Korean labour market since the financial crisis, tracing the rise in inequality between workers and the effect of expansion in higher education, increased longevity and the low fertility. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59209-3: £85.00/08

The Political Economy of Capital Definitions and Transformations Howard Engelskirchen Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy In this new analysis of Marxian Political Economy, Howard Gelsenkirchen focuses in on the social theory underpinning much of Marx’s writing and as such provides a new perspective on his defining work – Das Kapital. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77691-2: £80.00/08

The Rule of Law * The Justice Sector and Economic Development Edited by Maria Dakolias, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA and Sandra E. Oxner

The Political Economy of Bureaucracy *

Thomas Tooke and the Monetary Thought of Classical Economics Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58393-0: £85.00/08

Utility Theory * German Contributions John Chipman, University of Minnesota Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics In this ground breaking book, John Chipman introduces new translations of important writings from German economists such as Rau, Hildebrand, Roscher and Knies showing that the modern theory of marginal utility originated with them. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78113-8: £85.00/08

Value Chains, Social Inclusion and Economic Development Contrasting Theories and Realities Edited by Bert Helmsing, the Hague Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands and Sietze Vellema, Wageningen University, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics There is growing recognition that governance of value chains plays a crucial role in issues of inclusion and endogenous economic growth and this book focuses on the links between international firm strategies and local development processes. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59163-8: £85.00/08

Series: The Economics of Legal Relationships

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy Richardson offers a careful analysis of US federal agencies examining the interaction between executive and legislative branches of government, combining Austrian economics, Public Choice and Evolutionary methodology in his approach.

Today we recognize that to promote investment and jobs, laws and legal institutions must provide an environment conducive to economic activity. To reduce poverty requires a rule of law where the entire legal sector functions effectively, transparently, and with due process. Maria Dakolias demonstrates how reforms related to the justice sector continue to contribute to economic development. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77253-2: £80.00/08

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Steven O. Richardson, Center for Program Planning and Results, Department of Labor, USA

order now!

This book is a contextualised collation of ideas articulated by the 50 participants of the Planet 2050 workshop held in Lund in October 2008, as part of The Planet in 2050, an interdisciplinary Fast Track Initiative of the International GeosphereBiosphere Programme. Participants were selected from academia and the sustainability practice community to give a wide-ranging, multi-cultural, trans-disciplinary set of perspectives. This collection explores four broad sectoral themes: energy and technologies; development, economies and culture; environment; and land use change. By doing so, this book emphasises the importance of a social dialogue on our collective future, and our responsibility to the Earth. It makes strong statements about what needs to happen to the global economy for a sustainable future and documents a new kind of scholarly discussion, engaging people from diverse knowledge communities in a spirit of exploration and reflexivity. Routledge «Market: Environment / Economics / Politics November 2010: 216x138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-59000-6: £75.00/08

The Korean Labour Market after the 1997 Economic Crisis

Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58856-0: £75.00/08

The Lund Discourse of the Future

geography & gis 171

An Introduction to Visual Research Methods in Tourism Edited by Tijana Rakic, Napier University, UK and Donna Chambers, University of Surrey, UK

Children, Youth and the City Kathrin Horschelmann, University of Durham, UK and Lorraine van Blerk, Brunel University Series: Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City Painting a vivid picture of children and youths in the city, the authors analyze theoretical arguments and international case studies to explore how they make sense of city life, and how they appropriate it through their social actions.

Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility This is the first book to present, discuss and promote the use of a range of visual methods, including still and moving images within the context of tourism research. The book discusses questions surrounding philosophical approaches, (inter)disciplinary location, range and choice of methods, implementation and data analysis techniques to provide an essential guide to using visual methods in tourism research. The discussions surrounding these key issues are supplemented with international case studies from existing research to show how these methods are used in practice. In addition to this practical tip boxes are included to help avoid some of the pitfalls associated with visual research. Routledge «Market: Tourism Research Methods February 2011: 234x156: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-57004-6: £90.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-57005-3: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85586-7: £90.00/14

 elected Contents: 1. Introduction S 2. Theorising and Researching Children and Youth in the City 3. The Causes of Effects of Social Inequalities on Children and Youth in the City 4. Growing up in the City – How Children and Youth Experience Urban Space 5. Globalisation and Urban Youth Culture 6. Participation and Active Citizenship in the City 7. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Geography March 2011: 234x156: 236pp Hb: 978-0-415-37693-8: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-37692-1: £20.99/04

5th edition reader

Carbon Management in Tourism Mitigating the Impacts on Climate Change Stefan Gossling, Lund University, Sweden

City Reader Edited by Richard T. LeGates and Frederic Stout Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series The fifth edition of the highly successful The City Reader juxtaposes the best classic and contemporary writings on the city, containing fifty-seven selections including seventeen new selections. The fifth edition has been extensively updated and expanded to reflect the latest thinking in each of the disciplinary areas included and in topical areas such as sustainable urban development, climate change, globalization, and the impact of technology on cities. The plate sections have been extensively revised and expanded and a new plate section on global cities has been added.

Series: Routledge International Series in Tourism, Business and Management Tourism is one of the world’s largest industries, which both contributes to, and will be notably affected by, climate change. Given the emerging global legal frameworks, the growing costs of carbon and environmentally orientated customers, carbon management will be a future necessity. Carbon Management in Tourism is the first book devoted to these issues and showcases a wide range of measures that help to achieve a lower carbon tourism future. This book combines theory and practice of climate change mitigation in global tourism, addressing various levels of scale, and provides thorough scientific discussion of the causes of emissions growth, reducing emissions and carbon management practices. International case studies demonstrate how tourism businesses or destinations have successfully reduced emissions of greenhouse gasses, considering economic and socio-cultural issues are integrated throughout.

Routledge «Market: Urban Studies / Planning January 2011: 246x189: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-55664-4: £100.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55665-1: £31.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86926-0: £100.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Tourism December 2010: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-56632-2: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56633-9: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86152-3: £95.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

172 geography & gis

Environment and Economy *

Envisioning Landscapes, Making Worlds

Molly Scott Cato, University of Wales Institute, UK Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment

Geography and the Humanities

Environment and Economy begins by introducing readers to the pioneers of this field, such as Fritz Schumacher and Paul Ehrlich, who first drew attention to the disastrous consequences for our environment of our ever-expanding economy. The second part of the book describes the main academic responses to the need to resolve the tension between economy and environment: environmental economics, ecological economics, green economics, and anti-capitalist economics. Part III is structured around key themes including an introduction to economic instruments such as taxes and regulation; pollution and resource depletion; growth; globalisation vs. localisation; and climate change. Each key issues is approached from a range of different perspectives, and working policies are presented in detail.

Edited by Stephen Daniels, University of Nottingham, UK, Dydia DeLyser, Louisiana State University, USA, J. Nicholas Entrikin, UCLA, USA and Doug Richardson, Association of American Geographers, USA Envisioning Landscapes, Making Worlds examines the depth and complexity of human meaning invested in maps, attached to landscapes, and embedded in the spaces and places of modern life. The clashing and blending of cultures caused by globalization and the new technologies that profoundly alter human environmental experience suggest new geographical narratives and representations that are explored here by a multidisciplinary group of authors. With contributions from leadng scholars, this text is essential reading for scholars and students seeking to understand the new synergies and interconnectedness of geography and the humanities.

Routledge «Market: Environmental Studies / Economics January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47740-6: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47741-3: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83415-2: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: Geography January 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-58977-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58978-9: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83928-7: £85.00/14

Environment and Food

Event Policy

Colin Sage, University College Cork, Eire

From Theory to Strategy

Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment

David Mcgillvray, Malcolm Foley and Gayle McPherson

Routledge March 2011: 234x156: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-36311-2: £70.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-36312-9: £20.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-01346-5: £70.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Events Policy: From Theory to Strategy locates the phenomena of events within a theoretical and strategic framework and in doing so demonstrates the links between the development of events in policymaking and the theoretical exploration of the role of events as policy. Building on a strong coherent framework the book explores the conceptual terrain in which events and festivities are located, evaluates the range of theoretical perspectives pertinent to the study of events policy, appraises the socioeconomic and socio-cultural implications of event-led policies internationally and draws together the main theoretical and event policy issues for the future. The text utilises a range of international cases to help demonstrate the relationships between theory and strategy. Routledge «Market: Tourism / Events and Leisure February 2011: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-54832-8: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54833-5: £29.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This timely book provides a thorough introduction to the inter-relationship of food and the environment. Although human societies control a large proportion of earth’s resources for the purpose of food production, we remain subject to the effective functioning of global ecosystem services. The importance of these services are highlighted to explain why we should be concerned about the depletion of freshwater resources, soil fertility decline and loss of biological diversity. This book also discusses challenges, such as climate change and the prospect of significantly higher energy prices, which are likely to have significant implications for the long-term functioning of global supply chains and raise profound questions regarding the nutritional security of the world’s population. Environment and Food is a highly original, inter-disciplinary and accessible text. It is richly illustrated with figures and makes extensive use of boxes to highlight relevant examples.

geography & gis 173


Handbook of Urban Ecology *

Art, History and Text at the Edge of Place

Edited by Ian Douglas, University of Manchester, UK, David Goode, University College London, UK, Mike Houck, Portland State University, USA and Rusong Wang, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China

Edited by Michael Dear, Jim Ketchum, Sarah Luria and Douglas Richardson GeoHumanities explores the creative zone at the edge of the humanities’ rapidly expanding engagement with geography, and the multi-methodological inquiries that analyze the meanings of place, and then reconstruct those meanings to provoke new knowledge as well as the possibility of altered political practices. It is no coincidence that the geohumanities are forcefully emerging at a time of immense intellectual and social change. The book’s contributors address urgent contemporary imperatives, such as the link between creativity and place; altered practices of spatial literacy; the increasing complexity of visual representation in art, culture, and science; and the ubiquitous presence of geospatial technologies in the Information Age. Routledge «Market: Geography February 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58979-6: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58980-2: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83927-0: £80.00/14

This Handbook contains original contributions from leading academics and practitioners from across the world to provide an in-depth coverage of the main elements of practical urban ecology. The sixty five chapters provide practitioners and students with the wealth of interdisciplinary information needed to manage the biota and green landscapes in urban areas. In six parts it deals with the philosophies, concepts and history of urban ecology; followed by consideration of the biophysical character of the urban environment and the diverse habitats found within it. It then examines human relationships with urban nature, the health, economic and environmental benefits of urban ecology before discussing the methods used in urban ecology and ways of putting the science into practice. Routledge «Market: Environmental Science / Geography / Planning / Urban Studies December 2010: 246x174: 744pp Hb: 978-0-415-49813-5: £150.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83926-3: £150.00/14

3rd Edition textbook

2nd Edition textbook

Fundamentals of Geomorphology

Geographies of Globalization Warwick Murray, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand


Routledge «Market: Geomorphology / Geography and Environmental Sciences February 2011: 246x189: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-56774-9: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56775-6: £32.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86008-3: £90.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-39084-2 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Routledge Contemporary Human Geography Series Geographies of Globalization offers a lively exploration of the geographical impacts of globalization and the distinctive contribution of human geography to studies and debates in this field. Fully up-to-date and engaging, this work critically appraises the concept and processes of globalization from a geographical perspective, debates the historical evolution of globalized society and illustrates how the core principles of human geography – such as space and scale – lead to a better understanding of the phenomenon. This book analyses the interconnected economic, political and cultural geographies of globalization and discusses the challenges for the environment and the Third World created by globalizing processes. Boxed sections highlight key concepts and innovative work by geographers. The book is also illustrated with a wide range of figures, photographs, and maps. Routledge «Market: Geography / Sociology / Development Studies February 2011: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-56761-9: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56762-6: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86019-9: £95.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-31800-6

E-mail: for more information


This extensively revised and updated edition presents an engaging and comprehensive introduction, exploring the world’s landforms from a broad systems perspective. It reflects on the latest developments in the field and includes new chapters on geomorphic materials and processes, hillslopes and changing landscapes. Fundamentals of Geomorphology begins with a consideration of the nature of geomorphology and the geomorphic system, geomorphic materials and processes, and the quest of process and historical geomorphologists. It then moves on to discuss: structure, process and form and history. Providing a stimulating and innovative perspective on the key topics and debates within the field of geomorphology and written in an accessible and lively manner, it includes guides to further reading, chapter summaries and an extensive glossary of key terms. eBooks are only available to order online

174 geography & gis

Responsible Tourism

Tourism and Social Marketing

Harold Goodwin

Michael Hall, Cantebury University, UK

Series: Routledge Research in Responsible Tourism

Series: Routledge International Series in Tourism, Business and Management

This book contains discussion built on strong theoretical framework to explore how Responsible Tourism is implemented and what impacts it has had on tackling economic, social and environmental issues. The book integrates both theory and original case studies from varying geographical developing & developed regions to show practical insights into how Responsible Tourism has been implemented and draws together conclusions about the efficacy of Responsible Tourism and sets a future research agenda. Written by leading authority in Responsible Tourism, this book is essential reading for students, academic and practitioners interested in Tourism Impacts and Sustainable Tourism Development. Routledge «Market: Tourism February 2011: 234x156: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-57002-2: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57003-9: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85585-0: £80.00/14

2nd Edition textbook

This is the first book to comprehensively detail the relevance of social marketing principles and practice to tourism, destination management and marketing. It provides significant insights into how the behaviours of visitors and businesses may be changed so as to develop more sustainable forms of tourism and improve the quality of life of destination communities. It further provides a powerful impetus to the development of tourism related forms of sustainable consumption and promotion of ethical tourism and marketing and innovative perspective on the sustainable tourism debate and practice. The book considers a variety of social marketing sub fields relevant to tourism including, health, non-profit, political, environment and sustainable marketing and draws on social marketing practices from a range of disciplines. International cases studies to help tourism students engage with the broader debates in social marketing and show theory in practice. Routledge «Market: Tourism and Marketing February 2011: 246x174: 285pp Hb: 978-0-415-57665-9: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57666-6: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85425-9: £90.00/14

Tourism Supply Chain Management

Katie Willis, University of London, UK

Haiyan Song, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong

Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development

Series: Advances in Tourism

Global economic crisis and the implications of global environmental change have led academics and policy-makers to consider how ‘development’ in all parts of the world should be achieved. Theories and Practices of Development provides a clear and user-friendly introduction to the complex debates around how development has been understood and achieved. The second edition has been fully updated and expanded to reflect global political and economic shifts, as well as new approaches to development. The rise of China and India is given particular attention, as is the global economic crisis and its implications for development theories and practice. There are new sections on faith-based development, disability and sexuality, as well as greater engagement with development theories as they are put into practice in the Global North.

This significant and timely volume is the first to apply supply chain management theories and practices in the context of Tourism. By doing so the book offers insight into the relationships between tourism enterprises, how co–ordination across organisations can be effectively achieved and how business performance can be improved. It offers comprehensive & systematic coverage of all the key issues and principles associated with Tourism Supply Chain Management including distribution and marketing activities as well as the suppliers and stakeholders involved in the provision and consumption of tourism products. The book combines essential theory and comparative international examples based on primary research to show challenges and opportunities of effective Touirsm Supply Chain Management.

Routledge «Market: Development Studies and Human Geography February 2011: 234x156: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-59070-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59071-6: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84418-2: £75.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30053-7

Routledge «Market: Tourism / Business and Management / Operations Management March 2011: 234x156: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-58155-4: £90.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-58156-1: £26.99/03

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Theories and Practices of Development

geography & gis 175 Children’s and Families’ Holiday Experience *

Design Economies and the Changing World Economy *

Political Economy and Tourism

Neil Carr, University of Otago, New Zealand

Innovation, Production and Competitiveness

Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility

John R. Bryson, University of Birmingham, UK and Grete Rusten, University of Bergen, Norway

Edited by Jan Mosedale, University of Sunderland, UK

Children’s and Families’ Holiday Experience is the first volume to consider the active social role of children as well as parents in shaping the nature of the family holiday experience. It provides significant insights into the holiday desires, expectations, and experiences of children and the families’ tourism behaviour, that offers the potential for the tourism industry to plan, develop, and market products that provide a higher quality service to these populations. This book traces the modern history of the demand for and provision of holidays for children and families and examines the roles society and the tourism industry play in influencing children and family desires and how the tourism caters to these needs. This thorough investigation will be of interest to students, researchers and academics in the areas of Tourism, Geography and Cultural studies as well as Tourism Industry.

Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography

Routledge «Market: Tourism / Travel January 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54543-3: £80.00/03

Manufacturing and service companies based in high cost locations are increasingly finding it difficult to compete on price with producers located in countries like India and China. This book developes a comprehensive account of the operation of design economies and designintensive firms and countries and firms whose competitive advantage is founded upon design rather than price. Design economies are explored through an analysis of corporate strategies, the relationship between consumer behaviour and design, and design-centred regional and national policies. This book identifies and analyses imitators of design economies with companies and nations, such as China and India, copying design-based policies and strategies. Design has only recently been identified as a key competitive advantage and this book is the first to provide a comprehensive account of the role of design in both corporate and national competitiveness. Routledge «Market: Geography / Economics / Planning December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46175-7: £85.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83929-4: £85.00/14

Cities and Low Carbon Transitions * Edited by Harriet A. Bulkeley, Durham University, UK, Vanesa Castan-broto, University of Durham, UK, Mike Hodson, University of Salford, UK and Simon Marvin, University of Salford, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography Cities and Low Carbon Transitions presents a ground-breaking analysis of the role of cities in low carbon socio-technical transitions. Insights from the fields of urban studies and technological transitions are combined to examine how, why, and with what implications cities bring about low carbon transitions. The book outlines the key concepts underpinning theories of socio-technical transition and assesses its potential strengths and limits for understanding the social and technological responses to climate change that are emerging in cities. It draws on a diverse range of examples including world cities, ordinary cities and transition towns, from North America, Europe, South Africa and China, to provide evidence that expectations, aspirations and plans to undertake purposive socio-technical transitions are emerging in different urban contexts. Routledge «Market: Urban Studies / Environmental Studies / Geography December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58697-9: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83924-9: £85.00/14

A Critical Perspective

Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility This is the first volume to bring together different theoretical perspectives and discourse in political economy related to tourism. In doing so it provide insights and alternative critical perspectives from political economy theory to expand discussions of tourism development and policy in the future. The volume is organised into three sequencial Parts linked by politics and economy. Part 1 presents different approaches to political economy such as Marxism, class, gender, regulation, power. Part 2 analyses the production, consumption nad regulation of tourism in the context of political economy appraches considered in Part 1, and Part 3 examines the political economy at various geographies of scales and focuses on the outcomes and processes of the political act of planning and managing tourism production. Routledge «Market: Tourism December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-54802-1: £80.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83587-6: £80.00/14

The Globalization of Advertising * Agencies, Cities and Spaces of Creativity

Feminist Advocacy and Gender Equity in the Anglophone Caribbean *

James R. Faulconbridge, University of Lancaster, UK, Peter J. Taylor, Corrine Nativel and Jonathan V. Beaverstock

Envisioning a Politics of Coalition

The role of advertising in everyday life and as a major employer in post-industrial economies is in many ways bound up with processes of contemporary globalization. At the centre of the advertising industry are the global advertising agencies which have an important role in developing global brands reliant upon advertising for their worldwide diffusion and in also developing national brands. This book unpacks the contemporary structure and spatial organization of global advertising agencies and reveals how global agencies operate as transnationally integrated organizations. It focuses on how the role of New York, Detroit and Los Angeles in advertising work has changed radically over recent years experiencing both growth and decline in employment as a result of their position in global networks of advertising work, networks that operate in the context of the rise of new and emerging centres of advertising in Asia and South America.

Michelle V. Rowley, University of Maryland, USA Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place This book explores the extent to which gendermainstreaming (GM) has effectively advanced a more gender-just reality for women in the Anglophone Caribbean. Routledge «Market: Geography January 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87854-8: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83288-2: £70.00/14

Improving Water Policy and Governance Edited by Cecilia Tortajada, Instituto Aragonés del Agua, Spain and Asit K Biswas, Third World Centre for Water Management, Mexico This book analyses case studies of good water governance from different parts of the world and the enabling environments that made it possible. This book was published as a special issue of the International Jounral of Water Resources Development.

Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography

Routledge «Market: International Business / Economic Geography / Urban Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56716-9: £85.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-86089-2: £85.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Development Studies / Human Geography / Environmental Studies November 2010: 246x174: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-60628-8: £80.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

176 geography & gis The Government of Chronic Poverty

Tourism and India *

Tourism and National Identities

A Critical Introduction

An International Perspective

From the Politics of Exclusion to the Politics of Citizenship?

Kevin Hannam, University of Sunderland and Anya Diekmann, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium

Edited by Elspeth Frew, La Trobe University, Australia and Leanne White

Edited by Sam Hickey, University of Manchester, UK The book assesses whether a progressive politics of poverty reduction can be forged within the current post-neoliberal moment of development It was published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies. Routledge «Market: Development Studies / Poverty / Citizenship March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59850-7: £80.00/08

Tourism and Agriculture New Geographies of Consumption, Production and Rural Restructuring Edited by Rebecca Maria Torres and Janet Momsen, University of California, USA Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Routledge «Market: Tourism January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58429-6: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83440-4: £80.00/14

Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Tourism and India is the first book to specifically focus on and fully analyze the issues facing contemporary India both as a destination and a potential source of tourists. The book analyses previous research and applies critical theory to key aspects of tourism in this region and supports this with a wide range of examples to illustrate the key conceptual points. As such the book examines aspects of tourism in India including tourism governance, cultural tourism, heritage tourism, nature-based tourism from the supply side and international tourism, domestic tourism, outbound tourism and the Indian Diaspora from the demand side. This timely book includes original research to offer insights into India’s future development in terms of tourism. It will be of interest to students, researchers and academics in the areas of Tourism, Geography and related disciplines. Routledge «Market: Tourism November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55729-0: £75.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-86878-2: £80.00/14

Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Routledge February 2011: 234x156: 301pp Hb: 978-0-415-57277-4: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-85596-6: £75.00/14

Tourist Shopping Villages * Forms and Functions Laurie Murphy, Pierre Benckendorff, Gianna Moscardo and Philip L. Pearce, all at James Cook University, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism This landmark volume – based on a two year research program from a team of authors – examines the forms and functions of approximately 50 tourist shopping villages in Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada and the United States. Routledge «Market: Geography January 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-96527-9: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83482-4: £70.00/14

anthropology student reference

Fifty Key Anthropologists *

Pilgrimage Tourism of Diaspora Africans to Ghana

Edited by Robert J. Gordon, University of Vermont, USA, Harriet Lyons, University of Waterloo, Canada and Andrew Lyons, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada

Series: Routledge Studies on African and Black Diaspora

Edited by Ann Reed, University of North Dakota, USA

Series: Routledge Key Guides Fifty Key Anthropologists surveys the life and work of some of the most influential figures in anthropology. The entries, written by an international range of expert contributors, represent the diversity of thought within the subject, incorporating both classic theorists and more recent anthropological thinkers. Names discussed include: Clifford Geertz; Bronislaw Malinowski; Zora Neale Hurston; Sherry B. Ortner; Claude Lévi-Strauss; Rodney Needham; Mary Douglas; Marcel Mauss.

This ethnography critically analyzes the travel of diaspora Africans to Ghana by considering its cultural and political economic meanings for hosts, guests, and intermediaries. Reed highlights how tensions inherent in promoting heritage travel alternatively as tourism or as pilgrimage have profound implications for economic development and reclaiming an African identity. Routledge «Market: Anthropology April 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88502-7: £75.00/08

This accessible A-Z guide contains helpful cross-referencing, a timeline of key dates and schools of thought, and suggestions for further reading. It will be of interest to students of anthropology and related subjects wanting a succinct overview of the ideas and impact of key anthropologists who have helped to shape the discipline.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Anthropology November 2010: 216x138: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-46104-7: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-46105-4: £15.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83879-2: £65.00/14

sociology 177

A Companion to Life Course Studies

Coffee Culture

the Social and Historical Context of the British Birth Cohort Studies Edited by Michael E.J. Wadsworth, University College London Medical School, UK and John Bynner, University of London, UK

Local and Global Dimensions of the World’s Most Controversial Beverage Catherine M. Tucker Series: Routledge Series for Creative Teaching and Learning in Anthropology ’The Anthropology of Stuff’ is part of a new Series dedicated to innovative, unconventional ways to connect undergraduate students and their lived concerns about our social world to the power of social science ideas and evidence. Our goal with the project is to help spark social science imaginations and in doing so, new avenues for meaningful thought and action. Each ‘Stuff’ title is a short (100 page) ‘mini text’ illuminating for students the network of people and activities that create their material world.

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Course research contributes uniquely to policy, showing the effects of interaction of individual development and the socio-economic context. This book shows how policy innovation influenced development, ageing and well-being, differently in each generation, over half a century, and how those differences offer new opportunities for life course research.

A Minyan of Women Family Dynamics, Jewish Identity and Psychotherapy Practice Edited by Beverly A. Greene, St. John’s University, USA and Dorith Brodbar, Borough of Manhattan Community College, USA This book examines the role of family dynamics in the shaping of Jewish identity and the role of that identity in the practice of psychotherapy. This book was published as a special issue of Women and Therapy.


Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy / Jewish Studies / Gender Studies January 2011: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-60882-4: £80.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-61065-0: £24.50/04 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge February 2011: 229x152: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-80024-2: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80025-9: £13.99/04

Confronting Climate Change Constance Lever-Tracy, Flinders University, Australia Series: Short Cuts In this highly accessible introduction to the predicted global impacts of climate change, Constance Lever-Tracy provides an authoritative guide to one of the most controversial issues facing the future of our planet. Discussing how the social and natural sciences must work together more effectively in confronting climate change, Lever-Tracy provides a sober, critical assessment of the politics of global warming and climate change.

Routledge «Market: Environmental Sociology / Climate Change / Social Policy March 2011: 198x129: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-57622-2: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57623-9: £15.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83008-6: £60.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Routledge «Market: Social Interaction / Social Change February 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-49540-0: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-87858-3: £80.00/08

From the coffee producers and pickers who tend the plantations in tropical nations, to the middlemen and processors, to the consumers who drink coffee without ever having to think about how the drink reached their hands, here is a commodity that ties the world together. This is a great little book that helps students apply anthropological concepts and theories to their everyday lives, learn how historical events and processes have shaped the modern world and the contexts of their lives, and how consumption decisions carry ramifications for our health, the environment, the reproduction of social inequality, and the possibility of supporting equity, sustainability and social justice. eBooks are only available to order online

178 sociology

Confronting Global Gender Justice *

Corrections Foundations for the Future Jeanne B. Stinchcomb, Florida Atlantic University, USA

Women’s Lives, Human Rights

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Edited by Debra Bergoffen, Paula Ruth Gilbert, Tamara Harvey and Connie L. McNeely, all at George Mason University

The Fourth Edition is available for online and hybrid courses and is also customizable in inexpensive paperback forms with other materials instructors may wish to assign their students.

Confronting Global Gender Justice: Women’s Lives, Human Rights examines the most complex and demanding challenges facing theorists, activists, artists, and educators engaged in establishing women’s rights as human rights and fighting to make these rights realities in women’s lives. Issues addressed include: trafficking, AIDS, immigration, war-time violence, and legal battles.

The text and its companion website has been designed for use in online and hybrid courses as well as in conventional ‘bricks and mortar’ classes. The text is also customizable in inexpensive paperback format, instructors may select only those chapters which they wish to assign. Routledge March 2011: 254x203: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-87333-8: £65.00/04

Routledge «Market: Gender Studies / Women’s Studies / Human Rights November 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-78078-0: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78079-7: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83859-4: £85.00/14

2nd Edition textbook

3rd Edition textbook

Contemporary Social Work Practice

Corrections A Critical Approach Michael Welch This book confronts mass imprisonment in the United States, a nation boasting the highest incarceration rate in the world. By attending closely to historical and theoretical development, the book identifies and examines the key social forces shaping penal practice in the US – politics, economics, morality, and technology.

Series: New Directions in Social Work Sufficiently concise to be teachable in a one-semester practice course, yet available with a treasure trove of related materials for use in a two or three-course practice sequence, this text helps translate the guiding theoretical perspectives of social justice, human rights, and critical social construction into purposeful social work practice. Three unique cases, specially written for this Series, provide a ‘learning by doing’ framework unavailable from any other social work publisher. Companion readings and many other resources enable this text to be the centerpiece for three semesters of practice teaching. Go to to learn more. Routledge February 2011: 235x187: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-87457-1: £125.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87336-9: £65.00/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Penology / Criminology / Law December 2010: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-78208-1: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78209-8: £27.99/04

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Marla Berg-Weger, Saint Louis University, USA, Julie Birkenmaier and Martha P. Dewees

sociology 179

Crime and Criminal Justice


Ian Marsh, Liverpool Hope University, UK

Stephen Frosh, University of London

This book provides students with a comprehensive and engaging introduction to the study of criminology by taking an interdisciplinary approach to explaining criminal behaviour and criminal justice. It is divided into two parts, which address the two essential bases that form the discipline of criminology. Part One describes, discusses and evaluates a range of theoretical approaches that have offered explanations for crime. Part Two offers an accessible but detailed review of the major philosophical aims and sociological theories of punishment, and examines the main areas of the contemporary criminal justice system.

Series: Short Cuts

Routledge «Market: Criminology / Theory of Crime / Criminal Justice June 2011: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58151-6: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58152-3: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83378-0: £90.00/14

Everyone talks abut their feelings, but what exactly are they? What are the distinguishing features of feelings, and how do they differ from emotions and affects? How do our feelings influence the kinds of people we are, and the sorts of communities and societies in which we live? In this wonderful short book, acclaimed author Stephen Frosh interrogates the terrain of feelings and asks how this ‘hidden’ dimension of the self helps shape our worlds. The book provides an accessible and thought-provoking introduction to the major debates around feelings in the modern world. Feelings is a handy and engaging resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students, academics, and anyone with an interest in gaining a better understanding of this fundamental aspect of life. Routledge «Market: March 2011: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57483-9: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57484-6: £16.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85491-4: £60.00/14

2nd Edition

Durkheim, Bernard and Epistemology *

Effective Practice in Youth Justice Martin Stephenson, Sally Brown and Henri Giller Providing a comprehensive and up-to-date review of research and the implications for practice, the second edition of Effective Practice in Youth Justice proves to be an essential resource for professionals working within the youth justice system, those training to work in youth justice, and students taking courses in youth justice or related subjects.

Paul Q. Hirst


Selected Contents: Part 1: Claude Bernard 1. Claude Bernard’s Epistemology 2. Bernard’s Physiology Part 2: Emile Durkheim’s Rules of Sociological Method 3. Durkheim’s Epistemology 4. Pathology and Morphology 5. Individualism and Holism: Purpose, Functionalism and Social Facts 6. Individualism and Holism: Vitalism and the Social Milieu 7. Conclusion: The Rules of Sociological Method and Durkheim’s Sociology Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 216x138: 222pp Hb: 978-0-415-56349-9: £70.00/11 eBook: 978-0-203-83816-7: £70.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Youth Justice / Criminal Practice / Criminology December 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61075-9: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-61077-3: £20.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83194-6: £55.00/14

E-mail: for more information


This title, first published in 1975, contains two complimentary studies by Paul Q. Hirst: the first based on Claude Bernard’s theory of scientific knowledge, and the second concerning Emile Durkheim’s attempt to provide a philosophical foundation for a scientific sociology in The Rules of Sociological Method. The author’s primary concern is to answer the question: is Durkheim’s theory of knowledge logically consistent and philosophically viable? His principal conclusion is that the epistemology developed in `the Rules is an impossible one and that its inherent contradictions are proof that sociology as it is commonly understood can never be a scientific discipline. eBooks are only available to order online

180 sociology

Geographies of Children, Youth and Families

Handbook of Human Rights Edited by Thomas Cushman, Wellesley College, USA The Handbook maps out the field of human rights for the humanities and social sciences. It provides a solid foundation for the reader who wants to learn the basic parameters of the field, but also to promote new thinking and frameworks for the future study of human rights in the 21 st century.

An International Perspective Edited by Louise Holt This edited collection brings together international experts of geographies of children, youth and families. The book provides an overview of current conceptual and theoretical debates, drawing upon cutting-edge research from across the globe. The volume is an invaluable course text for undergraduate and postgraduate students of geography, the social sciences and education.

Routledge «Market: Human Geography / Children / Youth Studies / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-56383-3: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56384-0: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86330-5: £75.00/14

Routledge «Market: Human Rights / Sociology / Politcs December 2010: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-48023-9: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-88703-5: £110.00/14

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Hopeful Girls, Troubled Boys

Illicit Drugs

Race and Gender Inequality in Urban Education

Misuse and Control

Nancy Lopez

Adrian Barton

An exciting revision of a classic book. Hopeful Girls, Troubled Boys focuses on the life histories of the largest immigrant group in New York City – the youth from the Dominican Republic, the West Indies, and Haiti – to explain why girls of colour are succeeding at higher rates than their male counterparts. Nancy Lopez brings to life the attitudes, feelings, and expectations of these teens, and shows that girls maintain optimistic outlooks on their lives, while boys are ambivalent about the promises of education. This fascinating account explains how and why our schools and cities are failing boys of color.

The second edition of Illicit Drugs: Use and Control provides a completely up-dated and re-written volume that includes three new chapters which look at illicit drug use: class, gender and race; the geopolitics of illicit drug production and distribution and; Britain in a global context. These have been included to alert the reader to the increasingly global nature of the drug trade and the uneven manner in which drug use takes place and is portrayed by the media. The format and layout of the book has changed and it is now more ‘user-friendly’ seeing the inclusion of text boxes, questions for reflection and suggested further reading lists at the end of each chapter. The new edition still offers the same broad-brush approach and is written in the same accessible style but endeavours to bring to the reader the latest developments in the use and control of illicit drugs.

Routledge February 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87422-9: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87423-6: £28.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Criminology / Drugs / Social Policy February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49233-1: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49237-9: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87991-7: £80.00/14

sociology 181


McCounterfeiting Inc.

Kaori O’connor

Yi-Chieh Jessica Lin

Series: Routledge Series for Creative Teaching and Learning in Anthropology

Series: Routledge Series for Creative Teaching and Learning in Anthropology

Lycra describes the development of a specific fabric, but in the process provides students with rare insights into U.S. corporate history, the changing image of women in America, and how a seemingly doomed product came to occupy a position never imagined by its inventors and contained in the wardrobe of virtually every American. And it will generate lively discussion of the story of the relationship between technology, science and society over the past half a century.

Routledge February 2011: 229x152: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-80436-3: £80.00/03

In our world, the process whereby intangible and highly valued intellectual property rights become tangible commodities through lesser-valued manual labor is highly politicized, so are the issues of ‘authenticity’ and ‘morality’. How China has treated the IPR ‘problem’ could have serious implications on China’s domestic cultural industries, including questions of profitability, viability and cultural diversity. As a result, the recent emergence of ‘bandit’ or ‘pirate’ subculture in China represents a new sphere of extralegality in economic development; Chinese citizens have created a shared sense of cultural intimacy though piracy. This book updates readers with the latest development of the national economy in China. Routledge March 2011: 229x152: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-88302-3: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88303-0: £18.99/04

2nd Edition textbook

Edited by Steven Seidman, State University of New York, Albany, USA, Nancy Fischer, Augsburg College, Minnesota, USA and Chet Meeks, Northern Illinois University, USA Breaking new ground, both substantively and stylistically, Introducing the New Sexuality Studies, 2nd Edition offers students and academics an engaging, thought-provoking introduction and overview of the social study of sexualities. Its central premise is to explore the social construction of sexuality, the role of social differences such as race or nationality in creating sexual variation, and the ways sex is entangled in relations of power and inequality. Through this approach the field of sexuality is considered in multicultural, global, and comparative terms, and from a truly social perspective. The second edition of this definitive textbook consists of over seventy-five short, original essays on the key topics and themes in sexuality studies. It also includes interviews with fourteen leading scholars in the field, which convey some of the most innovative work currently being undertaken. Each contribution is original, presenting the latest thinking and research in clear and accessible terms, using engaging examples to illustrate key points.


Routledge «Market: Gender and Sexuality Studies February 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-78125-1: £125.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-78126-8: £32.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


Niklas Luhmann Christian Borch Series: Key Sociologists Niklas Luhmann offers an accessible introduction to one of the most important sociologists of our time. It presents the key concepts within Luhmann’s multifaceted theory of modern society, and compares them with the work of other key social theorists such as Jürgen Habermas, Michel Foucault, and Zygmunt Bauman. The book pays particular attention to introducing and discussing Luhmann’s original sociological systems theory. It presents a thorough investigation into the different phases of his oeuvre, through which both the shifting emphases as well as the continuities in his thinking are shown. The primary focus of this text is Luhmann’s theory of modern society as being differentiated into a plethora of ‘function systems’ – such as politics, law, and economy – which operate according to their own distinct logics and which cannot interfere with one another. For Luhmann, this functional differentiation works as a bulwark against totalitarian rule, and as such is a key foundation of modern democracy. Furthermore, the book critically examines the implications of this functional differentiation for inclusion and exclusion dynamics, as well as for the understanding of power and politics. Routledge «Market: Social Theory / Philosophy / Law December 2010: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49093-1: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49094-8: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88052-4: £70.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Introducing the New Sexuality Studies eBooks are only available to order online

182 sociology

Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom *

Routledge International Handbook of Contemporary Social and Political Theory

Roy Bhaskar Series: Classical Texts in Critical Realism In Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom Roy Bhaskar sets out to develop a critique of the work of Richard Rorty, who must be one of the most influential authors of recent decades. In a brilliant tour de force, Bhaskar shows how Rorty falls victim to the very epistemological problematic Rorty himself describes. ‘Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom is full of fascinating, important ideas and insights, and is immensely timely. It will have a deeply beneficial effect, and will surely be very widely read and discussed.’ – Professor Terry Eagleton, University of Oxford Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-57964-3: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85109-8: £80.00/14

Edited by Gerard Delanty, University of Sussex, UK and Stephen P. Turner, University of South Florida, USA The handbook will address a range of issues that have emerged out of recent social and political theory. It will focus on key themes as opposed to schools of thought or major theorists. Each chapter is an emerging, cutting edge topic that is of interest both to social theory and to political theory. Most topics will have a clear and substantive focus on social or political problems.

Routledge «Market: Political Theory / Cont. Social Theory / Cultural Theory March 2011: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-54825-0: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-87557-5: £110.00/14

student reference

2nd Edition textbook

Research Methods: The Basics *

Social Policy for Effective Practice

Nicholas Walliman, Oxford Brookes University, UK

A Strengths Approach

Series: The Basics

Rosemary Chapin, University of Kansas, USA

• structuring and planning a research project • the ethical issues involved in research • different types of data and data quality • analysing and organising data to draw sound conclusions • writing up and displaying data in effective ways. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time, and is widely relevant across the social sciences and humanities. Routledge «Market: Social Science / Humanities / Research Methods November 2010: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48991-1: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48994-2: £11.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83607-1: £55.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Series: New Directions in Social Work For use as a text in foundations generalist social policy courses, either at the baccalaureate or Master’s Level, this book examines the process of defining need, analyzing social policy, and developing new policy. A clear philosophical base and a common theoretical framework underlie the discussion of each component of the policy process. Four themes are interwoven throughout the book: the importance of thinking critically about social policy, the benefits of using the strengths perspective in policy analysis and development, the critical role social policy plays in all areas of practice, and the absolute responsibility of every social worker to engage in policy practice. At, you will find a wealth of resources to help you create a dynamic, experiential introduction to social work for your students. Routledge January 2011: 235x187: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-87335-2: £125.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-83484-8: £125.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. Structured in two parts, the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, and the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research, this book covers:

sociology 183


The Culture of Management

Celebrity, Fame and Social Interaction

Stefano Harney From filo faxes to palm pilots; from cell phones to laptops; from spreadsheets to online banking, many of us try to make the most of our day, to not waste any time, to maximize our efficiency. These are the hallmarks of time, financial, and information management. More and more we find ourselves managing our time, health, finances, careers and families. We are all managers now.

Kerry O. Ferris and Scott Harris Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives Stargazing highlights the interactional dynamics of celebrity and fame in contemporary society, including the thoughts and feelings of stars on the red carpet, the thrills and risks of encountering a famous person at a convention or on the streets, and the excitement generated even by the obvious fakery of celebrity impersonators. Using compelling, real-life examples involving popular celebrities, Ferris and Harris examine how the experience and meanings of celebrity are shaped by social norms, interactional negotiations, and interpretive storytelling. Routledge April 2011: 229x152: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-88427-3: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88428-0: £21.99/04

In The Culture of Management, Stefano Harney investigates how the principles of management now shape our lives, both individually and collectively. Ironically, as we embrace the tools of management in our personal lives, as workers we are often leery of the promises of Management. In examining the work world, Harney finds that the age-old clash between Management and Worker is alive and well. But, instead of vilifying Management, Harney asks: What new opportunities can the New Management offer us? Chapters include coverage on such issues as popular management literature; management in a global context, the new labor movement versus the new management. The Culture of Management shows us that, for better or worse, we are all in the business with ourselves. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Cultural Studies and Business March 2008: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-93069-7: £70.00/04 Pb: 978-0-415-93070-3: £16.99/04


Social Statistics The Basics and Beyond Thomas J. Linneman, The College of William and Mary, Virginia, USA Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives With just the right level of detail, and a graphically innovative approach, this book carefully guides students through the statistical techniques they will encounter in the real world. The basics, plus multiple regression, interaction effects, logistic regression, non-linear effects, all covered in a non-intimidating way for your students. The book uses three datasets throughout: General Social Survey, American National Election Studies, World Values Survey, and includes SPSS demonstrations at the end of each chapter. Most of your students will likely take only one stats course and use only one stats book in their college careers. This one innovatively equips them for their worlds ahead, regardless of the career paths they follow. for e-mail updates in your field


A Practical Guide to Women’s and Gender Studies Michele T. Berger and Cheryl Radeloff Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives Transform Yourself, Transform the World is a user friendly guide of practical guidance and inspiration for supporting a student’s interest in a Women’s Studies degree. It focuses on three of the major barriers students face when exploring Women’s Studies. The first is a lack of awareness that Women’s Studies constitutes an academic field. The second barrier is the negative response a student often faces when announcing to the world that he or she is interested in Women’s Studies. The third barrier regards the perceived lack of employment and career options of graduating with a Women’s Studies degree. This book will support students to think critically about what they know, how to demonstrate what they know, and how to prepare for life both personally and professionally after the degree. Routledge March 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87327-7: £95.00/03

E-mail: for more information



Routledge January 2011: 235x187: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-80501-8: £110.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-84167-9: £110.00/14

Transform Yourself, Transform the World eBooks are only available to order online

184 sociology

Unequal Educations

Youth in Crisis?

Dismantling the Achievement Gaps

‘Gangs’, Territoriality and Violence

Nancy Lopez

Edited by Barry Goldson

There are roughly 45 million Latina(o) people living in the United States today and immigration scholars agree that the population of undocumented immigrants in the U.S. is around 12 million today, many of whom are of Hispanic origin. Immigration scholars also agree that a major unanswered question for the future of U.S. society is how well the children of these population groups will ‘make it’ in the educational system and therefore begin to move up the socio-economic ladder. Will their ‘achievement’ in the educational system parallel the experience and success of other immigrant groups of generations past? Or will many of these children experience much higher drop-out rates and if so, with what consequences? And are there policy options to prevent this from happening? Those are the very important issues this book will explore. Routledge March 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87506-6: £95.00/03

Few issues attract greater concern and censure thatn those that surround youth ‘gangs’. Comprising a series of essays from leading national and international researchers, this book subjects such claims to rigorous critical scrutiny. It provides a challenging and authoritative account of complex questions pertaining to urban youth identities, crime and social order.

Routledge «Market: Juvenile Crime / Criminology / Sociology January 2011: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-84392-752-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-1-84392-751-8: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83200-4: £55.00/14

Urban Tourism and Urban Change Visual Research Methods Cities in a Global Economy in the Social Sciences Costas Spirou, National-Louis University USA Urban Tourism and Urban Change: Cities in a Global Economy provides both a sociological / cultural analysis of change that has taken place in many of the world’s cities. This focused treatment of urban tourism examines the implications of these changes for urban management and planning sense, for success and failure in metropolitan change. Uniquely suited for teaching purposes, Costas Spirou integrates numerous case studies of cities to illuminate the significant impact and promise of tourism on urban image and economic development. Routledge January 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-80162-1: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-80163-8: £26.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83580-7: £85.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Awakening Visions

Stephen Spencer, Sheffield Hallam University, UK This is a practical guide for students, researchers and teachers in the social sciences who wish to explore and actively use visual research. Demonstrating the use of visual ethnography, video and photography, ‘researcher found’ imagery and representations in popular culture, this book offers an integrated approach to doing visual research.

Routledge «Market: Visuality / Research Methods / Culture Studies November 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-48382-7: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48385-8: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88386-0: £80.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Series: The Metropolis and Modern Life

sociology 185

Visual Sociology An Introduction Douglas Harper Selected Contents: 1. Visual Sociology as Embodied Observation: Part of all Sociology that includes Observation 2. Visual Sociology as the Analysis of Symbolic Properties of the Visual Universe (semiotics) 3. Visual Sociology as an Approach to Data: Empirical, Narrative, Phenomenological and Reflexive 4. Visual Sociology as an Aspect of Photo Documentary 5. Visual Sociology and new Forms of Digital Visualization

Routledge «Market: Visuality / Visual Anthropology / Visual Sociology / Research Methods June 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-77895-4: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-77896-1: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87267-3: £80.00/14

Alternatives to Privatization in the Global South Edited by David McDonald, Queen’s University, Canada and Greg Ruiters, Rhodes University, South Africa Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society From community-led water management schemes in Latin America to national health insurance programs in Africa, this volume assesses different alternative models to privatization and the typologies used for classifying them, providing groundbreaking insights into the scope and scale of alternative service delivery mechanisms and offering the first reliable source of comparative data that go beyond the indices used by international development agencies. Routledge «Market: Development Studies March 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88668-0: £75.00/08

Automobility in Transition? A Socio-Technical Analysis of Sustainable Transport Edited by Frank Geels, University of Sussex, UK, René Kemp, Maastricht University, the Netherlands, Geoff Dudley and Glenn Lyons, both at University of West of England Series: Routledge Studies in Sustainability Transitions Private cars have become the dominant mode of passenger road transport in developed countries. This book examines the past evolution towards car-based forms of transport: problems associated with it, the success of past and current efforts to deal with problems of pollution, congestion, safety and degradation of public spaces and amenities, and also new developments, visions and strategies. Routledge «Market: Sociology March 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88505-8: £30.00/08

Contradictions of Archaeological Theory Engaging Critical Realism and Archaeological Theory Sandra Wallace Series: Critical Realism: Interventions Routledge March 2011: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-59127-0: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-84347-5: £80.00/14

Critical Realism and Creativity Lee Martin Series: Ontological Explorations Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Sociology March 2011: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-57410-5: £90.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-85516-4: £90.00/14

Dynamic Embodiment for Social Theory On the Move Brenda Farnell Series: Ontological Explorations for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78109-1: £80.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

186 sociology Eurocentrism

Leadership and Place

Politics of Knowledge

A Critical Realist and Marxian Critique of Civil Society

Edited by Chris Collinge, John Gibney and Chris Mabey, all at The Birmingham Business School, UK

Edited by Patrick Baert, University of Cambridge, UK and Fernando Domínguez Rubio

Nick Hostettler

Series: Regions and Cities

Series: Ontological Explorations

This book makes an important contribution to the discussion of the contemporary leadership challenges in the context of sustainable place shaping. This collection first appeared as a special issue of Policy Studies and is now published by kind permission in the Regional Studies Association book series, Regions and Cities.

Routledge February 2011 Hb: 978-0-415-56510-3: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-86190-5: £80.00/08


This volume explores how the relation between knowledge and the political is developing in the rapidly evolving context of ‘knowledge societies’. By analysing how the traditional boundaries and categories of the political are being redefined in the age of communication technologies and information economies, this monograph provides a novel perspective on current debates about ‘knowledge societies’.

Series: Key Ideas

Routledge «Market: Social Policy / Urban Development / Housing November 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55014-7: £80.00/08

Routledge «Market: Social Theory / Knowledge / Consumption February 2011: 198x129: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-60803-9:: £65.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-82964-6: £65.00/14

Routledge «Market: Political Sociology January 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49710-7: £80.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-87774-6: £80.00/14

Music, Difference and the Residue of Race

Psychoanalysis in Social Research

The Knowledge and Power of Expertise Nico Stehr and Reiner Grundmann

Foundations of Critical Media and Information Studies Christian Fuchs, University of Salzburg, Austria Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Information Society / Social Theory February 2011: 234x156: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-58881-2: £75.00/03

Food in a Sustainable World Edited by Gert Spaargaren, Wageningen University, the Netherlands, A.M. Loeber, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Peter Oosterveer, Wageningen University, the Netherlands

Jo Haynes, University of Bristol, UK Series: Routledge Research in Race and Ethnicity Race and music seem fatally entwined in a way that involves both creative ethnic hybridity and ongoing problems of racism. This book presents a sociological analysis of this enduring relationship and asks: how are ideas of race critical to the understanding of music genres and preferences? What does the ‘love of difference’ via music contribute to contemporary perspectives of racism? Routledge «Market: Sociology May 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87921-7: £70.00/08

Overcoming Objectification * A Carnal Ethics

Series: Routledge Studies in Sustainability Transitions

Ann J. Cahill, Elon University, USA

This edited volume presents and reflects upon empirical evidence of ‘sustainability’-induced and -related transition in food practices. The material collected in the various chapters contributes to our understanding of the ways in which ideas and preferences, sociotechnological developments and changes in the governance of food interact and become visible in practices of consumption, retail and production.

Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society

Routledge «Market: Sociology May 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88084-8: £30.00/08

Objectification is a foundational concept in feminist theory, used to analyze such disparate social phenomena as sex work, representation of women’s bodies, and sexual harassment. In this work, Cahill argues that the notion should be abandoned by feminist theorists due to its reliance on outdated philosophical assumptions, such as the centrality of autonomy and rationality to both subjectivity and ethics. Instead, she suggests working towards an ethics of sexuality based upon the recognition of difference. Routledge «Market: Sociology January 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-88288-0: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83584-5: £70.00/14

G.H. Mead A Reader Filipe Carreira da Silva, University of Lisbon Series: Routledge Classics in Sociology

Shifting Theories and Reframing Concepts Claudia Lapping, University of London, UK Routledge «Market: Research Methods / Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47925-7: £80.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-88282-5: £80.00/14

Religion and Social Problems * Edited by Titus Hjelm, University College London, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Although students and scholars of social problems have often acknowledged the role of religion, no thorough examinations of the relation between the two have emerged. This book fills this gap by providing a definitive work on the impact of religion on social problems, religion as a solution to social problems, and religion as a social problem in itself. Routledge «Market: Sociology December 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-80056-3: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83510-4: £70.00/14

Rio de Janeiro Urban Life through the Eyes of the City Edited by Beatriz Jaguaribe, Federal University of Rio de Janeiro Series: CRESC Jaguaribe’s book offers exciting and creative perspectives on the urban imaginaries and experiences of Rio de Janeiro. It illuminates how Rio de Janeiro’s popular culture, artistic productions, social violence, and urban layout make it one of the foremost cityscapes in the world. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / Sociology March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56931-6: £80.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-85951-3: £80.00/14

This book introduces social scientists to the ideas of George Herbert Mead (1863–1931), one of the most original yet neglected thinkers of early twentieth-century social thought. Based on Mead’s published and unpublished writings, this collection is the first edition of his writings that critically assesses aspects central to his system of thought.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Sociology / Social Psychology / Science December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-55625-5: £85.00/03 eBook: 978-0-203-86955-0: £85.00/14

sociology 187 Stillness in a Mobile World

The Politics of Bioethics

Urban Youth in China

Edited by David Bissell, The Australian National University and Gillian Fuller, University of New South Wales, Australia

Alan Petersen, Monash University, Australia

Modernity, the Internet and the Self

Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society

Fengshu Liu, University of Oslo, Norway

Series: International Library of Sociology

This book investigates the socio-political implications of bioethics discourse and practices in relation to a range of controversial developments. It will be of interest to policymakers, clinicians, scholars, and others who are looking for new ways of making sense and evaluating recent developments in the field of bioethics.

This collection intervenes in debates around mobility, life, animation and thought by foregrounding the radically ambiguous concept of ‘stillness’ as a crucial site for critical interrogation. Stillness provides both a challenge and an invitation to consider how the dynamics of passivity, suspension and stasis are integral to our understanding of life on the move. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Philosophy / Communication November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57262-0: £80.00/05 eBook: 978-0-203-85589-8: £80.00/14

Routledge «Market: Sociology March 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99006-6: £65.00/08

The Politics of Women’s Integration Voices from the Margins

Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society As both youth and the Internet hold the potential to inflict far-reaching economic, social, cultural, and political changes, this book fulfills a need for a systematical investigation of the lives of Chinese youth and the growth of the Internet against the backdrop of rapid and profound social transformation in China. Routledge «Market: Sociology February 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87486-1: £70.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83304-9: £70.00/14

Studies of the Holocaust

Leah Bassel

Lessons in Survivorship

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Young People, Social Capital and Ethnic Identity

Edited by Roberta R Greene, University of Texas at Austin, USA

Does accommodating Islam violate women’s rights? This book demonstrates that debates over the headscarf in France and religious arbitration in Canada ignore the realities of the women at the heart of these controversies. Addressing this vital question requires enabling the active participation of these women in democratic life.

This edited collection explores the cultural and social contexts in which young people operate, and their use of social capital in developing identity and belonging. This book was published as a special issue of the Race and Ethnic Studies.

This book examines a number of theoretical frameworks that explore survival strategies before, during, and after the Holocaust. Powerful quotes taken from survivors’ interviews reveal hope, determination, and resilience. This book was previously published as a special issue of Journal of Human Behaviour and the Social Environment. Routledge «Market: Jewish Studies / Race & Ethnic Studies / Human Rights November 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57172-2: £80.00/08

Routledge «Market: Women’s Studies / Religion / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60360-7: £75.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83459-6: £75.00/14

Edited by Tracey Reynolds, London South Bank University, UK

Routledge «Market: Culture / Youth Studies / Ethnic Studies November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55211-0: £80.00/08

The West Indian Diaspora Suzanne Model, University of Massachusetts, USA

The Challenges of Being a Rural Gay Man

Series: Routledge Studies of Diasporic Peoples

Coping With Stigma Deborah Bray Preston and Anthony R. D’Augelli, both at Penn State University, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Gay men often face struggles in the conservative world of rural life, due to the pervasive social stigmas associated with homosexuality and the lack of anonymity in a small-town setting. This book presents the results of in-depth interviews and surveys with rural gay men, providing unique and hitherto unknown perspectives on their experiences coping with intolerance.

Suzanne Model examines the adaptation of West Indians in five host societies: the United States, Great Britain, Canada, France and the Netherlands. The economic, political, and demographic disparities within these countries raise the question: how do conditions at their destination affect West Indian well-being? Routledge «Market: Sociology April 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87121-1: £70.00/08 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Sociology May 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88069-5: £70.00/08 eBooks are only available to order online

188 sports science, leisure studies & culture

HRM in the Sport and Leisure Industry *

Routledge Handbook of Sports Development *

Jeff Abrams, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK, Sue Minten and Chris Wolsey

Edited by Barrie Houlihan and Mick Green, both at Loughborough University, UK

By its very service nature, leisure and sport are staff intensive sectors, making effective Human Resource management and development central to understanding the business, and to business success. HRM in the Leisure and Sport Industry provides a comprehensive course textbook and reference for students of HRM, business, sports and leisure management. Selected Contents: 1. The Evolution of HRM 2. Organisational Structure and the Determinants of Organisational Culture 3. Foundations of Individual and Group Performance 4. Personal Skills for Managers 5. Recruitment and Selection 6. Training and Development 7. Mentorship & Coaching 8. Evaluating and Rewarding Employees 9. Leadership and Human Resource Strategy 10. Organisational Development and Change 11. The Learning Organisation Routledge «Market: HRM / Sport & Leisure Management March 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42178-2: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-42179-9: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88553-6: £75.00/14

Sports development has become a prominent concern within both the academic study of sport and within the organisation and administration of sport. This book presents important new studies of sports development around the world, illustrating the breadth of practice within and between countries, and examines the most important issues facing practitioners within sports development today. The Routledge Handbook of Sports Development is the first book to comprehensively map the wide-ranging territory of sports development as an activity and as a policy field, and to offer a definitive survey of current academic knowledge and professional practice. Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sports Management / Sport Development December 2010: 246x174: 648pp Hb: 978-0-415-47996-7: £125.00/11 eBook: 978-0-203-88558-1: £125.00/14

Single Case Research Methods in Sport and Exercise

Managing Sport Business An Introduction Edited by Linda Trenberth, Birkbeck University, UK and David Hassan, Ulster University, UK

Jamie Barker and Paul McCarthy, Marc Jones, both at Staffordshire University, UK and Aidan Moran, University College, Dublin

Series: Foundations of Sport Management

This is the first book to fully explain single case research in the context of sport and exercise. Starting with first principles, the book offers a comprehensive introduction to the single case research process, from study design to data analysis and presentation. Including case studies and examples from across the sport and exercise sciences, the book provides practical guidance for students and researchers and demonstrates the advantages and common pitfalls of single case research for anybody working in applied or behavioural science.

Contemporary sport is both a sophisticated and complex international business and a mass participatory practice run largely by volunteers and community organisations. This authoritative and comprehensive introduction to the theory and practice of sports management helps managers to understand the modern commercial environment that shapes sport at all levels and gives clear and sensible guidance on best practice in sports management, from elite sport to the local level.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Sport Science / Research Methods March 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56511-0: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56512-7: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86188-2: £85.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Sport Management February 2011: 246x174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-57028-2: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57029-9: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85841-7: £85.00/14

sports science, leisure studies & culture 189

Sport and Politics

Strategic Sports Development

Alan Bairner, Loughborough University, UK

Edited by Rosemary Leach, Sheffield Hallam University, UK, Stephen Robson, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK, Kirstie Simpson, Warrington Collegiate Institute, UK and Lee Tucker, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Series: Frontiers of Sport This book begins with three main propositions – that politicians use sport, that sport reflects political conditions and that sport itself contributes to political culture for good or for ill. Against this background Sport and Politics explores the key points of interaction between the two. With fascinating case studies woven throughout, this book is the perfect introduction to an important contemporary topic for all students of sport, politics and society.

Routledge «Market: Sport / Politics March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57026-8: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57027-5: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85843-1: £75.00/14

Strategic Sports Development is designed to help students develop the practical skills needed to contribute to development strategy in a vocational context, and give practitioners the confidence and knowhow to improve the strategic development of their sports organisation.

Routledge «Market: Sports Development / Sport & Leisure Management / Business and Corporate strategy March 2011: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-54400-9: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54401-6: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87627-5: £95.00/14

2nd Edition textbook

Sport and the Transformation of Modern Europe States, Media and Markets 1950–2010

Sport, Culture and Society An Introduction Grant Jarvie, Stirling University, UK This exciting, comprehensive and accessible textbook introduces the study of sport, culture and society. International in scope, the book explores the key social theories that shape our understanding of sport as a social phenomenon and critically examines many of the assumptions that underpin that understanding. Placing sport at the very heart of the analysis, and including vibrant sporting examples throughout, the book introduces the student to every core topic and emerging area in the study of sport and society.

Edited by Alan Tomlinson, University of Brighton, UK, Christopher Young, University of Cambridge, UK and Richard Holt, De Montfort University, Leicester, UK Series: CRESC


Routledge «Market: History of Sport / European History March 2011: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-59222-2: £75.00/08 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sociology March 2011: 246x174: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-48393-3: £29.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88380-8: £29.99/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30647-8

E-mail: for more information


In the modern era sport has been an important agent, and symptom, of the political, cultural and commercial pressures for convergence and globalisation. In this fascinating, interdisciplinary study, leading international scholars explore the making of modern sport in Europe, illuminating sport and its cultural and economic impacts in the context of the supra-state formations and global markets that have re-shaped national and trans-national cultures in the later twentieth century. eBooks are only available to order online

190 sports science, leisure studies & culture

The Coaching Process * A Practical Guide to Becoming an Effective Sports Coach Lynn Kidman, University of Worcester, UK and Stephanie J. Hanrahan, The University of Queensland, Australia The Coaching Process develops an ‘athlete-centred approach’ to sports coaching, by which athletes take ownership of their learning, in turn strengthening their abilities to retain key skills and to make effective decisions during competition. Useful pedagogical features in each chapter, such as real life case studies, activities, self-reflection questions, and summaries of current research and best practice, encourage reflective practice and help student coaches to develop and extend their coaching techniques and philosophies. Routledge «Market: Sports Coaching December 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-57053-4: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57054-1: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-85742-7: £85.00/14

The Sociology of Sports Coaching * Edited by Robyn L. Jones, University of Wales Institute, UK, Paul Potrac, University of Hull, UK, Chris Cushion, Loughborough University, UK and Lars Tore Ronglan, Norwegian School of Sport Science, Norway The Sociology of Sports Coaching establishes an alternative conceptual framework from which to explore sports coaching, introducing the student to the work of key social theorists such as Foucault, Marx and Bourdieu, and highlighting the key themes that link the study of sociology and sports coaching, such as power, structure and agency, and theories of knowledge and learning. This is the first book to describe a critical sociological perspective on sports coaching and as such it represents an important step forward in the professionalisation of the discipline. Routledge «Market: Sports Coaching / Sport Studies / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-56084-9: £95.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56085-6: £25.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86554-5: £95.00/14

The Ethics of Sports Coaching

The Sports Management Toolkit

Edited by Alun R. Hardman and Carwyn Jones, both at University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK

Paul Emery, La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia The Sports Management Toolkit is a practical guide to the most important management tools and techniques available to those working in the sport and leisure industries. Each chapter includes a detailed, step-by-step description of the key tools and techniques and their application; a ‘real world’ case study to demonstrate the technique in action, plus an extensive guide to further resources and a series of self-test questions.

Series: Ethics and Sport

Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sports Coaching / Ethics December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55774-0: £90.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55775-7: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86844-7: £90.00/14

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Sport Management / Business and Management March 2011: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49158-7: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49159-4: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88027-2: £85.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Despite the increasing sophistication of our understanding of the player-sportcoach relationship, the dominant perspective of the sports coach is still an instrumental one, focused almost exclusively on performance, achievement and competitive success. In this groundbreaking new book, leading sport scholars challenge that view, arguing that the coaching process is an inherently moral one with an inescapably ethical dimension, involving intense relationships between players and coaches. The Ethics of Sports Coaching critically examines this moral aspect, develops a powerful idea of what sports coaching ought to be, and argues strongly that coaches must be aware of the ethical implications of their acts.

sports science, leisure studies & culture 191 Critical Readings in Bodybuilding

Race, Ethnicity and Football

Women, Sport, Society

Edited by Adam Locks, University of Chichester, UK and Niall Richardson, University of Sussex, UK

Persisting Debates and Emergent Issues

Further Reflections, Reaffirming Mary Wollstonecraft

Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society This is the first collection to address the contemporary practice of bodybuilding, especially the way in which the activity has become increasingly more extreme, and to consider much neglected debates of gender, eroticism, and sexuality related to the activity. Routledge «Market: Sports Studies April 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87852-4: £70.00/08

Edited by Daniel Burdsey, University of Brighton, UK Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society Elucidating the linkages between race, ethnicity, gender and masculinity in football, this volume addresses topics such as the experience of Muslim players, recruitment of African players, devolution and national identities, minority ethnic clubs, ‘mixed-race’ players, sectarianism, and foreign club ownership. Routledge «Market: Sociology March 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88205-7: £70.00/08

Inclusion and Exclusion Through Youth Sport

The Cultural Politics of Post 9/11 American Sport

Edited by Symeon Dagkas, University of Birmingham, UK and Kathleen Armour Series: Routledge Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport Focusing on youth sport as a touchstone sector of sport in society, this book examines the theoretical and empirical bases of arguments for sport’s role in the social inclusion agenda, offering international perspectives on an issue that underpins many of the bold claims and presumptions being made for the power of sport. It represents the most up-to-date and authoritative presentation of core knowledge related to inclusion and exclusion in youth sport and as such, will be invaluable reading for any student, researcher, policy maker or practitioner working in sports development, sports coaching, sport studies or physical education.

Edited by Roberta J. Park, University of California, Berkeley, USA and Patricia Vertinsky, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Sport in the Global Society – Historical perspectives This book seeks to broaden our understandings about the backgrounds, motivations and achievements of dedicated women who have historically contributed to physical education, dance and sport in ways that go far beyond being teachers, athletes and coaches. It was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Routledge «Market: History of Sport / Women’s Studies / Social History January 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59738-8: £80.00/08

Michael L. Silk, University of Bath, UK Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society This book uncovers how political, economic and military trajectories in the post 9/11 era have been normalized, reduced to the affective realm of popular culture, and nurtured and expressed in, and through, commercial media sporting spectacles. Routledge «Market: Sports May 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-87341-3: £70.00/08 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Physical Education April 2011: 234x156: 302pp Hb: 978-0-415-57803-5: £85.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-85239-2: £85.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

192 psychology Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via

3rd Edition

2nd Edition textbook

Adolescent Rationality and Development

Assessment, Measurement, and Prediction for Personnel Decisions

Cognition, Morality, and Identity

Robert M. Guion, Bowling Green State University, USA This revision of Bob Guion’s bestselling book on Assessment, Measurement and Prediction for Personnel Decisions will be of interest to every graduate student and practitioner in the fields of Industrial, Organizational and Work psychology and Human Resource Management. Written by a well-known leader in this field, this book will help give the reader a good understanding of the assessment process for personnel decisions and help those in charge of hiring and training decisions in the workplace.

David Moshman, University of Nebraska – Lincoln, USA F requently cited in scholarly work, this book focuses on developmental changes and processes in adolescence rather than on the problems of daily life. Noted for its exceptionally strong coverage of cognitive, moral, and social development, this brief, inexpensive book is appreciated by anyone interested in adolescent development. The new edition features expanded coverage of thinking and reasoning and four new chapters: metacognition and epistemic cognition; moral principles; the relation of personal and social identity; and current controversies concerning the rationality, maturity, and brains of adolescents.

Close Relationships Pamela Regan, California State University, Los Angeles, USA Introducing the concepts, methodologies, theories, and empirical findings of interpersonal relationships drawn from psychology,communication, sociology, philosophy, and religion, this engaging book will appeal to anyone interested in learning more about romantic relationships as well as relationships with friends and family. Numerous examples demonstrate how the material is relevant to the readers. Active learning is encouraged throughout including measurement instruments that readers can take and score themselves. The book reviews relationship experiences from all age groups, for all relationship types, and from a variety of cultures and the latest research on ‘cyber-flirting,’ sex differences in jealousy, the neurochemistry of love, and bullying. Routledge Academic «Market: Relationships February 2011: 246x174: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-87743-5: £64.95/01 Pb: 978-0-415-87799-2: £39.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83474-9: £64.95/01

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Cluttering A Handbook of Research, Intervention and Education Edited by David Ward, University of Reading, UK and Kathleen Scaler Scott, Misericordia University, USA Very few people are aware of the significant negative impact that cluttering – a communication disorder which affects a person’s ability to speak in a clear, concise and fluent manner. Although different from stuttering, it is often related to this more well-known disorder. This book treats cluttering as a serious communication disorder in its own right, providing an in-depth examination of the critical factors surrounding its assessment, treatment and research. Using evidencebased data as well as information regarding the assessment and treatment of cluttering within the field of speech-language pathology, the volume includes the latest research findings and work from leading cluttering experts, worldwide. Clinicians, faculty members, researchers, students in the field of speech pathology, and those who clutter, alike, will find this book an essential and unique source of information on cluttering. Psychology Press «Market: Language Disorders January 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84872-029-9: £44.95/01

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Psychology Press «Market: Adolescent Psychology February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84872-860-8: £44.95/01 Pb: 978-1-84872-861-5: £17.50/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83511-1: £39.95/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-4830-4

Psychology Press «Market: April 2011: 246x174: 752pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6023-8: £70.00/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83676-7: £59.95/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-1577-1

psychology 193

Cognitive Development and Working Memory

Handbook of Ethics in Quantitative Methodology

A Dialogue between Neo-Piagetian Theories and Cognitive Approaches

Edited by Abigail T. Panter, University of North Carolina – Chapel Hill, USA and Sonya K. Sterba, Vanderbilt University, USA

Edited by Pierre Barrouillet, Université de Genève, Switzerland and Vinciane Gaillard, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium ‘This book brings together a selected group of leading researchers, to discuss a currently hot topic. The authors represent different theoretical approaches and research groups, and each chapter contributes in its unique way, using theoretical modelling, experimental and individual-difference studies, to a debate that has become highly relevant in the scientific community. The book is excellent.’ – Sergio Morra, University of Genoa, Italy This book presents a unique attempt to address issues of working memory by establishing a dialogue between neo-Piagetian theorists and researchers specialized in typical and atypical working memory development. Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-84872-036-7: £39.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-84583-7: £39.95/14

Series: Multivariate Applications Series This Handbook is the first to provide a practical, interdisciplinary review of ethical issues as they relate to quantitative methodology including how to present evidence for reliability and validity, what comprises an adequate tested population, and what constitutes scientific knowledge for eliminating biases. The book emphasizes the human cost of quantitative decision making to help researchers understand the implications of their choices. The chapter order parallels the chronology of the research process: determining the research design; data analysis; and communicating findings. Each chapter: explores the ethics of the topic; identifies methodological issues; reviews strategies for handling such issues and their ethical implications; provides a case example; and outlines plausible approaches to the issue including best-practice solutions.This Handbook appeals to researchers and practitioners in psychology, health, education, sociology, political science, and business. Routledge Academic «Market: Research Methods February 2011: 234x156: 568pp Hb: 978-1-84872-854-7: £59.95/01 Pb: 978-1-84872-855-4: £29.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-84002-3: £59.95/01

Deception * A Young Person’s Life Skill? Rachel Taylor, University of Glamorgan, UK and Lynsey Gozna, University of Lincoln, UK Series: Studies in Adolescent Development This book considers the role of deception in adolescence, and explores the factors underpinning adolescents’ choice to deceive, whether these deceptions will be successful, and the ways in which such lies could be detected. The book builds on the recent influential developmental challenge model, exploring how it can provide a useful explanatory framework for the development of the skill of deception in adolescence. Interpersonal and forensic settings for deceptive behaviour are referred to, and it discusses how adolescents’ deceptions could be detected and presents strategies to maximize the effectiveness of interpersonal interactions with suspected deceivers. This book is ideal for parents, researchers and practitioners working with children and young people. The observations, interviews and focus groups provide a unique insight into the factors influencing young people’s communication choices.

Handbook of Police Psychology Edited by Jack Kitaeff, Clinical Psychologist, USA Series: Applied Psychology Series This new handbook of approximately 30 chapters is intended to be a professional reference that will include a literature review and extensive reference list. The handbook can serve as a textbook for graduates interested in police psychology. Other markets that will find this book interesting include: criminal justice, public service, clinical psychology, and organizational psychology. Division 18 of APA (Society for Police and Criminal psychology) will be the most interested. Routledge Academic «Market: Police Psychology March 2011: 246x174: 632pp Hb: 978-0-415-87766-4: £64.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83617-0: £64.95/01 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Psychology Press «Market: Adolescent Development December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84169-876-2: £39.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83370-4: £39.95/14 eBooks are only available to order online

194 psychology

Handbook of Health Psychology and Behavioral Medicine *

Illegal Leisure Revisited Changing Patterns of Alcohol and Drug Use in Adolescents and Young Adults

Edited by Jerry M. Suls, University of Iowa, USA Karina W. Davidson, Columbia University, USA and Robert M. Kaplan, University of California, Los Angeles, USA ’Suls, Davidson, and Kaplan are leaders in the fields of health psychology and behavioral medicine ... This is a ‘must-have’ reference for graduate students and researchers in health psychology, behavioral medicine, and related disciplines, such as medical sociology and nursing science.’ – Kenneth A. Wallston, Vanderbilt University, USA Providing a state-of-the-science overview of theory, research, and practice at the interface of psychology and health, this comprehensive volume brings together leading experts from multiple disciplines. The book explores how health and health behaviors are shaped by a wide range of psychological processes and socialenvironmental factors. It describes exemplary applications in the prevention and clinical management of today’s most pressing health risks and diseases, including coronary heart disease, diabetes, cancer, chronic pain, obesity, sleep disturbances, and smoking. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 592pp Hb: 978-1-60623-895-0: £57.00/01

2nd Edition

Judith Aldridge, University of Manchester, UK, Fiona Measham, Lanacaster University, UK, Howard Parker and Lisa Williams, both at University of Manchester, UK Series: Adolescence and Society Series This book updates the progress into adulthood of 14-year-olds that were tracked for the first edition, using qualitative interviews and self-report surveys. It presents to the reader the ways in which these young people have moved into the world of work, long-term relationships and parenthood. The book is ideal reading for researchers and undergraduate students from a variety of fields. Professionals working in criminal justice, health promotion, drugs education, harm reduction and treatment will find this book an invaluable resource. Selected Contents: 1. History Lessons: Drug Use Trends Amongst Young Britons 1980–2010 2. The North-West Longitudinal Study 3. Alcohol ‘Our Favourite Drug’ 4. Pattern: An Overview of Drug Offers, Trying, Use and Drugs Experiences Across Adolescence 5. Pathways: Drug Abstainers, Former Triers, Current Users and Those in Transition 6. Journeys: Becoming Users of Drugs 7. Towards the Normalisation of Recreational Drug Use Routledge «Market: Adolescent Development February 2011: 216x138: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-49552-3: £45.00/01 Pb: 978-0-415-49553-0: £21.95/01

Handbook of Neurodevelopmental and Genetic Disorders in Children Language and Edited by Sam Goldstein, Learning and Behavior Center, Salt Bilingual Cognition * ’An excellent introduction to the science and practice underlying the assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of children with complex neurodevelopmental conditions ... This updated second edition will become a ‘go-to guide’ for pediatric and clinical child neuropsychologists.’ – Scott J. Hunter, University of Chicago, USA Recognized as the definitive reference in the field, this book addresses a broad range of biologically based disorders that affect children’s learning and development. Leading authorities review the genetics of each disorder; its course and outcome; associated developmental, cognitive, and psychosocial challenges; and what clinicians and educators need to know about effective approaches to assessment and intervention. Coverage encompasses numerous lower-incidence neurodevelopmental disabilities as well as more frequently diagnosed learning and behavior problems with a genetic component. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology / Child and Adolescent Mental Health January 2011: 246x174: 588pp Hb: 978-1-60623-990-2: £57.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-448-2

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by Vivian Cook, University of Newcastle, UK and Benedetta Bassetti, Northumbria University, UK Leading figures from various disciplines provide a state-of-the-art overview of the relationship between language and cognition, with a focus on bilinguals. Selected Contents: How Does Language Affect Thought? View from Anthropology. View from Cognitive Linguistics. Interactive Influences. Tools for Thinking. L2 User. Perspective from Semantics. Advances in Bilingualism. Bilingual Worlds. Color & Bilingual Cognition. Spatial Language & SLA. Perception of Motion. Expressing Voluntary Motion in a L2. Sensitivity to Temporal Phase. Grammatical & Conceptual Gender of Animals. Space & Gesture. Interpreting & Recounting Accidental Events in Spanish and English. Theory of Mind & Bilingual Cognition. Bilingualism & the Impact of Emotion. Emotions in Bilingual Life Narratives. Linguistic Relativity & Language Teaching. Translation. Culture & Cognition. Advertising to the Buy-Lingual Consumer Psychology Press «Market: Psycholinguistics December 2010: 234x156: 594pp Hb: 978-1-84872-924-7: £45.00/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83685-9: £45.00/01

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Lake City, USA and Cecil R. Reynolds, in Private Practice, USA

psychology 195

Multi-Team Systems

Nadia Revisited

An Organization Form for Dynamic and Complex Environments

A Longitudinal Study of Savant Syndrome

Edited by Stephen J. Zaccaro and Michelle Marks, both at George Mason University, USA and Leslie De Church, University of Central Florida, USA

This book re-examines the case of Nadia, a child aged six who had been drawing with phenomenal skill and visual realism from the age of three, despite having autism and severe learning difficulties. Nadia’s abilities are contextualised amongst recent studies of the drawing development of normal/average children, and the anomaly which Nadia represents is examined. The book analyses how these research findings can be used to discuss broad theories of developmental psychology, and the possible links between prodigious talents and underlying neurological dysfunction.

This book examines an emerging organizational form called multi-team systems (MTS). This type of aggregation is being increasingly adopted by organizations and agencies that need to respond to complex strategic problems. The book will also explore how such systems emerge and develop, as well as the methods for studying MTSs. Because the notion of MTSs cuts across multiple domains, we expect that this book will interest scholars in industrial/organizational psychology, organizational science, management and organizational theory, human factors, sociology, organization communications, and public administration. Psychology Press April 2011: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-84872-869-1: £45.95/01

Lorna Selfe, Clinical Practice, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Nadia: Then and Now 2. The Drawings 3. Nadia and Normal Representational Drawing Ability 4. Nadia and Autism 5. Theories of the Savant Syndrome 6. Where Does Nadia Fit In? 7. Unanswered Questions Psychology Press «Market: Developmental Psychology February 2011: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84872-038-1: £29.95/01

2nd Edition

Handbook of Self-Regulation *

Neuroscience of Decision Making

Research, Theory, and Applications

Edited by Oshin Vartanian and David R. Mandel, both at Defence Research and Development, Canada

’Vohs and Baumeister have assembled an impressive range of contributors ... It is difficult to imagine how someone could be a researcher in the field of self-regulation, or a serious student of the topic, without owning a copy of this book.’ – David C. Funder, University of California, Riverside, USA This authoritative Handbook reviews the breadth of current knowledge on the conscious and nonconscious processes by which people regulate their thoughts, emotions, attention, behavior, and impulses. Individual differences in self-regulatory capacities are explored, as are developmental pathways. The volume examines how self-regulation shapes, and is shaped by, social relationships. Failures of self-regulation are also addressed, in chapters on addictions, overeating, compulsive spending, and attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder.


Guilford Press «Market: Psychology December 2010: 246x174: 594pp Hb: 978-1-60623-948-3: £54.00/01 Pb: 978-1-59385-475-1: £24.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-991-3 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Contemporary Topics in Cognitive Neuroscience This volume capitalizes on recent advances in the neurosciences to address key issues in behavioral decision theory, with implications for psychology, economics, and law. Leading researchers provide a broad overview of how decision processes may be grounded within a brain model. Selected Contents: 2-alternative Forcedchoice Decision Making (DM). Why Does it Take Time to Make a Decision? Emotions in DM. Neuroscience of Financial DM. Uncertainty and Neuromodulation. DM under Risk and Uncertainty. Reward-related Processing in the Human Striatum. Neural Mechanisms of Reward and Punishment Learning in the Brain. Reward and Punishment Processing in the Brain. Neural Foundations of Strategic Behavior. Neural Bases of Social DM. Social and Biological Influences on Trust and Cooperation. Making Judgments at Face Value. Goal-directed and Spontaneous Forms of Thought. ‘Well, What Do You Want to Do?’ Cognitive Neuroscience View of Plan DM. Decision Junctures in the Creative Process Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Neuroscience March 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-84169-489-4: £39.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83592-0: £39.95/01

E-mail: for more information


Edited by Kathleen D. Vohs, University of Minnesota, USA and Roy F. Baumeister, Florida State University, USA eBooks are only available to order online

196 psychology

Rethinking the Knowledge Controversy in Organization Studies

Social Understanding and Social Lives From Toddlerhood through to the Transition to School Claire Hughes, University of Cambridge, UK

A Generative Uncertainty Perspective

Series: Essays in Developmental Psychology

Walter Nord and Ann Connell, both at University of South Florida, USA Series: Series in Organization and Management Recently the field of organization studies has been plagued by intense, disruptive controversy about what counts as knowledge. This book, written by the major researchers and voices in the field of organization studies , attempts to respond to this controversy by offering the topic of ‘generative uncertainty’ as the primary vehicle for rethinking about this issue. The authors prefer admitting uncertainty to making unwarranted assumptions. The ideas about questioning the possibility of knowledge that is certain goes back to before the time of Socrates. This unique, historical look at the study of organization studies will be of interest to all students and scholars of this field. Routledge Academic «Market: April 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-87512-7: £44.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83339-1: £44.95/01

Based on rich observational data from her extended longitudinal study, this book examines the varied nature of children’s awareness of others’ thoughts from both social and cognitive perspectives, and investigates the real-life significance of individual differences in theory of mind. It analyses the differences in children’s ability to self-regulate, their general language skills and the quantity and quality of family conversations, to explain why some children show a much more advanced social understanding than others. It also examines the quality of children’s interactions with friends, their ability to resolve conflict without resorting to antisocial or disruptive behavior, and diverse aspects of school adjustment. Selected Contents: Part 1: Cognitive Perspectives on Social Understanding Part 2: Social Influences on Children’s Understanding of Mind Part 3: Social Understanding and Social Outcomes Psychology Press «Market: Developmental Psychology February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84169-735-2: £29.95/01

4th Edition

IBM SPSS for Intermediate Statistics Statistical Approaches to Use and Interpretation Measurement Invariance Nancy L. Leech, University of Colorado at Denver, USA, George A. Morgan and Karen C. Barrett, both at Colorado State University, USA

Roger Millsap, Arizona State University, USA

Routledge Academic «Market: Statistics April 2011: 276x219: 300pp Pb: 978-0-415-88047-3: £19.95/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-6267-6

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge Academic «Market: Measurement April 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-84872-818-9: £50.00/01 Pb: 978-1-84872-819-6: £24.99/01

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Readers learn to analyze and interpret research data using SPSS 19 with this book. It reviews how to choose the statistic based on the design; interpret output; and write about the results. All of the key SPSS windows needed to perform the analyses are provided along with outputs with call-out boxes to highlight key points, interpretation questions, and extra problems for review. It reviews how to assess the accuracy and reliability of data and an overview of basic statistics. Chapters on multilevel linear modeling, MANOVA, assessing reliability of data, and factor analysis are provided. Realistic data sets used in the book and SPSS syntax and output are available on the web. Appreciated by researchers in psychology, education, social, and health sciences, the new edition features more on assumptions and effect size measures and multilevel modeling.

This book reviews the statistical procedures used to detect measurement bias. Measurement bias is examined from a general latent variable perspective so as to accommodate different forms of testing in a variety of contexts including cognitive or clinical variables, attitudes, personality dimensions, or emotional states. Measurement models that underlie psychometric practice are described, including their strengths and limitations. Practical strategies and examples for dealing with bias detection are provided throughout. Emphasis is placed on latent variable models, with introductions to classical test theory, factor analysis, and item response theory, and the controversies associated with each. Measurement invariance and bias in the context of multiple populations is defined. Researchers in psychology and education faced with considering bias in measurement will value this book.

psychology 197

Theories of Team Cognition Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives Edited by Eduardo Salas, University of Central Florida, Stephen M. Fiore, University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA and Michael Letsky Series: Applied Psychology Series Teamwork, by definition, is achieved when members interact independently and work together toward shared and valued goals. Expert teamwork involves the adaptation of collaboration strategies through coordination, cooperation, and communication as well a collective understanding of the task. Cognitive psychology has substantially influenced the study of teams. Now much crossdisciplinary attention has focused on determining how cognitive processes contribute to effective team performance. This book will gather a group of well known contributors/scientists in the field of shared cognition, team cognition and the emerging field of macrocognition. Routledge Academic «Market: Team Performance & Cognition February 2011: 234x156: 340pp Hb: 978-0-415-87413-7: £50.00/01

4th Edition textbook

The Nature of Adolescence *

Therapeutic Processes for Communication Disorders * A Guide for Clinicians and Students Edited by Robert J. Fourie, University College Cork, Ireland Authors in the fields of communication disorders analyse the psychological, social and linguistic processes and interactions underpinning clinical practice, from both the client and clinician perspectives.The chapters demonstrate how it is possible to analyze and understand client-clinician discourse using qualitative research, and describe various challenges to establishing relationships such as cultural, gender and age differences. The authors go on to describe self-care processes, the therapeutic use of the self, and various psychological factors that could be important for developing therapeutic relationships. While this book is geared toward the needs of practicing and training speech, language and hearing clinicians, other professional such as teachers of the deaf, psychotherapists, nurses, and occupational therapists will find the ideas relevant, interesting and easily translatable for use in their own clinical practice. Psychology Press «Market: Clinical Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-84872-041-1: £34.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83970-6: £34.95/14

John Coleman, Oxford University, UK Series: Adolescence and Society Series ’This book is unique in bringing together perspectives on adolescence from psychology, psychoanalysis, anthropology, neuroscience and criminology. It is essential reading for all those who wish to understand young people.’ – John Pitts, University of Bedfordshire, UK The new edition of this successful textbook provides an up-to-date introduction to all of the key features of adolescent development. This is essential reading for students of human development, as well as for professional postgraduate courses, including teachers, social workers, health workers, counsellors, and youth workers. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Physical Development 3. Thinking and Reasoning 4. The Self and Identity 5. The Family 6. Health 7. Sexual Development 8. Adolescence and Education 9. Friends and the Peer Group 10. Anti-Social Behaviour 11. Risk, Resilience and Coping in Adolescence Routledge «Market: Adolescent Development December 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56419-9: £52.50/01 Pb: 978-0-415-56420-5: £18.50/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-19898-1 eBooks are only available to order online

mental health


198 psychology


6. ADD-Friendly Ways to Organize Your Life

Why Love Matters How Affection Shapes a Baby’s Brain Sue Gerhardt

Strategies that Work from a Professional Organizer and a Renowned ADD Clinician

2004: 198x129: 256pp Pb: 978-1-58391-817-3: £9.99/06

Judith Kolberg and Kathleen Nadeau 2002: 254x178: 280pp Pb: 978-1-58391-358-1: £13.50/01


7. Counselling for Toads

Discovering Your Couple Sexual Style

A Psychological Adventure Robert de Board

Sharing Desire, Pleasure, and Satisfaction

1997: 198x129: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-17429-9: £12.50/06


Barry W. McCarthy and Emily McCarthy 2009: 229x152: 152pp Pb: 978-0-415-99469-9: £9.99/04

8. Skills-based Learning for Caring for a Loved One with an Eating Disorder

Rekindling Desire A Step-by-Step Program to Help Low-Sex and No-Sex Marriages Barry McCarthy and Emily McCarthy

The New Maudsley Method

2003: 210x140: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-93551-7: £12.50/01

Janet Treasure, Gráinne Smith and Anna Crane 2007: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-43158-3: £13.50/06


9. Depression

How to Overcome Premature Ejaculation

The Way Out of Your Prison

Helen Singer Kaplan

Dorothy Rowe

1989: : 128pp Pb: 978-0-87630-542-3: £13.50/01

3rd Edition

2003: 197X130: 344pp Pb: 978-1-58391-286-7: £9.99/04

10. Getting Better Bit(e) by Bit(e)

Child Parent Relationship Therapy (CPRT)

A Survival Kit for Sufferers of Bulimia Nervosa and Binge Eating Disorders

A 10-Session Filial Therapy Model

Ulrike Schmidt and Janet Treasure

Garry L. Landreth and Sue C. Bratton

1993: 233x169: 160pp Pb: 978-0-86377-322-8: £13.50/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

2005: 229x152: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-95110-4: £26.95/01

D +44 (0)1235 400525



clinical psychology & psychiatry 199

Ageing and Older Adult Mental Health Issues and Implications for Practice Edited by Patrick Ryan and Barry J. Coughlan, both at the University of Limerick, Ireland

Desistance from Sex Offending * Alternatives to Throwing Away the Keys D. Richard Laws, Pacific Design Research, Canada and Tony Ward, Victoria Univesrity of Wellington, New Zealand ’This book is an essential resource for clinicians, researchers, and policymakers ... Students would benefit from the excellent integration of research and theory into clinical practice, and would find the fresh perspective on rehabilitation to be eye opening.’ – Elizabeth L. Jeglic, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, USA

’The authors are to be congratulated for editing a highly accessible book on ageing and mental health.’ – Alan Carr, University College Dublin, Ireland This book examines the issues and implications that mental health professionals face when dealing with ageing and older adults. It focuses on the biological, psychological and cultural influences that impact on the work of mental health practitioners. Selected Contents: Ryan, O’Rourke, Ward, Aherne, Historical and Current Perspectives. O’Connell Kehoe, Coughlan Assessment of Mental Health Issues. Dempsey, Coughlan Treatment of Mental Health Issues. O’Reilly, Lavin, Coughlan Ageing and Dementia. O’Donoghue, Ryan Depression and Ageing. Smith, Elder Abuse. Ryan, O’Sullivan, Smyth Older Adults: Key to the Success of Younger Generations Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58289-6: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-58290-2: £21.99/04

CBT for Psychosis *

This book offers a fresh perspective on treating a population that is often demonized by policymakers, the public, and even clinicians. The authors argue that most sex offenders are ‘people like us,’ with the potential to lead meaningful, law-abiding lives – if given a chance and appropriate support. They present an empirically and theoretically grounded rehabilitation approach, the Good Lives Model, which can be integrated with the assessment and intervention approaches that clinicians already use. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry November 2010: 229x152: 306pp Hb: 978-1-60623-935-3: £30.50/01

3rd Edition

A Symptom-Based Approach Edited by Roger Hagen, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway, Douglas Turkington, Newcastle University, UK, Torkil Berge, Vinderen Community Mental Health Centre, Norway and Rolf W. Gråwe, Drug and Alcohol Treatment, Norway

Handbook of Pain Assessment Dennis C. Turk, University of Washington, USA and Ronald Melzack, McGill University, Canada ’There is simply no other text or resource that so thoroughly defines the current status of pain assessment ... This well-written, easy-to-read volume from some of the most eminent specialists in the field should be required reading for all health professionals who come into contact with people in pain.’ – Margaret Caudill-Slosberg, Dartmouth Medical School, USA

Series: The International Society for the Psychological Treatments of the Schizophrenias and Other Psychoses

This book brings together international experts from different aspects of this fast developing field and will be of great interest to all mental health professionals working with people suffering from psychotic symptoms.


Selected Contents: Part I: Cognitive Models of Psychosis and Their Assessment Part II: Treating Psychotic Symptoms Using CBT Part III: CBT and Co-morbid Problems Part IV: CBT and Bipolar Disorders Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry / Cognitive Behaviour Therapy December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-54946-2: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54947-9: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83267-7: £60.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


This definitive clinical reference comprehensively reviews the most advanced methods for assessing the person in pain. The field’s leading authorities present essential information and tools for evaluating psychosocial, behavioral, situational, and medical factors in patients’ subjective experience, functional impairment, and response to treatment. Best-practice recommendations are provided for assessing the most prevalent pain syndromes and for working with children, the elderly, and people with communication difficulties. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry December 2010: 254x178: 542pp Hb: 978-1-60623-976-6: £51.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5723-0488-8

E-mail: for more information


This book offers a new approach to understanding and treating psychotic symptoms using cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT). Stressing the important connection between mental illness and mental health, topics of discussion include: the assessment and formulation of psychotic symptoms; how to treat psychotic symptoms using CBT; CBT for specific and co morbid conditions; and CBT of bipolar disorders. eBooks are only available to order online

200 clinical psychology & psychiatry

Scientific Foundations of Clinical Assessment

The Promise of Integrated Healthcare

Stephen N. Haynes, University of Hawaii, USA, Gregory Taylor Smith, University of Kentucky, USA and John D. Hunsley, University of Ottawa, Canada

Edited by Nicholas A. Cummings and William T. O’Donohue, both at the University of Nevada, Reno, USA The Promise of Integrated Healthcare is a necessary book, edited and contributed to by a great variety of authors from academia, government, and industry. The book takes a bold look at what reforms are needed in healthcare and provides reforms and specific recommendations. Some of the serious concerns about the healthcare system that Cummings, DeLeon, O’Donohue, and contributors address include access problems, safety problems, costs problems, the uninsured, and problems with efficacy. When students, practitioners, researchers, and policy makers finish reading this book they will have not just a greater idea of what problems still exist in healthcare, but, more importantly, a clearer idea of how to tackle them and provide much-needed reform.

Series: Foundations of Clinical Science and Practice Scientific Foundations of Clinical Assessment is a user-friendly overview of the most important science-based principles and concepts of clinical assessment. It provides readers with a science-based framework for interpreting assessment research and making good assessment decisions, such as selecting the best instruments and measures, and interpreting the obtained assessment data. Written in a direct and highly readable fashion, this text is one every professional and graduate student needs. Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry April 2011: 229x152: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-87650-6: £52.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-87651-3: £15.50/04

Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry May 2011: 229x152: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-87643-8: £24.95/08

2nd Edition

The Aging Intellect * Douglas Powell, Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts, USA The Aging Intellect is written for the large number of professionals, including social workers, nurses, retirement home administrators, doctors, psychologists, pastors and others, who oversee the well being of elderly women and men. It provides elder care workers with an array of suggestions (beyond exercising and eating right) that can improve, maintain or maximize the quality of their client’s mental abilities for as long as possible. The Aging Intellect serves its purpose by addressing four major issues associated with agerelated cognitive decline, each of which has a solid research footing and is within the reach of most seniors. Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry / Gerontology May 2011: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-99685-3: £19.50/08 eBook: 978-0-203-88250-4: £19.50/01

Understanding Research in Clinical and Counseling Psychology Edited by Jay C. Thomas and Michel Hersen, both at Pacific University, Oregon, USA Understanding Research in Clinical and Counseling Psychology, Second Edition is designed and written for graduate students aspiring to careers in practice and presents research as an indispensable tool for practice. Contributing authors are experts in both psychological research and practice, and fulfill their goal of helping build the basic skills of how to utilize research findings and to communicate with researchers what new knowledge is most needed. The book is divided into four parts that organizes topics logically for students around introductory basics, research strategies, planning, doing, and interpreting research, and special issues. Overall, the coverage gives students all the relevant information they need and reflects research in the real world.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry April 2011: 229x152: 528pp Pb: 978-0-415-99221-3: £38.95/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83170-0: £77.90/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-3671-4

psychotherapy & counselling 201

A Clinician’s Guide to Effective Dropping the Baby and Career Counseling for Individuals Other Scary Thoughts Breaking the Cycle of Unwanted Thoughts in Motherhood with Psychiatric Disabilities Michael Walsh has created a practical and user-friendly guide for mental health professionals who perform career counseling work with patients who have psychiatric disabilities. This guide discusses how to handle career counseling in a recovery-friendly way, emphasizing the importance of vocational counseling with this group. Topics covered include the unique challenges one faces when working with this group, how acquiring and maintaining employment aids in the recovery process, and helpful suggestions for strengthening client motivation. Each chapter includes a list of additional resources and discussion questions, as well as numerous case studies, that will no doubt be of great help to the practitioner. Walsh’s light and engaging writing style and focus on practical information make this handbook both easily accessible and a valuable resource for the clinician. Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counseling March 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99704-1: £53.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-99705-8: £17.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88426-3: £53.00/01

2nd Edition

Attachment, Trauma and Multiplicity * Working with Dissociative Identity Disorder Edited by Valerie Sinason, Clinic for Dissociative Studies, UK This revised edition investigates the subject of Dissociative Identity Disorder. With new chapters on police work and attachment theory it has been fully updated to include new research.With contributions from psychotherapists, psychiatrists, psychoanalysts and service users this book covers the background history and a description of the condition along with the issues of diagnoses and treatment. It looks at: the phenomenon of DID; the conflicting models of the human mind that have been found to try and understand DID; and the political conflict over the subject.


Selected Contents: Part I: Mapping the Territory: Childhood Aetiology, Abuse, Attachment Theory Research, Dissociation, Dissociative Identity Disorder Part II: Attachment Focus: Mainly Theory Part III: Attachment Focus – Mainly Practice Part IV: Other frames of reference: Linguistic, Diagnostic, Forensic and Historic Issues Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling December 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-49179-2: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49181-5: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83114-4: £60.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-19555-3 for e-mail updates in your field


Karen Kleiman, The Postpartum Stress Center, USA and Amy Wenzel, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Dropping the Baby and Other Scary Thoughts: Breaking the Cycle of Unwanted Thoughts in Motherhood addresses the nature of the intrusive, negative, and anxious thoughts pregnant and postpartum women can experience. It provides answers to the women who seek information, clarification, and validation and is a useful resource for healthcare professionals who work with them. It is a resource for consumers and clinicians who must confront these negative cognitions by outlining what these thoughts are, why they are there, and what can be done about them. The compassionate tone of the book will be a voice that is familiar to many women in the postpartum community. This book is written by two clinicians who have established themselves as leading experts and authors in this specialized field. Routledge «Market: Anxiety / Parenting January 2011: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-87700-8: £13.99/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83561-6: £13.99/01

2nd Edition

Making Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Work * Clinical Process for New Practitioners Deborah Roth Ledley, in Private Practice, Philadelphia, USA, Brian P. Marx, Boston University, USA and Richard G. Heimberg, Temple University, USA ’I wish this kind of clinical resource had been available when I was a doctoral student learning CBT! ... A wonderful resource for the psychotherapist in training or for the experienced practitioner new to CBT methods. Most highly recommended as a classroom or practicum textbook.’ – Bruce A. Thyer, Florida State University, USA Used around the world by novice clinicians as well as experienced therapists new to cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), this bestselling book has been widely adopted as a text in clinical training programs. The authors provide a vivid picture of what it is actually like to do CBT and offer practical guidance for becoming a more skilled and confident clinician. Vignettes and examples illustrate the entire process of therapy, from intake and assessment to case conceptualization, treatment planning, intervention, and termination. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 289pp Hb: 978-1-60623-912-4: £27.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5938-5142-2

E-mail: for more information


Michael J. Walsh, University of South Carolina, USA eBooks are only available to order online

202 psychotherapy & counselling 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Favorite Counseling and Therapy Techniques *

Favorite Counseling and Therapy Homework Assignments *

Edited by Howard Rosenthal, St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley, USA

Edited by Howard Rosenthal, St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley, USA

In the new edition of this highly popular book, Howard Rosenthal once again brings together a group of prominent therapists who share their insightful, pioneering, and favorite therapeutic techniques. These therapists include such well-known figures as Albert Ellis, Arnold Lazarus, William Glasser, Raymond Corsini, and Allen E. Ivey. All of the entries in the previous edition are once again included, some unaltered and others updated, while several new chapters have been added to reflect the newest advancements in the counseling field. For practitioners wondering what methods to use when working with clients and what they can prescribe for them between sessions, or for those who simply are interested in gaining insight into the thoughts and minds of such eminent therapists, the more than 50 entries in this text are sure to be both highly useful and exciting reads.

This companion to Favorite Counseling and Therapy Techniques contains more than fifty handouts and homework assignments used by some of the finest and most renowned therapists in the world, such as Albert Ellis, William Glasser, Richard B. Bolles, Alan E. Ivey, Marianne Schneider Corey, Gerald Corey, Maxie C. Maultsby, Jr., and Peter R. Breggin. Several new entries have been added to reflect the newest advancements in the counseling field. This is sure to be a highly useful and insightful read for any practitioner wishing to learn new techniques to benefit their practice and patients.

Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counseling February 2011: 229x152: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-87104-4: £21.95/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86977-2: £21.95/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5603-2667-0

2nd Edition

Foundations of Ethical Practice, Research, and Teaching in Psychology and Counseling

Mindfulness and the Therapeutic Relationship

Karen Strohm Kitchener, University of Denver, USA and Sharon K. Anderson, Colorado State University, USA

Edited by Steven F. Hick, Carleton University, Canada and Thomas Bien, in Private Practice, Albuquerque, USA

In Foundations of Ethical Practice, Research, and Teaching in Psychology and Counseling, Kitchener and Anderson lay a conceptual foundation for thinking well about ethical problems. Whereas the first edition focused mainly on ethical reasoning and decision-making, this new edition draws more explicitly on all components of James Rest’s model of moral/ethical behavior, including sensitivity, decision-making, motivation, and the ego strength to follow through on the decision. The book addresses five key principles of ethical decision making and includes updated sections on research, teaching and supervision, and practice. It discusses the relationship of the ethical principles and the model of ethical decision-making to professional ethical codes, while offering discussion questions, case scenarios, and activities to help the reader focus on ethical character and virtue.

Grounded in research, chapters demonstrate how therapists’ own mindfulness practice can help them to listen more attentively and be more fully present. Leading proponents of different treatment approaches – including behavioral, psychodynamic, and family systems perspectives – illustrate a variety of ways that mindfulness principles can complement standard techniques and improve outcomes by strengthening the connection between therapist and client. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / Cognitive Behaviour Therapy September 2010: 229x152: 240pp Pb: 978-1-60918-019-5: £16.95/01

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counseling / Clinical Psychology February 2011: 254x178: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-96541-5: £31.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-89383-8: £31.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-2309-7

D +44 (0)1235 400525


’Leading scholars from diverse orientations address mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship with regard to issues of definition, measurement, treatment, and training. The result is a significant contribution to the literature – one that will be greatly appreciated by clinical practitioners, researchers, graduate students, and instructors.’ – J. Christopher Muran, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, USA

order now!

Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counseling February 2011: 229x152: 392pp Pb: 978-0-415-87105-1: £21.95/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86976-5: £21.95/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5839-1065-8

psychotherapy & counselling 203

Mindfulness- and Acceptance-Based Behavioral Therapies in Practice *

The Mindful Way Through Anxiety Break Free from Chronic Worry and Reclaim Your Life Susan M. Orsillo, Suffolk University, Boston, USA and Lizabeth Roemer, University of Massachusetts, Boston, USA

Lizabeth Roemer, University of Massachusetts, Boston, USA and Susan M. Orsillo, Suffolk University, Boston, USA

’By far the most sophisticated and engaging guide I have seen on mindfulness and anxiety. This book is a gem ... It is an excellent resource for anyone who seeks a path to freedom from anxiety and stress.’ – Christopher K. Germer, Author of The Mindful Path to Self-Compassion

Series: Guides to Individualized Evidence-Based Treatment ’This is the shape of things to come – a book that should be read by every clinician and clinical trainee who wants to stay abreast of advances in psychological treatments.’ – David H. Barlow, Boston University and Center for Anxiety and Related Disorders, USA Accessible and practical, this book provides a unified framework for integrating acceptance and mindfulness into cognitive-behavioral practice. The authors interweave elements of acceptance and commitment therapy, mindfulnessbased cognitive therapy, mindfulness-based relapse prevention, and dialectical behavior therapy. They demonstrate how to conduct an assessment, develop a case formulation, and derive a flexible treatment plan for each patient. Vivid case examples and transcripts illustrate the entire process of therapy, showing how treatment can be tailored for different presenting problems and concerns. More than two dozen reproducible handouts and forms are included. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling January 2011: 254x178: 244pp Pb: 978-1-60623-999-5: £16.95/01

3rd Edition textbook

Psychoeducational Groups Process and Practice

Anxiety constrains the lives of millions, leaving sufferers exhausted, stressed, and overwhelmed. And the things most people do to try to feel better – avoiding feared situations, pushing worry out of mind – only make the problem worse. Leading psychologists Susan M. Orsillo and Lizabeth Roemer provide a powerful new alternative: they help readers fundamentally change their relationship to anxiety. With clarity and compassion, the authors describe how to gain awareness of anxious feelings without letting them escalate; reap the benefits for emotional and physical well-being; and open life to inspiring new possibilities. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / Self-Help February 2011: 229x152: 308pp Hb: 978-1-60623-982-7: £27.00/01 Pb: 978-1-60623-464-8: £10.99/01

2nd Edition

The Bipolar Disorder Survival Guide What You and Your Family Need to Know David J. Miklowitz, Oxford University, UK ’A practical, straightforward book that will be a great help to those who have bipolar illness, as well as their families. I could not recommend this book more highly.’ – Kay R. Jamison, Author of An Unquiet Mind

Nina W. Brown, Old Dominion University, USA


Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counseling February 2011: 254x178: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-88239-2: £24.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-84778-7: £49.95/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-94602-5 for e-mail updates in your field


A bipolar diagnosis can be overwhelming to sufferers and their family members. They need trustworthy information and support for finding the right treatment and coping with the illness’s devastating ups and downs. Over 200,000 readers have already found exactly that in this indispensable guide from a leading expert. Explaining the disorder’s causes, diagnosis, and best current treatments, David J. Miklowitz shows how to plan for and reduce recurrences of mood symptoms, make needed lifestyle changes to stay well, and strengthen relationships strained by the illness. Readers love the user-friendly tone, true-to-life stories, checklists, worksheets, and practical problem-solving advice. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / Self-Help January 2011: 254x178: 354pp Hb: 978-1-60623-983-4: £30.50/01 Pb: 978-1-60623-542-3: £12.99/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5723-0712-4

E-mail: for more information


This third edition of Psychoeducational Groups remains the only comprehensive, user-friendly guide to planning, implementing, facilitating, and evaluating psychoeducational groups. It presents all the necessary information to prepare leaders of a psychoeducational group through group design and practice. Included are step-bystep guidelines on how to initiate group sessions, construct group objectives, engage group members, monitor progress, and establish evaluation and follow-up guidelines. Emphasis is placed on the personal growth and development of the group leader, with careful consideration given to increasing awareness of personal issues and the potential impact that a leader can have on the group. New to this edition are chapters on cultural and diversity factors; risk management and ethics; groups for relating and communication; and groups in educational, agency, and workplace settings. eBooks are only available to order online

204 psychotherapy & counselling

Tackling Depression at Work *

The Therapeutic Alliance *

A Practical Guide for Employees and Managers

An Evidence-Based Guide to Practice

Kerrie Eyers, Black Dog Institute, Australia and Gordon Parker, University of New South Wales and Black Dog Institute, Australia

Edited by J. Christopher Muran, Adelphi University, New York, USA and Jacques P. Barber, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Figures suggest that more than 10 percent of people in the workforce struggle with depression. Both employees and their managers are looking for the same outcome: recovery and return to best functioning. This book explains the key issues that arise and offers proven strategies employees and managers can take. With insightful advice from workers who’ve learned to manage their disorder on the job, this book offers invaluable support for any worker with depression. It is also an invaluable resource for line managers and human resource managers. Selected Contents: Sizing Things Up: The Prevalence of Workplace Disability. Reading the Game: Well-pitched Intervention and Support. When Someone’s ‘Off Their Game’: Signals that Indicate a Problem. Early Intervention Scores Goals: Managerial Strategies. Carrying an Injury Into the Game: To Disclose or Not to Disclose Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / Self Help December 2010: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60171-9: £44.95/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60172-6: £9.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83108-3: £44.95/14

The Resilient Practitioner * Burnout Prevention and Self-Care Strategies for Counselors, Therapists, Teachers, and Health Professionals Thomas Skovholt, University of Minnesota, USA and Michelle Trotter-Mathison, Boynton Health Center, USA Series: Counseling and Psychotherapy: Investigating Practice from Scientific, Historical, and Cultural Perspectives

This state-of-the-art book presents researchbased practice guidelines that clinicians of any orientation can use to optimize the therapeutic alliance. Leading proponents of the major psychotherapeutic approaches explain just what a good alliance is, how to create it, and how to recognize and repair alliance ruptures. Applications in individual, group, couple, and family therapy are explored; case examples vividly illustrate the concepts and techniques. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-1-60623-873-8: £27.00/01

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Distinctive Features Paul E. Flaxman, City University, UK, J.T. Blackledge, Morehead State University, Kentucky, USA and Frank W. Bond, University of London, UK Series: CBT Distinctive Features ACT focuses on accepting and dealing with uncomfortable thoughts and feelings. Divided into two sections; theory and practice, this book summarises the key features of ACT in 30 concise points and explains how this technique differs from traditional cognitive behaviour therapy. This book provides an excellent guide to ACT. Its straightforward format will appeal to those who are new to the field and provide a handy reference tool for experienced clinicians.

This informative and inspirational volume creates a map for new mental health practitioners – one that provides a positive trinity of validity, clarity, and hope for novices, their teachers, and their supervisors. Selected Contents: Opening Up Your Life to the Excitement of the Helping Professions. The Novice Advantage. The Curse of Ambiguity and Other Ills and What to Do about Them. Who am I Becoming? Novice Critical Incidents. Developing Habits of Culturally Competent Practice. Issues, Concerns and Tips for the Novice Practitioner. Clash of Cultures. The Holding World of Supervisors, Mentors and Peers. Accelerating Development Along the Novice to Expert Path. The Cycle of Caring. Developing Practitioner Resiliency. The Enormous Meaning of the Work Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counseling February 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-98938-1: £56.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-98939-8: £22.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-89332-6

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: Part I: The Distinctive Theoretical Features of ACT. Developments within CBT. Relational Frame Theory. Mindfulness and Behaviour Change. ACT and CBT: Assumptive Differences. Part II: The Distinctive Practical Features of ACT. ACT-based Case Conceptualization. Promoting Active Acceptance. Cultivating Mindfulness to Promote Contact with the Present Moment. Clarifying Values. ACT in Groups and Non-clinical Contexts Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counseling November 2010: 186x123: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-45065-2: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-45066-9: £9.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83468-8: £50.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


2nd Edition

’Drawing together leading contributors to psychotherapy research, training, and practice, Muran and Barber provide an unparalleled opportunity to develop a critically balanced, researchinformed understanding of key factors ... I have no doubt that this book will become an ‘instant classic’ in the field of psychotherapy, one that will continue to shape alliance research and practice in the years to come.’ – Lynne E. Angus, York University, Canada

Couples & Family Therapy 205 2nd Edition

Handbook of Clinical Issues in Couple Therapy Edited by Joseph L Wetchler, Purdue University, USA Handbook of Clinical Issues in Couple Therapy is a comprehensive overview of emerging issues that impact couple therapy, all in a single volume. While other guides concentrate more on the approaches themselves, this invaluable source provides the latest research and perspectives every clinician needs when dealing with challenging issues often found in practice. This carefully referenced book is divided into five important areas and discusses in detail several of the most crucial aspects of each major issue. Issues explored include intimate partner violence, posttraumatic stress disorder and its effect on couple relationships, divorce therapy, remarriage and cohabitation issues, cultural issues and couple therapist training. Handbook of Clinical Issues in Couple Therapy is valuable, insightful reading for couple therapists, family therapists, counselors, psychologists, social workers, pastoral counselors, educators, and graduate students.

Restoration Therapy Understanding and Guiding Healing in Marriage and Family Therapy Terry D. Hargrave, Fuller Theological Seminary and Amarillo Family Institute, USA Restoration Therapy introduces the reader to the essential elements of its namesake and from there guides clinicians to a systemic understanding of how certain forces lead to destructive cycles in relationships which perpetuate more and more dysfunction among members. Restoration Therapy will revolutionize the effectiveness of family of origin therapy. Clients and therapists both will understand issues more clearly, experience the impacts that emotion can have on insight, and practice the process so more loving and trustworthy relationships can take hold in the intergenerational family. Routledge «Market: Couples and Family Therapy May 2011: 229x152: 214pp Hb: 978-0-415-87625-4: £52.99/08 Pb: 978-0-415-87626-1: £19.50/04 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Couples and Family Therapy April 2011: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-80475-2: £43.95/08 Pb: 978-0-415-80476-9: £21.95/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83259-2: £43.95/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-7890-3657-5 eBooks are only available to order online

206 psychoanalysis

Between Winnicott and Lacan

Toward Mutual Recognition

A Clinical Engagement

Relational Psychoanalysis and the Christian Narrative

Edited by Lewis A. Kirshner, Boston Psychoanalytic Institute, USA

Marie T. Hoffman, Brookhaven Center for Counseling and Development, Pennsylvania, USA

D.W. Winnicott and Jacques Lacan are arguably two of the most important psychoanalytic theoreticians since Freud, and, somewhat ironically, seemingly two of the most incompatible. But the possibility of a psychoanalytic treatment that can move and develop between the two need not be an illusion. In Between Winnicott and Lacan, Lewis Kirshner and his colleagues attempt to demonstrate how the intellectual contributions of these two figures – such as Winnicott’s self and Lacan’s subject – complement productively despite their apparent contrast. Throughout the book, their major concepts are clarified and differentiated, but always with an eye toward points of intersection and a more effective psychoanalytic practice. Furthermore, these contributors address the Winnicott-Lacan relationship itself and the evolution of their respective theories. The book is peppered with detailed clinical examples of how integrations of their ideas have been utilized with patients directly. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis March 2011: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-88373-3: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-88374-0: £18.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84336-9: £50.00/14

Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series In Toward Mutual Recognition, Marie Hoffman, coming from a Christian perspective, suggests that the current relational turn in psychoanalysis has been influenced by numerous theorists – analysts and philosophers alike – who were themselves shaped by an embedded Christian narrative. As a result, the redemptive concepts of incarnation, crucifixion, and resurrection – central to the tenets of Christianity – can be traced to relational theories, emerging analogously in the transformative process of mutual recognition in the concepts of identification, surrender, and gratitude, a trilogy which she develops as forming the ‘path of recognition.’ Each movement on this path of recognition is given thought-provoking, in-depth attention, utilizing the theoretical perspectives of Benjamin, Hegel, and Ricouer. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis January 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-99913-7: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-99914-4: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88127-9: £55.00/14

new in paperback

Awakening the Dreamer

Masculine Shame

Clinical Journeys

From Succubus to the Eternal Feminine

Philip M. Bromberg, New York University, USA

Mary Y. Ayers, in Private Practice, USA

Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis December 2010: 229x152: 233pp Pb: 978-0-415-88808-0: £24.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

This book explores the idea that the image of the succubus, a demonic female creature said to emasculate men and murder mothers and infants, has been created out of the masculine projection of shame and looks at how the transformation of this image can be traced through Western history, mythology, and Judeo-Christian literature. It places the image of the succubus at the very heart of psychoanalytic thought and as such will be of great interest to all those in the fields of analytical psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. Selected Contents: Part I: The Birth of Civilization and the Evolution of the Succubus Part II: The Image of the Succubus in the Writings of Freud and Jung Part III: From the Succubus as Child Killing Mother to the Restoration of the Eternal Feminine Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis December 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-39038-5: £55.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-39039-2: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-08613-1: £55.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Philip Bromberg continues his illuminating explorations into dissociation and clinical process. Among our most gifted clinical writers, he is unique in his ability to record peripheral variations in relatedness – those subtle, split-second changes that capture the powerful workings of dissociation and chart the changing self-states that analyst and patient bring to the moment. Laced with his characteristic honesty, humor, and thoughtfulness, these essays elegantly attest to the mind’s reliance on dissociation, in both normal and pathological variants, in the ongoing effort to maintain self-organization. Like Standing in the Spaces before it, Awakening the Dreamer is destined to become a permanent part of the literature on therapeutic process and change.

psychoanalysis 207

Intersubjective Processes and the Unconscious An Integration of Freudian, Kleinian and Bionian Perspectives Lawrence J. Brown, in Private Practice, USA

Reading Winnicott Edited by Lesley Caldwell, University College London, UK and Angela Joyce, Anna Freud Centre, UK Series: New Library of Psychoanalysis Teaching Series This book offers a selection of papers by the psychoanalyst and paediatrician Donald Winnicott. Taken together, these papers offer a summary of Winnicott’s work over a forty year period and provide an exploration and in-depth discussion of the mental health and well being of mothers, babies, children and families.

Series: The New Library of Psychoanalysis This book looks at how the minds of the therapist and the patient interact with each other in a profound and unconscious way: a concept first described by Freud. Topics of discussion include: • the unconscious dimensions of intersubjective processes • an historical overview of Freudian, Kleinian and Bionian contributions • the central importance of dreaming in intersubjective processes • the clinical implications. This book will be invaluable to all psychoanalysts interested in the topic of intersubjectivity as well as those who want to learn more about the interactional dimensions of Freud, Klein and Bion. Selected Contents: Klein, Bion and Intersubjectivity. An Integrated Model. Intersubjectivity and the Internalized Oedipal Couple. The Evolution of Thinking. Dreaming and Historicization in the Treatment of Traumatized Patients. The Triadic Intersubjective Matrix in Supervision Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis February 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60699-8: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60700-1: £22.99/04

Selected Contents: The Observation of Infants in a Set Situation. Primitive Emotional Development. Hate in The Countertransference. The Theory of the Parent-infant Relationship. The Development of the Capacity for Concern. Communicating and Not Communicating Leading to a Study of Certain Opposites. Fear of Breakdown. A Clinical Study of the Effect of a Failure of the Average. Playing: A Theoretical Statement. The Use of an Object and Relating Through Identifications. Creativity and Its Origins Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis December 2010: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-41594-1: £65.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-41595-8: £21.95/04

Object Relations in Depression *

Sexual Revolutions *

A Return To Theory

Psychoanalysis, History and the Father

Trevor Lubbe, in Private Practice, South Africa

Edited by Gottfried Heuer, in Private Practice, London, UK This is a major interdisciplinary enquiry into the history, nature and plausibility of the idea of a ‘sexual revolution’, drawing also on the related fields of history, law, criminology, literature, sociology and philosophy. Offering an international range of contributors, areas of discussion include:

This book examines the role of British Object Relations Theory in order to explore our understanding and treatment of depression. It challenges current conceptualizations of depression whilst simultaneously discussing the complex nature of depression, its long lasting and chronic implications and the susceptibility to relapse many may face. for e-mail updates in your field


• a contemporary perspective on sexual revolutions • the broad influence of Otto Gross • the father/son conflict • a Jungian perspective on history. Selected Contents: Part I: History. Lu, Jung and History. Part II: Fathers and Sons. Gilman, Kafka, Sex and the Jews. Dienes, Gross vs. Gross. Part III: Psychoanalysis, Literature and Sociology. Totton, Wilhelm Reich’s Theory of Sexuality. Michaels, Otto Gross’ Influence on German-language Writers. Part IV: Sexual Revolutions. Orbach, Kahr, Sexual Liberation: Where Have We Got to? Samuels, Carnal Critiques Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis / Analytical Psychology December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57043-5: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57044-2: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83471-8: £60.00/14

E-mail: for more information



Selected Contents: Depression Today. Freud’s Theory of Depression. Karl Abraham’s Theory of Depression. Melanie Klein’s Theory of Depression. When the Body Gets Depressed: Henri Rey. Winnicott on Depression. A Note on Fairbairn’s Concept of ‘Futility’. Analytic Sub-types of Depression. A Theoretical Contribution to the Problem of Relapse. The Correlation Between Dream Work and the Work of Mourning. Case Study: A Type of Identication Found in Depression – Related Loss. The Depressed Child. Freud’s Depression. Klein’s Depression. Bion’s Depression Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis December 2010: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-57676-5: £50.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57677-2: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83217-2: £50.00/14 eBooks are only available to order online

208 psychoanalysis

From Classical to Contemporary Psychoanalysis A Critique and Integration Morris N. Eagle, Adelphi University, New York, USA Series: Psychological Issues The landscape of psychoanalysis has changed, at times dramatically, in the hundred or so years since Freud first began to think and write about it. Freudian theory and concepts have risen, fallen, and evolved in the hands and minds of analysts the world over, leaving us with a theoretically pluralistic (yet threateningly multifarious) diffusion of psychoanalytic viewpoints. To help make sense of it all, Morris Eagle sets out to critically reevaluate fundamental psychoanalytic concepts of theory and practice. He reintroduces notions of the mind, object relations, psychopathology, and treatment from first Freudian and then contemporary psychoanalytic perspectives. However, there is an underlying emphasis on identification and integration of converging themes, reemphasized and expanded in a final chapter. Clinical vignettes and relevant empirical research are used throughout, thus basic concepts are reexamined in the light of more contemporary developments. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis March 2011: 229x152: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-87161-7: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-87162-4: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86855-3: £60.00/14

Memory, Myth, and Seduction Unconscious Fantasy and the Interpretive Process Jean-Georges Schimek Edited by Deborah L. Browning, New York University, USA Series: Psychological Issues A practicing psychoanalyst and Freud scholar, Jean-Georges Schimek sought to clarify Freud’s concepts and theories and disentangle complexities borne of inconsistencies in his assumptions and expositions. This collection of published and unpublished papers, skillfully arranged and edited by Deborah Browning, reveals the development and evolution of Schimek’s thinking on unconscious fantasy and the interpretive process, derived from a close reading of Freud as well as contemporary psychoanalysis. Divided thematically, the first section concerns fantasy, interpretation, and the coconstruction of meaning in the therapeutic setting. A scholarly history and reappraisal of Freud’s seduction theory comprises the second section, and the third, more theoretical section provides a foundation for understanding many current discussions of unconscious fantasy, dreaming, memory, consciousness, affect, self-reflection, mentalization, and implicit relational knowing. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis February 2011: 229x152: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-87393-2: £24.99/08 eBook: 978-0-203-86414-2: £24.99/14

The New Dictionary of Kleinian Thought Edited by Elisabeth Bott Spillius, British Psychoanalytical Society, UK, Jane E. Milton, The Melanie Klein Trust, UK, Penelope Garvey, in Private Practice, UK, Cyril Coure, in Private Practice, UK and Deborah Steiner, Tavistock Clinic, UK T his book offers a comprehensive and accessible exposition of Kleinian ideas, bringing together both Kleinian and post-Kleinian concepts. The main entries focus on the basic Kleinian concepts including, projective identification, child analysis and the superego, whilst the general entries deal with important subsidiary concepts and the main post-Kleinian writers such as Hannah Segal, Wilfred Bion and Herbert Rosenfeld. As such this book will be an essential reference work for clinicians, psychologists, students and anyone with an interest in Kleinian thought.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Main Entries. General Entries. Bibliography Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis March 2011: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-59258-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-59259-8: £24.95/04

jung/analytical psychology 209

Jung, Film, Neo-Realism and Italian National Identity Donatella Spinelli Coleman, De Montfort University, UK Italian neo-realism has inspired film audiences and fascinated critics and film scholars for decades. This book offers an original analysis of the movement and its defining films from the perspective of the cultural unconscious. Combining a Jungian analytical approach with traditional theorisations of film and national identity, this book re-interprets the familiar images of well-known masterpieces and introduces some less renowned yet equally significant films.


Selected Contents: Part I: Primo Tempo. The Uninvited Guest: Film, Psychoanalysis and the Jungian Absence. Archetype and Complex. Jung, Film and Nation. Part II: Intervallo. Italian Neo-Realism and the Unmitigated Darkness of Historical Truth. Part III: Secondo Tempo. 1942–1945: War and Archetypes. 1942–1943: Leaving the Father’s House. 1949–1952: Redeemers, Tricksters and the Wisdom of the Unconscious Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology / Film Studies February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55513-5: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55514-2: £19.99/04 for e-mail updates in your field


House: The Wounded Healer on Television * Jungian and Post-Jungian Reflections Edited by Luke Hockley, University of Bedfordshire, UK and Leslie Gardner, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK This book employs a Jungian perspective to examine the psychological construction of the series, House MD, and its namesake, Dr Gregory House. Divided into three parts; Diagnosing House, Consulting House and Dissecting House, topics of discussion include: • themes, motifs and tropes throughout the series • narrative, character and visual structure. • the combination of performative effects, text and images of the doctor and his team Selected Contents: Hockley, Doctoring Individuation. Izod, The Physician’s Melancholia. Hauke, Playing House. Waddell, House’s Caduceus Crutch. Huskinson, Anatomy of a Genius. Cotter, Limping the Way to Wholeness. Rowland, House not Ho(l)mes. Gardner, Gestures of Excess. Beebe, Not as a Stranger. Miller, I Feel Like a Failure: In-house Feminism Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology / Film Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47912-7: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-47913-4: £21.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84033-7: £60.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Filming the Nation * eBooks are only available to order online

210 child & adolescent mental health

Advanced Play Therapy

Child-Centered Play Therapy *

The Complete Picture

Risë VanFleet, Family Enhancement and Play Therapy Center, Pennsylvania, USA, Andrea E. Sywulak and Cynthia Caparosa Sniscak, both in Private Practice, Pennsylvania, USA

Dee Ray, University of North Texas, USA This text presents students and practitioners of play therapy with a resource that addresses topics beyond the training level. It provides advanced knowledge on the three main areas of play, child development, and play therapy and integrates them to help the play therapist gain a holistic understanding of how play therapy works. The author also presents original operational functions for play therapy tasks that she has developed and refined during her years of experience to provide play therapists with step-bystep methods to use in their own practices. Special topics covered include aggression in and out of the playroom, group play therapy, play therapy in schools and community settings, and research in play therapy. An accompanying CD includes a Child-Centered Play Therapy Treatment Manual and materials for use in supervision, self-reporting, and other tools the advanced play therapy student would find of use. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Creative Arts Therapies March 2011: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-88604-8: £27.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-83726-9: £27.95/01

Highly practical, instructive, and authoritative, this book vividly describes how to conduct child-centered play therapy. The authors are master clinicians who explain core therapeutic principles and techniques, using rich case material to illustrate treatment of a wide range of difficulties. The focus is on nondirective interventions that allow children to freely express their feelings and take the lead in solving their own problems. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Creative Arts Therapies October 2010: 229x152: 238pp Hb: 978-1-60623-902-5: £24.00/01

Engaging Boys in Treatment

Academic Skills Problems * Direct Assessment and Intervention Edward S. Shapiro, Lehigh University, Pennsylvania, USA Series: Guilford School Practitioner This bestselling text provides a comprehensive framework for the direct assessment of academic skills. Presented is a readily applicable, four-step approach for working with students experiencing a range of difficulties with reading, spelling, written language, or maths. School-based practitioners are guided sequentially through assessment of the instructional environment, assessment of instructional placement, instructional modification, and progress monitoring. Extensively rewritten to reflect current findings and best practices, this edition includes information on useful Internet resources, updated sample forms and charts, and all-new case illustrations. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health December 2010: 229x152: 448pp Hb: 978-1-60623-960-5: £37.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5723-0977-7

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Creative Approaches to Formulating, Initiating, and Sustaining the Therapy Process Edited by Craig Haen, Adolescent Services for Kids in Crisis, Greenwich, USA Series: The Routledge Series on Counseling and Psychotherapy with Boys and Men This edited book is the first of its kind to focus on creative approaches to the treatment of boys, providing a valuable resource for both students and professionals seeking new and effective strategies for reaching their young male clients. Chapters discuss the theory behind and implementation of various creative approaches to therapy with boys, such as play therapy, including sports, movement, and gross-motor activity; animal-assisted therapy; the use of computers and digital animation; the use of superheroes in role play, metaphor, and play therapy; and art therapy. Attention is also given to methods for working with five special populations: angry and aggressive boys; young boys with ADHD; boys with sexual behavior difficulties; gender variant and sexual minority boys; and African American boys with non-resident or absent fathers. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2011: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-87405-2: £56.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-87406-9: £21.95/04 eBook: 978-0-203-86357-2: £56.00/01

D +44 (0)1235 400525


4th Edition

order now!

’Finally, a book that teaches and illustrates the essential ‘how-to’ details of child-centered play therapy (CCPT)! ... This book is a ‘must’ for teaching CCPT and should be on the shelves of all therapists interested in using play to help children heal.’ – Heidi Gerard Kaduson, The Play Therapy Training Institute, Inc., New Jersey, USA

child & adolescent mental health 211

Research-Based Strategies That Work

Kathleen Lynne Lane, Vanderbilt University, USA Holly Mariah Menzies, California State University, USA, Allison L. Bruhn and Mary Crnobori, both at Vanderbilt University, USA Series: What Works for Special-Needs Learners This book provides tested, easy-toimplement strategies for preventing problem behavior in the classroom and responding effectively when it does occur. Chapters describe specific steps that K-12 teachers and other school-based professionals can take to develop effective classroom rules and routines; plan suitably challenging instruction; and promote student engagement and motivation. Presenting a continuum of strategies from prevention to more intensive behavior supports, the book offers clear-cut instructions for implementing behavioral contracts, self-monitoring, and functional assessmentbased interventions. Special features include more than a dozen reproducible checklists, self-assessment tools, and planning forms; the large-size format facilitates photocopying. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology November 2010: : 253pp Pb: 978-1-60623-951-3: £24.00/01

2nd Edition

Response to Intervention * Principles and Strategies for Effective Practice Rachel Brown-Chidsey and Mark W. Steege, both at the University of Southern Maine, USA Series: Practical Intervention in the Schools ’... This accessible book is a ‘must’ for professional development with school psychologists and school- and district-based leadership teams. The inclusion of systems-level guidance in the second edition addresses an essential aspect of implementation.’ – Jennifer Knutson, Anchorage School District, Alaska, USA This bestselling work provides practitioners with a complete guide to implementing response to intervention (RTI) in schools. The authors are leading experts who explain the main components of RTI – high-quality instruction, frequent assessment, and databased decision making – and show how to use it to foster positive academic and behavioral outcomes for all students. Implementation procedures are described in step-by-step detail. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding to facilitate photocopying, the book includes reproducible planning and implementation worksheets.


Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology October 2010: : 208pp Pb: 978-1-60623-923-0: £24.00/01 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59389-215-3 for e-mail updates in your field


Serving the Gifted Evidence-Based Clinical and Psycho-Educational Practice Steven I. Pfeiffer, Florida State University, USA Series: School-Based Practice in Action Designed specifically for school psychologists and school counselors, this volume is intended to serve as a practical and easy-to-use resource for working with gifted students, their teachers, and their parents and families. It provides timely, practical, evidence-based techniques and guidelines to help these practitioners better help an underserved group. The book will be written in a user-friendly style that will make this a quick, simple, and easy reference. Topics to be covered include identification and assessment of gifted students; important information for understanding the needs of the gifted; counseling and psychotherapy strategies; career counseling for gifted and talented students, methods for working with the families of the gifted; and legally-correct and ethically-smart counseling techniques. An accompanying CD will contain valuable resources such as counseling forms, monitoring tools, and parent handouts. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology March 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99749-2: £53.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-99750-8: £22.00/04 eBook: 978-0-203-88358-7: £53.00/01

2nd Edition

Sandtray Therapy A Practical Manual Linda Homeyer, Texas State University, USA and Daniel Sweeney, George Fox University, USA This manual is intended for play therapists, counselors, and other mental health practitioners seeking to incorporate sandtray work into their clinical repertoire. Chapters cover the history and rationale for sandtray therapy, the materials needed for successful sessions, and how to conduct and process a therapy session. New to this edition is a discussion of the incorporation of verbal techniques, group sandtray therapy, working with couples and families, assessment in sandtray, and a review of the relevant research support. Case vignettes, sample dialogues, and photos showing examples of different sandtray layouts, figures, and tools are also provided. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Creative Arts Therapies January 2011: 279x216: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-88334-4: £16.95/01 eBook: 978-0-203-84489-2: £33.95/01

E-mail: for more information


Managing Challenging Behaviors in Schools * eBooks are only available to order online

212 child & adolescent mental health

Treating Depressed and Suicidal Adolescents *

Comprehensive Children’s Mental Health Services in Schools and Communities

A Clinician’s Guide David A. Brent, Kimberly D. Poling and Tina R. Goldstein, all at the Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, USA

Rick Jay Short, Middle Tenessee University, USA and Robyn S. Hess, University of Northern Colorado, USA

’Brent and his colleagues have produced a superbly written book that provides state-of-the-art information about evidence-based assessment and treatment of adolescent depression and suicidality. The book is infused with clinical wisdom that will fully prepare the reader for treating these challenging conditions. This exceptional book is a ‘must read.’ – Matthew K. Nock, Harvard University, USA Grounded in decades of research and the clinical care of thousands of depressed and suicidal teens, this highly accessible book will enhance the skills of any therapist who works with this challenging population. The authors describe the nuts and bolts of assessing clients and crafting individualized treatment plans that combine cognitive and behavioral techniques, emotion regulation interventions, family involvement, and antidepressant medication.

2nd Edition

Child Anxiety Disorders A Guide to Research and Treatment Deborah C. Beidel, University of Central Florida, USA and Candice A. Alfano, George Washington University, USA Childhood anxiety disorders represent one of the most common psychological disorders found among the general population. They can be serious, distressful, and functionally impairing, so much so that there has been an explosion of interest in their treatment, primarily from pharmacological and cognitivebehavioral perspectives. Addressing these perspectives is the second edition of Child Anxiety Disorders, by Drs. Beidel and Alfano. They pay close attention to new pharmacological and psychological interventions as well as multi-center trials that compare single and combined treatment modalities. Additionally, they include new case studies, sections on stability of childhood fears and the longitudinal course of anxiety disorders, and a new chapter on sleep and anxiety disorders. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health February 2011: 229x152: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-87373-4: £27.95/08 eBook: 978-0-203-86425-8: £27.75/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-94797-8

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

In this text, the authors propose a public health model for comprehensive children’s mental health services that encompasses, rather than replaces, the traditional model in school psychology. The background and theoretical perspective for this public health model is discussed as an important way to solve problems and accomplish goals in schools, after which the authors outline and develop a clear, practical procedure for implementing and evaluating programs based on public health ideas. This text will also address new roles for school psychologists that focus on prevention and promotion. An accompanying CD will contain sample activities, forms, handouts, and other materials. Selected Contents: I. Overview and Introduction. II. Basic Principles. III. Guidelines for Service. IV. Some Examples: Evidence-Based Comprehensive Mental Health Programs. V. Concluding Comments. VI. Practitioner Resources Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology March 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-80448-6: £53.00/08 Pb: 978-0-415-80449-3: £19.95/04 eBook: 978-0-203-87453-0: £53.00/01

4th Edition

Hypnosis and Hypnotherapy with Children Daniel P. Kohen, Univeristy of Minnesota, USA and Karen Olness, Case Western Reserve University, USA Updated and revised in response to developments in the field, this fourth edition of Hypnosis and Hypnotherapy with Children describes the research and clinical historical underpinnings of hypnosis and hypnotherapy with children and adolescents, and presents an up-to-date compendium of the pertinent world literature regarding this topic. The authors focus on the wide variety and scope of applications for hypnotherapy; including an integrated description of both clinical and evidence-based research as it relates to understanding approaches to various clinical situations, case studies of practical aspects, and how-to elements of teaching hypnotherapeutic skills to clients. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Hypnosis May 2011: 229x152: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-87627-8: £33.50/08 eBook: 978-0-203-83013-0: £33.50/01

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health December 2010: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-1-60623-957-5: £24.00/01

Series: School-Based Practice in Action

creative arts therapies 213

Navigating Art Therapy * A Therapist’s Companion Edited by Chris Wood, Art Therapy Northern Programme, UK Art therapy is used in an increasing range of settings and is influenced by a range of disciplines, including psychotherapy, social psychiatry, social work and education. Navigating Art Therapy is an essential companion for both seasoned art therapists and those new to the field as it offers a comprehensive guide to key terms and concepts. With contributions from art therapists around the world, entries cover: • forms of interpretation • processes of adaptation • history of art therapy • the inspiration provided by artworks and popular culture. This book is an ideal source of reference as the concise, crossreferenced entries enable easy navigation through ideas and terms integral to the discipline. As such, it is invaluable for anyone working in the art therapy field. for e-mail updates in your field


The Art Of Art Therapy What Every Art Therapist Needs to Know Judith A. Rubin, University of Pittsburgh, USA First published in 1984, The Art of Art Therapy was written primarily to help art therapists first define and then refine a way of thinking about their work. This new edition contains thoroughly revised material that reflects the significant expansion of the field of art therapy in the period since the book was first written. Specifically, this second edition invites the reader to consider closely the main elements of the discipline embodied in its name: the Art Part and the Therapy Part. Chapters dealing with each of these topics comprise the first two sections of the book. The third section, The Interface, contains chapters dealing with putting the two together in an integrated way, i.e. Doing Art Therapy (step by step) and doing it Artistically. Included with this edition is a DVD containing chapter-related video content. Selected Contents: Part I: The Art Part. Part II: The Therapy Part. Part III: The Interface. Part IV: Applications. Part V: Related Service Routledge «Market: Creative Arts Therapies February 2011: 254x178: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-96094-6: £27.99/08 eBook: 978-0-203-89384-5: £27.99/01 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8763-0371- 9

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Creative Arts Therapies December 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-22318-8: £60.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-22319-5: £24.99/04

2nd Edition eBooks are only available to order online



214 nursing


6. 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

From Birth to Five Years

Managing in Health and Social Care

Children’s Developmental Progress Mary D. Sheridan, Ajay Sharma and Helen Cockerill

Vivien Martin, Julie Charlesworth, and Euan Henderson

2007: 246x174: 112pp Pb: 978-0-415-42365-6: £10.99/04


2010: 246x174: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-49389-5: £24.99/04

7. Evidence-based Care for Normal Labour and Birth

Working with Substance Misusers

A Guide for Midwives

A Guide to Theory and Practice

Denis Walsh

Edited by Trudi Petersen and Andrew McBride

2007: 246x174: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-41891-1: £22.99/04

2002: 246x174: 392pp Pb: 978-0-415-23568-6: £25.99/04


8. Becoming a Midwife

World Religions for Healthcare Professionals

Edited by Rosemary Mander and Valerie Fleming 2009: 216x138: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-46438-3: £19.99/04


Edited by Siroj Sorajjakool, Mark Carr and Julius Nam 2009: 235x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-7890-3813-5: £20.99/04

9. Managing Long-term Conditions and Chronic Illness in Primary Care

2nd Edition

Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing Edited by Glenys Boxwell 2010: 246x174: 542pp Pb: 978-0-415-47756-7: £29.99/04

A Guide to Good Practice Judith Carrier 2009: 246x174: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-45088-1: £21.99/04


10. 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Depression in New Mothers

Intensive Care Nursing

Causes, Consequences, and Treatment Alternatives

A Framework for Practice

Kathleen A. Kendall-Tackett

2006: 246x174: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-37323-4: £30.99/04

2009: 246x174: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-77839-8: £22.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Philip Woodrow and Jane Roe

nursing 215

Child-Centred Pharmacology

Home Birth *

An Introduction for Nurses and Allied Health Professionals

The Politics of Difficult Choices

Barbara Novak, City University, UK

Mary Nolan, University of Worcester, UK

This book focuses on the aspects of pharmacology that are crucial for truly child-centred prescribing practice and discusses the best choice of therapeutic interventions available when caring for children. Selected Contents: 1. Perspectives in Child-Centred Pharmacology 2. Pharmacogenetic Considerations in Determining the Best Therapeutic Interventions 3. Pharmacotherapeutics in Children with Respiratory Problems 4. Pharmacotherapeutics in Children with Infection 5. Pharmacotherapeutics of Antipyretics and Anti-Inflammatory Drugs 6. Pharmacotherapeutics in Children with Endocrine and Metabolic Problems 7. Safe Prescribing for Children Requiring Surgery 8. Health Promoting Pharmacotherapeutics 9. Adverse Responses to Drugs 10. Child-Centred Formulae and their Use in Practice 11. Medication Error 12. Medicine Management and Administration 13. Clinical Trials 14. Holistic Child Assessment Routledge «Market: Nursing / Health Studies March 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54899-1: £80.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54900-4: £24.99/04

Evidence-based Care for Breastfeeding Mothers A Guide for Midwives Maria Pollard, University of the West of Scotland, UK

This is a book for midwives and health professionals but it is one which starts from women’s stories and their points of view. Pointers to best practice are presented alongside the narratives, making this a practical read for those concerned with making home birth an option for women. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Policy – Does it Mean What it Says? 2. Choosing Home Birth Against Medical Advice 3. Fear and Risk 4. Choice, Bullying and Coercion 5. Communication and Language 6. Avoidance, Subversion and Confrontation 7. Stress in Pregnancy and Birth 8. Men’s Experience of Home Birth Against Medical Advice 9. Free Birth: The End of the Choice Continuum 10. Advocacy, Empathy and Autonomy 11. The Dialectic between Possibilities and Limits Routledge «Market: Midwifery / Childbirth November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55754-2: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-55755-9: £20.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83667-5: £70.00/14

Supporting Women to Give Birth at Home A Practical Guide for Midwives Edited by Mary Steen, University of Chester, UK This practical text discusses the challenges and issues that midwives encounter when preparing for and attending a home birth.

Based on the UNICEF UK Baby Friendly best practice standards, this text addresses all 18 outcomes to ensure that students are equipped with the essential knowledge and skills to effectively promote and support breastfeeding mothers. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Midwifery February 2011: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56029-0: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56030-6: £20.99/04

E-mail: for more information



Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Breastfeeding and Public Health 2. Anatomy and Physiology of Lactation 3. Essential Skills for Practice 4. Good Practice to Promote, Initiate and Support Breastfeeding 5. Management of Common Problems 6. Supporting Mothers with Special Needs 7. Babies with Special Needs 8. Alternative Methods of Infant Feeding when Breastfeeding is not Possible 9. Introducing Solid Foods 10. Ongoing Support for Breastfeeding Mothers Routledge «Market: Midwifery January 2011: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49906-4: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49907-1: £19.99/04

Selected Contents: Part 1. Introduction to Birth 1. Birth Settings, Women’s Choices and Implications for Midwifery Practice Part 2. Preparation for Home Birth 2. The Option of Home Birth 3. Evidence and Guidelines to Support Home Birth 4. Supporting Home Birth Part 3. Attending Home Birth 5. Caring for Women During a Home Birth 6. Home Birth Pain Management Options 7. Case Studies 8. Conclusions and Implications for Midwifery Practice eBooks are only available to order online

216 nursing 2nd Edition textbook

2nd Edition

Evidence-based Care for Normal Labour and Birth

The Biological Basis of Mental Health Nursing

Skills and Best Practice for Midwives

William T. Blows, City University, UK Written by an experienced nurse lecturer who also trained as a mental health nurse, this book explores the underlying biology associated with the pathology of mental health disorders and the related nervous system. Fully revised for this second edition, the text includes three new chapters on brain development, pharmacology and the biology of learning, developmental and behavioural disorders.

Denis Walsh, University of Central Lancashire, UK

Routledge «Market: Midwifery March 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57731-1: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57732-8: £24.99/04 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-41891-1

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to the Brain 2. Brain Development 3. Neural Communication 4. Neurotransmitters and Receptors 5. Hormones and Behaviour 6. Genetic Disorders affecting Mental Health 7. Pharmacology 8. Drug Abuse 9. Anxiety, Fear and Emotions 10. Schizophrenia 11. Depression 12. Epilepsy 13. Subcortical Degenerative Diseases of the Brain 14. The Ageing Brain and Dementia 15. Learning, Behavioural and Developmental Disorders Routledge «Market: Nursing / Mental Health December 2010: 246x174: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-57097-8: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57098-5: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83388-9: £85.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-24854-9

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This is a helpful and practical guide that explores the latest research and evidence, drawing out what is known about the effectiveness of care in normal labour and birth. It highlights where the evidence is compelling and discusses its application where women question its relevance to them, and where the practitioner’s expertise leads them to challenge it. Written by an experienced practising midwife, the book is structured in an accessible way so that so that each chapter gives background and context for the particular clinical topic, and provides a discussion of the research to date. This essential text contains up-to-date and relevant information to help all student and practising midwives keep abreast of the evidence surrounding normal birth and ensure their practice takes full advantage of it.

medical sociology & health studies 217

Evidence-based Parenting

Generational Intelligence

Kirsten Asmussen

Age, Identity and the Future of Gerontology This evidence-based book provides a comprehensive description of what parenting support works and how, with clear examples of how this knowledge can inform frontline work with parents.

Selected Contents: 1. The Need for Evidence-Based Parenting Support 2. Understanding the Evidence Base 3. Evidence-Based Theories of Child Development 4. Evidence-Based Therapies Used in Parenting Work 5. The Role of the Practitioner in Providing Evidence-Based Parenting Support 6. Planning and Evaluating Evidence-Based Parenting Support 7. Evidence-Based Parenting Support at the Community Level 8. Moving Forward Routledge «Market: Health / Early Years February 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60992-0: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-60993-7: £21.99/04

Simon Biggs, King’s College London, UK and Ariela Lowenstein, Haifa University, Israel This book examines intergenerational relations, presenting the innovative notion of ‘Generational Intelligence’. It develops a pathway for reflecting on generational issues and increasing awareness about one’s position in the life course, that of other generations, and the influence of familial, social and historical factors in the situations one encounters. Selected Contents: Part 1. Generational Issues Part 2. Generational Intelligence (GI) Part 3. Practical Problems Part 4. Future Directions Routledge «Market: Health / Social Work February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54654-6: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-54655-3: £21.99/04

3rd Edition textbook

From Birth to Six Years Mary D. Sheridan, Justine Howard and Dawn Alderson, both at Swansea University, UK Based on the pioneering work of Mary D. Sheridan, Play in Early Childhood is a classic introductory text to play and development – key topics for all who work with young children. Thoroughly updated for a contemporary audience, it explains how children’s play develops and how they develop as they play. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Theorising about Play 2. Observing the Development of Children’s Play 3. Variation in Children’s Play 4. Providing for Play


Routledge «Market: Nursing / Early Years / Psychology December 2010: 246x174: 104pp Hb: 978-0-415-57789-2: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-57790-8: £14.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83260-8: £70.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-18693-3 for e-mail updates in your field


Practice-based Evidence for Healthcare * Clinical Mindlines John Gabbay and Andrée le May, both at University of Southampton, UK The evidence-based practice movement hasn’t been entirely successful. It rests on an idealised model of how clinicians ought to use evidence without understanding why they so often don’t. This book appraises the EBP movement and introduces a concept – ‘mindlines’ – which illustrates how clinicians actually do develop and use clinical knowledge. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Evidence in Practice 2. From Formal Knowledge to Guided Complexity 3. Clinical Thinking and Knowledge in Practice 4. Growing Mindlines: Laying the Foundations 5. Growing Mindlines: Cultivating Contextual Adroitness 6. The Place of Storytelling in Knowledge Sharing 7. A Community of Clinical Practice? 8. Co-Constructing Collective Mindlines 9. Co-Constructing Clinical Reality 10. Conclusions and Implications Routledge «Market: Nursing / Medicine November 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48668-2: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48669-9: £23.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83997-3: £75.00/14

E-mail: for more information


Play in Early Childhood eBooks are only available to order online

218 medical sociology & health studies

Racial Disparity in Mental Health Services

Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health *

Why Race Still Matters

Edited by Richard Parker, Columbia University, USA and Marni Sommer

Edited by Larry E. Davis, University of Pittsburgh, USA

The Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health addresses emerging issues and conceptualizations in global health, expanding upon the critical priorities in this rapidly evolving field. It provides an authoritative overview for students, practitioners, researchers, and policy makers concerned with public health around the globe.

This book comprehensively examines disparities in mental health provision across a wide spectrum of areas, including racial identity, education and socioeconomic conditions. This book was published as a special issue of Social Work in Public Health.

Selected Contents: Part 1. The Transition from International Health to Global Health Part 2. Structural Inequalities and Global Public Health Part 3. Ecological Transformation and Environmental Health in the Global System Part 4. Population and Reproductive Health Part 5. Conflict, Violence and Emergencies in Global Public Health Part 6. Global Public Health Policy and Practice Part 7. Global Public Health and Development Part 8. Global Mental Health Part 9. Global Access to Essential Medicines Part 10. Health Systems, Health Capacity, and the Politics of Global Public Health Routledge «Market: Public Health December 2010: 246x174: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-77848-0: £110.00/13 eBook: 978-0-203-83272-1: £125.00/14

Routledge «Market: Social Policy / Cross-Cultural Psychiatry / Mental Health Nursing May 2011: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3820-3: £80.00/08 Pb: 978-0-7890-3821-0: £27.00/01

Alcohol, Tobacco and Obesity

Population Mental Health *

Women, Children, and Addiction

Morality, Mortality and the New Public Health

Evidence, Policy, and Public Health Practice

Edited by Kirsten Bell and Amy Salmon, both at University of British Columbia, Canada and Darlene McNaughton, James Cook University, Australia

Neal Cohen, Hunter College, CUNY, USA and Sandro Galea, University of Michigan, USA

Edited by Loretta P. Finnegan, Thomas Jefferson University, USA and Stephen R. Kandall, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Public Health

This cutting edge collection of essays explores recent developments in alcohol, tobacco and obesity in comparative, international and interdisciplinary perspective.

This book examines the evidence-base for incorporating mental health into the public health agenda by linking the research on populationbased mental health with public health policy and practice, and sets out an innovative model for integrated care.



«Market: Public Health / Sociology March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59017-4: £75.00/08

«Market: Public Health / Social Work January 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77921-0: £75.00/03

Series: Routledge Studies in Public Health

This book provides comprehensive and up-to-date information, ranging from a historical perspective to current theories and practices related to affected women and their children. This book was published as a special issue in the Journal of Addictive Diseases. Routledge «Market: Drug Addiction / Women’s Studies / HIV November 2010: 276x219: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-60103-0: £80.00/08

Recovery from Addiction in Communal Living Settings The Oxford House Model Edited by Leonard A. Jason and Joseph R. Ferrari, both at DePaul University, USA This book raises treatment providers’ awareness of the social environments where clients live after residential treatment or while attending outpatient programs. This book was published as a special issue in the Journal of Groups in Addiction and Recovery. Routledge

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


«Market: Drug Addiction / Managed Care / Evidence-based Mental Health February 2011: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-61010-0: £80.00/08

alternative medicine 219 2nd Edition

Herbal Medicines

Herbal and Traditional Medicine

Development and Validation of Plant-derived Medicines for Human Health

Biomolecular and Clinical Aspects

Edited by Giacinto Bagetta, University of Calabria, Italy, Marco Cosentino, University of Insubria, Italy, Marie Tiziana Corasaniti, University Magna Graecia of Catanzaro, Italy and Shinobu Sakurada, Tohoku Pharmaceutical University, Japan

Edited by Iris F.F. Benzie, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China Series: Oxidative Stress and Disease Responding to the increased popularity of herbal medicines and other forms of complementary or alternative medicine in countries around the world, this reference reviews and evaluates various safety, toxicity, and qualitycontrol issues related to the use of traditional and herbal products for health maintenance and disease prevention and treatment. With over 3,550 current references, the book highlights the role of herbal medicine in national health care while providing case studies of widely used herbal remedies and their effects on human health and wellness. It alse explores the need for the design and performance of methodologically sound clinical trials for the plethora of herbal medicines. CRC Press

Series: Clinical Pharmacognosy While discussion concerning the validity of the plant approach to nutrition and disease treatment continues, the explosion of natural product use has generated concern regarding their effectiveness and possible danger. Using a rational, sequential approach, this book explores the development of efficacious medicinal herbal products. Expert contributors from the fields of natural products research and drug discovery bring awareness to the many problems facing the development of such products, such as quality control, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic issues. The text addresses botanical, phytochemical, PD-PK, as well as analytical and clinical issues. CRC Press

«Market: Medicine March 2011: 254x178: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0713-2: £121.00/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-0716-3: £121.00/17 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8247-5208-8

«Market: General Chemistry March 2011: 235x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3768-9: £89.00/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3769-6: £89.00/17

social work & social policy 2nd Edition

Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy * Research and Practice in Health and Social Care Brian Sheldon, Formerly Centre for Evidence-Based Social Services, Peninsula Medical School, UK Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy is written in a lively and accessible style and is designed to give readers a thorough grounding in cognitive-behavioural methods and their application. It is essential reading for students and professionals in social work, nursing and psychotherapy. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Selected Contents: 1. Origins and Development of Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy 2. Research on the Effectiveness of Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy 3. Philosophical Implications 4. Learning Theory and Research 5. Emotional Reactions 6. Assessment, Monitoring and Evaluation 7. Stimulus-Control Techniques 8. Response-Control Techniques 9. Ethical Considerations Routledge «Market: Nursing / Social Work / Psychology December 2010: 246x174: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-56436-6: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56435-9: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83371-1: £85.00/14 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-09374-3 eBooks are only available to order online

220 social work & social policy

Building Relationships and Communicating with Young Children * A Practical Guide for Social Workers Karen Winter, Queen’s University Belfast, UK This book provides a timely, invaluable resource and practical guide for social work students specialising in family and child care and for practitioners who have young children on their caseloads. Packed with real life examples of in-depth interviews conducted with young children known to social services, it outlines what can be done to improve practice in this challenging and demanding area. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Setting the Scene 2. The Importance and Value of Relationships 3. Barriers to Building Relationships 4. A Child Rights-Based Approach 5. Communicating with Young Children: Stages and Skills 6. Communicating with Young Children: Methods 7. Case Studies 8. Summary and Ways Forward Routledge «Market: Social Work / Early Years December 2010: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-56267-6: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56268-3: £19.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83672-9: £70.00/14

Social Work with Children and Families * Developing Advanced Practice Penelope Welbourne, University of Plymouth, UK Series: Post-qualifying Social Work There is an increasing emphasis on post-qualifying training for social workers, especially in the complex and demanding area of working with children and families. This essential textbook is especially designed for practitioners studying at this level. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Social Work Values and Ethics 3. Accountability and Post-Qualifying Professional Development 4. Direct Work with Children and Young People 5. Promoting Security and Stability for Children and Young People 6. Working with Reluctant Service Users 7. Assessment of Parenting 8. Working Across Boundaries 9. Empowering Practice 10. Going to Court 11. Children and Young People Going Home 12. Supporting Others in their Professional Development 13. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Social Work February 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56379-6: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56380-2: £19.99/04


Pam Green Lister, Glasgow School of Social Work, UK Series: Student Social Work

Social Work * A Reader Edited by Viviene E. Cree, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Student Social Work This inspiring Reader brings together some of the most significant ideas which have informed social work practice over the last 40 years. Exploring these fundamental ideas, the book includes commentaries that allow the reader to understand the texts on their own terms as well as to be aware of their relations to each other and to the wider social work context.

All social work students study theory and undertake practice placements. Integrating the two – so that each informs the other – is both essential and notoriously tricky. This accessible book demystifies the process and offers helpful evidence-based strategies for doing it successfully. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. What is Theory? 2. Existing Knowledge and Learning Styles 3. Theoretical Explanations: How and Where to Look 4. Exploring Key Theoretical Concepts: Social Science Literature 5. Anti-Oppressive Theorising: Anti Oppressive Practice 6. Exploring Key Theoretical Concepts: Social Work Methodology 7. Critically Analysing Theory – Developing Conceptual Frameworks 8. Critical Incident Analysis – Assisting the Analysis of Theory in Practice 9. Applying Theory to Practice in Social Work Education Assignments 10. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Social Work February 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48112-0: £70.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-48113-7: £19.99/04

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Profession of Social Work Part 2: Knowledge and Values for Social Work Part 3: Skills and Practice in Social Work Routledge «Market: Social Work November 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49972-9: £75.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-49973-6: £22.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-84089-4: £75.00/14

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Integrating Social Work Theory and Practice

medicine 221

Vision Rehabilitation

Performance Based Medicine

Multidisciplinary Care of the Patient Following Brain Injury

Creating the High Performance Network to Optimize Managed Care Relationships

Edited by Penelope S. Suter and Lisa H. Harvey, in Private Practice, Fort Bragg, California, USA Providing all of the necessary information required to provide post-acute vision rehabilitative care following brain injury, this multidisciplinary book bridges the gap between theory and practice and presents clinical information and scientific literature supporting the diagnostic and therapeutic strategies applied. It covers all areas of vision care, including the structure and function of the eye, organization of visual perception in the brain, and rehabilitation concepts applied to the visual system. It offers cutting-edge research, prescribing lenses and prisms and therapy techniques that will enable even the experienced clinician to provide enhanced care to the brain injury patient. CRC Press «Market: Clinical Medicine December 2010: 235x156: 608pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3655-2: £57.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-3656-9: £57.99/17

William J. DeMarco, DeMarco & Associates, Rockford, Illinois, USA Highlighting quality-driven issues, the power behind pay for performance, and value-based benefit designs, this book provides the knowledge to establish performance based structures, such as quality measurement, incentive payment structure, and incentive size within an existing organization. Focusing on how to implement new designs and how to create strategies to measure performance and improve efficiency, it discusses how to create value and optimize payment and market share. It also describes the trade-off of systems and IT investments by providers and payers to gain incremental quality improvement. Productivity Press March 2011: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1288-4: £44.99/17 eBook: 978-1-4398-1289-1: £44.99/17

2nd Edition

Concussive Brain Trauma * Neurobehavioral Impairment & Maladaption Rolland S. Parker, New York University School of Medicine, USA Continuing the tradition of the bestselling first edition, this second edition provides comprehensive coverage of neurobehavioral disorders in children and adults following impact and acceleration accidents. Completely revised and updated, the book includes comprehensive coverage of consciousness including normal, acute, and persistent alterations. Drawing on his training, education, and experience in human physiology, neuroanatomy, and endocrinology, the author not only gives readers a solid foundation for understanding, diagnosing, and treating concussive brain trauma, but also gives them tools to increase standards of care. CRC Press for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



«Market: Rehabilitation / Disability December 2010: 254x178: 976pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8039-6: £99.00/17 eBook: 978-1-4200-0798-5: £99.00/17 eBooks are only available to order online

222 biological sciences 4th Edition

4th Edition

BIOS Instant Notes in Biochemistry BIOS Instant Notes in Microbiology David Hames and Nigel Hooper, both at University of Leeds, UK Series: Instant Notes BIOS Instant Notes in Biochemistry, 4th edition, continues the tradition of previous editions in being an effective learning resource for students. As before, it clearly and concisely presents only essential topics but has also been updated to incorporate major advances particularly in protein structure and function and PCR-related technology. There will be a new section on studying proteins and terminology will also be updated throughout. Selected Contents: A. Cells B. Amino acids and proteins C. Studying proteins D. Enzymes E. Membranes and cell signalling F. DNA structure and replication G. Transcription and RNA processing H. Protein synthesis I. Recombinant DNA technology J. Carbohydrate metabolism